Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Pediatric Board Study Guide A Last Minute Review, 2nd Edition 2020
Pediatric Board Study Guide A Last Minute Review, 2nd Edition 2020
Naga
Editor
Pediatric Board
Study Guide
A Last Minute Review
Second Edition
123
Pediatric Board Study Guide
Osama I. Naga
Editor
Second Edition
This Springer imprint is published by the registered company Springer Nature Switzerland AG
The registered company address is: Gewerbestrasse 11, 6330 Cham, Switzerland
I owe my deepest gratitude to the contributors whose expertise
helped bring this pediatric resource to life.
The Pediatric Board Study Guide: A Last Minute Review provides the core material needed to
pass the General Pediatrics Certifying Examination by the American Board of Pediatrics
(ABP) and to meet the requirements required for the ABP Maintenance of Certification. This
book contains a total of 33 chapters; the first 31 chapters discuss all aspects of pediatric medi-
cine and are all updated according to the most recent content specifications provided by the
ABP. Chapter 32 reviews common pediatric radiology cases, while Chapter 33, the final chap-
ter, consists of high-yield last minute review cases.
The second edition is notably more comprehensive and detailed than the first. Improvements
over the previous edition include more illustrations and added chapters. Each chapter has been
either written or reviewed by an expert in that specific field from a top academic institution in
the United States. New chapters include Sports Medicine, Nutrition, Fluids and Electrolytes,
Ethics, Patient Safety and Quality Improvement, and Pharmacology. Finally, to make the chap-
ters even more incisive, “Pearls and Pitfalls” have been added at the end of each chapter.
The 80 clinical case scenarios in the Radiology Review (Chap. 32), with its distinct images
and radiological findings, should not only improve exam performance but also help the general
pediatrician to identify common radiological findings.
The final chapter, Last Minute Review, has been expanded in this new edition. These high-
yield cases are arranged in the same sequence as the book chapters and placed in a way that
allows the reader to discriminate among diseases and conditions, helping the test taker to dis-
tinguish between similar presenting cases on the exam. The final chapter allows the reader to
review in the shortest time possible more than 1700 critical facts for the pediatric board exam,
making it the ideal resource for the week prior to the exam.
This book is of particular interest to pediatricians, fellows, pediatric subspecialists prepar-
ing for the board examination or certification maintenance, pediatric residents preparing for
the in-service exam, daily rounds, and real-life clinical encounters.
vii
viii Preface
• For example, a resident doing a 1-month pediatric cardiology rotation could usefully read
in Chap. 19, Cardiology.
• After finishing a chapter, turn to Chap. 33 to review the Last Minute Review cases for that
particular specialty.
• Make sure to study the most recent self-assessment curricula of the Pediatric Review and
Education Program (PREP): https://shop.aap.org/professional-education/self-assessments.
• Simulate the test-taking experience by answering timed questions.
• Read the critiques/explanations after each question, including the PREP Pearls at the end of
each question.
• Read the new articles in Pediatrics in Review and answer their CME questions.
• Two to three months before the exam, read the Pediatric Board Study Guide one more time.
• One week before the exam, read for one final time Chap. 33, the Last Minute Review.
• Rest at least 24 hours before the exam.
ix
x Contents
17 Ophthalmology��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 585
Kyle E. Miller and Shira L. Robbins
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 611
Kara D. Meister and Anna H. Messner
19 Cardiology����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 643
Grace Kung, Allison Hill, and Jennifer Su
20 Pulmonology ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 691
Tanya Martínez-Fernández, Yadira Rivera-Sánchez, and Preeti Sharma
21 Nutrition��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 731
Susan S. Baker
22 Gastroenterology������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 757
Robert D. Baker
23 Nephrology����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 799
Beatrice Goilav
24 Fluids and Electrolytes��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 825
Benjamin Steinman and Beatrice Goilav
25 Urology����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 841
Catherine J. Chen and Micah A. Jacobs
26 Dermatology ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 855
Megan Craddock and Jennifer Ruth
27 Psychosocial Issues and Child Abuse ��������������������������������������������������������������������� 887
Sitratullah O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun
28 Ethics������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 903
Marwa Abdou
29 Research and Statistics��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 913
Sitratullah O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun
30 Patient Safety and Quality Improvement��������������������������������������������������������������� 921
Osama I. Naga
31 Pharmacology and Pain Management ������������������������������������������������������������������� 927
Osama I. Naga
32 Radiology Review����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 947
Wendy G. Kim and Michael George
33 Last-Minute Review������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 1015
Osama I. Naga
Index����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 1137
Editor
Osama I. Naga, MD Department of Pediatrics, Paul L. Foster School of Medicine, Texas
Tech University Health Sciences Center, El Paso, TX, USA
xi
Contributors
xiii
xiv Contributors
Diagnosis
• Neonatal examination to exclude syndromes
with cranial and brain anomalies
• Careful examination alone can make the
diagnosis
• Referral to a pediatric neurosurgeon if cranio-
synostosis is clinically suspected
• Plain skull radiography or CT scan can con-
firm the diagnosis of craniosynostosis if the
diagnosis is not clear
• Cranial CT scan with 3-dimensional recon-
struction is not required to make the diagno-
sis of craniosynostosis in most cases
Treatment
• Deformational plagiocephaly
–– Observation; usually resolves spontaneously
–– The helmet may be beneficial in severe
Fig. 1.1 A 5-month-old-boy with deformational plagio- cases of deformational plagiocephaly
cephaly, flattening on the left side, and ipsilateral frontal
bossing
4 O. I. Naga
a b
• Turns head from side to side; head sags on • Begins to push up when lying on tummy
ventral suspension • Head lags when pulled to sitting position
Language
• Vocalizes when alone
Reflexes
• Asymmetric tonic reflex is gone
• Palmar grasp is gone
6 Months
Gross motor
Fig. 1.3 Holds head steady and no head lag when pulled
from lying down to sitting position • Begins to sit with minimal support
• Rolls over from back to front and front to
back
• Supports weight on legs and might bounce
Fine motor
• Transfers objects from one hand to another
• Brings objects or food to the mouth
• Places hands on the bottle
• Bangs and shakes toys
• Rakes pellets
• Removes cloth on face
Social/communication/problem-solving
• Stranger anxiety
• Responds to own name
• Responds to sounds by making sounds show-
Fig. 1.4 Developmental milestone at 4 months: Pushes
tummy, with elbows lifting the head and chest ing joy and displeasure
1 General Pediatrics 7
Language
7 Months • More vowels and more variety of sounds
Fig. 1.5 Developmental milestone at 7 months: Sits steady Fig. 1.6 Developmental milestone at 9 months: Begins to
without support crawl
8 O. I. Naga
12 Months
Gross motor
• Walks with one hand held
• Pulls up to stand, walks holding on to furni-
ture (“cruising”)
• May stand alone and make a few steps with-
out holding (Fig. 1.7)
Fine motor
• Fine pincer grasps of pellet
• Holds crayon and scribbles after
demonstration
• Attempts tower of 2 blocks
• Finger feeds part of a meal
• Takes off a hat
• Puts out arm or leg to help with dressing
• Rattles spoon in a cup
• Puts a toy in a container, takes it out of the
container
Social/communication/problem-solving
• Shows parents object to share interest
• Follows one-step command with a gesture
• Looks at the right picture or thing when it is
named Fig. 1.7 Developmental milestone at 12 months: May stand
• Points to get desired object (proto-imperative alone and make a few steps without holding
pointing) and to share interest
• Uses several gestures when vocalizing (e.g., 14 Months
waving, reaching)
Language Gross motor
• Says a few words, including “mama,” “dada,” • Walks well
and exclamations like “uh-oh!” • Stands without pulling
1 General Pediatrics 9
Social/communication/problem-solving
• Hugs parents in reciprocation 4 Months
2
• Shows empathy (may cry when someone else
is crying) Gross motor
• Recognizes without demonstration that a toy • Walks upstairs and downstairs holding rail
requires activation, then hands it to an adult if • Kicks a ball
it cannot operate • Throws ball overhand
• Points to one body part • Stands on tiptoes
10 O. I. Naga
Fine motor
3 Years • Throws ball overhand more than 3 yards
• Catches a bounced ball most of the time
Gross motor • Copies a square
• Walks up and down stairs, 1 foot on each step, • Goes to the toilet alone
no rails • Wipes after a bowel movement
• Climbs well • Draws man with 4 to 6 parts
• Pedals a tricycle (3-wheeled bike)
• Balances on 1 foot for 3 seconds Social/communication/problem solving
• Group play
Fine motor • Follows 3-steps commands and instructions
• Copies a circle with pencil or crayon • Tells story and accurately counts 4 pennies
• Can work toys with buttons, levers, and mov-
ing parts Language
• Screws and unscrews jar lids and turns door • Knows some basic rules of grammar, such
handle as correctly using “he,” “she,” “his,” “her”
• Understands what “2” means • 100% intelligible speech
• Imitates bridge of blocks
• Independent eating
• Puts on shoes without laces and able to unbut- 5 Years
ton clothing
Gross motor
• Draws man with 2 to 3 parts
• Walks downstairs with rail, alternating feet
Social/communication/problem-solving • Skips
• Understands long/short, big/small, more/less
1 General Pediatrics 11
Fig. 1.9 Fine motor skills and ability to use blocks at different ages
• Bangs blocks
–– 9 months
• Block in a cup
–– 12 months
• Tower 3 blocks Rake
–– 15 months
• Tower 4 blocks
–– 18 months
• Tower 6 blocks
–– 24 months
• Builds bridge with blocks
–– 3 years
Inferior pincer Fine pincer
• Builds gate with blocks
–– 4 years Fig. 1.10 Fine motor skills of catching an object at different
• Builds stairs from model ages
–– 5 years
Climbing stairs Table 1.4 Developmental red flags for language and social
• Creeps upstairs skills by age [4]
–– 15 months Age Language and social red flags
• Creeps downstairs Newborn Does not respond to loud sounds
2 months Does not alert to voice, lack of looking at faces
–– 18 months Does not watch things as they move
• Walks downstairs holding rail, both feet on 4 months Does not coo or make sounds
each step Does not smile at people
–– 2 years 6 months Does not turn toward sounds; no smiling,
• Goes up stairs, alternating feet, no rail laughing, or expression
9 months Does not babble (“mama,” “baba,” “dada”)
–– 3 years 12 Does not respond to name
• Walks downstairs with rail, alternating feet months Does not understand “no”
–– 5 years Indifferent or resistant attachment to the
Developmental red flags (Tables 1.3 and 1.4) [4] caregiver
Does not look where caregiver points
15 Does not use words “mama,” “papa,” “dada”
months Does not point to the desired object
Table 1.3 Developmental red flags for motor skills by 18 Does not gain new words
age [4] months Does not have at least 6 words
Age Motor red flags Does not point to show things to other or share
Newborn Hypotonia and feeding difficulty interest
2 months Unable to hold head up when pushing up 24 Unable to use two-word phrases (e.g., “drink
when on tummy months water”)
4 months Unable to hold head steady Unable to follow simple instructions
Unable to bring things to the mouth Unable to imitate actions or words
Persistent fisting (a predictor of Unable to maintain eye contact
neurological dysfunction) 36 Unable to use a three-word sentence
6 months Unable to pass an object from one hand to months Unable to pretend, play, or make-believe
another and does not try to reach an object 4 years Unable to speak clearly
Floppy like a rag doll Unable to answer simple questions
9 months Unable to sit, not rolling Unable to use pronouns (“I”, “me”, “you”,
12 months Unable to stand or bear weight on legs “he”, and “she”) correctly
when supported Ignores other children or does not respond to
Unable to crawl people outside the family
15 months Unable to do pincer grasps 5 years Unable to use plurals or past tense properly
18 months Unable to walk Unable to recognize shapes, letters, colors
24 months Unable to walk well Unable to brush teeth, use toilet, wash and dry
36 months Unable to climb stairs well and frequent hands, or get undressed without help
falling Unable to distinguish between reality and
4 years Unable to jump in place fantasy
5 years Unable to draw pictures, a cross, or a Shows extreme behavior (unusually fearful,
square aggressive, shy, or sad)
Poor balance 6–12 Unable retell or summarize a story
6–12 years Unable to skip or hop on one foot years Unable to name friends
Unable to write name Unable to recognize the feelings of others
All ages Loss of skills they once had All ages Loss of skills they once had
1 General Pediatrics 15
• The final third or fourth dose in the HepB • If RotaTeq (RV5; Merck & Co.) is used,
series should not be administered before administer a 3-dose series at age 2, 4, and
6 months of age 6 months
• If any dose in the series was RotaTeq or vac-
Mother is HBsAg-negative cine product is unknown for any dose in the
• One dose within 24 h of birth for medically series, a total of 3 doses of RV vaccine should
stable infants ≥ 2000 g. For infants < 2000 g, be administered
administer one dose at chronological age
1 month or hospital discharge. Catch-up vaccination
• The maximum age for the first dose in the
Mother is HBsAg-positive series is 14 weeks, 6 days
• Give one dose HepB vaccine and 0.5 mL of • Vaccination should not be initiated in infants
hepatitis B immune globulin (HBIG) (at sep- of age 15 weeks, 0 days, or older
arate anatomic sites) within 12 h of birth, • The maximum age for the final dose is
regardless of birth weight. 8 months, 0 days
• Test for HBsAg and anti-HBs at age
9–12 months. If HepB series is delayed, test
1–2 months after final dose. DTaP/Tdap
Mother’s HBsAg status is unknown: DTaP (diphtheria and tetanus toxoids and acel-
• Give HepB vaccine within 12 h of birth, lular pertussis vaccine)
regardless of birth weight.
• For infants < 2000 g, give 0.5 mL of HBIG Administration
in addition to HepB vaccine within 12 h of • Minimum age 6 weeks (exception, DTaP-IPV
birth [Kinrix, GSK; Quadracel, Sanofi Pasteur],
• Give 3 additional doses of vaccine (total of 4 4 years)
doses) beginning at age 1 month • Not given to children 7 years and older
• Determine mother’s HBsAg status as soon as • Five-dose series DTaP vaccine at ages 2, 4, 6,
possible. If mother is HBsAg-positive, give 15–18 months, and 4–6 years
0.5 mL of HBIG to infants ≥ 2000 g as soon • The fourth dose may be administered as early
as possible, but no later than 7 days of age. as 12 months, if at least 6 months have elapsed
since dose 3
Catch-up vaccination
• An unvaccinated person should complete a Catch-up vaccination
three-dose series • The fifth dose of DTaP vaccine is not neces-
sary if the fourth dose was administered at
age 4 years or older
otavirus Vaccine (Two Available
R
in the USA) Tdap (tetanus and diphtheria toxoids and acel-
lular pertussis vaccine)
Minimum age is 6 weeks
• If Rotarix (RV1; GlaxoSmithKline [GSK]) is • Similar to DTaP but contain a smaller amount
used, administer a two-dose series at 2 and of pertussis antigen
4 months of age • Minimum age: 10 years for both Boostrix
(GSK) and Adacel (Sanofi Pasteur)
1 General Pediatrics 17
Table 1.6 PCV13 and PPSV23 administration to children with an underlying medical condition
PPSV23 PPSV23
Group and risks PCV13 Dose#1 Dose #2
Healthy children < 5 years Routine None None
Immunocompetent children and teens with 1 dose 8 weeks Age 2 years and older: None
underlying medical conditions, e.g., chronic heart before PPSV23a Administer 1 dose at
disease, chronic lung disease, (including asthma least 8 weeks after any
treated with high-dose, oral corticosteroids), diabetes prior PCV13 dose
mellitus, cerebrospinal fluid leak; cochlear implant
Children and teens with immunocompromising 1 dose 8 weeks Age 2 years and older: 1 additional dose at
conditions, nephrotic syndrome, malignant before PPSV23a Administer 1 dose at least 5 years
neoplasms, functional or anatomic asplenia least 8 weeks after any following the first
prior PCV13 dose PPSV23
PCV13 13-Valent pneumococcal conjugate vaccine, PPSV23 23-Valent pneumococcal polysaccharide vaccine
a
Children 2–5 years with any incomplete series of PCV13; not having received all doses in either the recommended series or
an age-appropriate catch-up series will need one PCV13 booster dose (if received 3 PCV13 doses series), and two PCV13
booster doses 8 weeks apart (if received < 3 PCV13 doses series), at least 8 weeks after any prior PCV13 dose
1 General Pediatrics 19
Routine vaccination
Measles, Mumps, and Rubella (MMR)
• 1 dose any influenza vaccine appropriate for Vaccine
age and health status annually (2 doses sepa-
Background
rated by at least 4 weeks for children
• MMR is a combination of 3 attenuated live
6 months–8 years who did not receive at least
viruses
2 doses of influenza vaccine before July 1,
• Not contraindicated in children with egg
2018)
allergy
Special situations
Routine vaccination
• Egg allergy, hives only
• Administer a 2-dose series of MMR vaccine
–– Give any influenza vaccine appropriate for
at ages 12–15 months and 4–6 years
age and health status annually
• Egg allergy more severe than hives (e.g., International travel to high-risk countries
angioedema, respiratory distress) • Age 6–11 months
–– Give any influenza vaccine appropriate for –– Administer 1 dose of MMR vaccine before
age and health status annually in medical departure from the USA
setting under supervision of health-care –– If the child remains in the high-risk area,
provider who can recognize and manage the second dose should be given at least
severe allergic conditions 4 weeks later
• LAIV should NOT be used in the following –– The dose before age of 12 months does not
conditions count towards the routine MMR vaccine
–– History of severe allergic reaction to any series
component of the vaccine (excluding egg) • Age 12 months and older
or to a previous dose of any influenza –– Administer 2 doses of MMR vaccine
vaccine 4 weeks apart before departure from the
–– Children and adolescents receiving con- USA
comitant aspirin or salicylate-containing
medications Catch-up vaccination
–– Children age 2–4 years with a history of • Ensure that all school-aged children and ado-
asthma or wheezing, those who are immu- lescents have had 2 doses of MMR vaccine;
nocompromised due to any cause (includ- the minimum interval between the 2 doses is
ing immunosuppression caused by 4 weeks
medications and HIV infection) • May not be given within 4 weeks of other live
–– Anatomic and functional asplenia, cochlear vaccines, but it can be given together or in
implants, cerebrospinal fluid-oropharyn- combination with varicella vaccine at the
geal communication same time
20 O. I. Naga
Contraindication Contraindication
• Anaphylactic reaction to neomycin or gelatin • Immunocompromised children
• Pregnancy; however, it is not an indication for • Pregnant women
abortion
• Immunodeficiency, e.g., AIDS; however, Vaccination may be administered under these
HIV-infected children can receive MMR live conditions
vaccine if not immunodeficient • Pregnancy of a recipient’s mother or other
close or household contact
Vaccination may be administered under these • Immunodeficient family member or house-
conditions hold contact
• Positive tuberculin skin test • Asymptomatic or mildly symptomatic HIV
• Simultaneous tuberculin skin testing infection
• Breastfeeding • Humoral immunodeficiency (e.g.,
• Pregnancy of recipient’s mother or other close agammaglobulinemia)
or household contact • Children with HIV or who live with an
• A recipient is female of childbearing age immunocompromised adult can take the
• Immunodeficient family member or house- vaccine
hold contact • The vaccine can be given to children who live
• Asymptomatic or mildly symptomatic HIV with a pregnant woman.
infection
• Allergy to eggs
aricella Zoster Immune Globulin
V
(VariZIG)
Varicella (VAR)
• Post-exposure to measles and varicella pro-
Background phylaxis (Table 1.8)
• Live attenuated virus vaccine contains a small
amount of neomycin and gelatin
• Two doses are recommended epatitis A (HepA) Vaccine
H
• Minimum age is 12 months, second dose at
4–6 years Routine vaccination
• The combination with MMR vaccine is now • Initiate the 2-dose HepA vaccine series
available (MMRV) at 12–23 months; separate the 2 doses by
6–18 months
Routine vaccination • Minimum age: 12 months for routine
• Administer a 2-dose series of VAR vaccine at vaccination
ages 12–15 months and 4–6 years
• The second dose may be given as early as Catch-up vaccination
3 months after the first dose (a dose given • Anyone 2 years of age or older may receive
after a 4-week interval may be counted) HepA vaccine if desired. Minimum interval
between doses is 6 months.
Catch-up vaccination
• Ages 7–12 years: Routine interval 3 months International traveling to countries with high or
(minimum interval, 4 weeks) intermediate endemic hepatitis A
• Ages 13 years and older: Minimum interval • Infants age 6–11 months: 1 dose before depar-
4 weeks ture; revaccinate with 2 doses, separated by
1 General Pediatrics 21
–– 24 months or older: 2 doses at least 8 weeks • Trumenba: 3-dose series at 0, 1–2, and 6 months
apart • Bexsero and Trumenba are not interchangeable
–– Menactra must be administered at least
4 weeks after completion of PCV13 series.
uman Papillomavirus (HPV)
H
Travel in countries with hyperendemic or epidemic Vaccines
meningococcal disease, including countries in the
African meningitis belt or during the Hajj Background
• Children age less than 24 months: • Prevent cervical cancer, precancerous genital
–– Menveo (age 2–23 months): lesions, and genital warts due to HPV type 6,
◦◦ Dose 1 at 8 weeks: 4-dose series at 2, 4, 11, 16, and 18
6, 12 months • 4vHPV (Gardasil, Merck & Co.) and 9vHPV
◦◦ Dose 1 at 7–23 months: 2-dose series (Gardasil 9)
(dose 2 at least 12 weeks after dose 1
and after the 1st birthday) Routine vaccination
–– Menactra (age 9–23 months): • Administer a 2-dose series of HPV vaccine
◦◦ Two-dose series (dose 2 at least 12 weeks on a schedule of 0 and 6–12 months to all
after dose 1; dose 2 may be administered adolescents aged 11 or 12 years
as early as 8 weeks after dose 1 in • The vaccination series can start at age
travelers) 9 years
• Children age 2 years or older: 1 dose of
Menveo or Menactra Catch-up vaccination
• For persons initiating vaccination at age
First-year college students who live in residential 15 years or older, the recommended immuni-
housing (if not previously vaccinated at age 16 zation schedule is 3 doses of HPV vaccine at
years or older) or military recruits: 1 dose of 0, 1–2, and 6 months
Menveo or Menactra
Special situations
Serogroup B meningococcal vaccines • History of sexual abuse or assault: Begin
• MenB vaccine may be administered based on series at age 9 years
individual clinical decision to adolescents not • Immunocompromised (including HIV) aged
at increased risk age 16–23 years (preferred 9–26 years: 3-dose series at 0, 1–2, and
age 16–18 years): (Bexsero, GSK; Trumenba, 6 months
Pfizer)
• Children 10 years or older who are at Vaccine content that may cause an allergic reac-
increased risk for serogroup B meningococ- tion (Table 1.9)
cal infections should be vaccinated, e.g.:
–– Asplenia (functional or anatomic)
–– Persistent complement deficiency
Common Adverse Reaction
–– Eculizumab use of Vaccines
Table 1.9 Vaccine content that may cause an allergic • Fever of < 105 °F (< 40.5 °C); fussiness or
reaction mild drowsiness after a previous dose of DTP/
Contents in the vaccine DTaP
that may cause allergies Type of vaccine • Current antimicrobial therapy
Egg Influenza, yellow fever
• A family history of seizures, autism, or devel-
Egg allergy is no longer a
contraindication to influenza opmental delay
vaccine • Preterm birth (HepB vaccine is an exception
“In severe egg allergies (e.g., in certain circumstances)
angioedema, respiratory • Recent exposure to an infectious disease
distress) influenza vaccine can
be given under supervision of
• History of penicillin allergy, other non-vac-
health care provider who can cine allergies, relatives with allergies, or
recognize and manage severe receiving allergen extract immunotherapy
allergic conditions” • Positive purified protein derivative (PPD) test
Gelatin, neomycin MMR and varicella
Streptomycin, neomycin IPV and OPV Special considerations
MMR Measles, mumps, and rubella, IPV Inactivated poliovi- • If PPD not given with MMR on the same
rus vaccine, OPV Oral poliovirus vaccine
day, PPD test should wait for 4–6 weeks
(MMR may alter result if not done on the
Table 1.10 Contraindications to vaccinations
same day)
Vaccine Contraindications
Any vaccine Life-threatening allergic reaction after a
• If the infant vomited the rotavirus vaccine,
previous dose there is no need to re-administer the dose
Live vaccines, Known severe immunodeficiency again; complete the series normally
e.g., MMR, • Family history of intussusception or anaphy-
varicella, laxis is not a contraindication to give rotavi-
rotavirus
Rotavirus Personal history of intussusception (not rus vaccine
family history)
DTP, DTaP, or Encephalopathy not attributable to
Tdap another identifiable cause, within 7
days of administration of the previous PREVENTIVE MEDICINE [8]
dose
MMR Measles, mumps, and rubella, DTP Diphtheria, pertus- Newborn Screening
sis, and tetanus, DTaP Diphtheria and tetanus toxoids and
acellular pertussis vaccine, Tdap Tetanus and diphtheria tox-
oids and acellular pertussis vaccine
• All 50 states in the USA screen for:
–– Congenital hypothyroidism
Contraindications to Vaccinations –– Phenylketonuria
• Some states screen for more diseases, e.g.,
(Table 1.10)
metabolic and hemoglobinopathies
General conditions commonly misperceived as
History (initial/interval), length/height, and weight
contraindications (i.e., vaccination may be
• From birth and at all child well visits
administered under these conditions)
Head circumference measurements
• Mild acute illness with or without fever
• From birth and at all child well visits until
• Mild-to-moderate local reaction (i.e., swell-
24 months of age or at any time if any con-
ing, redness, soreness); low-grade or moder-
cern about the head growth
ate fever after the previous dose
24 O. I. Naga
Bladder length
encircling 80–100% of
mid arm circumference (MAC)
1 General Pediatrics 25
Table 1.11 Management of lead poisoning, any detectable or elevated blood lead level (BLL)
BLL Management Re-testing venous BLL
Any detectable or elevated Education Periodic follow-up
BLL Environmental investigations
BLL > 5 mcg/dL Education In 6–12 months if the child
Environmental investigations is at high risk
In 3–6 months if < 12
months old
BLL 5–14 mcg/dL Refer to local health authorities Re-test venous BLL within
CBC, CRP, and serum ferritin 1–3 months
Iron-rich food and vitamin C
BLL 15-44 mcg/dL In addition to previous steps of BLL 5–14 mcg/dL, if pica Re-test venous BLL within
for paint chips or mouthing behaviors, perform KUB; bowel 1–4 weeks
decontamination if foreign bodies containing lead are
visualized
BLL > 44 mcg/dL Perform chelation therapy Re-test venous BLL within
48 h if no symptoms
BLL > 69 mcg/dL Hospitalization and chelation therapy Re-test venous BLL within
24 h if no symptoms
Symptomatic lead Hospitalize for full investigations, decontamination, and Medical emergency
intoxication chelation therapy. PICU admission if lead encephalopathy Confirm with a stat BLL
CBC Complete blood count, CRP C-reactive protein, KUB Kidneys, ureters, and urinary bladder, abdominal radiograph,
PICU pediatric ICU
1 General Pediatrics 27
Tooth care
Tuberculosis (TB) Screening • Once tooth erupts, it should be brushed twice
daily with plain water
• The AAP/Bright Futures guidelines suggest
• Once the child reaches 2 years of age, brush
tuberculosis risk assessment by 1 month of
teeth twice daily with a pea-sized amount of
age; at ages 6, 12, and 24 months; and annu-
fluoride toothpaste
ally thereafter
• Daily flossing
• Children with demonstrable caries, plaque, Table 1.12 Routine screening in pediatrics
demineralization, and/or staining Ages to be Special
• Children who sleep with a bottle or are breast- Screening performed considerations
feed throughout the night Length/height From birth and in Repeat and confirm
and weight each well visit any abnormal
• Children in families of low socioeconomic reading
status Head From birth until the Repeat and confirm
circumference age of 2 years any abnormal
Summary of Routine screening in Pediatrics reading or any time
(Table 1.12) if any concern about
head size
Blood pressure 3 years of age, then Before 3 years of
yearly after age visits if any risk
WELL CHILD VISITS factor of
hypertension
Well Visit Schedule Hearing Newborn, 4, 5, 6, 8, Any time if any risk
10, and once at factor
Infancy 11–14, 15–17,
18–21 year
• Newborn Vision 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, Any time if any
• 3–5 days old 15 year concern
• 1, 2, 4, 6, and 9 months Developmental 9, 18, and 30 Any time if any
screening months concern
Early childhood Autism 18 and 24 months Any time if any
screening concern
• 12, 15, 18, 24, 30 months; 3 and 4 years
Depression 12 years of age, Any time if any
then yearly after signs of depression
Middle childhood Maternal 1, 2, 4, and Any time if any
• Yearly from 5 to 10 years depression 6-month visits signs of depression
Bilirubin Newborn Any time if
Adolescents indicated
• Yearly from 11 to 21 years Anemia 12 months Any time if
indicated
Lead 12 and 24 months if Any time if any risk
Counseling during each well visit is very Medicaid or high factor
important risk of prevalence
• Bath safety area
• Sun exposure Tuberculosis Risk assessment at Any time if any risk
• Fluoride supplementation 1, 6, 12, and 24 factor
months, and
• Nutrition annually thereafter
• Immunization Dyslipidemia 9–11, and once at Any time if
• Common cold management 17–21 years indicated
HIV Once between 15 Younger if
Age-appropriate anticipatory guidance, e.g.: and18 years increased risk of
• Feeding the newborn HIV infection
Oral health Perform dental risk Refer to establish a
• Dental care when the first tooth appears assessment at 6 and dental home at 12
• Dental appointment at 12 months if pediatric 9 months, fluoride months of age
dentist is available varnish every 3-6
• Limitations on screen time (TV, computer, months between 6
months and 5 years
phone)
of age
• Encourage reading to the child, and by the Anticipatory From birth and in Any time if parents
child guidance each well visit have a concern
1 General Pediatrics 29
Booster seat
• After outgrowing the forward-facing car seat P reventing Fire and Burns
until seat belts fit properly
• The recommended height for proper seat belt • Install a smoke detector on every level of the
fit is 57 in. (4 ft 9 in.) tall and 9–12 years of home and near sleeping areas
age • Reduce water heater temperature to 120 °F
• Do not drink hot fluids near children
Seat belt • Never leave the stove unattended
• Once seat belts fit properly without a booster
seat
30 O. I. Naga
• Family history of intussusception or anaphy- ineffective remedy for the treatment of infan-
laxis to rotavirus is not a contraindication to tile colic.
rotavirus vaccine. • There is no safe blood lead level (BLL). Any
• For any child with abnormal red reflex, or any detectable BLL must be managed and investi-
parental concern about white pupil reflex, the gated further.
most prudent action is to refer the patient for • Intake of milk above 16–24 oz is associated
a complete ocular examination. with increased risk of iron deficiency and
• Any new-onset strabismus is a red flag for subsequent anemia.
ocular or intracranial structural abnormalities • Growing pains is a diagnosis of exclusion,
e.g., brain tumor. requires that symptoms only occur at
• Screen all adolescents for HIV once between night, and that the patient has no limp, no
age 15 and 18 years. joint swelling, or symptoms during the
• To prevent drowning, children should be day.
supervised closely (adults within one arm’s
reach of a child in or near water).
• If parents choose to keep a firearm in the References
home, the unloaded gun and ammunition
must be kept in separate locked cabinets. 1. Braun LR, Marino R. Disorders of growth and
• Hard candy and gum should not be given to stature. Pediatr Rev. 2017;38(7):293–304.
children younger than age 5 years and raw 2. Nicol L, Allen DB, Czernichow P, Zeitler
vegetables and fruit should be cut into small P. Normal growth and growth disorders. In:
pieces. Kappy MS, Allen DB, Geffner ME, editors.
• Baby walkers with wheels increase risk of Pediatric practice endocrinology. New York:
falls and skull fracture. McGraw-Hill; 2010. p. 23–76.
• Bicycle helmets reduce the risk of severe 3. Losee JE, Mason AC. Deformational plagio-
head and brain injuries for bicyclists of all cephaly: diagnosis, prevention, and treatment.
ages. Clin Plast Surg. 2005;32(1):53–64, viii.
• Broad-spectrum sunscreens with SPF 30 or 4. Scharf RJ, Scharf GJ, Strousup
higher should be regularly used when per- A. Developmental milestones. Pediatr Rev.
forming outdoor activities in sunny weather, 2016;37(1):25–37; quiz 38, 47.
especially in regions with high levels of 5. Feigelman S. Growth, development, and behav-
insolation. ior. In: Kliegman RM, Stanton BF, Schor NF,
• Keep infants younger than 6 months away St. Geme III JW, Behrman RE, editors. Nelson
from the sun. textbook of pediatrics. 19th ed. Philadelphia:
• To prevent mosquito bites, repellents with Elsevier Saunders; 2011. p. 26–32.
10–30% DEET are recommended for chil- 6. U.S. Department of Health and Human
dren 2 months and older. Services Centers for Disease Control and
• Children younger than 2 months of age should Prevention. Recommended immunization
not use products with DEET. schedule for children and adolescents aged
• Infantile colic is a self-limited condition that 18 years or younger—United States 2019.
will spontaneously resolves between 12 and https://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/schedules/hcp/
16 weeks. imz/child-adolescent.html. Accessed 16 Feb
• Effective swaddling, gentle rocking, and 2019.8.
decreased stimulation of the infant are helpful 7. U.S. Department of Health and Human
measures in the management of infantile colic. Services. Centers for Disease Control and
• Simethicone, considered by many as a main- Prevention. Immunization schedules for health
stay of colic treatment, is a safe but relatively care professionals. 26 May 2016. https://www.
34 O. I. Naga
Preeclampsia
Chorioamnionitis
Background Defined as the presence of:
• Inflammation of the fetal amnion and chorion
membranes due to a bacterial infection • Hypertension:
–– Systolic blood pressure (SBP) greater than or
Clinical presentation equal to 140 mm Hg or a diastolic blood pres-
• Maternal fever (intrapartum temperature sure (DBP) greater than or equal to 90 mm Hg
> 100.4 °F or > 37.8 °C) most frequently or higher, on two occasions at least 4 h apart
observed sign in a previously normotensive patient, or
• Significant maternal tachycardia (> 100 beats/ –– SBP greater than or equal to 160 mm Hg or
min) a DBP greater than or equal to 110 mm Hg
• Fetal tachycardia (> 160 beats/min) or higher
• Purulent or foul-smelling amniotic fluid or • Proteinuria:
vaginal discharge –– Proteinuria of ≥ 0.3 g in a 24-h urine speci-
• Uterine tenderness men, a protein (mg/dL)/creatinine (mg/dL)
• Maternal leukocytosis (total blood leukocyte ratio of ≥ 0.3, or a urine dipstick protein of
count > 15,000 cells/μL in the absence of cor- 1+ (if a quantitative measurement is
ticosteroid therapy) unavailable)
42 M. Fuloria
Preeclampsia with severe features is defined emergency setting, control of BP and seizures
as the presence of one of the following symptoms should be prioritized
or signs in the presence of preeclampsia: • Medications used for BP control include the
following:
• SBP of 160 mm Hg or higher or DBP of –– Hydralazine
110 mm Hg or higher, on two occasions at –– Labetalol
least 4 h apart while the patient is on bed rest –– Nifedipine
(unless antihypertensive therapy has previ- –– Sodium nitroprusside (in severe hyperten-
ously been initiated) sive emergency refractory to other
• Impaired hepatic function as indicated by medications)
abnormally elevated blood concentrations of –– Magnesium sulfate is the first-line treat-
liver enzymes (to double the normal ment for primary and recurrent eclamptic
concentration) seizures
• Severe persistent upper quadrant or epigastric
pain that does not respond to pharmacother-
apy and is not accounted for by alternative D iabetes Mellitus
diagnoses, or both
• Progressive renal insufficiency (serum creati- Background
nine concentration > 1.1 mg/dL or a doubling • Abnormal maternal glucose regulation occurs
of the serum creatinine concentration in the in 3–10% of pregnancies
absence of other renal disease) • Gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM) is
• New onset cerebral or visual disturbances defined as glucose intolerance with onset or
• Pulmonary edema first recognition during pregnancy
• Thrombocytopenia (platelet count < 100,000/ • GDM accounts for 90% of cases of DM in
μL) pregnancy
the oral agents glyburide and metformin are • Apgar score < 3 at 15 min has been associated
increasingly being used with high mortality and severe neurologic
• Mothers should keep the fasting blood sugar sequelae
value at 90–99 mg/dL, and keep 1-h, post-
meal values at < 140 mg/dL
• Before diabetic women become pregnant, Newborn Crying
they should have a glycosylated hemoglobin
• Weak cry or high-pitched cry is abnormal
(HbA1c) of < 6.5% and maintain the same
• Hoarseness can be caused by any process that
during pregnancy
affects the structure or function of the larynx
• The most common complication in a well
• Hoarse cry may indicate hypothyroidism or
controlled mother with DM is macrosomia
vocal cord paralysis
Temperature
NEWBORN EXAMINATION
• Persistent abnormal temperature in a normal
Apgar Score (Table 2.2) temperature environment must be investigated
• Hypothermia: Look for environmental fac-
• Dr. Virginia Apgar devised the Apgar score in tors, sepsis, hypoglycemia, hypothyroidism,
1952 as a simple and replicable method to low Apgar scores (hypoxia), intracranial
quickly and summarily assess the health of hemorrhage, drug withdrawal
newborn children immediately after birth • Hyperthermia: Look for environmental fac-
• The Apgar score alone cannot be considered tors (overheating from incubators, radiant
to be evidence of or a consequence of warmers or ambient environmental tempera-
asphyxia, does not predict individual neona- ture; excessive bundling or swaddling), mater-
tal mortality or neurologic outcome, and nal fever, maternal epidural anesthesia, sepsis,
should not be used for that purpose adrenal hemorrhage, or CNS disorders
• Apgar score at 1 min and 5 min does not cor-
relate well with long-term neurobehavioral
sequelae
SKIN
Table 2.2 Apgar score
• Aplasia cutis congenita (congenital absence
Score 0 1 2 of the skin):
A—Activity Absent Some flexion of Active
arms and legs
–– Absence of a portion of skin in a localized
P—Pulse Absent < 100 beats/min > 100 beats/ or widespread area at birth
(Heart rate) min –– Most commonly (70%) manifests as a soli-
G—Grimace No Grimace Cry or active tary defect on the scalp
(reflex response withdrawal –– Consider trisomy 13, especially if associ-
irritability)
A— Blue, pale Acrocyanotic Completely
ated with midline defect
Appearance pink • Acrocyanosis: Cyanosis of hands and feet
(skin color) when exposed to colder temperature; this can
R— Absent Slow and Good be a normal finding
Respiration irregular; respiratory • Generalized cyanosis: Significant hypox-
hypoventilation; effort, crying
weak cry emia (e.g., cardiac or respiratory) or
Apgar score is done at 1 min, 5 min routinely, and at 5-min intervals methemoglobinemia
thereafter until 20 min for infants with a score less than 7 • Pallor: Anemia or poor perfusion (e.g., pla-
cental abruption or placenta previa)
44 M. Fuloria
Management Diagnosis
• Radiograph or computed tomography (CT) • Suspect subdural hemorrhage if megaloceph-
scan should be obtained if skull fracture is aly, bulging fontanel, unexplained anemia
suspected and jaundice, or seizures
• Hemoglobin and bilirubin should be • CT scan and magnetic resonance imaging
monitored (MRI) are useful in the diagnosis
• Most cephalohematomas resolve within
2–3 weeks to several months
Skull Fractures
• Linear fracture: Linear fractures are benign
Subgaleal Hemorrhage and have excellent prognosis
• Depressed fracture: Ping-pong ball, usually
Background not associated with loss of bone continuity;
• Serious but less common complication, usu- prognosis is good if neurological exam is
ally associated with vacuum-assisted normal
delivery • Basilar fracture: Overall prognosis is
• Collection of blood between the aponeurosis guarded and there is significant risk of perma-
and the periosteum nent sequelae
46 M. Fuloria
Natal teeth
Fig. 2.1 Infant with Epstein pearl in the hard palate • Supernumerary: Usually very loose and
easy to remove with a little pinch
• True milk teeth: Usually hard and should
not be removed (Fig. 2.3)
Ankyloglossia or tongue-tie
• Caused by a short frenulum on the underside
of the tongue that prevents complete protru-
sion of the tongue
• Can interfere with breastfeeding and speech
articulation
• Frenulotomy is recommended if interfering
with feeding or speech
Management
• Rehabilitation must start immediately after
the diagnosis. Treatment is directed towards
preventing contractures:
–– Intermittent and partial immobilization:
The arm can be fixed across the child’s
chest by pinning of his/her clothing to pro-
vide more comfort
–– Active and passive range of motion
exercises
–– Dress the infant gently and avoid further
Fig. 2.4 Three-week-old infant with enlarged breast tissue,
traction on the arm resolved spontaneously after several weeks
–– Wrist extension splint is necessary to main-
tain proper wrist alignment and to reduce
the risk of progressive contractures
LUNG
–– Assessments every 3–4 weeks are
indicated Respiratory distress
• Persistence of symptoms beyond 1 month of • Normal respiratory rate is 40–60 breaths/min
age suggests that the injury may require • Respiratory rate persistently more than
treatment 60 breaths/min in the newborn period is
• Absence of full recovery by age of 3 months, abnormal
signs of root avulsion (Horner syndrome, • Grunting, nasal flaring, retractions, and tachy-
phrenic nerve involvement), total palsy, and pnea may be transient in the first few hours
Klumpke palsy are all indications for referral after birth—transient tachypnea of the new-
to orthopedics born (TTN). If it persists for more than 24 h,
other causes must be explored
ABDOMEN
Liver/Spleen
• Liver is normally palpated 1–2 cm below the
right costal margin in the newborn
• Spleen is normally palpable not more than
1 cm below the left costal margin Fig. 2.5 Infant with a large umbilical hernia
2 Neonatology 51
–– SUA is thought to result from either apla- • Chordae: The skin on the underside of the
sia or atrophy of the second umbilical penis may be tethered to the scrotum, called
artery or from persistence of the normally chordae; this may be associated with
transient early embryonic SUA hypospadias
–– Associated structural or chromosomal • Hypospadias: Defect of the urethra in a male
anomalies are seen in 27% of infants with infant that involves an abnormally placed ure-
SUA, with renal malformations being the thral meatus. Instead of opening at the tip of
most common finding the glans, the urethra opens anywhere along a
–– A newborn with SUA should be examined line running from the tip along the ventral
thoroughly for dysmorphic features, aspect of the shaft to the junction of the penis
abdominal masses, and the presence of and the perineum
heart disease –– Infants with hypospadias should not be cir-
–– SUA is associated with an increased risk of cumcised because the foreskin is often
chromosome abnormalities such as trisomy used during surgical repair
13, trisomy 18, and triploidy • Epispadias: Meatal opening is on the dorsal
surface of the penis. It is less common than
hypospadias
• Mispositioned meatus: May be associated
GENITALIA with urethral or kidney abnormalities and
may result in poor urinary stream
Females
Testis
• Female infants have two orifices, one for the • Normally in the scrotum in term infants but
urethra just below the clitoris and the other may be palpated in the upper scrotum or in
for the vagina. The urethral orifice must be the inguinal canal
differentiated from the vagina • Cryptorchidism occurs in 3–5% of term
• Infants can have a creamy white to slightly male infants
blood-tinged discharge 2–3 days after birth, –– Undescended testicles may be true unde-
caused by withdrawal of maternal hormones scended testicles, ectopic testicles, or
• Imperforate hymen can result in hydrometro- retractile testicles
colpos, which usually presents as a bulging • Discoloration of the scrotum may be pres-
hymen especially with crying, or an abdomi- ent in a neonate born after breech presenta-
nal mass tion or may be caused by testicular torsion or
hematoma
• Testicular torsion can occur in infancy and
Males presents as an enlarged testicle with overly-
ing discoloration of the scrotum
Penis
• Term infant’s penile length is 2.5–3.5 cm
• Micropenis: Penile length < 2.5 cm is abnor- A mbiguous Genitalia (See Also
mal (hormonal workup is needed). Infants Chap. 12 Endocrinology)
should be observed for evidence of metabolic
derangements • Small penis, bifid scrotum, large clitoris, and
• Prepuce is usually adherent and should not be pigmented fused vulva are signs of ambigu-
forcibly retracted ous genitalia
2 Neonatology 53
Table 2.3 Gestational age ranges according to the physical characteristics of newborn and maturity
Body parts Characteristics Weeks of gestation range
Vernix (waxy or cheese-like white Coat the entire body < 38 weeks
substance found coating the skin of Less coated areas 38–39 weeks
newborn babies) Scant 40–41 weeks
No vernix > 42 weeks
Lanugo (very fine, soft, unpigmented, Covers most of the body < 32 weeks
downy hair covers the body of a newborn) Disappears from face 33–37 weeks
Present on shoulders only 38–41 weeks
None present ≥ 42 weeks
Testes Palpable in inguinal canal < 36 weeks
Palpable in upper scrotum 36–39 weeks
Palpable in lower scrotum ≥ 40 weeks
Scrotum Few rugae < 36 weeks
More rugae 36–39 weeks
Rugae all over the scrotum 40–41 weeks
Pendulous scrotum ≥ 42 weeks
Labia and clitoris Prominent clitoris and labia minora Preterm
Labia majora is prominent Full-term
Sole creases No anterior sole creases < 32 weeks
1–2 anterior creases 32–33 weeks
2–3 anterior creases 34–35 weeks
2/3 of the anterior sole with creases 36–37 weeks
Heel creases present 38–41 weeks
Deeper creases over entire sole ≥ 42 weeks
• Maternal factors
NEONATAL CONDITIONS –– Chronic diseases—hypertension, chronic
renal disease, systemic lupus erythemato-
I ntrauterine Growth Retardation sus, DM
(IUGR) –– Preeclampsia early in gestation
–– Smoking, drugs, and alcohol
Definition –– Constitutionally small mother
• IUGR, which is defined as less than 10% of –– Malnutrition
predicted fetal weight for GA, may result in • Placental factors
significant fetal morbidity and mortality –– Placental infarction
• Second leading cause of perinatal mortality –– Small placenta
–– Chronic vascular disease
Causes –– Uteroplacental insufficiency
• Fetal factors:
–– Chromosomal abnormalities (aneuploidy) Symmetrical (proportional) vs. asymmetrical
–– Multifactorial congenital malformations— (relative head sparing) IUGR
cardiovascular abnormalities, renal agenesis • Symmetrical IUGR results from an early
–– Multiple gestation fetal insult caused by chemical exposure (e.g.,
–– Infections: Congenital cytomegalovirus, nicotine from cigarette smoking), viral infec-
toxoplasmosis, herpes simplex virus tion, or inherent developmental abnormalities
(HSV), rubella caused by aneuploidy
–– Aberrant genomic imprinting—uniparen- • Asymmetrical IUGR is likely to result from
tal disomy uteroplacental insufficiency
2 Neonatology 55
Diagnosis neumothorax
P
• Chest radiograph and Pneumomediastinum
–– Air trapping and hyperexpansion from air-
way obstruction Background
–– Diffuse chemical pneumonitis (streaky, • Pneumothorax refers to the presence of air or
linear, or patchy infiltrates) gas in the pleural cavity between the visceral
–– Acute atelectasis and parietal pleura
–– Pneumomediastinum and other air leak • Pneumomediastinum is air in the mediasti-
syndromes num that may be confused with
pneumothorax
Prevention of MAS • Pneumothorax may be iatrogenic or
• AAP recommendations spontaneous
–– If the infant is not vigorous (defined as • Factors associated with pneumothorax:
depressed respiratory effort, poor muscle –– Overly vigorous resuscitation at birth
tone, and/or heart rate < 100 beats/min): –– RDS
Place the infant on a radiant warmer, clear –– MAS
the secretions with a bulb syringe, and pro- –– Pneumonia
ceed with the normal steps of newborn –– Pulmonary hypoplasia
resuscitation (i.e., warming, repositioning –– Assisted ventilation
the head, drying, and stimulating). If after
these initial steps the infant is still apneic Clinical presentation
or the heart rate is < 100 beats bpm, admin- • Depends on the severity and size of the
ister PPV to minimize the delay in initiat- pneumothorax
ing ventilation • Tension pneumothorax:
–– If the infant is vigorous (defined as normal –– Cyanosis
respiratory effort, normal muscle tone, and –– Hypoxemia
heart rate > 100 beats/min): Do not elec- –– Tachypnea
tively intubate. Clear secretions and meco- –– Sudden decrease in heart rate
nium from the mouth and nose with a bulb –– Hypotension
syringe and proceed with the normal steps –– Narrowed pulse pressure
of neonatal resuscitation –– Decreased breath sounds on the affected
–– Resuscitation should follow the same prin- side
ciples as for infants born through clear –– Shift of the maximal cardiac impulse away
amniotic fluid from the affected side
–– Transillumination of the chest is useful for • The microorganisms most commonly associ-
immediate diagnosis ated with late onset infection include the
–– Limited time for chest radiograph following:
confirmation –– Coagulase-negative Staphylococcus
• If the patient is deteriorating rapidly: –– S. aureus
–– A 22–24-gauge needle or angiocath can be –– E. coli, Klebsiella, enterococci,
inserted for aspiration (thoracentesis). The Pseudomonas, Serratia
site of puncture should be at the second or –– Candida
third intercostal space along the midcla- –– GBS
vicular line
–– Thoracostomy or chest tube placement Risk factors
may be needed • Maternal GBS status
• Asymptomatic pneumothorax: 100% oxygen • Premature ROM
administration for 8–12 h may be considered. The • Prolonged ROM
rate of resolution of spontaneous pneumothora- • Maternal fever
ces is not improved with oxygen supplementa- • Maternal UTI
tion. Because of concerns regarding the risks of • Prematurity
hyperoxia, we do not routinely administer sup- • Chorioamnionitis
plemental oxygen above the concentration • Low BW
needed to maintain adequate saturation. • Male gender
• Intrapartum or postpartum instrumentation
Table 2.5 Initial clinical presentations of infection in new- • Begin antibiotics as soon as diagnostic tests
born infants are performed
Possible clinical presentation of –– Early onset sepsis: Ampicillin and
System neonatal sepsis gentamicin
General Temperature instability
• An infant with temperature instability needs
Hypoglycemia
Poor feeding thermoregulatory support with a radiant
Respiratory Apnea warmer or incubator
Tachypnea, nasal flaring, grunting,
retractions Medications
Cyanosis • The antibiotics commonly used to treat neo-
Cardiovascular Pallor, mottling, cold, clammy skin
Tachycardia, bradycardia,
natal sepsis include:
hypotension –– Ampicillin and gentamicin for early onset
Delayed capillary refill sepsis
Gastrointestinal Vomiting (bilious or nonbilious) –– Nafcillin/vancomycin and gentamicin/ceph-
Abdominal distension alosporins for late onset sepsis (antibiotic
Central nervous Seizures
system Tremor coverage should be directed at organisms
Abnormal reflexes implicated in hospital-acquired infections)
Irregular respiration • The choice of antibiotic agents should be
Full fontanel based on the specific organisms associated
High-pitched cry
with sepsis
Hematologic Pallor, jaundice
system Thrombocytopenia, bleeding,
petechiae, purpura
Renal Oliguria roup B Streptococcal Infection
G
Others Leukocytosis or leukopenia in Neonates
Elevated immature WBCs, e.g., bands
Elevated C-reactive protein
DIC
Background
Lactic acidosis • GBS, also known as Streptococcus agalac-
Hypoxemia tiae, is best known as a cause of postpartum
WBCs white blood cells, DIC disseminated intravascular coagulation infection and as the most common cause of
neonatal sepsis
• Lumbar puncture is warranted for early- and • Neonates can acquire the organism vertically
late onset sepsis in utero or from the maternal genital tract
• HSV PCR testing in suspected cases during delivery
• Chest radiograph –– Although the transmission rate from moth-
• MRI may be needed late in the course of ers colonized with S. agalactiae to neo-
complex neonatal meningitis to document nates delivered vaginally is approximately
obstructive hydrocephalus 50%, only 1–2% of colonized neonates go
• Head ultrasonography in neonates with men- on to develop invasive GBS disease
ingitis may reveal evidence of ventriculitis, • Preterm neonates have higher rates of GBS
abnormal parenchymal echogenicity, extra- late onset disease
cellular fluid, and chronic changes • Early onset GBS sepsis often presents within
• Serially, head ultrasonography can reveal the 24 h of delivery but can become apparent up
progression of complications to 7 days postpartum
• Late onset GBS sepsis is defined as infection
Management that presents between 1 week postpartum and
• When neonatal sepsis is suspected, treatment age 3 months
should be initiated immediately because of
the neonate’s relative immunosuppression
2 Neonatology 69
• Optimal timing of maternal GBS screening is • If the mother received IAP > 4 h before deliv-
between 35 and 37 weeks gestation ery and the infant is > 37 weeks and asymp-
• Adequate treatment of maternal GBS infec- tomatic, provide routine clinical care
tion does not rule out GBS infection in infants
Clinical presentation
Indication of intrapartum GBS prophylaxis • Early onset GBS infection manifests with
• Previous infant with invasive GBS disease bacteremia, sepsis, pneumonia, and
• GBS bacteriuria during any trimester of the meningitis
current pregnancy –– Most infants present early in the first
• Positive GBS vaginal-rectal screening culture 8–12 h
in late gestation during current pregnancy –– Respiratory distress (tachypnea, grunting,
–– Intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis is not and retractions)
indicated in the two above circumstances if –– Cyanosis, apnea, poor perfusion, hypoten-
a cesarean delivery is performed before sion, and signs of sepsis can rapidly develop
onset of labor on a woman with intact –– Shock
amniotic membranes –– Death can occur
• Unknown GBS status at the onset of labor • Late onset GBS infection presents as:
(culture is not done, incomplete, or results –– Meningitis
unknown) and any of the following: –– Occult bacteremia
–– Delivery at < 37 weeks gestation –– Focal infections such as osteomyelitis or
–– Amniotic membrane rupture ≥ 18 h arthritis, facial cellulitis, submandibular cel-
–– Intrapartum temperature ≥ 100.4 °F lulitis, or cellulitis-adenitis in other regions
(≥ 38.0 °C)
–– Intrapartum nucleic acid amplification test Diagnosis
(NAAT) positive for GBS • Leukopenia or leukocytosis
• Bandemia
Secondary prevention of early onset GBS dis- • Thrombocytopenia
ease among newborns • Abnormal PT and PTT
• If no GBS prophylaxis was needed, the infant • Chest radiograph may show signs of
should be managed with routine newborn pneumonia
care • Abnormal CSF studies in cases of meningitis
• Full diagnostic evaluation and antibiotic ther- (See also Chap. 9 Infectious Diseases)
apy if any signs of neonatal sepsis at any time
• Blood culture, CBC with differential at birth Treatment
(limited evaluation), and antibiotic therapy if • Ampicillin and gentamicin are used empiri-
chorioamnionitis cally for treatment of GBS disease and substi-
• If intrapartum antibiotic prophylaxis (IAP) tuted with penicillin once the organism is
was not given ≥ 4 h before delivery and infant cultured from a sterile site
< 37 weeks gestation, or duration of rupture • Pneumonia and septicemia usually require
of membrane is ≥ 18 h, do a limited evalua- treatment for 10–14 days
tion and observe for at least 48 h or more in • Meningitis usually treated for 14–21 days
the hospital
• If IAP was not given ≥ 4 h before delivery, Prevention guidelines
infant > 37 weeks gestation and duration of • The drug of choice for intrapartum prophy-
rupture of membrane < 18 h, observe for at laxis remains intravenous penicillin, with
least 48 h or more in the hospital ampicillin as an acceptable alternative.
70 M. Fuloria
Background • Thrombocytopenia
• Risk of transmission exists with primary • Prematurity
infection but not if the infection is acquired • Cytopenias
before conception • Jaundice
• Infection in the first trimester is less frequent • Maculopapular rash
but results in more severe disease, including • Visual and learning disabilities
fetal death in utero or severe CNS involve-
ment, such as cerebral calcifications and Important
hydrocephalus • Approximately, 75% of congenitally infected
• Infection in the third trimester is more fre- infants are asymptomatic at birth, but up to
quent, and the infant appears normal at birth, 85% of children will develop visual and learn-
but the symptoms may appear later in life, ing disabilities later in life if they are not
e.g., chorioretinitis treated in infancy
• Treatment during pregnancy has been shown
to reduce the rate of transmission and seems Treatment
to reduce serious neurological sequelae • Pyrimethamine and sulfadiazine for 1 year
Clinical presentation
• Classic triad Congenital Syphilis
–– Chorioretinitis (Fig. 2.7)
–– Hydrocephalus Background
–– Intracranial calcifications • Congenital syphilis is more likely to occur
• Hydrops fetalis and death with maternal primary or secondary syphilis,
• IUGR if maternal disease is of unknown duration or
2 Neonatology 71
right lower abdomen), meconium mixed with • Abdominal distention, abdominal tenderness,
air “soap bubble,” which has a ground-glass or both
appearance on plain film • Ileus/decreased bowel sounds
• The presence of calcifications, free air, or very • Abdominal wall erythema (advanced stages)
large air-fluid levels suggests complications • Hematochezia
• The small bowel is of narrow caliber below • Apnea, bradycardia
the plug and dilated above the plug • Labile body temperature
• Sweat test or genetic testing for all infants with • Lethargy
meconium ileus because of high risk of CF • Decreased peripheral perfusion
• Shock (in advanced stages)
Management • Cardiovascular collapse
• Simple meconium ileus may be successfully • Bleeding diathesis (consumption coagulopathy)
treated by administration of a diatrizoate
meglumine (Gastrografin) enema and IV flu- Diagnosis
ids; the success rate is 16–50% • Abdominal radiograph
• If the Gastrografin enema is unsuccessful, –– The mainstay of diagnostic imaging is
operative evacuation of the obstructing meco- abdominal radiography; radiographic appear-
nium by irrigation will be necessary ance of NEC depends on severity
• Complications such as atresia, perforation, –– Abnormal gas pattern
and meconium peritonitis always require –– Dilated loops
immediate surgery, including resection, intes- –– Thickened bowel walls (suggesting edema/
tinal anastomosis, and ileostomy inflammation)
–– Pneumatosis intestinalis (intramural air
bubbles) is a radiologic sign pathogno-
Necrotizing Enterocolitis (NEC) monic of NEC
–– Abdominal free air is ominous and usually
Background requires emergency surgical intervention
• NEC is the most common GI medical/surgi- –– Portal gas represents air present in the por-
cal emergency occurring in preterm neonates tal venous system. Its presence is consid-
• Acute inflammatory disease with variable ered to be a poor prognostic sign
damage to the intestinal tract, ranging from
mucosal injury to full-thickness necrosis and Laboratory studies
perforation • Hyponatremia
• NEC affects close to 10% of infants who • Metabolic acidosis
weigh less than 1500 g, with mortality rates • Thrombocytopenia
of 50% or more, depending on severity • Leukopenia or leukocytosis with left shift
• It can also be observed in term and near-term • Neutropenia
babies • Prolonged PT and activated PTT (aPTT),
• The main cause of NEC is still unclear, but decreasing fibrinogen, rising fibrin split prod-
the risk is higher in premature infants ucts (in cases of consumption coagulopathy)
• Endotracheal intubation and MV: Required in • During cerebral hypoxia-ischemia, the uptake
infants with severe CDH who present in the of glutamate, which is the major excitatory
first hours of life neurotransmitter of the mammalian brain is
impaired
Management • Accumulation of Na+ coupled with the failure
• Placement of a sump/Replogle tube and con- of energy-dependent enzymes such as Na+/
necting it to continuous suction to prevent K+-ATPase leads to rapid cytotoxic edema
bowel distention and further lung and necrotic cell death
compression
• Avoiding high peak inspiratory pressures Diagnosis
with MV; synchronizing ventilation with the • Profound metabolic or mixed acidemia
infant’s respiratory effort (pH < 7) in an umbilical artery blood sample,
• Continuous monitoring of oxygenation, BP, if it was obtained
and perfusion • Persistence of an Apgar score of 0–3 for lon-
• Maintaining glucose and ionized calcium ger than 5 min
concentrations within reference range • Neonatal neurologic sequelae (e.g., seizures,
• Vasoactive agents (e.g., dopamine, dobuta- coma, hypotonia)
mine, milrinone) as needed • Multiple organ involvement (e.g., kidney,
• Echocardiogram is a critically important lungs, liver, heart, intestines)
imaging study, and it guides therapeutic deci-
sion by measuring pulmonary and systemic Clinical presentation
artery pressure • Mild hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy
• Surgical correction –– Muscle tone may be slightly increased, and
deep tendon reflexes may be brisk during
the first few days
Hypoxic Ischemic Encephalopathy – – Poor feeding, irritability, excessive crying
(HIE) or sleepiness may be observed
–– The neurologic examination findings nor-
Background malize by 3–4 days of life
• Perinatal asphyxia, more appropriately • Moderately severe hypoxic-ischemic
known as hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy encephalopathy
(HIE), is characterized by clinical and labora- –– The infant is lethargic, with significant
tory evidence of acute or subacute brain hypotonia and diminished deep tendon
injury due to asphyxia reflexes
• Birth asphyxia causes 23% of all neonatal –– The grasp, Moro, and suck reflexes may be
deaths worldwide sluggish or absent
–– The infant may experience occasional peri-
Pathogenesis ods of apnea
• Brain hypoxia and ischemia due to systemic –– Seizures may occur within the first 24 h of
hypoxemia, reduced cerebral blood flow, or life
both are the primary physiological processes –– Full recovery within 1–2 weeks is possible
that lead to hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy and is associated with a better long-term
• Excitatory amino acid (EAA) receptor over- outcome
activation plays a critical role in the patho- • Severe hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy
genesis of neonatal hypoxia-ischemia –– Stupor or coma is typical. The infant may
not respond to any physical stimulus
76 M. Fuloria
abnormalities in over 50% of cases, including Campbel DE. Neonatology for primary care.
Beckwith-Wiedemann syndrome (omphalo- Elk Grove Village: American Academy of
cele, macroglossia, organomegaly, hypogly- Pediatrics; 2015.
cemia, and increased risk for childhood Gornall AS, Kurinczuk JJ, Konje JC. Antenatal
tumors such as Wilms tumor, neuroblastoma, detection of a single umbilical artery: does it
and hepatoblastoma). matter? Prenat Diagn. 2003;23:117–23.
Hibbs AM, Black D, Palermo L, Cnaan A, Luan X,
Truog WE, et al. Accounting for multiple births
in neonatal and perinatal trials: systematic review
and case study. J Pediatr. 2010;156:202–8.
References
Laptook A, Tyson J, Shankaran S, McDonald S,
1. Fernandes CJ. Neonatal resuscitation in the Ehrenkranz R, Fanaroff A, National Institute of
delivery room. In: Post TW, editor. UpToDate. Child Health and Human Development Neonatal
Waltham: UpToDate. http://www.uptodate.com. Research Network, et al. Elevated tempera-
Accessed 13 Jan 2019. ture after hypoxic-ischemic encephalopathy:
2. Maisels MJ, Watchko JF, Bhutani VK, Stevenson risk factor for adverse outcomes. Pediatrics.
DK. An approach to the management of hyper- 2008;122:491–9.
bilirubinemia in the preterm infant less than 35 Ment LR, Bada HS, Barnes P, Grant PE, Hirtz
weeks of gestation. J Perinatol. 2012;32:660–4. D, Papile LA, et al. Practice parameter: neuro-
3. American Academy of Pediatrics Subcommittee imaging of the neonate: report of the Quality
on Hyperbilirubinemia. Management of Standards Subcommittee of the American
hyperbilirubinemia in the newborn infant Academy of Neurology and the Practice
35 or more weeks of gestation. Pediatrics. Committee of the Child Neurology Society.
2004;114:297–316. Neurology. 2002;58:1726–38.
Norton ME, Scoutt LM, Feldstein VA, editors.
Callen’s ultrasonography in obstetrics and gyne-
Suggested Reading cology. 6th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier; 2017.
Wyckoff MH, Aziz K, Escobedo MB, Kapadia
Barnes-Powell LL. Infants of diabetic mothers: the VS, Kattwinkel J, Perlman JM, et al. Part 13:
effects of hyperglycemia on the fetus and neo- neonatal resuscitation: 2015 American Heart
nate. Neonatal Netw. 2007;26:283–90. Association guidelines update for cardiopul-
monary resuscitation and emergency cardio-
vascular care. Circulation. 2015;132(18 Suppl
2):S543–60.
Adolescent Medicine
3
Jessica Addison
that adolescence is a time of self-growth and • Discussing sexuality will not cause adoles-
discovery and that they are not alone cents to become sexually active if they have
not started already
Psychological separation from the family and
peer group relationships [3]
• Separation occurs during late adolescence Emancipation and Healthcare
and shapes personal development but can also Decisions [4]
be linked to start of risk-taking behaviors
• Peer group development Emancipated minors
–– Early (10–13 years old): Dependent on • Process where a minor (< 18 years of age) is
friends, nonromantic relationships legally declared an adult
–– Middle (14–16 years old): Peer group most • Examples of an emancipated minor include
powerful, includes romantic relationships, those who are married, active member of mil-
involvement with clubs, team sports, gangs, itary, moved from the parental home and pay-
and other groups of interest ing their own bills, and being a parent
–– Late (17–21 years old): Peer group values
become less important, separate identity Mature minor doctrine
from parents, more time spent in a relation- • Allows minor to consent to routine, nonemer-
ship with one individual gency care, especially when the risk of treat-
ment is considered to be low
Family influence on adolescent behavior • Must be able to understand the risks and ben-
• Parents’ behavior significantly influences the efits of treatment plan and be able to provide
behavior of their children the same level of consent as an adult
• If parents are viewed in a positive way and • Many states allow minors to seek help for
exhibit high self-esteem, their child is more pregnancy, contraception, substance abuse,
likely to model them sexually transmitted disease (STD), and men-
• If a parent is viewed in a negative way, the tal health issues without parental consent
child may mimic negative attitude and gener-
alize it to the rest of society Best approach in difficult cases
• Support from parents helps develop positive • Encourage the minor to agree to bring the par-
bonds with the adolescent, which hinders the ents or guardian into decision-making pro-
formation of deviant behaviors cess, with the physician acting as a facilitator
Laboratory
• Annual screening for chlamydia and gonor-
rhea infection in all sexually active women
< 25 years of age
• Screening for chlamydia in sexually active
adolescent men should be considered in clini-
cal settings where there is a high prevalence
• Universal cholesterol for youth 9–11 years
old; a second screening for youth between 17
and 21 years old or those with a family his-
tory of early cardiovascular disease
• Consider obtaining a complete blood count
(CBC) in adolescent females starting at age
12 if risk factors are identified for anemia
(history of poor dietary iron intake, heavy
Fig. 3.1 An adolescent female with severe thoracolumbar
scoliosis
menstrual blood loss)
• Screening for HIV infection should be per-
• Ask about peer and family relationships, formed, at least once for all patients between
depression, sexual relationships, substance 15 and 18 years old
abuse, and eating disorders
Table 3.2 Indication for intervention in cases of obesity • Teaching adolescents to listen and communi-
BMI ≥ 95th percentile
* cate with one another in an effort to develop
Or empathy and understanding can assist in con-
BMI between 85th and 95th percentile and flict resolution
Family history of premature heart disease, obesity,
HTN*, or DM*
• Opportunities to discuss conflict/anger with
HTN adults or peers offer alternative perspectives
Cholesterol > 200 mg/dL and can result in calm, rational decision-mak-
Increase of ≥ 2 points in BMI in 12 months ing instead of impulsivity and violence
Adolescent is concerned about his or her weight
BMI body mass index, HTN hypertension, DM diabetes
*
Stress
mellitus • Can manifest in a variety of ways in adoles-
cents: Clinical symptoms (e.g., abdominal
BEHAVIORAL HEALTHCARE pain, headache), mood changes (e.g., depres-
sion), poor school performance, sleep distur-
General bance, and behavioral changes
• It is important to take a developmentally
appropriate psychosocial history during each
interaction with an adolescent SUBSTANCE ABUSE
(TABLE 3.3) [6]
Adherence
• Factors that negatively affects adolescents’ • American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) rec-
adherence to medical regimens: Mental health ommends annual substance use screening of
issues, peer influence, family stressors, cogni- all adolescents, starting at 9 years of age, and
tive change (e.g., concrete to abstract thinking), use of brief intervention techniques
poor access to healthcare, independence from
family (e.g., now making their own decisions) Background
• Factors that positively affect adolescents’ adher- • Marijuana, alcohol, and tobacco are the most
ence to medical regimens: Positive family rela- commonly used substances during adolescence
tionships, self-control, treatment with immediate • Mean age of smoking is 12 years, and 12.6 years
benefits, positive patient–clinician relationship for alcohol consumption
• The earlier an adolescent begins using sub-
Risk-taking stances, the greater the risk of developing
• Factors associated with risk taking behaviors: substance use problems as an adult. Boys
Peer influence, mental health issues, family have a lower age of smoking initiation com-
stressors, adversity and stress, neuropsycho- pared to girls.
logical changes (brain development)
Stages of drug/alcohol abuse
Violence • Abuse
• There is a high occurrence of sexual assault –– Substance use resulting in failure to meet
in the adolescent population, which has nega- obligations (e.g., school or work)
tive medical, social, and psychological –– Using substance in situations that can
consequences cause harm (e.g., driving a car)
• All adolescents should be screened for sexual –– Continued use despite having negative
victimization effects on interpersonal relationships
86 J. Addison
• Tolerance • Addiction
–– No longer responds to the same amount of –– No longer for pleasure, physical and psy-
substance chological need to use substance
–– Needs increased amounts of substance to –– Continues to use drug despite negative
achieve intoxication or desired effect consequences
• Dependence
–– Can only function normally when on sub- Tobacco
stance and experiences withdrawal symp- • Tobacco use by adolescents can become a
toms if off drug serious drug addiction
3 Adolescent Medicine 87
Background Management
• Bulimia is divided into two subtypes: Purging • Psychological therapy
and non-purging • Management of associated conditions, e.g.,
• Binge eating is seen in both subtypes obsessive, compulsive, or affective
• The purging subtype describes an individual disorders
who engages regularly in self-induced vomiting • Pharmacological therapy: Consider selective
or misuse of laxatives, diuretics, or enemas serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), e.g.,
• The non-purging subtype describes an indi- fluoxetine
vidual who uses other inappropriate compen-
satory behaviors, such as excessive exercise
or fasting to burn calories FEMALE BREAST MASSES
• It is important to note that patients who have
bulimia often are not low weight and thus Introduction
may easily hide their eating disorder • Estrogen is the most important factor in breast
development.
Clinical presentation (Table 3.5) • Asymmetrical growth of breasts where one is
• Fatigue slightly bigger than the other is normal.
• Bloating
3 Adolescent Medicine 91
• The most common breast masses are s olitary • Ultrasound can be used for screening (mam-
cysts, fibrocystic changes, and fibroadenoma mography not used for adolescents)
• Breast cancer in adolescence is extremely
rare
• Family history is extremely important
AMENORRHEA
Solitary cyst [8]
• It is a benign breast mass Primary amenorrhea
• > 50% of cases resolve spontaneously in • Absence of menarche by 15 years old
2–3 months
• Follow up with serial exams Secondary amenorrhea
• Breast ultrasound if cannot differentiate • Loss of menses for > 3 consecutive months
between cystic and solid mass by physical after previous regular cycles
examination • Loss of menses for 6 months in those with
• Pain is commonly associated with solitary previously irregular cycles
cystic masses
• Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug Causes of amenorrhea (Fig. 3.2) [9]
(NSAID) can be used for pain • Pregnancy is the most common cause of sec-
• Oral contraceptives may reduce the frequency ondary amenorrhea
and duration • Central (hypothalamic or pituitary).
• Ovarian or anatomic (uterus, cervix, vagina,
Fibroadenoma [8] imperforate hymen)
• Fibroadenoma is the most common breast • Polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS)
mass that usually presents as a single breast • Prolactinoma, thyroid dysfunction, weight
mass in young women loss (anorexia)
• Discrete solitary breast mass of 2–3 cm
located in the upper outer quadrant in major- Clinical approach to an adolescent with second-
ity of cases ary amenorrhea
• Fibroadenoma is usually smooth, mobile, • Perform history and physical and review
nontender, and rubbery in consistency medications (are they on contraception?)
• They have no malignant potential • Assess estrogen status with progesterone
challenge
Cystosarcoma phyllode
• Labs and imaging:
• Rare, rapidly growing lesion with a small risk
–– Pregnancy test
of becoming malignant
–– Luteinizing hormone (LH)
–– Follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) (if
Intraductal papilloma elevated, consider premature ovarian insuf-
• Benign, slow-growing tumor located under ficiency and consider karyotype to rule out
the areola Turner syndrome)
• It may present with a serous or bloody –– Thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH)
discharge –– Prolactin (if elevated, consider brain mag-
netic resonance imaging (MRI) to rule out
Indication for surgical intervention prolactinoma)
• Persistence of a mass or enlargement over –– Assess for biochemical signs of
three menstrual cycles hyperandrogenism
92 J. Addison
Initial tests: Pregnancy test, LH, FSH, TSH, prolactin level, and
pelvic ultrasound Pregnancy positive: exclude ectopic and
refer to OBGYN
TSH is abnormal: order complete thyroid
function
Uterus Prolactin is elevated: order brain MRI
Yes No
Fig. 3.2 Approach to the adolescent with primary amenorrhea. LH luteinizing hormone, FSH follicle-stimulating hormone,
TSH thyroid-stimulating hormone. MRI magnetic resonance imaging, GnRH gonadotropin-releasing hormone [9]
Imperforate Hymen (Fig. 3.3) [10] Fig. 3.3 Imperforate hymen. (From Emans and Laufer [10],
with permission)
• Common obstructive lesions of the female
genital tract
• Associated with amenorrhea, cyclic pelvic Ovarian Torsion
pain, and accumulation of blood in the vagina
(hematocolpos) • Clinical symptoms
• Treatment: Surgical correction –– Sudden onset of unilateral pelvic pain that
worsens over hours, adnexal mass, nausea,
and vomiting. Fever may occur as the ovary
Labial Adhesions becomes necrotic
• Diagnosis
• Clinical symptoms: Asymptomatic, urinary –– Ultrasonography with color Doppler anal-
symptoms, vaginal symptoms (pain, dis- ysis is the method of choice for the evalua-
charge, and infection) tion of adnexal torsion
• Management: Topical estrogen or estradiol; • Treatment
consider surgery if no response to medical –– Immediate gynecologic consultation and
management subsequent laparoscopy are critical
94 J. Addison
• Rectal infection: May present with pain, pru- • Gonococcal endocarditis is rare (more com-
ritus, discharge, or tenesmus mon in men than in women)
G. N. Wilson (*)
Department of Pediatrics, Texas Tech University Health Sciences
Chromosomal Inheritance
Center and KinderGenome Medical Genetics, Dallas, TX, USA
e-mail: golder.wilson@ttuhsc.edu Background
O. I. Naga • Normal chromosomal inheritance involves
Department of Pediatrics, Paul L. Foster School of Medicine,
Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El Paso, TX, USA the segregation of 22 plus X or Y chromo-
V. S. Tonk somes into gametes and their reunion in the
Department of Pediatrics, Texas Tech University Health Sciences fertilized egg as 46,XX or 46,XY zygotes
Center, Lubbock, TX, USA
• New (de novo) mutations –– A 25% chance to have two normal copies
–– Affected offspring to unaffected parents (normal individual)
suggests a new mutation or germ-line –– A 50% chance to have one normal and one
mosaicism (below) abnormal copy (carrier individual)
• Germ-line mosaicism –– A 25% chance to have two abnormal alleles
–– Unaffected parents can have mutations in (affected individual)
germ-line cells (oogonia or spermatogonia)
–– Usual recurrence risks for unaffected par- Usual characteristics of genetic transmission in
ents with germ-line mosaicism are 5–10% AR cases (Fig. 4.2)
for each offspring • Males and females are equally affected
–– Affected children of these parents will • Males and females can each transmit copies
have the usual 50% recurrence risk for of the mutated gene
each offspring • Males and females affected with AR diseases
–– Germ-line mosaicism is more frequent in have mutations in both gene copies
certain AD disorders like osteogenesis • Males and females who have one copy of the
imperfecta mutant autosomal gene are called carriers
• Somatic mutations • Parents who have a previous affected child
–– Occur in a somatic cell and affect only that must be carriers
cell and its progeny • Parents who are both carriers have a risk of
–– Examples include segmental neurofibro- one-fourth or 25% for each offspring to be
matosis, skin, and other cancers affected
• All offspring of affected individuals will be
Examples of AD diseases carriers
• Osteogenesis imperfecta • Affected individuals can have affected off-
• Neurofibromatosis spring only if their spouse is also a carrier
• AD polycystic kidney disease • The chance for a spouse to have the same AR
• Achondroplasia disease is equal to twice the square root of
disease prevalence (per the Hardy-Weinberg
law)
Autosomal Recessive (AR) • The chance for a spouse to be a carrier
Inheritance increases greatly if the couple has common
ancestry
Background • Relatedness or consanguinity increases the
• AR inheritance occurs when an abnormal risk of having offspring with AR disorders
gene copy (allele) on an autosome recedes or
hides behind its normal partner, producing Exceptions to AR inheritance
disease only when both alleles are abnormal • Uniparental disomy
• Parents of children with AR disorders will –– Rare cases of AR disease can occur when a
typically have one normal and one abnormal carrier parent transmits both autosomes
gene copy, their single abnormal allele mak- containing the abnormal gene copy to a
ing them a “carrier” of disease rather than child
being affected by it – – The recurrence risk will then be negligi-
• Offspring will receive one or the other gene ble for future affected children rather than
copy such that they have: 25%
106 G. N. Wilson et al.
Fig. 4.2 Autosomal recessive pedigree with parental con- Fig. 4.3 X-linked recessive pedigree. Dots within symbols
sanguinity. Dots within symbols for carriers, filled symbols for carriers, filled symbols for affected individuals
for affected individuals
• X-linked dominant inheritance occurs when
• New mutation the abnormal X chromosome gene copy in
–– A new mutation altering the normal gene females dominates over its partner allele to
copy in an offspring receiving an abnormal cause disease
allele from a carrier parent may cause AR • X-linked dominant disorders are often lethal
disease in affected males because their only X chro-
–– The recurrence risk will then be negligible mosome allele is abnormal
for future affected children, rather than • X-linked dominant disorders can have odd
25% ratios of affected children due to miscarriage
of affected males
Examples of AR diseases
• Cystic fibrosis Usual characteristics of genetic transmission in
• Spinal muscular atrophies X-linked recessive cases (Fig. 4.3)
• AR polycystic kidney disease • Males are more commonly and more severely
• Diastrophic dwarfism affected than females
• Female carriers are generally unaffected or
affected more mildly than males
X-Linked Inheritance • Female carriers have equal chances to trans-
mit their normal or altered X chromosome,
Background
giving:
• Genes on the X chromosome are paired in
–– 25% risk for an affected son
XX females but mostly single (hemizygous)
–– 25% risk for a carrier daughter
in XY males
–– 25% chance for an unaffected son
• X-linked recessive inheritance occurs when
–– 25% chance for a non-carrier daughter
the single X chromosome gene copy of a male
• Affected males have:
is abnormal, most often when the mother is a
–– 100% chance each daughter will be a
carrier with one normal and one abnormal X
carrier
chromosome allele
–– 0% chance their sons will be affected
• Males with X-linked recessive disorders can
because their Y chromosome must be trans-
also occur through new mutation, comprising
mitted to sons
one-third of the first affected males in fami-
• Male-to-male transmission therefore excludes
lies according to Haldane’s law
X-linkage
4 Genetic Disorders 107
hromosome Analysis or
C NA Testing: Microarray Analysis
D
Karyotyping (aCGH or CMA)
• The chromosomes are examined for extra or • Examines every region of every chromosome
missing regions (bands) and aberrations and reports extra or missing DNA pieces
reported using specific nomenclature—chro- using coordinates established by the human
mosome number, sex chromosomes, p for genome project
short arm, q for long arm, and numbers for • Microarray analysis can find any chromo-
altered bands proceeding from the chromo- some dosage alteration, from trisomies like
some center (centromere) 47,XX,+13 to small deletions like that of
• Entire extra chromosomes are reported as 22q11, but not balanced translocations that
47,XX,+13 for a female with trisomy 13/ involve rearrangement without duplication or
Patau syndrome, 47,XY,+21 for a male with deletion of DNA
110 G. N. Wilson et al.
only with specific diagnosis in mind, e.g., a • If trisomy 21 is found by microarray analysis,
prior child with phenylketonuria or Down a routine karyotype must be performed to dis-
syndrome rather than nonspecific ID tinguish trisomy (e.g., 47,XY,+21) from
translocation (e.g., 46,XY,t[14:21])
Indications for prenatal diagnosis are: • Finding a translocation mandates testing of
• Prior child with chromosome aberration the parents to decide if it was inherited or
• Maternal age over 35, the risk of common tri- arose de novo
somies like Down syndrome reaching about • Robertsonian translocations that join two
1% compared to less than 1 in 1000 before short-armed or acrocentric chromosomes
age 30 (chromosomes 13–15, 21–22) to form one
• Parent with translocation that confers signifi- chromosome occurs in 3.3% of cases
cant risks for fetal trisomy • Mosaicism, e.g., 46,XX/47,XX,+21, also
• Recurrent pregnancy loss with no obvious requires a karyotype and occurs in 2.4% of
cause or parental genetic disorder may justify cases
low-risk amniocentesis in a premium • Risks for a first affect child with trisomy 21 are
pregnancy 1 in 1500 for mothers aged 15–29, 1 in 800 for
ages 30–34, 1 in 270 for ages 35–39, 1 in 100
for ages 40–44, and 1 in 50 for over 45
EXAMPLES OF CHROMOSOME • Parental recurrence risk for trisomy 21 after
DISORDERS: AUTOSOMAL birth of an affected child is 1% plus the mater-
ANEUPLOIDIES nal age-related risk
• Risk of recurrence in Robertsonian
Examples of syndromes and associations are pre- translocation
sented with sections comprising Background –– If the mother is a 14:21 translocation car-
(describing prevalence, diagnostic tests, inheri- rier (45,XX,t[14:21]), her recurrence risk
tance), Abnormalities (major and minor if war- is 15% for translocation Down syndrome
ranted), and Health Supervision/Preventive Care at mid-pregnancy (by amniocentesis) and
(for more common disorders). Data for these 10% at birth
entries are taken from textbooks [3, 4], specific –– If the mother has a 21;21 translocation, her
references as listed, and information available to recurrence risk approaches 100%
all at specific sites [5] or the general Internet. • Median survival increased from 25 to
49 years, cardiac defects mainly responsible
• Dementia and Alzheimer disease are more
Down Syndrome (Fig. 4.5) common and of earlier onset in adults with
Down syndrome
Background
• Prevalence of 1 in 660 newborns with tri- Clinical findings in the newborn
somy 21 nondisjunction (comprising 94% of • Flat facial profile
cases) • Hypotonia—poor Moro reflex, parachute
• Similar prevalence in males, females, and in sign
different ethnic groups relative to maternal • Flat occiput/brachycephaly
age • Excess skin, back of the neck
• Microarray analysis or routine karyotype will • Upslanting palpebral fissures (see Fig. 4.5)
show extra material from chromosome 21 • Small and anomalous auricles
114 G. N. Wilson et al.
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 X Y
• Eye evaluation at birth for red reflex and cata- • Associated anomalies can mimic those of
ract; ophthalmology referral before age VACTERL syndrome
6 months and then annually to screen for stra-
bismus and other eye disorders Major abnormalities
• Ear-nose-throat/otolaryngology (ENT), refer- • Altered gestational timing, 1 in 3 premature
ral at 6 months and 1 in 3 postmature
• Audiology if speech abnormally delayed • Development: Severe ID with most unable to
• Pulmonologist to assess for airway anomalies walk or communicate verbally beyond single
if stridor, wheezing, noisy breathing words; many will smile, laugh, and interact
• Hematology oncology if TMD and with their families
polycythemia • Growth: Intrauterine growth retardation,
• Endocrine referral if abnormal severe postnatal deficiency
• Neural: Microcephaly, hypertonia, absent
General corpus callosum, spina bifida
• If constipation is present, evaluate for • Apneic episodes, poor feeding, marked fail-
restricted diet or limited fluid intake, hypoto- ure to thrive with cleft lip/cleft palate in 6%
nia, hypothyroidism, or GI tract malforma- • Eye, skeletal, vertebral, limb, cardiac, renal,
tion/stenosis and genital defects are common
• Parents of infants with TMD should be coun-
seled regarding the risk of leukemia and made Minor anomalies—nonspecific but useful for
aware of the signs, including easy bruising, diagnosis
petechiae, onset of lethargy, or change in • High forehead, prominent occiput
feeding patterns • Redundant neck skin
• Atlantoaxial subluxation or instability at each • Short sternum
visit by history and physical exam • Clenched fist, overlapping fingers with hypo-
• Physical therapy and exercise are extremely plastic nails and dermal pads
important and postpone dementia in adults • Ulnar deviation of hands (club hands)
• Car safety seat evaluation for infants before • Rocker bottom feet
hospital discharge due to risks for postural • Hypoplastic muscle and adipose tissue
apnea, bradycardia, or oxygen desaturation
from hypotonia, neck flexibility—increased
risk after cardiac surgery Trisomy 13 (Patau Syndrome)
• Immunizations—all routine immunizations (Figs. 4.7 and 4.8)
should be given
Background
• Prevalence 1 in 5000 newborns, similar by
Trisomy 18 (Edwards Syndrome) sex and ethnicity
(Fig. 4.6) • The least common and most severe of the
viable autosomal trisomies
Background • Risk of recurrence in future pregnancies for
• Second most common trisomy among live trisomy 13 is less than 1%
born children • Death by 1 month (82%), median survival
• Recurrence risks for trisomy 18 are less 7 days, death often from central apnea due to
than 1% provided a translocation is not brain anomalies
involved
• 50% die in the 1st week, 90–95% in the 1st Major abnormalities
year, median survival 14.5 days, death often • Development: Severe ID—no walking or
from central apnea speech; react to touch, tickling, voices
4 Genetic Disorders 117
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 X Y
Fig. 4.8 47,XY,+13:
Abnormal male
karyotype with trisomy
13, consistent with Patau
syndrome
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 X Y
Fig. 4.9 47,XXY:
Abnormal karyotype with
an extra X sex-
chromosome, consistent
with Klinefelter
syndrome
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 X Y
Abnormalities
• Development: Mild learning difficulties with
average IQ 90
• Growth: Short stature beginning at birth and
continuing to adulthood
• Neural: Visual-spatial and fine motor deficits,
clumsiness, perceptive hearing impairment
• Genital: Ovarian dysgenesis and failure (sus-
pect in girls with no breast development/
amenorrhea at ages 12–14
• Other: Anomalous ears, chronic otitis, stra-
bismus, cardiac defects (bicuspid aortic valve,
coarctation of the aorta with hypertension,
later aortic root dilation), horseshoe kidney
• Elevated levels of LH and FSH confirm ovar-
ian failure and prognosis for infertility
• Pubic hair development is normal
Fig. 4.10 Female infant with webbed neck and low poste-
• Increased risk for autoimmune disorders— rior hairline due to lymphedema consistent with Turner
Hashimoto thyroiditis (up to 30% develop syndrome
4 Genetic Disorders 121
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 X Y
• Cardiac monitoring for aortic dilatation dur- • Growth: Tall stature with smaller head size
ing teen and adult years (20th percentile average) and narrow shoul-
• Reproductive genetic referral to evaluate der girdle
uterine thickness and prognosis for fertility • Facies: Not dramatically unusual with mid-
and pregnancy face hypoplasia, epicanthal folds,
• Long-term hormonal treatment: See Chap. 12 taurodontism
Endocrinology • Skeletal: Fifth finger clinodactyly, radioulnar
synostosis
• Genital: Normal puberty, variable or absent
Triple X (XXX) Syndrome menses, normal or reduced fertility
Background
• Routine karyotype needed to quantify fre- EXAMPLES OF CHROMOSOME
quent mosaicism (46,XX/47,XXX)
• Risk for 47,XXX or 47,XXY offspring is
DISORDERS: PARTIAL
1–5% ANEUPLOIDIES
• Rare cases with additional X chromosomes
occur (e.g., 48, XXX, 49, XXXX), women W olf-Hirschhorn Syndrome (Fig. 4.12)
with 49,XXXX resembling Down syndrome
Chromosome 4 short/p arm deletion (4p-)
Abnormalities
• Development: Delays particularly in Background
speech with IQ range 30–80, average of • Prevalence: 1 in 20,000–50,000 births
55; 60% require special education in high • Deletion of the chromosome 4 short arm (4p-)
school demonstrated by routine karyotype or micro-
array analysis
122 G. N. Wilson et al.
Cri-du-Chat Syndrome
Chromosome 5 short/p arm deletion (5p-)
Background
• Prevalence: 1 in 20,000–50,000 births
• Deletion of the chromosome 5 short arm (5p-)
can be demonstrated by routine karyotype or
microarray analysis
Abnormalities
• Mewing cry in infants (may be due to laxity
or abnormalities in the larynx)
• Development: Severe ID—some affected
Fig. 4.12 Hypertelorism with prominent brow and broad children attain developmental ages of
nasal root typical of Wolf-Hirschhorn syndrome 5–6 years and half have adequate communi-
cation for basic needs
Abnormalities • Growth: Low birth weight (72% less than
• Development: Severe ID in patients with 2.5 kg), failure to thrive, short stature
larger deletions—40% become ambulatory, • Neural: Microcephaly, hypotonia
10% toilet-trained, and 90% have seizures • Face: Unusual appearance with round face,
• Growth: Severe deficiency, failure to thrive, hypertelorism, epicanthal folds, flat nasal
feeding problems often needing gastrostomy bridge, down-slanting palpebral fissures, low-
• Neural: Feeble fetal activity, postnatal hypoto- set and/or malformed ears
nia, microcephaly, absent septum pellucidum • Eye, cardiac, skeletal, and genitourinary
• Face: Unusual appearance that in extremes defects
resembles a Greek warrior helmet with its mid-
line metal prong—the prominent forehead and Health supervision and preventive care
nasal root/glabella highlight this appearance • Newborn: Hearing screen with subsequent
• Face: Ocular hypertelorism, beaked nose, audiology, cardiology evaluation
“carp”-like mouth with down-turned corners, • Later monitoring of feeding, growth, hearing,
cleft lip vision; check for skeletal changes
• Eye, ear, cardiac, and skeletal anomalies
4 Genetic Disorders 123
Alagille Syndrome
Background
• Prevalence: Rare—around 200 cases reported
Fig. 4.13 Coarse “elfin” facies of Williams syndrome with • Microarray analysis will show microdeletion
stellate irides and prominent lips of the 20p12 region containing the JAG1 gene
in 7%
• Mutations in the JAG1 gene account for 70%
Wilms Tumor-Aniridia-Growth Delay-
of cases
Retardation (WAGR) Syndrome • Both microdeletion and mutation cases fol-
low autosomal dominant inheritance with a
Background
50% recurrence risk for affected patients
• Prevalence: Rare—around 70 cases reported
• Prognosis depends on severity of cholestasis
• Microarray analysis or targeted FISH shows a
and cardiac disease, survival to age 20 in 75%
microdeletion on the short (p) arm of chro-
for all patients, 60% in those requiring liver
mosome 11 (11p13-)
transplantation
• Correlates with the two-hit model of carcino-
genesis, the WAGR microdeletion being the Abnormalities
first hit present in all tissues with a second • Development: Mild ID in 16%
“hit” (WT1 gene mutation) within developing • Growth: Short stature, occasional hypothy-
urogenital tissue producing Wilms tumor roidism or growth hormone deficiency
• Face: Typical and recognizable—triangular
Abnormalities
face, broad forehead, long nose with flat tip,
• Growth/development: Moderate to severe ID
prominent and pointed chin, hypodontia, low-
with short stature
set and/or malformed pinnae, inner ear anom-
• Face: Prominent lips, small jaw, ear anomalies
alies with hearing loss
4 Genetic Disorders 125
DiGeorge or Velocardiofacial
Syndrome: Microdeletion 22q11.2
(Fig. 4.14)
Background
• Prevalence: 1 in 10,000 births
• Targeted FISH or more generally microarray
analysis will show microdeletion of 22q11.2
• Targeted FISH for 22q11.2 microdeletion
often performed routinely on patients with
tetralogy of Fallot
• Variable clinical expression ranging from Fig. 4.14 Narrow palpebral fissures and smaller jaw typical
neonatal problems (DiGeorge presentation) of velocardiofacial syndrome (DiGeorge)
to palatal/speech defects (Shprintzen/velo-
cardiofacial presentation) to behavioral dif- • Eye (cataracts) and cardiac defects (ventricu-
ferences similar to schizophrenia lar septal defect [VSD], tetralogy of Fallot),
• Patients with the microdeletion have a 50% parathyroid agenesis with hypocalcemia, thy-
risk of transmission mic aplasia with hypothyroidism and immune
• Palatal cleft/dysfunction, mandibular hypo- deficiency, urogenital defects (ureteral reflux,
plasia, parathyroid, thymic, and cardiac hypospadias)
defects represent abnormal branchial arch
development Minor anomalies
• Some but not all have a characteristic facial
Major abnormalities appearance
• Development: ID (40%), IQ range 55–78 • Narrow palpebral fissures, prominent nose,
with higher verbal performance malar hypoplasia
• Behavior: Impulsive behavior, bland affect, • Micrognathia sometimes severe enough to
phobias, psychosis in some cause Robin sequence
• Growth: Failure to thrive with dysphagia and
reflux, short stature Health supervision and preventive care
• Neural: Microcephaly, seizures, obstructive • Cord or neonatal blood for microarray analy-
sleep apnea (50% of neonates), hearing loss sis if pre- or postnatal diagnosis by FISH—
• Face: Narrow choanae, cleft palate, submu- deletions can vary in size, and clinical
cous cleft, velar paresis, hypotonic pharynx, prognosis correlates with particular deleted
Robin sequence regions
126 G. N. Wilson et al.
• Neonatal hearing screen, renal sonogram, • Sleep disorders: Daytime somnolence, snor-
chest radiograph to view thymus ing, restless sleep, cataplexy, sleep apnea
• ENT, cardiology, and appropriate cleft palate • Face: Thick and scanty saliva, dental maloc-
team involvement clusion, increased dental caries, poor enamel
• Monitoring of feeding, growth, immune, thy- • Eye (strabismus), and skeletal (kyphoscolio-
roid, and renal function sis, club foot) defects
• Genital: Hypogonadotropic hypogonadism—
small labia-clitoris or penis-scrotum, cryptor-
EXAMPLES OF CHROMOSOME chidism (80%), precocious puberty, early
DISORDERS-MICRODELETIONS adrenarche, amenorrhea (60%), or delayed
menses (as late as 28 years)
WITH IMPRINTING • Endocrine: Hypothalamic dysfunction,
growth hormone deficiency, diabetes, insulin
Prader-Willi Syndrome (PWS)
requirement
Background
Minor anomalies
• Prevalence: 1 in 10,000–15,000 births
• Bitemporal hollowing due to hypotonia with
• The loss of paternally imprinted genomic
narrow bifrontal diameter
material at the 15q11.2q13 locus results in
• Light hair and eye color with frontal upsweep
Prader-Labhart-Willi syndrome (PWS)
of scalp hair
• Absence of the 15q11q13 band by high-reso-
• Almond shape of palpebral fissures, down-
lution chromosome analysis, the 70% of cases
turned corners of the mouth (Fig. 4.15)
that have microdeletions can be diagnosed by
• Narrow, small hands with straight ulnar
targeted FISH or microarray analysis
border
• Reduced life expectancy if morbid obesity
• Hypogonadism may be subtle
occurs
Health supervision and preventive care
Major abnormalities
• Cord or neonatal blood for karyotype and
• Diminished fetal activity leading to severe
microarray analysis if pre- or postnatal diag-
neonatal hypotonia
nosis by FISH or DNA methylation analysis
• Development: ID is mild in 63%, moderate in
• Neonatal hearing screen, feeding evaluation
31% and severe in the rest; 75% require spe-
by specialists, apnea and sleep assessment
cial education at some point with decreased
• Early childhood intervention, ophthalmology,
reading (12-year level) and math (9-year
and endocrine referral—growth hormone
level) skills
therapy is beneficial but has a small risk of
• Behavior: Obsessive eating and hyperphagia
death in the few months after initiation of
due to lack of satiety sensation in hypothala-
treatment
mus, cheerful with periods of rage and stub-
bornness, interest in puzzles, bizarre foraging
and eating, skin picking ngelman Syndrome
A
• Growth: Early failure to thrive due to oromo-
tor dysfunction, short stature with small Background
hands and feet, morbid obesity if hyperphagia • The loss of maternally imprinted genomic
not strictly controlled material at the 15q11.2q13 locus results in
• Neural: Microcephaly, poor fine and gross Angelman syndrome (AS)
motor coordination, high pain threshold, • Absence of the 15q11q13 band by high-reso-
hypernasal speech, temperature instability lution chromosome analysis, the 70% of cases
4 Genetic Disorders 127
EXAMPLES OF MENDELIAN
SYNDROMES: ID AND SUBTLE
DYSMORPHOLOGY
Fragile X Syndrome [10]
Background
• X-linked inheritance
• Isolation of DNA from the Xq28 fragile site
showed unusual structure with a series of tri-
nucleotide repeats near the transcription ini-
Fig. 4.15 Broad nasal root and down-turned corners of tiation site of what became known as the
mouth indicating prenatal hypotonia in Prader-Willi fragile X mental retardation-1 or FMR1 gene
syndrome
• Affected males had dramatic expansion in the
range of 400–1000 triplet repeats, accounting
that have microdeletions can be diagnosed by for the microscopically visible fragile site,
targeted FISH or microarray analysis while fathers who transmitted an unstable X
• In contrast to PWS, only 2% of AS cases to their daughters had 60–100 repeats (repeat
result from inheriting two copies of the pater- expansions of 60–200 repeats in males and
nal chromosome 15 (uniparental disomy) and females are called premutations)
require DNA methylation analysis to show • Mild expansion of the triplet repeats as seen
absence of the maternal methyl-group in premutation males leads to additional
(imprinting) pattern instability with some slight further expansion
in their carrier daughters
Abnormalities • Premutations in carrier females undergo dra-
• Development: Severe ID, absent speech or matic expansion during female meiosis,
fewer than 6 words, most toilet-trained by explaining the generational worsening of
day and some at night; all incapable of inde- symptoms (genetic anticipation) seen in frag-
pendent living ile X syndrome
128 G. N. Wilson et al.
Abnormalities
• Development: Mild cognitive delays that can
be related to the hearing loss
• Neural: Sensorineural hearing loss, nonprogres-
sive, unilateral or bilateral, due to hypoplasia of
structures in the organ of Corti and semicircular
canals (evident on head computed tomography)
• Eye: Iris pigmentary abnormality—hetero-
chromia (eyes of different colors), bicolored
iris, pale blue eyes with hypoplastic iridic
stroma, hypopigmented fundus, peripheral
retinal pigmentation
• Hair: Hypopigmentation with poliosis (white
forelock), white hairs on other body regions,
premature graying
• Face: Medial flare of bushy eyebrows, dysto-
pia canthorum (lateral displacement of inner
Fig. 4.16 Short webbed neck of an infant with Noonan canthi), high and broad nasal bridge with
syndrome
hypoplastic alae nasae
• Cardiac, skeletal, and urogenital defects
• Monitor thyroid, renal functions; regular car-
occur in some
diac monitoring for aortic and valve changes
• Cervical spine radiographs before sports, Health supervision and preventive care
anesthesia • ENT and audiology team after diagnosis,
deaf community and physician team discus-
sion of cochlear implant and hearing aid
EXAMPLES OF MENDELIAN options
SYNDROMES: CRANIOFACIAL • Alertness for symptoms of cardiac, skeletal,
DEFECTS AS MAJOR FINDING and GI defects
Waardenburg Syndrome
Treacher Collins Syndrome
Background
• Prevalence: About 1 in 40–50,000 births, hav- Background
ing a 1.4% incidence in congenitally deaf • Prevalence: 1 in 50,000 births
children • Targeted DNA testing or whole exome
• Like Noonan syndrome, an array of different sequencing will show a mutation in the trea-
gene mutations (PAX3, MITF, EDN3, etc.) cle (TCOF1) gene in the chromosome
and subtypes have been described, all except 5q31.3q32 region
130 G. N. Wilson et al.
Fig. 4.17 General
manifestations of Prominent forehead
achondroplasia
trident hand
normal sized trunk (increased distance
between ring and middle
finger)
lax joint
long arm
long fingers
flat foot
• Development: Normal with occasional verbal • 20% of women, 10% of men are hypermobile
performance discrepancy and visual attention defined by scores > 4–5 on the 9-point
problems Beighton scale [12]
• Growth: Tall stature, low upper to lower seg- • Early recognition of hypermobility can guide
ment ratio, thin and fragile habitus activities that prevent adolescent injury and
• Neural: Dural ectasia, sacral meningocele, early arthritis
anterior or posterior disc herniation • Diagnosis allows treatment of associated
• Cranial: Dolichocephaly, prominent supraor- autonomic imbalance (tachycardia, chronic
bital ridges, temporomandibular joint disease fatigue, bowel issues)
• Eye defects: Ectopia lentis, myopia, retinal • Associated autonomic imbalance (dysauto-
detachment nomia) leads to treatable postural orthostatic
• Cardiac: Aortic enlargement, mitral valve tachycardia (POTS), low bowel motility/irri-
dysfunction and prolapse, arrhythmias, aneu- table bowel syndrome (IBS), and mast cell
rysms of the aorta or pulmonary artery activation disorder (MCAD)
• Pulmonary: Reduced vital capacity, sponta- • Nonspecific diagnoses like fibromyalgia,
neous pneumothorax emphysema chronic fatigue syndrome, and serum-nega-
• Skeletal: Scoliosis, spondylolisthesis, flat tive rheumatoid arthritis are often due to EDS
feet, joint laxity with dysautonomia
• Arachnodactyly: Evidenced by ability to per- • Diagnostic criteria less important in era of
form the Walker-Murdoch (overlap of genomic testing, but a practical approach
thumb—5th finger when encircling the wrist; could include:
see Fig. 4.20) and Steinberg (protruding –– For classical or hypermobile EDS:
thumb beyond ulnar hand border with ◦◦ Major criteria: Joint hypermobility and
clenched fist) signs skin elasticity/scarring
• Epidermal: Atrophic striae (stretch marks), ◦◦ Minor criteria: Smooth/velvety skin and
recurrent incisional hernias joint subluxation/injury
• Hematologic: Clotting tendencies, renal vein –– For vascular EDS:
thrombosis ◦◦ Major criteria of typical “tight, chiseled
face,” arterial aneurysm/dissection and/
Health supervision and preventive care [11] or bowel rupture
• Cardiology and ophthalmology evaluations ◦◦ Minor criteria of translucent skin, mus-
when diagnosis suspected cle/joint rupture
• Monitoring of aortic root size at intervals dic-
tated by symptom severity (6 months to Abnormalities
3–4 years), often accompanied by beta- • Lifespan: Generally normal with the excep-
blockers or losartan therapy tion of vascular EDS
• Activity and physical therapy to strengthen mus- • Development: Early motor delays, normal
cles with frequent prohibition of collision sports cognitive function, anxiety, depression from
chronic pain
• Growth: Early colic and failure to thrive due
Ehlers-Danlos Syndrome (EDS) to low bowel motility/IBS; eosinophilic
esophagitis (MCAD)
Background • Central nervous system: Migraines, chronic
• Prevalence: Listed as 1 in 5000 births for all daily headaches, Chiari deformation, fragile
types but much more common if patients with dura contributing to CSF leaks
more subtle joint laxity/hypermobility and • Peripheral nerves: Carpal-tunnel syndrome,
skin elasticity are included chronic regional pain syndromes
4 Genetic Disorders 135
Osteogenesis Imperfecta
Fig. 4.21 Marked skin extensibility in a patient with Ehlers-
Danlos syndrome Background
• Prevalence: 1 in 20,000 births if all types are
• Joints: Hypermobile with subluxations, liga- included
ment/tendon tears, osteoarthritis, plica bands, • Four major types are recognized with cranio-
areas of dead bone facial changes, deafness, bowed limbs, and
• Skin: Elastic, thin and translucent, easy bruis- fractures—type II is an outlier with lethal
ing, striae, white-surfaced and keloid scars, dwarfing limb and chest changes
slow healing (Fig. 4.21) • Heterozygous mutations in the genes for the
• Face: Distinctive only in some with vascular alpha-1 and alpha-2 chains of collagen I
EDS—bulging eyes, thin nose and lips due to (COL1A1, COL1A2)
tight skin • Autosomal dominant inheritance patterns
• Eye (myopia, retinal detachment); mouth • Targeted COL1 gene testing will provide the
(dental, temporomandibular joint [TMJ] diagnosis in over 80% of cases
issues); GI (IBS, low motility); cardiovascu-
lar (tachycardia, valvular prolapse, aneu- The four types of osteogenesis imperfecta
rysm); skeletal (kyphoscoliosis, flat feet, (Sillence classification):
herniated disc) defects • Type I: Near normal growth with blue-gray
• Allergy/pulmonary: Frequent asthma/short- sclerae, multiple fractures, and later hearing loss
ness of breath, food and medication intoler- • Type II: Extremely severe with usual death in
ances, transient rashes/hives, anaphylaxis, the perinatal period and rare survival for
spontaneous pneumothorax months; poorly mineralized cranium and long
• Urogenital: Pelvic congestion with menor- bones with large fontanel, hydrocephalus,
rhagia, endometriosis, ovarian cysts; hyper- hypotonia, short and bowed limbs distorted
active bladder with increased urinary tract by multiple fractures in utero and callus
infections, bladder and uterine prolapse formation
136 G. N. Wilson et al.
a b
Fig. 4.22 Blue sclera in a 23-day old female infant and her mother who have type I osteogenesis imperfecta
• Type III: Prenatal growth deficiency, multiple • Vitamin D and calcium supplementation if
fractures at birth, limb bowing, severe kypho- hypophosphatasia with large fontanel, frac-
scoliosis leading to respiratory compromise; tures, and similar dental problems is excluded
dentinogenesis imperfecta is severe, bluish
sclerae less after infancy
• Type IV: Short stature with limb deformities; EXAMPLES OF
femoral bowing in infancy that improves; MENDELIAN DISORDERS
dental changes
• Other types have been added, including a
WITH OVERGROWTH
type VI with vertebral fractures and lack of (GIGANTISM)
COL1 mutations
Beckwith-Wiedemann Syndrome
Abnormalities are listed for the most common (BWS)
type I as a prototype
• Development: Usually normal since hearing Background
loss occurs late (third decade) • Prevalence: 1 in 12,000 births and probably
• Growth: Prenatal deficiency and short stature higher, with some cases having only
with significant limb fractures macroglossia
• Neural: Hearing impairment due to otosclerosis • Caused by deletion, gene mutations, or altered
• Cranial: Macrocephaly, Wormian bones, mal- imprinting of the 11p15 region
occlusion of jaw • Usually sporadic with low recurrence risk but
• Face: Blue-gray sclera, dentin/pulp hypopla- some cases are autosomal dominant
sia, translucent blue-gray teeth, caries • Insulin-like growth factor-2 is up-regulated in
(Fig. 4.22) the paternal chromosome 11 and suppressed
• Fractures (92% overall): 8% at birth, 23% by genes on the maternal chromosome 11, so
infancy, 45% preschool, 17% school, less maternal translocation/deletion or paternal
after puberty duplication/uniparental disomy (20%) are
• Connective tissue: Lower limb bowing, more common causes of BWS
kyphoscoliosis, easy bruising, inguinal and
umbilical hernias Abnormalities
• Lifespan: Infant mortality is significant (20%)
Health supervision and preventive care due to hypoglycemia, polycythemia, respira-
• Neonatal skeletal radiologic survey to ascer- tory problems
tain fractures and extent of deformities • Development: Occasional mild/moderate ID,
• Orthopedic care with later hearing screening perhaps from early hypoglycemia
• Endocrine consultation may help with • Growth: Large birth weight (average 4 kg),
bisphosphonate therapy tall stature at 95th percentile through adoles-
4 Genetic Disorders 137
Abnormalities
• Lifespan: Mortality rates can be as high as
30%, often in early infancy due to obstruc-
tion/apnea
• Face: Mandibular hypoplasia (microretrogna-
thia) with displacement of the tongue
(glossoptosis)
• Palate: Interrupted closure of the lateral pala-
tine ridges with posterior U-shaped cleft of
the soft palate (the cleft in cleft lip/palate is
V-shaped and more anterior due to defects in
the primary palate)
• Respiratory: Obstruction and distress with Fig. 4.25 Six-month-old female with amniotic bands result-
ing in congenital amputation (oligodactyly)
poor feeding
140 G. N. Wilson et al.
Fig. 5.1 Clinical Newborn with poor feeding, vomiting, lethargy, seizure or coma
approach to a newborn Not responding to IV glucose or Ca
with suspected inborn
errors of metabolism. IV
intravenous, CBC Order CBC, CRP, CMP, blood culture, ammonia level, Sepsis ruled out→
and ABG most likely metabolic
complete blood count,
CRP C-reactive protein,
CMP complete metabolic Very high ammonia level
panel, ABG arterial blood Normal anion gap Normal or high ammonia level Normal ammonia
Respiratory alkalosis High anion gap Normal anion gap
gas
• Bilirubin level, transaminases levels, pro- • If necessary, treat hyperglycemia with insulin
thrombin time, and activated partial thrombo- • Dextrose is a lifesaver in most cases of meta-
plastin time bolic disorders
–– To evaluate hepatic function
• Ammonia level Hyperammonemia
–– If an altered level of consciousness, persis- • Hyperammonemia therapy is indicated when
tent or recurrent vomiting, primary meta- urea cycle defects cause encephalopathy
bolic acidosis with increased anion gap, or • Ammonul (benzoate/phenylacetate) must be
primary respiratory alkalosis in the absence given by central line. Arginine HCl can be
of toxic ingestion mixed with Ammonul
• Blood glucose and urine pH, ketones, and • Hemodialysis
reducing substances levels • If ammonia is ≥ 500–600 mg/dL before
–– To evaluate for hypoglycemia administering Ammonul, or is ≥ 300 mg/dL
• Lactate dehydrogenase, aldolase, creatinine after giving Ammonul, consider
kinase, and urine myoglobin levels hemodialysis
–– If any evidence of neuromyopathy
Pyridoxine (B6)
Secondary tests • Give B6 for possible pyridoxine-responsive
• Plasma quantitative amino acids and inborn-errors-of-metabolism (IEM) seizures
acylcarnitines unresponsive to conventional anticonvulsants
• Urine organic acids, acylglycine, and/or
orotic acid General Rules
• Serum lactate and pyruvate levels
• Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) lactate, pyruvate, • Metabolic acidosis
organic acids, neurotransmitters, and/or dis- –– Metabolic acidosis usually with elevated
ease-specific metabolites anion gap occurs with many IEMs and is a
• Other tests depending on individual case hallmark of organic acidemias; manifesta-
tions include tachypnea, vomiting, and
General management lethargy
• ABCs: airway, breathing, circulation • Hypoglycemia
• Intravenous (IV) access –– Hypoglycemia (plasma glucose level
• Nothing by mouth (NPO), especially no pro- < 50 mg/dL) is rare in children and may be
tein, galactose, or fructose associated with undiagnosed fatty acid oxi-
• IV dextrose (D10–D15 with electrolytes to dation defect or endocrine disorder
maintain serum glucose level at 120– • Ammonia level
170 mg/dL)
5 Metabolic Disorders 145
–– Ammonia level greater than 100 mcg/dL in Keywords to all cases of organic acidemia
the neonate and greater than 80 mcg/dL • Normal or high ammonia level
beyond the neonatal period is considered • High anion gap
elevated • Metabolic acidosis
–– Ammonia is highest in the urea cycle defects • Neutropenia
often exceeding 1000 mcg/dL and causing
primary respiratory alkalosis sometimes
with compensatory metabolic acidosis I sovaleric Acidemia (Sweaty Feet
–– Ammonia in organic acidemias, if elevated, Odor)
rarely exceeds 500 mcg/dL, and in fatty
acid oxidation defects is usually less than Background
250 mcg/dL • Also called isovaleric aciduria (IVA)
• Most are autosomal recessive enzyme defi- • Caused by isovaleric acid CoA dehydroge-
ciencies; carriers with one rather than two nase deficiency
abnormal alleles have sufficient enzyme • A rare autosomal recessive that disrupts or
(50%) for metabolism (enzyme reserve); prevents normal metabolism of the branched-
exceptions include: chain amino acid leucine
–– Ornithine transcarbamylase deficiency • Characteristic type of organic acidemia
(OTC), Hunter, Fabry, Lesch-Nyhan, and
X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy (X-ALD) Clinical presentation
exhibit X-linked recessive inheritance • Newborn period
–– Mitochondrial diseases exhibit maternal –– Episodes of severe metabolic acidosis with
inheritance if caused by mitochondrial ketosis
rather than nuclear DNA mutations –– Vomiting
–– Some porphyrias exhibit autosomal domi- –– Encephalopathy progressing to coma and
nant inheritance death if untreated
• Testing of organic acids is most sensitive in –– Sweaty feet odor
urine, and testing of amino acids is most sen- • During childhood
sitive in blood –– Usually precipitated by an infection or
• DNA testing to demonstrate mutations in the increased protein intake
genes encoding an enzyme is now easier than –– Pancytopenia and acidosis in infants who
documenting deficient enzyme activity, survive the acute attack
allowing diagnosis using cheek swab/blood
Diagnosis
samples and subsequent preimplantation
• Sweaty feet odor is a keyword
genetic/prenatal diagnosis
• Urine organic acids show elevated C5
acylcarnitine
• DNA testing
ORGANIC ACIDEMIA
Treatment
• Isovaleric acidemia
• IV glucose and bicarbonate in an acute attack
• Maple syrup urine disease (MSUD)
• Restriction in leucine intake
• Methylmalonic acidemia
• Carnitor to preserve free carnitine for mito-
• Propionic acidemia
chondrial transport and glycine to increase
• 3-Methylcrotonyl-CoA carboxylase deficiency
conversion of isovaleryl-
CoA to
• Biotinidase deficiency
isovaleryl-glycine
• Glutaric acidemia type 1
146 O. I. Naga
Treatment Background
• Dietary control of leucine, isoleucine, and valine • Autosomal recessive
• Frequent monitoring of branched-chain • Deficiency in propionyl-CoA carboxylase
amino acids (even every 1–2 days in early
Clinical presentation
life) is essential because of the changing pro-
• Severe ketoacidosis with or without hyper-
tein requirements of the newborn
ammonemia in neonates
Prognosis • Infants may present with encephalopathy,
• Normal growth and development can prog- vomiting, and bone marrow suppression
ress if diagnosis and treatment occur before • Some infants may present with ketoacidosis
10 days of age due to infection or vomiting
• Cardiomyopathy is a late onset complication
5 Metabolic Disorders 147
Background
• Autosomal recessive Glutaric Aciduria Type I or Glutaric
• Due to enzyme inadequate to break down Acidemia
leucine
• Age: 1–3 years Background
• Deficiency of glutaryl-CoA dehydrogenase
Clinical presentation • A defect in catabolism of lysine, hydroxyly-
• Vomiting sine, and tryptophan
• Diarrhea
• Metabolic acidosis Clinical presentation
• Hypotonia • May present with macrocephaly at birth but
• Hypoglycemia generally normal development until they have
a stressor, e.g., febrile illness, then they may
Treatment develop hypotonia, spasms, jerking, rigidity
• Long-term leucine restriction or dystonia
• Retinal hemorrhage and subdural hematoma
are usually mistaken for child abuse
Biotinidase Deficiency
Treatment
Background • Carnitine
• Deficiency in holocarboxylase synthetase or
biotinidase Summary (Table 5.2)
• Many states in the USA do newborn testing
for biotinidase
148 O. I. Naga
Dietary treatment
Phenylketonuria (PKU) • Newborn screening can detect PKU in nearly
100% of cases; thus, cognitive deficits can be
Background prevented by treatment with a low-protein
• The most common inborn error of amino acid diet and a phenylalanine- free medical for-
metabolism mula as soon as possible after birth
• The deficiency of phenylalanine hydroxylase • Genetic testing to confirm the diagnosis
(PAH) enzyme impairs the body’s ability to • Essential amino acid, vitamin, and mineral
metabolize the essential amino acid supplementations
phenylalanine
• Elevated phenylalanine levels negatively Pharmacologic management
impact cognitive function • Sapropterin, a form of the BH4 cofactor, may
lower phenylalanine levels in some patients
5 Metabolic Disorders 149
Clinical presentation
Tyrosinemia Type II (Oculocutaneous
• Glycine encephalopathy Tyrosinemia)
• Unremitting seizures
Cause
• Apnea
• Due to deficiency of tyrosine aminotransferase
• Hiccups
• Hypotonia Clinical presentation
• Burst suppression pattern on electroencepha- • ID in 50%
logram (EEG) • Corneal ulcer, eye pain, and excessive
• Coma tearing
• Death in infancy • Painful red papular keratotic lesions on palms
and soles
Diagnosis
• Increase glycine in CSF Management
• DNA testing for glycine cleavage system • Diet low in tyrosine, but even this may not be
gene mutations (over 6 genes in all) curative
Treatment Summary (Table 5.4)
• Sodium benzoate may help for seizures; treat-
ment is usually unsuccessful
Table 5.4 Disorders of amino acid metabolism
Keywords (normal anion gap,
yrosinemia Type I (Hepatorenal
T Disorders normal ammonia level)
Tyrosinemia) Phenylketonuria Fair hair and skin, eczema, musty
odor, intellectual disability, eye
Background hypopigmentation
• Due to deficiency of fumarylacetoacetate Homocystinuria Marfanoid features, intellectual
disability, eye lens located
hydrolase enzyme
downward and medially,
• Infants affected early, and most have a rapid thromboembolism
course to death Alkaptonuria Dark urine, calcification of ear
cartilage, arthritis
Clinical presentation Nonketotic Seizure, apnea, hiccups, coma,
• Failure to thrive hyperglycinemia death, increased glycine in CSF
Hepatorenal Failure to thrive, hepatomegaly,
• Hepatomegaly tyrosinemia (type I) RTA
• Hepatoblastoma Oculocutaneous ID, corneal ulcers, painful skin
• Associated with renal tubular acidosis (RTA), tyrosinemia (type I) lesions in palms and soles
resembling Fanconi syndrome, as well as CSF cerebrospinal fluid, RTA renal tubular acidosis, ID intel-
radiographic fraying of rickets lectual disability
5 Metabolic Disorders 151
Fig. 5.2 Clinical
Newborn with poor feeding, vomiting, lethargy, seizure or coma
approach to a child with Very high ammonia level, respiratory alkalosis, no acidosis
suspected urea cycle
disorders. CPS Plasma amino acids
carbamoyl phosphate
synthetase, OTC Specific amino acid elevation No specific amino acid elevation
ornithine “due to specific urea cycle enzyme deficiency”
transcarbamylase
deficiency
≠ Citrulline Æ Citrullinemia High urine orotic acid
≠ Argininosuccinic acid Æ Argininosuccinic aciduria
≠ Arginine Æ Argininemia
≠ Glutamine and alanine Æ CPS OTC deficiency
Fig. 5.3 Newborn
Plasma acylcarnitine (PAC) profile and examples of interpretation of newborn screen results
screening: Using tandem
spectrometry detection of C2, C3, C4, C5 C6, C7, C8, C9, C10 C11, C12, C13, C14, C15 C16, C17 C18
single plasma samples or
blood spots—Three Elevated C3 and C5 Elevated C6, C8 and C10 Elevated C14, C16
plasma acylcarnitine
(PAC) profiles and
examples of
interpretation. Left panel: Medium-Chain Acyl-CoA
organic acidemias. Very long-chain acyl-CoA dehydrogenase
Organic acidemias Dehydrogenase
(VLCAD)
Center panel: MCAD. Deficiency (MCAD)
Right panel: VLCAD
5 Metabolic Disorders 153
Clinical presentation
Glycogen Storage Diseases
• Jaundice
• Vomiting • 0—Glycogen synthase deficiency
• Lethargy • Ia—Glucose-6-phosphatase deficiency (von
• Irritability Gierke disease)
• Hypoglycemia • II—Acid maltase deficiency (Pompe disease)
• Seizure • III—Debranching enzyme deficiency
• Cataract (Forbes-Cori disease)
• Vitreous hemorrhage • IV—Transglucosidase deficiency (Andersen
• Hepatosplenomegaly disease, amylopectinosis)
• Cirrhosis • V—Myophosphorylase deficiency (McArdle
• Ascites disease)
• Poor weight gain
• VI—Phosphorylase deficiency (Hers disease)
• ID
• VII—Phosphofructokinase deficiency (Tarui
Diagnosis disease)
• Clinically
• Reducing substance in urine
154 O. I. Naga
Summary (Table 5.5)
156 O. I. Naga
Clinical presentation
Gaucher Disease
• Short trunk dwarfism (final height < 125 cm)
• Fine corneal deposits Background
• Skeletal dysplasia • Gaucher disease is a lipid storage disease
• Normal intelligence characterized by the deposition of glucocere-
• Odontoid dysplasia broside in cells of the macrophage-monocyte
system
General treatment of MPS
• The disorder results from the deficiency of
• Bone marrow transplantation may prevent
the enzyme glucocerebrosidase
intellectual deterioration and increase sur-
• Autosomal recessive
vival rate
• Age 2–18 years
• Enzyme replacement therapy is the treatment
• Mutations in Ashkenazi Jews > 95%
of choice
• All forms of Gaucher usually develop hepato-
• Orthopedic surgery for spinal deformity
splenomegaly, bone lytic lesions, and some
Summary (Table 5.6) lung diseases
Table 5.7 Lysosomal storage diseases—lipidoses gens, which contribute in great part to the
Disorders Keywords phospholipid content of the brain white
Gaucher disease Protruded abdomen, splenomegaly, matter
bone pain, bone lytic lesions, pathologic
fractures, thrombocytopenia, anemia Examples of peroxisomal disorders
Niemann-Pick Hepatosplenomegaly, psychomotor
• Zellweger syndrome
disease retardation, cherry-red spot, death by
3 years of age • X-ALD
Krabbe disease Convulsions, mental deterioration,
spasticity, blindness, most die by Keywords: Hypotonia, seizures, elevated
3 years of age VLCFA
Tay-Sachs Seizure to auditory stimuli, ataxia,
disease hypertonia, cherry-red spot, mental
deterioration Zellweger Syndrome
Fabry disease Burning pain in hands and feet,
angiokeratoma, hypohidrosis, corneal Clinical presentation
opacities
Wolman disease Relentless vomiting after birth, failure • Typical craniofacial dysmorphism; high fore-
to thrive, calcification of adrenal glands head, a large anterior fontanelle, hypoplastic
Metachromatic Inability to walk, motor delay, supraorbital ridges, broad nasal bridge,
leukodystrophy diminished reflexes, hypotonia, optic micrognathia, deformed earlobes, and redun-
atrophy, seizures
dant nuchal skinfolds
• Neurologic features; severe psychomotor
Clinical presentation retardation, profound hypotonia with
• Gait disturbances depressed deep tendon reflexes (DTRs), neo-
• Loss of motor developmental milestones natal seizures, and impaired hearing
• Loss of previously achieved skills • Brain, cortical dysplasia
• Truncal ataxia • Ocular features; congenital cataract, glau-
• Memory deficits coma, and retinal degeneration
• Seizures (may be present) • Calcific stippling of the epiphysis or patella
• Tremors • Small renal cysts
• Optic atrophy • Liver cirrhosis
Diagnosis Diagnosis
• Arylsulfatase A enzyme activity may be • Suspect diagnosis by increased VLCFA or
decreased in leukocytes decreased plasmalogens
• DNA testing • DNA testing to demonstrate mutations in
genes mediating peroxisomal biogenesis and/
Treatment
or transport
• No effective treatment to reverse neurological
deterioration Prognosis
• Summary (Table 5.7) • Most die by 1 year of age
ISORDERS OF PURINE OR
D VARIOUS METABOLIC
PYRIMIDINE METABOLISM DISORDERS
Lesch-Nyhan Disease Familial Hypercholesterolemia
(Hypoxanthine-Guanine
Background
Phosphoribosyltransferase
• Very common 1/200–1/500
Deficiency) • Autosomal dominant
Keywords: Kidney stones, high uric acids, and Clinical presentation
self-mutilation • Xanthomas: planar xanthomas with yellow-
to-orange discolorations on hands, elbows,
Background buttocks, or knees. Tendon xanthomas (espe-
• Lesch-Nyhan disease is X-linked cially on extensor tendons of hands or Achilles
• Affects mainly boys tendon)
• Due to deficiency of hypoxanthine-gua- • An untreated male will develop coronary
nine phosphoribosyltransferase (HPRT) heart disease 100%, untreated female, 75%
deficiency
Diagnosis
Clinical presentation • Cholesterol level 600–1000 mg/dl
• Usually, males are healthy at birth • DNA diagnosis showing LDL receptor
• Failure to thrive mutations
• Vomiting
• Self-mutilation Management
• Lips and finger biting • Statins are the recommended initial therapy
• Kidney stones for dyslipidemia in children and adolescents
• Gout (see also Chap. 19 Cardiology)
Treatment
• Supportive mith-Lemli-Opitz Syndrome
S
• Hydration and allopurinol (inhibiting the
metabolism of hypoxanthine and xanthine to Keywords: Low cholesterol, abnormal facial fea-
uric acid) tures, and developmental delay
164 O. I. Naga
NEWBORN METABOLIC
SCREENING PEARLS AND PITFALLS
• Is intended to detect congenital genetic and
metabolic disorders that can result in early • Nothing by mouth (NPO) and IV dextrose is
mortality or lifelong disability the best initial treatment for any newborn or a
• Such screening was a pediatric innovation child with suspected metabolic disorders,
where the principle of beneficence was first regardless of the type of metabolic disorder,
applied: Screen only if diagnosis improves and is a life saver.
outcome • Organic acidemia should be suspected in a
• Uses heel stick blood spots, engineered to patient who presents with hypoglycemia and
have frequent false positives so that diagno- hyperammonemia in the presence of meta-
ses are rarely missed bolic acidosis.
• Began using phenylalanine (phe)-dependent • Some organic acidemias also result in granu-
bacteria with turbid growth showing elevated locytopenia and thrombocytopenia and are
phe levels (Guthrie test for phenylketonuria, mistaken for sepsis.
hence often called the “PKU’ test) • Urea cycle defects are associated with very
• In the USA such screening is state coordi- high ammonia level, normal anion gap (not
nated, dictating that pediatricians collect ini- acidotic), and respiratory alkalosis.
tial (1–3 days) and follow-up samples as • MSUD in a newborn who appears well in the
needed (poor feeding may cause negative first 1 or 2 days after birth and then becomes
screens) irritable, feeds less, drowsy, lethargic, apneic;
• States provide reports of abnormal screens to opisthotonus, hypertonia, ketonuria, and a
pediatricians with instructions for family maple syrup odor.
communication, follow- up, and ACTion
(ACT) sheets outlining initial therapy Acknowledgment I gratefully acknowledge the
• Now tandem mass spectrometry (MS/MS) is review and suggestions of Golder N. Wilson, MD,
used to detect any elevated metabolite in heel- PhD, Clinical Professor of Pediatrics, Texas Tech
stick blood spots: University Health Science Center, Lubbock, Texas.
166 O. I. Naga
• Fragile X syndrome: Attention and social 3. Restricted range of interests and stereotyp-
problems ical body movements
• Angelman syndrome: Inappropriate laughter • Early problems with joint attention behav-
• Sanfilippo syndrome: Coarse facial features iors, e.g., lack of eye contact, no pointing to
and mild hepatosplenomegaly share attention
• Fetal alcohol syndrome: Differences in • ASD presentation can be very heterogeneous
growth (i.e., weight and/or height ≤ 10th per- with various levels of cognitive functioning
centile), smooth philtrum, thin upper lip, and language skills
small palpebral fissures; central nervous sys- • Asperger syndrome: Formerly (before DSM-
tem abnormalities (e.g., microcephaly, sei- 5) classified as a separate pervasive develop-
zures, intellectual disability, learning mental disorder diagnosis, as these patients
disabilities, attention-deficit/hyperactivity had higher verbal ability compared to the
disorder [ADHD]) other autistic patients
–– Oral communication method: uses the Earlier signs of LD may assist in earlier
child’s residual hearing, speech, and lip- identification
reading to develop spoken language • Children with preschool speech and language
–– Manual communication method: uses sign- disorder may later experience educational
ing and fingerspelling difficulty; for example difficulty in recogniz-
–– Sign language: uses hand and body move- ing and drawing of shapes in the preschool
ments and facial expressions to fully period may portend problems in letter recog-
express ideas nition or writing
• Performance of formal developmental screen-
ing at the 30-month visit may identify these
LEARNING DISORDERS related preschool problems
• Performance at the 48-month visit may iden-
Specific Learning Disabilities (LD) tify specific problems in early decoding, writ-
ing, and sound/symbol association
Diagnosed based on one of two criteria:
Associated conditions
1. Aptitude–achievement discrepancy: • ADHD
Discrepancy between IQ level and unexpected • Disruptive behavior disorder
school failure in one or more of school subjects • Anxiety and depression
2. Failure to respond to treatment intervention tar- • Educational underachievement
geting areas of academic weakness • Employment difficulties
• Reading disorders: Difficulties with reading
accuracy and decoding (dyslexia), spelling Screening
difficulties, and/or difficulties with reading • Psychoeducational testing: To test specific
comprehension learning difficulties, usually done at school
• Mathematics (dyscalculia): Difficulties with • Neuropsychological testing: To test cognitive
computation or mathematics that requires functions
problem-solving • IQ testing
• Written expression (dysgraphia), nonverbal
learning disorders, and learning disorders not Management
otherwise specified • Special education service (individualized
education program by school system)
• Primary prevention: High-level education for
Learning Disorder = Learning all children
Disability • Secondary prevention: Interventions directed
to children with academic difficulties not
• Etiology: Intrinsic and extrinsic factors responding to primary prevention
affecting brain maturation and function • Tertiary prevention: Advanced and intensive
• More in boys than in girls services to those who continue to have diffi-
• Underrepresented in minorities culties despite initial interventions provided
• Majority of cases identified in middle and • The US Individuals with Disabilities
high school Education Act requires that special educa-
6 Mental and Behavioral Health 171
tion services be provided in the least restric- • Poor school performance can cause low self-
tive environment (students are not to be esteem or even depression
removed from regular classes as much as
possible) Causes
• Treat associated comorbidities if any • Medical problems, e.g.,
–– Malnutrition
Practical issues in the management of learning –– Chronic iron deficiency anemia
disorder –– Worm infestations
• The pediatric clinician can play a critical role –– Preterm or low birth weight
not only in identifying the child with LD, but –– Hearing impairment
also in the ongoing management. ◦◦ Otitis media with effusion and associ-
• The pediatrician or pediatric nurse practitio- ated conductive loss is associated with
ner should inquire about every child’s aca- lower scores in math and expressive lan-
demic performance and school behavior guage between kindergarten and second
• Implementation of the medical home model grade
for chronic condition management ◦◦ Mild sensorineural hearing loss is asso-
• Psychoeducational evaluation with the family ciated with difficulty in multiple educa-
to ensure that he or she is receiving appropri- tional and functional test measures in
ate educational remediation, accommoda- school-aged children
tions, modifications, and therapies –– Visual impairment
• Investigation for related disorders, such as ◦◦ Amblyopia or other refractive disorders
ADHD, adjustment disorder, or anxiety dis- if left uncorrected may harm school
order, should be considered performance
• Education of families is also critically impor- –– Asthma and allergic rhinitis
tant to help them access appropriate ◦◦ Children with poorly controlled asthma
treatment have increased school absenteeism
• Example on family education: At a minimum, –– Obstructive sleep apnea
families should leave the physician’s office ◦◦ May present with ADHD-like symptoms
understanding that reading disorder is not due and poor school performance
to a primary visual deficit and that letter • Below-average intelligence
reversals, a common finding in a typically • Specific learning disability
developing 7-year-old, is not diagnostic of • ADHD
reading disorder • Emotional problems
• Poor sociocultural home environment
• Psychiatric disorders
Poor School Performance [1]
Management
Background • Identify and treat the underlying causes
• Education is critical for human resource • Referral of children with hearing impairment
development to otolaryngologist or audiologist for treating
• Poor academic achievement should be con- the underlying cause of hearing loss
sidered a symptom reflecting an underlying • Referral of children with visual impairment
problem in children to a pediatric ophthalmologist for treating
refractive disorders
172 M. H. Ataalla
Table 6.3 Conditions to be ruled out that may give the picture of attention-
deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD)
symptoms
Environmental conditions Other neuropsychiatric conditions Medical conditions
Cases of physical or sexual abuse Fragile X syndrome Obstructive sleep apnea
Thyroid disorders
Cases of inappropriate parenting practice Fetal alcohol syndrome Heavy metal poisoning
Cases of parental psychopathology Pervasive developmental disorders Medication side effects
Inappropriate classroom setting Anxiety disorders Effects of abused substances
Tourette’s syndrome Sensory deficits
Attachment disorder Auditory and visual processing
disorders
Post-traumatic stress syndrome Neurodegenerative disorder
Post-traumatic head injury
Table 6.4 (continued)
Duration of
action (in Time to peak in blood (hours
Brand name hours) after the dose) Dosage range Side effects
α2-adrenergic agonists
Catapres (clonidine) 8–12 3–5 0.1, 0.2, 0.3 mg tabs Sedation
Depression
Dry mouth
Rebound hypertension on
discontinuing the
medicine
Confusion
Kapvay (clonidine, Long-acting 0.1 mg Same as above
extended release)
Intuniv ER 13–14 1–4 1, 2, 3, 4 mg tabs Hypotension
(guanfacine) Light-headedness
Table 6.5 Management of common side effects of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) medications [2]
Methylphenidate/amphetamine derivatives common side
effects Management
Loss of appetite, abdominal pain, headaches, irritability, May be lessened if the medication is taken with food
and sleep problems
Rebound (irritability, increased activity, or mood swings) Administering a low dose of an immediate-release (short-
when medicine wears off acting) stimulant at this time may be helpful
Social withdrawal and lethargy May be lessened by lowering the dose
Weight loss Cyproheptadine may be helpful if weight and appetite loss
are significant
Tics. (Stimulants are not believed to cause tics, but they The presence of tics is not a contraindication to stimulant use
may lower the threshold for the development of tics)
Sudden cardiac death Before using stimulants, refer to a pediatric cardiologist if
preexisting cardiovascular disease or symptoms suggesting
cardiovascular disease
Adjustment Disorders
Background
• Adjustment disorder is a stress-related, short-
term, nonpsychotic disturbance Fig. 6.1 Child with loss of upper eyelid lashes due to
trichotillomania
Clinical presentation
• Depressed/irritable mood Teeth grinding (bruxism)
• Sadness • Common behavior
• Anxiety • When persists, it may be a manifestation of
• Sleep disturbances anxiety
• Poor concentration • May cause dental problems that need to be
• Poor performance in school addressed by appropriate dental referral
• Anger, disruptive behavior • Dental occlusal splints are occasionally used
• Loss of self-esteem in the treatment of oral destructive habits
• Hopelessness • Nocturnal biofeedback
• Feeling isolated or cut off from others
Thumb-sucking
Diagnosis • Few studies advocating thumb-sucking as a
• Emotional or behavioral symptoms occur preventive measure against sudden infant
after an identifiable stressor or stressors death syndrome (SIDS)
within 3 months of the onset of the stressor • The incidence of thumb-sucking among chil-
• Marked distress that is out of proportion to dren decreases with age: Onset during the
the severity or intensity of the stressor first few months and peak at 18–21 months
• Significant impairment in social, occupa- • Self-soothing behavior that is normal in
tional, or other areas of functioning infants and toddlers
• Not related to other mental disorders • Management
• Symptoms do not represent normal bereavement –– Most children spontaneously stop thumb-
• Symptoms persist for no longer than an addi- sucking between 2 and 4 years of age
tional 6 months –– School-aged children with persistent
thumb- sucking should be referred to a
Management pediatric dentist
• Brief psychotherapy –– Prolonged thumb-sucking can affect a
child’s teeth alignment and mouth shape
–– If persistent, behavioral evaluation is
HABIT DISORDERS necessary
–– Usually, treatment is required in severe
Trichotillomania (hair-pulling disorder) cases, e.g., if continued beyond age
(Fig. 6.1) 4–5 years, dental problems, increased risk
• Repeated behavior of hair pulling to the of accidental ingestions and pica, thumb
extent of hair loss, associated with increased calluses and skin breakdown, deformities
tension prior to hair pulling and relief during of the fingers and thumbs, and paronychia
and after it
184 M. H. Ataalla
• “Normal ups and downs” of children and • Contact school to provide accommodation
adolescents: Not associated with functional needed. Parent should consent to this
impairment. Not severe and do not last long
enough to be considered an episode Medications
• “Adolescent anhedonia”: Depressive symp- • SSRIs: 50% will respond, and 30% experi-
toms and variability of mood in normal ence symptom remission
adolescents • Start medication low and monitor for side
effects
Associated conditions • FDA approved: Fluoxetine (> 8 years) and
• The most common comorbid diagnosis is escitalopram (> 12 years)
anxiety disorder • Fluoxetine can be started at 5–10 mg daily,
• Other comorbidities include disruptive behav- increasing the dose gradually at 2-week inter-
ior, ADHD, and substance use disorder vals up to a target range of 20–80 mg daily
• Could occur concurrently with dysthymic • Initiating therapy with higher-than-recom-
disorders (double depression) mended doses is associated with increased
self-harm episodes
Screening and rating scales • The most common side effects include irrita-
• Screen all children and adolescents for the bility, gastrointestinal symptoms, sleep dis-
key depressive symptoms: Sadness, irritabil- turbance, restlessness, headaches, and sexual
ity, and anhedonia dysfunction
• Beck Depression Inventory for Primary Care • Rare but serious side effects: Predisposition
(BDI-PC) to bleeding and increased suicidal thoughts
• Children’s Depression Inventory (CDI) • Successful treatment should continue for
• Patient Health Questionnaire for Adolescents 6–12 months
(PHQ-A) • Follow up every 3 months after remission to
• Positive response of depression indicates ask- monitor symptoms and to assess for adverse
ing if any suicidal ideation effects of medication
• Difficulties with school, peers, and family • The lifetime prevalence of each of the bipolar
• Difficulties adjusting to life stressors; physi- disorders and cyclothymic disorders is about
cal illness 0.6%
• Equal sex distribution
Persistent Depressive Disorder (Dysthymic
Disorders) Diagnostic criteria
• One year of suffering depressed/irritable • In mania: There is one week of persistently
mood plus two or more of the associated veg- elevated, expansive, or irritable mood
etative and cognitive symptoms of • In hypomania: Abnormal mood lasts at least
depression 4 days but less than a week, and the impair-
• Diagnosis requires association with signifi- ment is not as severe
cant distress or impairment • Associated cognitive and behavioral symp-
• If a dysthymic patient develops an episode of toms: Increased energy, grandiosity, reduced
major depression, then both diagnoses may need for sleep, pressured speech, distractibil-
be given (it is also called double depression) ity, racing thoughts, engaging in multiple
activities and tasks, and impulsively doing
Depressive Disorders Not Otherwise Specified things that have the potential for harm in
• (Subsyndromal depression) presence of excess
depressive symptoms that are not enough to
meet full diagnostic criteria for major depres- Associated conditions
sive disorder or dysthymic disorder • Other psychiatric disorders, including ADHD,
anxiety, eating, and substance use disorders
cal antipsychotics (aripiprazole, olanzapine, • Completing suicide: More in males (by fire-
risperidone, quetiapine) arms) than in females (by poisoning)
• Medications to treat bipolar depressive epi- • Attempting suicide: More in females.
sodes: Lurasidone and olanzapine (> 10 years) Ingestion of medication the most common
• Lithium common side effects: Cardiac, renal, method
thyroid, and hematologic effects; toxicity; • Ethnic groups with the highest risk: American
teratogenicity Indians and Alaska Natives
• Valproate (Depakote, AbbVie): Hematologic, • Ethnic groups with the lowest risk: African
hepatic, and ovarian (polycystic ovarian syn- Americans, Hispanics, and Asians
drome); teratogenicity
• Atypical antipsychotics: Weight gain; meta- Risk factors for attempting suicide
bolic (diabetes, hyperlipidemia); cardiac • Suffering psychiatric illness (in most sui-
effects cides): Major depression (most common)
• For comorbid ADHD: May use stimulants • History of self-harming behavior even with
when the mood is stable no explicit intention to die (e.g., self-cutting)
• Psychotherapy needs to be offered to address • Cognitive functioning: Poor self-esteem and
impairment in different domains and provide lack of coping strategies
support to the patient and family • Stressful life events: Academic or relation-
• Refer suicidal and psychotic bipolar depressed ship problems, being bullied, family
patients to psychiatric hospitalization instability
• Newly diagnosed medical condition or a
Prevention recent or anticipated loss
• For those with cyclothymic mood disorder: • Difficulties with sexual orientation and
Adequate mood stabilization may decrease homosexuality
risk for subsequent bipolar disorder • Physical and sexual abuse
development • Suicide of a close person
• Identify and address social and psychological • Suicide by imitation: Exposure to suicide in
stressors that may precipitate mood the media or a book’s hero who commits
decompensation suicide
• Stress of acculturations for the immigrants
Prognosis
• 80% will have recurrences after recovery Risk factors for completed suicide
from the first mood episode • Male gender
• Completed suicide (10–15% of those with • History of suicide attempt
bipolar I disorder) • Having suicidal intent, a written note, or a
• Poor outcome with no treatment: plan
Unemployment and legal problems • Showing acute signs of depression, mania,
and psychosis or substance intoxication
• Lack of family support and supervision to
Suicidal Behaviors maintain safety at home
• Obtain collateral information from parents • Residual phase: Several months or more,
and other resources when there are no significant positive
• Psychiatric evaluation of the severity of sui- symptoms
cidality and the risk factors • Auditory hallucinations suggestive of schizo-
phrenia: Commentary voice or multiple
Management voices
• Psychiatric hospitalization for severe suicidal
cases and after attempts Differential diagnosis
• Close outpatient follow up: When risk factors • Hallucinations that are not psychotic: In
for committing suicide are not present and the response to anxiety or stress
patient is able to contract for safety • Affective psychosis
• Post-traumatic stress disorder
Prevention • Autism spectrum disorders
• Remember to screen for suicidal risk • Medical conditions and drug abuse
• Address suicidal risk factors
• Schools and public-based suicide prevention Screening
program • Screen for hallucination during regular
visits
Prognosis • Abnormal Involuntary Movement Scale
• Remember: Even when suicidal intent is (AIMS): Screen and monitor for antipsychot-
ambiguous, an impulsive suicidal act may ics’ extrapyramidal side effects
lead to death
Management
• Psychoeducation
CHILDHOOD SCHIZOPHRENIA • Risk management and case management
services
Background • Educational placement: Specialized educa-
• Schizophrenia is a heterogeneous clinical tional programs should be considered within
syndrome the school system
• Childhood-onset schizophrenia is rare. More • 1st generation antipsychotics are not com-
in males monly used due to high risk of extrapyrami-
• Risk factors, e.g., advanced parental age and dal side effects e.g., haloperidol
genetic (e.g., 22q11 deletion) • 2nd generation antipsychotics are the mainstay
of treatment e.g., risperidone, aripiprazole
Clinical presentation (abilify), or clozapine (for resistant cases)
• Course of illness • Side effects: Metabolic syndrome (obesity,
• Prodrome: Functional deterioration before hypertension, dyslipidemia, and insulin resis-
the onset of psychotic symptoms tance) and extrapyramidal symptoms (e.g.,
• Acute phase: Marked by prominent positive dystonia and akathisia)
symptoms (i.e., hallucinations, delusions, • Clozapine: Increase the risk for agranulocy-
disorganized speech and behavior) and a sig- tosis and seizures
nificant deterioration in functioning
• Recuperative/recovery phase: Generally, a Prognosis
several months period. Negative symptoms • Early-onset schizophrenia is a risk factor for
(flat affect, anergia, social withdrawal) more impairment from the illness
predominate • High risk of suicide
6 Mental and Behavioral Health 189
• Sleep disorders: subdivided into parasomnias Table 6.8 Difference between night terrors and nightmares
and dyssomnias Night terrors Nightmares
Occurs during Non- Occurs during REM
REM sleep
Parasomnias Sudden episode of Recurrent episodes of awakening
crying or loud scream from sleep with recall of an
with intense fear intensely disturbing dream
• Abnormal events upon a normally organized Does not recall the Recall of dream is immediate and
sleep-wake process dream clear
• Includes nightmares, night terrors, sleepwalk- Difficulty in arousing Delayed return to sleep after the
ing, and sleep talking the child episode
Help child to return to Reassure the child it was a bad
sleep dream
Protect the child from
Nightmares injury
REM rapid eye movement
• Occur during REM sleep, commonly after 2
a.m. • Mental confusion when awakened from an
episode; child is inconsolable
Clinical presentation
• Nightmares usually occur during the second Management
half of REM sleep • Parental and child education and
• Recurrent episodes of awakening from sleep reassurance.
• Recall of an intensely disturbing bad dream • Advise regarding sleep hygiene
• Full alertness on awakening, with little con- • Awaken child 15 min before terrors occur.
fusion or disorientation Avoid overtiredness
• Delayed return to sleep after the episode • Be calm; speak in soft, soothing, repetitive
Management tones; help the child return to sleep
• Reassure the child that he or she had a bad • Protect the child from injury
dream Sleepwalking and sleep talking
• Leave the bedroom door open, use a night- –– Stage 4 NREM sleep events, with no recall in
light, and demonstrate that there are no mon- the morning
sters under the bed. –– Parental education and reassurance
• Discuss dream the following day. –– Secure bedroom surroundings to avoid acci-
• If frequent, need to explore and address the dental injuries to the sleepwalker
source of anxiety.
• Avoid scary movies or TV shows.
Bedtime Refusal/Frequent
Awakening
Night Terrors
• Appropriate management
• Occur during stage 4 NREM sleep, first third –– Quiet routine before bedtime, e.g., story
of the night time, bathing, making the room dark
–– Bedtime should be the same every night
Clinical presentation (Table 6.8)
–– Allow the child to take a favorite belonging
• The child is screaming unresponsive for few
to bed each night, e.g., teddy bear
minutes and then falls back asleep again.
–– Ensure that the child is comfortable, e.g.,
• Will not recollect the episode in the morning
door left slightly open
• Manifestations of intense fear
–– Children should not be allowed to sleep in
• Difficulty in arousing the child, and the child
the same bed with parents
wants to fall asleep soon after the episode
6 Mental and Behavioral Health 191
• Interview the adolescent individually, which school anti-bullying policies, and by parental
helps to establish confidentiality and trust. training.
• Asking adolescent about depression and sui- • Cognitive behavioral therapy/behavior man-
cidal thoughts does not trigger the problem; agement training is the first-line treatment for
depressed children may not express sadness crimes committed by minors (juvenile delin-
or a depressed mood to their parents. quency). Wilderness camps, boot camps, and
• Screen all adolescents from the age of juvenile awareness programs are ineffective.
12 years and yearly after that about mood • Exposure of children to 2 or multiple lan-
changes, irritability, dropping grades, social guages at home is not a reason for language
withdrawal, sadness, poor self-esteem, and delay.
difficulty concentrating. • Language delay, struggle in school, and learn-
• Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) is an ing problems can be the earliest signs of intel-
effective treatment for depression by altering lectual disabilities.
bad and negative thoughts into positive • Psychoeducational tests (IQ and achievement
thoughts and a better outcome. tests) are used for evaluation of intellectual
• Combination of CBT and medication is the disability; IQ test scores greater than 2 SD
best treatment for adolescent moderate to below the mean (< 70) in both cognitive and
severe depression and more effective than adaptive measures are suggestive of intellec-
using either therapy alone. tual disability.
• Do not forget to always educate on possible • Down syndrome (trisomy 21) is the most
side effects of medications. common genetic cause of intellectual disabil-
• The course of symptoms may change/evolve ity in general.
across different developmental stages. • Fragile X is the second most common genetic
• Provide close follow-up visits when indicated cause of intellectual disability after Down
and refer promptly as needed. syndrome.
• Promote resilience/hope and appreciate the • Screen for autism at the age of 18 months and
strength of the child and family, not only their 24 months or at any time if there is concern
weaknesses. about autism spectrum disorder (ASD).
• Masturbation is frequent in young children • Refer to early childhood intervention chil-
but is usually stopped when children are older dren less than 3 years with suspected ASD.
and aware of social norms. Behavioral modi- • Refer to local school district children 3 years
fication, distraction, and redirection are the and older with suspected ASD.
best strategies to limit masturbation • Speech therapy, occupational therapy, and
behavior. applied behavioral analysis are the best treat-
• Most children will outgrow thumb-sucking ment for children with autism.
and finger sucking without intervention. • No genetic studies or specific laboratories are
• Positive reinforcement, aversive techniques, indicated for children with ASD except if
competitive responses, and orthodontic there are dysmorphic features, family history
devices may be helpful in altering the habit of of intellectual disabilities, or possible under-
thumb-sucking if it persists beyond 4 years of lying condition.
age and complications are present. • Recommended workup for ASD with intel-
• Bullying usually when teachers are not lectual disability or global developmental
around; school and families must collaborate delay includes a DNA analysis for fragile X
to prevent this problem by having students syndrome and a chromosome microarray
supervised during breaks, by implementing analysis.
6 Mental and Behavioral Health 195
Table 7.1 Physical exam findings seen in pediatric patients in respiratory distress
Physical
finding Description Physiology Important notes
Retractions Accessory muscle usage Counteract high negative intrathoracic Generalized finding of respiratory
(supraclavicular, pressure via increased respiratory effort distress
intercostal, abdominal)
Head Flexion–extension Emerges due to severe accessory muscle Indicative of severe respiratory
bobbing movement of head and use, seen particularly in small children and distress, potential impending
neck during inspiration infants respiratory failure
and expiration
Flaring Widening of the lateral Increases the upper airway diameter as an Often a late finding of respiratory
nares attempt to help relieve obstruction distress seen in small children and
infants
Stertor Low pitched, loud, Upper airway obstruction: may be due to Can improve with repositioning
rumbling, snoring sound large tongue, tonsils, or adenoids; poor (“sniffing position”) or jaw thrust
muscle tone; or altered mental status
“Hot Muffled, soft voice Obstruction of upper airway, typically May be seen in retropharyngeal
potato” oropharynx or pharynx abscess or peritonsillar abscess
voice
Hoarseness Rough or harsh Obstruction or abnormality of vocal cords Can indicate benign/minor
characteristic to voice or larynx pathology such as viral URI or
concerning pathology such as
injury to vagus or recurrent
laryngeal nerve
Barky Loud, “seal-” or “dog- Pathology or obstruction of subglottic area Commonly seen in acute viral
cough like” hacking cough croup
Stridor Harsh multiphonic, Obstruction of upper airway results in Can indicate acute viral croup, or
high-pitched upper turbulence and subsequent noise; other concerning pathology such
airway noise, “noisy inspiratory stridor most commonly glottic/ as aspirated foreign body or
breathing” subglottic in origin, expiratory stridor more epiglottitis
likely lower airway, e.g., carina
Grunting Soft, quick “puffing” Expiration against partly closed glottis, Often late finding of respiratory
expiratory noise attempt to maintain lung volume and distress, seen in small children and
prevent atelectasis via “auto-PEEP” infants
Wheezing Musical, continuous Expiratory wheezing indicates bronchi and Expiratory wheezing commonly
noise bronchiolar obstruction heard in asthma and bronchiolitis
Rales (fine Inspiratory, high-pitched, Opening of collapsed alveoli filled with Typically will not clear with
crackles) “Velcro-like” sounds secretions, indicate pathology at lung tissue repositioning and coughing
level
Rhonchi Inspiratory, mid- to Turbulence and secretions from secretions More likely to clear with
(coarse low-pitched “popping” or inflammation within bronchi and repositioning and coughing
crackles) sounds bronchioles
URI upper respiratory infection
7 Emergency Medicine 199
–– Pneumonia, subacute foreign body, pulmo- Table 7.2 Initial simple airway maneuvers for patients in
nary embolism, myocarditis, pericarditis, acute respiratory distress
sepsis Airway
• If acute-onset tachypnea without fever and maneuvers Description
with concern for cardiac abnormality Airway Suctioning oro-/nasopharynx to remove
clearing secretions or debris
(arrhythmia, rubs, gallops, new murmurs, Nasopharyngeal airway
hepatomegaly, poor perfusion), consider Oral airway in patient with altered mental
–– Congenital heart disease, myocarditis, status
pericarditis, pericardial effusion/tampon- Airway Allow an awake child to assume position of
positioning comfort (e.g., tripoding)
ade, congestive heart failure, pleural
Head tilt and chin lift (“sniffing” position)
effusion to compensate for large occiput
• If acute-onset tachypnea without fever and no Jaw thrust/chin lift to open airway and
concern for cardiac abnormality: bring tongue forward
–– Very large differential diagnosis, obtain Shoulder roll to prevent forward flexion of
cranium due to large occiput
thorough history and physical
◦◦ Respiratory disorder (pneumonia, atel-
ectasis, pulmonary embolism, pulmo- –– Patient is able to vocalize clearly (speaking
nary deformity or mass) or loud crying)
◦◦ Metabolic (acidosis, hyperammonemia, • Airway is maintainable: Airway is obstructed
hyperglycemia, hepatic/renal disease) but maintained with simple measures
◦◦ Toxic (ingestions, methemoglobinemia) (Table 7.2)
◦◦ CNS disorder (seizure, mass, encepha- –– Patient able to vocalize, but abnormally
lopathy, neuromuscular disease, anxiety, (stertor, stridor, choking, coughing, dys-
pain) phonia, etc.)
◦◦ Intra-abdominal pathology (abdominal • Airway is not maintainable: Airway is
pain, distention, mass) obstructed and requires advanced interven-
◦◦ Hematologic (anemia, methemoglo- tion such as intubation
binemia) –– Unable to speak or absence of cry (gur-
gling, gasping, cyanosis, loss of conscious-
ness, extreme agitation, etc.)
I nitial Emergency Care for Patient
Breathing management
in Acute Respiratory Distress • Pediatric patients are less tolerant of hypox-
emia and hypercarbia
Airway management
–– Higher metabolic rate means more meta-
• Leading cause of pediatric cardiac arrest is
bolic demand
from respiratory failure
• Timely management of the pediatric airway Support oxygenation and ventilation
is key to resuscitation of pediatric patients • Provide supplemental oxygen for hypoxemia
with acute respiratory distress • Provide ventilatory support for hypercarbia
or inadequate/absent respiratory effort
Categorize the airway
• Make timely interventions for patient in acute
• Airway is clear: Airway is open and non-
respiratory distress (Table 7.3) (see Chap. 8
obstructed for normal breathing
“Critical Care” for additional details)
7 Emergency Medicine 201
Table 7.3 Initial interventions in resuscitation of patients in cies. Abdominal emergencies in the setting of
acute respiratory distress pediatric abdominal trauma will be covered in the
Intervention Common uses Trauma and Burns section.
Nasal cannula Hypoxemia alone, will dry nasal
mucosa over time
Simple face mask Hypoxemia alone, significant room
air entrainment and mixing
The Pediatric Acute Abdomen
Non-rebreather Hypoxemia alone, allows for greater
face mask FIO2 via a reservoir • Abdominal complaints in pediatric patients
Heated high flow Hypoxemia and increased respiratory are common and often benign
nasal cannula effort, allows humidification and • Surgical abdominal emergencies must not be
heating, higher oxygen flow rates missed, due to high morbidity and mortality,
Noninvasive Hypoxemia and hypercarbia in select
positive pressure patients with respiratory failure but and require prompt recognition and timely
ventilation adequate airway protection and surgical evaluation
mentation; allows for positive
pressure delivery via sealed mask Findings that may indicate a surgical abdomen
Bag–valve–mask Hypoxemia and hypercarbia,
ventilation
• Bilious emesis
insufficient/absent respiratory effort,
a temporizing but life-saving measure –– Bilious emesis in infants is a surgical
while definitive airway/ventilatory emergency
support is being planned • Guarding
Inhaled States of reversible bronchospasm –– Active guarding
bronchodilators: (i.e., asthma exacerbation)
albuterol and
–– Passive guarding/rigidity
ipratropium • Distention
Nebulized racemic Suspected upper airway obstruction • Bowel sounds
epinephrine and edema with stridor (i.e., acute –– Absent bowel sounds may indicate ileus
infectious croup) • Tenderness
Intramuscular Suspected anaphylaxis
epinephrine –– Rebound tenderness is indicative of
peritonitis
• Associated symptoms
Summary –– Fever can signify a systemic inflammatory
response
• Correction of respiratory distress ultimately –– Bloody diarrhea can signify bowel wall
needs identification of the underlying cause necrosis and malperfusion
• Any disorder that causes respiratory distress
has the potential to be life-threatening Age-dependent presentation
• Remember the unique characteristics of the The age of the presentation can significantly shape
pediatric airway the differential diagnosis
• Initial resuscitation of the patient in acute • Infant: Maintain higher suspicion for congen-
respiratory distress requires attention to air- ital anomalies
way, breathing, and circulation –– Intussusception, malrotation with midgut
volvulus, incarcerated hernias, Meckel
diverticulum, pyloric stenosis
THE ACUTE ABDOMEN • School-aged child: Infectious causes become
increasingly common
The following section will focus on the presenta- –– Acute appendicitis
tion of the pediatric acute abdomen in the setting • Adolescent:
of emergency care, with a particular emphasis on –– Acute appendicitis, ectopic pregnancy,
the identification of surgical abdominal emergen- ovarian torsion, testicular torsion
202 J.-A. O. Nesiama et al.
Table 7.4 Selected surgical abdominal emergencies, clinical features, and management
Features Disease process Clinical pearls Clinical pitfalls Initial management
Periumbilical pain Acute Most common abdominal The anatomic location of Fluid resuscitation, pain
migrating to the appendicitis emergency in children, the appendix can vary, control, appendix
right lower with peak incidence causing nonclassical ultrasound, surgical
quadrant at between 9 and 12 years; sites of pain consultation
McBurney’s point many will have pain with
walking or jumping; may
also have anorexia,
vomiting, diarrhea, and
fever
Suspected acute Perforated More likely to occur if Although appendicitis in Fluid resuscitation, pain
appendicitis appendicitis appendicitis present for infants is rare, the young control, appendix
followed by > 72 h, will often present child is more likely to ultrasound, surgical
sudden relief of with increasing signs of present with perforation consultation
pain, then peritonitis and toxicity due to difficulty in the
development of abdominal exam early on
generalized
peritonitis
Extreme colicky Intussusception Typically, 3 months to Intussusception can Fluid resuscitation,
pain with periods 6 years old, invagination of present with emesis and
ileocolic ultrasound,
of normalcy, bowel at lead point, most altered mental status
barium or air contrast
currant jelly stools common is ileocolic alone enema, surgical
consultation if
unsuccessful, anticipatory
guidance as
intussusception can recur
Tense inguinal Incarcerated Common cause of May not have known May need inguinal
bulge, vomiting inguinal hernia intestinal obstruction in prior history of hernia; ultrasound or abdominal
infants and children, 60% incarceration can radiograph if unclear
occurring within the 1st progress to strangulation diagnosis; otherwise,
year of life and bowel necrosis attempt immediate manual
within 24 h reduction if no sign of
bowel necrosis, and early
surgical consultation
Infant, projectile Pyloric stenosis Hypertrophied pylorus in Does not present with Fluid resuscitation, careful
nonbilious emesis, infant 2–5 weeks old, acute abdomen, but due electrolyte management,
hungry after occurs in 1 in 250 births, to potential for profound pyloric ultrasound,
emesis more common in first-born electrolyte disturbance, surgical consultation
males, can cause prompt diagnosis is
hypokalemic, important; alkalosis can
hypochloremic metabolic be severe enough to
alkalosis cause apnea
Acute-onset Malrotation Most serious cause of Variable presentation, Resuscitation in case of
bilious emesis, with midgut intestinal obstruction; from asymptomatic to signs of shock, flat and
abdominal pain volvulus congenital malrotation with failure to thrive; upright radiographs of
abnormal fixation of bowel complete volvulus for abdomen, upper GI series,
predisposes it to volvulize > 1 h causes gut immediate surgical
and obstruct; usually necrosis; a midgut consultation
presents neonatally; volvulus can cause death
however, 25% present of entire small bowel and
> 1 year ascending colon
(continued)
204 J.-A. O. Nesiama et al.
Table 7.4 (continued)
Features Disease process Clinical pearls Clinical pitfalls Initial management
Bilious emesis, Surgical Any child with prior Presentation can occur Fluid resuscitation,
abdominal adhesions with abdominal surgery or abdominal radiographs
within days, or months to
distention, obstruction peritonitis can develop years after surgery with more than one view
significant adhesions; requires low (e.g., flat, upright, and
abdominal surgical threshold of suspicion decubitus), gastric
history decompression, early
surgical consultation
Abdominal Necrotizing Typically presents in Although most common Resuscitation if signs of
distention with enterocolitis premature infants or in premature infants, can shock, radiographs of
systemic signs of neonates within 10 days of occur in term infants abdomen, prompt surgical
illness (lethargy, birth, may have history of and neonatal subspecialty
apnea, temperature birth asphyxia or stress consultation
instability) in
neonate
• Genitourinary ANAPHYLAXIS
–– Testicular torsion
–– Ovarian torsion Definition
–– Ectopic pregnancy • Serious, systemic, rapid-onset allergic/hyper-
–– Pelvic inflammatory disease sensitivity reaction
–– Dysmenorrhea • Variable clinical presentation and severity
• Urinary • Immunoglobulin E (IgE)-mediated, type I
–– Cystitis, pyelonephritis hypersensitivity reaction to antigen
–– Nephro-/urolithiasis
• Endocrine/metabolic Pathophysiology
–– Diabetic ketoacidosis • Antigen exposure leads to systemic mast cell
• Autoimmune/inflammatory and basophil degranulation with large hista-
–– Inflammatory bowel disease mine and cytokine release
–– Henoch–Schönlein purpura –– Vasodilation
–– Smooth muscle spasm (can also cause cor-
onary artery vasospasm)
Summary –– Increased vascular permeability
–– End stage: Loss of intravascular volume
• The differential diagnosis of the acute abdo- and hypotension
men in pediatric patients is broad, ranging in • Common likely antigens
nature from benign to life-threatening –– Food allergies (most common in pediatrics)
• A careful history and physical are important ◦◦ Peanut
to identify surgical emergencies ◦◦ Tree nuts (cashews, pecans, walnuts, etc.)
• Infants present a particularly diagnostic chal- ◦◦ Milk
lenge due to difficulty of exam and nonspe- ◦◦ Wheat
cific nature of presentation ◦◦ Soy
• Maintain a low threshold for early surgical ◦◦ Seafood (crustaceans)
consultation ◦◦ Fruit
7 Emergency Medicine 205
Basilar Skull Fracture • Bleeding between the inner layer of the dura
mater and the arachnoid mater
Clinical presentation –– Tearing of the bridging veins across the
• Raccoon eyes (periorbital ecchymosis, bruis- subdural space
ing around eyes) –– Result of acceleration/deceleration mecha-
• Battle sign (mastoid ecchymosis, bruising nism (MVC, shaken babies)
behind the ears) –– Associated with cerebral contusion
• Hemotympanum –– If acute, the most lethal injury, but can be
• Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) otorrhea or chronic, developing over days to weeks
rhinorrhea
• At increased risk for meningitis
Clinical presentation
• 75% will have a temporal skull fracture
• Gradually increasing headache and
confusion
208 J.-A. O. Nesiama et al.
Table 7.5 Prediction rules for identification of children at low risk for clinically important traumatic brain injury found on
computed tomography (CT) imaging of the head
Age is less than CT is not recommended if the Observation vs. CT CT recommended if any of
2 years old following criteria are met (risk recommended if any of the the following are present
of clinically important TBI is following are present (risk of (risk of clinically important
low) clinically important TBI is TBI is high)
slightly elevated)
GCS 15 and no altered mental Occipital, parietal, or temporal GCS less than 15 or altered
status hematoma mental status
No palpable skull fracture History of loss of consciousness Palpable skull fracture
Frontal hematoma only Severe mechanism of injury
No loss of consciousness Not acting normally per caretaker
Nonsevere mechanism of injury
Acting normally per caretaker
Age is equal to CT is not recommended if the Observation versus CT CT recommended if any of
or greater than following criteria are met (risk recommended if any of the the following are present
2 years old of clinically important TBI is following are present (risk of (risk of clinically important
low) clinically important TBI is TBI is high)
slightly elevated)
GCS 15 and no altered mental History of loss of consciousness GCS less than 15 or altered
status mental status
No signs of basilar skull fracture History of vomiting Signs of basilar skull fracture
No loss of consciousness Severe mechanism of injury
No vomiting Severe headache
Nonsevere mechanism of injury
No severe headache
Pediatric Emergency Care Applied Research Network validated clinical prediction rules; adapted from Kuppermann et al.
[1], with permission
TBI traumatic brain injury, GCS Glasgow coma scale
Abdominal Trauma
PEDIATRIC WOUNDS
• Children are smaller in size; organs are pro- AND LACERATIONS
portionally larger; less fatty tissue around
major organs; weaker musculature; more Laceration
compliant rib cage, all which increase risk of
solid organ injury • A laceration is a traumatic disruption to the
• Most are MVC, others are MPC, sports, falls, dermis layer of the skin.
and nonaccidental trauma • Common locations are the face (~60%) and
• Most common unrecognized fatal injury upper extremities (~25%)
• Most lacerations in pediatric patients are non-
Clinical manifestation life-
threatening but require appropriate
• Exams may be difficult due to age, verbal management
ability, and fear • Severe and life-threatening lacerations must
• Tachycardia can be the only sign (even with be evaluated and treated promptly
45% circulating blood volume) –– Hemostasis: Apply pressure or tourniquet
• Have high index of suspicion for abdominal as necessary
injuries –– Injury to deeper structures: Especially at
–– Seatbelt sign (ecchymosis of abdominal high-risk areas like the neck (carotid) arter-
wall) after MVC has increased risk of intra-
7 Emergency Medicine 211
ies, jugular veins, trachea, and esophagus suture, monitoring for infection, and use of
must be considered sunscreen to decrease scar formation
• Consider the need for tetanus prophylaxis
Management and treatment –– Prophylactic antibiotics not recom-
• Repair may be more difficult in pediatrics due mended with simple, uncontaminated
to fear, anxiety, and lack of cooperativity lacerations
–– Anesthetic and anxiolytic options ◦◦ Lacerations due to bites will typically
◦◦ Topical anesthetic LET (4% lidocaine, require antibiotics
1:2000 epinephrine, 0.5% tetracaine) ◦◦ Lacerations to hands and fingers with
▪▪ Effective 20–30 min after application associated distal fingertip fracture
▪▪ Blanching of the site after application
most often indicates achievement of
effective anesthesia Specialized Scenarios
◦◦ Local anesthetic may be used to prepare
for placement of sutures • Lip lacerations
▪▪ Injectable lidocaine alone or with –– An injury crossing the vermilion border
epinephrine will likely require subspecialist repair
◦◦ Distraction and soothing techniques –– Failure to align the vermilion border can
▪▪ Child life experts, toys, movies, result in a poor cosmetic outcome and per-
music, etc. manent lip deformity
◦◦ Oral/intranasal pharmacologic options –– Young and uncooperative patients may
◦◦ Inhaled and IV pharmacologic options additionally require varying degrees of
for procedural sedation anxiolysis and possibly sedation to repair
• Wound preparation well
–– Wound irrigation is the standard of care • Nail bed lacerations
–– Evaluation for possible foreign bodies or –– Repair of nail bed lacerations can be par-
complications ticularly painful and anxiety-provoking
–– Suspicion for foreign body or associated and may require a higher level of care
bony fracture should prompt radiographs –– Approximately half of all nail bed injuries
of the affected site are associated with a fracture of the distal
–– Tissue adhesive phalanx and will likely require subspecial-
◦◦ With selection of appropriate type of ist repair
laceration, tissue adhesive has good cos- ◦◦ Low threshold for obtaining plain radio-
metic outcome with benefit of no need graphs of the digit to evaluate for associ-
for suture or suture removal ated fracture
• Suture and staples ◦◦ Nail bed laceration with associated dis-
–– Selection of suture material (absorbable tal phalanx fracture may be an open
versus nonabsorbable) will depend upon fracture
the location and depth of the injury ▪▪ Open fractures require antibiotic
–– As a general rule, sutures should be evenly therapy
spaced • Ear lacerations
• Wound aftercare –– Significant ear lacerations will likely
–– All patients should be given follow-up require subspecialty repair
instructions for local wound care, cleans- –– Lacerations of the ear have the potential to
ing, timing (if necessary) of removal of involve the avascular cartilaginous support
212 J.-A. O. Nesiama et al.
Table 7.7 Indications for rabies prophylaxis and treatment in the United States
Vaccination status Intervention Description
No prior vaccine Human rabies vaccine Human rabies vaccine (human diploid cell vaccine) should
be administered IM on days 0, 3, 7, and 14
Human rabies immune Immune globulin (20 IU/kg) should be administered via
globulin (HRIG) direct infiltration around the wound, with any remaining
volume administered IM at an anatomical site distant from
the vaccine site (e.g., the opposite deltoid or lateral thigh)
Previously vaccinated Human rabies vaccine Human rabies vaccine (human diploid cell vaccine) should
be administered IM on days 0 and 3
Human rabies immune Not indicated
globulin (HRIG)
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC] Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices, 2010. Adapted from
Rupprecht et al. [3]
IM intramuscular
• Rarely is the spider found or recovered • Antivenom therapy also may obviate or
• Erythema, itching, and swelling begin one to reduce the need for airway and ventilatory
several hours after the bite support
• Central ischemic pallor to a blue/gray irregu-
lar macule to the development of a vesicle
• The central area may necrose, forming an BURNS
eschar
• Induration of the surrounding tissue peaks at P ediatric Burn Classification
48–96 h
• Lymphadenopathy may be present • Superficial burn (formerly first degree)
• The entire lesion resolves slowly, often over –– Epidermal injury, intact dermis
weeks to months –– Erythematous, dry, and painful
Management –– Minor injuries that heal within 1 week
• Tetanus status should be assessed and updated without scarring
• Signs of cellulitis treated with an antibiotic • Partial thickness burn (formerly second
that is active against skin flora degree)
• Treatment is directed at the symptoms –– Partial injury of the dermis, often with
edema and blistering
–– Commonly are caused by scald injuries
Scorpion Stings and result from brief exposure to the heat
source
• The only scorpion species of medical impor- –– Blanchable pink or mottled red, often with
tance in the United States is the Arizona bark blisters and moist appearance
scorpion (Centruroides sculpturatus) –– Typically, painful
• Toxins in its venom interfere with activation –– Healed within 1–3 weeks with minimal
of sodium channels and enhance firing of scarring
axons • Deep partial thickness burn (formerly second
degree)
Clinical presentation –– Injury to epidermis and dermis
• Local pain is the most frequent symptom –– Dry, pale appearance, non-blanchable, may
• Small children may have more severe have speckled appearance
symptoms –– Less painful than partial thickness,
• Peripheral muscle fasciculation, tongue fas- although some sensation preserved
ciculation, facial twitching, and rapid discon- –– Heals after many weeks, often with sig-
jugate eye movements, which may be nificant scarring requiring surgical sub-
misdiagnosed as experiencing seizures specialty care for optimal cosmetic
• Agitation outcomes
• Extreme tachycardia • Full thickness burn (formerly third degree)
• Salivation –– Most serious and deepest type of burn
• Respiratory distress –– Destruction of epidermis and entire dermis
with necrosis
Management –– Pearly white, charred, hard, or parchment-
• Supportive care like appearance
–– Airway support and ventilation in severe –– Destruction of cutaneous nerves makes the
cases burn typically nonpainful
–– Analgesia and sedation
216 J.-A. O. Nesiama et al.
–– Loss of tissue elasticity makes the skin • Neurologic damage can develop in the years
scar-like and unable to expand following an electrical burn
◦◦ Circumferential or near-circumferential • Oral electrical burns affecting the commis-
burns can cause compartment syndrome, sure of the lips can be very scarring and at
vascular c ompromise of distal extremity, risk of bleeding from the labial artery
respiratory distress if present on the
chest
–– Burn cannot re-epithelialize and requires Description of Burn
surgical subspecialty care and often skin
grafting • The percent body surface area is an important
calculation in the classification of burns
• “Rule of Nines” can aid in calculation of per-
Inhalation Injury cent body surface area
–– Imagine the body as a flattened shape, with
• A large percentage of burn-related deaths are front and back surface areas added sepa-
due to associated smoke and inhalation rately (Fig. 7.1) [4]
injuries • Palmar method
• Evaluate all burn victims for potential for –– Surface of palm of hand can be used to
inhalational injury: approximate 1% body surface area in older
–– Signs of respiratory compromise: children
Coughing, stridor, wheezing, hoarseness –– Not useful in small children and infants
–– Signs of neurologic compromise:
Irritability or lethargy
–– Facial burns Management of Burns
–– Black (carbonaceous) sputum
–– Burned nasal hair and eyebrows Supportive home therapy for minor burns
• Early and aggressive airway management • Superficial burns (< 10% total body surface
prior to onset of airway obstruction area) can typically be treated on an outpatient
–– Suspected inhalation injury with signs of basis with supportive care, unless abuse is
airway compromise will need intubation suspected
and bronchoscopy –– Cotton gauze occlusive dressing to protect the
damaged skin from bacterial contamination:
◦◦ Eliminate air movement over the wound
Electrical Burns (thus reducing pain)
◦◦ Decrease water loss
• Electrical current can cause significant inter- ◦◦ Change dressings daily
nal damage via the arc of current through the –– Topical antimicrobial agent should be
body applied to the wound prior to the dressing
• External visible injury may be minimal for prophylaxis
• Depending upon the arc of the electrical cur- ◦◦ Silver sulfadiazine or bacitracin
rent, multiple complications can arise –– Application of various wound membrane
–– Cardiac arrhythmia (ventricular fibrilla- dressings can promote healing and lessen
tion) and myocardial damage pain of dressing changes
–– Rhabdomyolysis and renal failure –– Pain control
7 Emergency Medicine 217
4.5%
4.5%
4.5%
4.5%
INFANTS
18% 18%
FRONT BACK
1% 1%
9% 9%
9%
9%
9%
9%
7%
7%
7%
7%
◦◦ Alternating over-the-counter medications ◦◦ The first half of the fluid load is infused
◦◦ Opioid-containing medications for over the first 8 h post-burn
breakthrough pain ◦◦ The remainder is infused over the ensu-
▪▪ Caution in overreliance on opioids due ing 16 h
to risk for dependence, withdrawal, ◦◦ The infusion rates should be adjusted to
and opioid-induced hyperalgesia maintain a urine flow of 1 ml/kg per
hour
Initial treatment of extensive burns ◦◦ During the second 24 h, fluid adminis-
• Extensive burns (> 10% total body surface tration is reduced 25–50%
area) and burns to high-risk areas (face,
hands, neck, genitalia) will often require sub-
specialty care STATUS EPILEPTICUS
• Identification of airway involvement due to
risk for concomitant inhalation injury Definitions
–– Early and aggressive airway management • A seizure that lasts more than 30 min or
recommended • Multiple seizures that occur without return of
• Fluid resuscitation to prevent shock the individual to baseline, for a duration of
• Early excision and grafting of the burn wound not less than 30 min
coupled with early nutrition support
• Measures to treat sepsis Causes and risk factors
• Fluid administration • Many conditions can cause status epilepticus
–– Once the nature and extent of injury are –– Infection (viral, bacterial, fungal,
assessed, fluid resuscitation is begun parasitic)
–– Two large-bore IV catheters – – Trauma (intracranial hemorrhage, diffuse
–– Parkland formula for fluid requirements: axonal injury, cerebral contusion)
◦◦ 4 ml/kg/day for each percent of body – – Subtherapeutic anticonvulsant levels
surface area (BSA) burned (patients with known epilepsy)
218 J.-A. O. Nesiama et al.
Table 7.9 Toxidromes
Group Vital signs Mental status Pupils Other
Anticholinergics Increased P, T Delirium Mydriasis “Dry as a bone, red as a
beet” … a
Cholinergics Varies Normal to Varies “Drowning in secretions”
depressed DUMBBELLSa
Opioids Decrease BP, P, R, Depressed Miosis Hyporeflexia
T
Withdrawal from opioids Increase BP, P Normal to Mydriasis Vomiting, diarrhea,
anxious rhinorrhea
Sympathomimetics Increase BP, P, R, Agitated Mydriasis Tremor and seizures
T
Ethanol or sedatives/hypnotics Decrease BP, P, R, Depressed, Varies Hyporeflexia and ataxia
T agitated
Withdrawal from ethanol or Increase BP, P, R, Agitated, Mydriasis Tremor and seizures
sedatives/hypnotics T disoriented
Adapted from Hoffman et al. [5] with permission McGraw Hill Education
BP blood pressure, P Heart rate, R Respiratory rate, T temperature
a
See appropriate section
• 24 to 72 h post-ingestion
–– Tachycardia and hypotension 1000 Plasma Level of Acetaminophen µg per mL
–– Right upper quadrant pain with or without 500
hepatomegaly
–– Liver enzyme is more elevated 200
–– Coma • Bradycardia
–– Respiratory depression • Hypotension
–– Can cause transient initial hypertension
Management • Apnea
• Activated charcoal
• Supportive measures Management
• Charcoal hemoperfusion for severe • Supportive care, e.g., intubation, atropine,
intoxication dopamine as needed
• Charcoal usually not recommended due to
CNS depression
Cardiac Glycosides (Digitalis)
• Digoxin, foxglove plants, oleander, lily of the Opiates
valley (Convallaria)
• Morphine, heroin, methadone, propoxy-
Clinical presentation phene, codeine, meperidine
• Nausea and vomiting • Most cases are drug abuse
• CNS depression (confusion)
• Blurry vision
Clinical presentation
• Cardiac conduction abnormalities (irregular
• Common triad of opiate poisoning:
pulse, bradycardia or tachycardia)
–– Pinpoint pupil
Management
–– Mental depression (lethargy to coma)
• Electrocardiogram (ECG) and digoxin levels
–– Respiratory depression
• Activated charcoal
• Hypotension with no change in heart rate
• Atropine, cardiac pacing (for severe
• Decreased GI motility, nausea, vomiting,
bradycardia)
abdominal pain
• Magnesium sulfate (for premature ventricular
Management
contractions [PVCs])
• Supportive care, e.g., airway, breathing, and
• Management of hyperkalemia, hypokalemia,
circulation; intubation; fluids as necessary
hypomagnesemia
• Naloxone as needed
• If severe, digoxin-specific antibody
–– Half-life of naloxone is short
fragments
–– Repeat doses and continuous infusions
may be necessary
–– Cautious use in known opioid-dependent
Clonidine
patients
• Antihypertensive medication with α-2 adren- ◦◦ Can induce withdrawal
ergic receptor blocking ability
• Commonly used in children with attention-
deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) Phenothiazines
• Dose as small as 0.1 mg can cause toxicity in
• Promethazine, prochlorperazine, and
children
chlorpromazine
Clinical presentation
• Lethargy Clinical presentation
• Miosis • Hypertension
228 J.-A. O. Nesiama et al.
Management
• Supportive measures Iron
• Hydroxocobalamin (vitamin B12), nitrites
• Ingestion of > 60 mg/kg/dose is toxic
Clinical presentation
• Drowsiness, nausea, and vomiting Mushrooms
• Metabolic acidosis
• Visual disturbances: blurred and cloudy • Ingestion of mushrooms can have fatal conse-
vision, feeling of being in a snowstorm, and quences in species that harbor amatoxins
untreated cases can lead to blindness (e.g., Amanita) and related compounds
Goals of treatment
Life-Threatening Complications • These goals are typically achieved in the
to Consider in the Emergency inpatient setting
Department –– Resolution of hyperglycemia
–– Correction of dehydration
• Cerebral edema –– Closure of anion gap acidosis (anion gap
• Shock/cardiovascular collapse normalized between 10 and 12)
–– Dehydration can be profound –– Oral tolerance to feeds
–– Requires prompt restoration of intravascu- –– Resolution of other symptoms
lar volume
–– Consider infection/sepsis as trigger for
stress response and hyperglycemia if clini- CONCUSSION/HEAD INJURY
cally warranted
• Hyperkalemia or hypokalemia
–– Obtain ECG in critically ill child Definition
–– May cause life-threatening arrhythmias or • Concussion can be defined as
cardiovascular collapse –– An acute injury to the brain from an exter-
• Profound metabolic acidosis nal physical force
–– Insulin infusion is necessary to stop pri- – – Resultant confusion, disorientation, brief
mary ketoacidosis loss of consciousness, self-limited post-
–– Insulin infusion should never be stopped in traumatic amnesia and/or other transient
DKA: If hypoglycemia occurs, adjust dex- neurologic abnormalities
trose in fluids or rate of fluids to maintain –– GCS score of 13–15 after 30 min following
plasma glucose levels the injury
• Hypophosphatemia • Also known as a mild traumatic brain injury
7 Emergency Medicine 235
▪▪ Caution with intracranial processes, Table 7.12 Timeline for first hour management of pediatric
as can increase ICP septic shock
◦◦ Labetalol Timeline
▪▪ Alpha-1 and beta-blockade (min) Intervention
0–15 ABCs, cardiorespiratory monitoring,
▪▪ Reduces peripheral vascular resistance
supplemental oxygen, frequent blood pressure
▪▪ Contraindicated in asthma, conges- monitoring, strict intake and output, order
tive heart failure, heart block, or in intravenous access and labs
pheochromocytoma or cocaine over- 5–15 Obtain IV access, escalate to IO if unable to
dose (unopposed alpha effects) obtain IV
Labs: Blood culture, venous blood gas,
◦◦ Sodium nitroprusside
glucose, lactate, electrolytes, complete blood
▪▪ Potent and direct vasodilator count
▪▪ Strong arterial and venous smooth 0–20 Initial rapid fluid resuscitation of 20 mL/kg
muscle relaxant with instant onset normal saline fluid bolus
▪▪ Black box warning: Can cause cya- 0–60 Up to 3 fluid boluses with maximum 60 mL/
kg, reassessments after each additional bolus
nide toxicity (metabolized to thiocya- for attainment of clinical goals, have
nate and cyanide), must monitor vasopressor of choice ready for infusion,
thiocyanate levels monitor for need for intubation and
◦◦ Esmolol development of pulmonary edema
▪▪ Beta-1-blockade 0–60 Administer intravenous antibiotics within 1 h
60 Initiation of vasopressor of choice if fluid-
▪▪ Metabolism is independent of liver/ refractory shock, consideration of need for
kidney stress dose steroids, continual reassessments
▪▪ Contraindicated in asthma, heart block, > 60 Prompt transfer to pediatric ICU within 1 h
congestive heart failure
◦◦ Hydralazine SEPSIS AND SHOCK
▪▪ Arterial vasodilator
▪▪ Can cause increased ICP and fluid The first hour management of pediatric sepsis and
retention septic shock. Further details on sepsis and shock
◦◦ Phentolamine can be found in Chap. 8 “Critical Care.”
▪▪ Alpha-adrenergic antagonist
▪▪ Reserved for hypertension from cate- First-hour management of septic shock
cholamine excess, e.g., pheochromo- • Early recognition and resuscitation is key,
cytoma or cocaine toxicity although recognition is challenging
• Goals of therapy • Institutions benefit from implementing a sep-
–– Reduction of BP by < 25% in first 6–8 h sis screening tool and a sepsis intervention
◦◦ Cautious approach is warranted due to protocol (Table 7.12)
cerebrovascular autoregulation • Clinician assessment within 15 min
◦◦ Overaggressive drop in BP can put • Resuscitation begins within 30 min
patient at risk for brain ischemia
• Further management
–– Patients with hypertensive urgencies typi- PEARLS AND PITFALLS
cally require admission for further evalua-
tion and management Respiratory distress
–– Patients with hypertensive emergencies • In the search for a localizing problem for
typically require intensive care monitoring respiratory distress, remember to carefully
and resuscitation consider disorders external to the lung.
7 Emergency Medicine 241
• Risks for smoke inhalation injury include • Unless there are signs of acute end-organ
young age and exposure within a closed dysfunction, treatment of hypertension in
space. pediatric patients is conservative.
• Due to risk for CO poisoning, early applica-
tion of 100% oxygen, blood gas analysis, and
carboxyhemoglobin level are important. Sepsis and shock
• Pediatric sepsis requires prompt recognition
Altered mental status and treatment.
• Broad differential diagnosis can make man- • Emphasis on first-hour fluid resuscitation and
agement of AMS a challenging diagnostic inotropic therapy with the following clinical
puzzle. goals:
• Careful attention to history and physical clues –– Improvement in heart rate.
and low index of suspicion for life-threaten- –– Normalization of BP.
ing disorders can help guide the differential –– Restoration of perfusion and pulses.
diagnosis. –– Reassessments after each bolus for signs of
• Many of the more common causes of AMS fluid overload.
are reversible if discovered promptly –– Antibiotic administration within first hour
–– Promptly identify and correct hypoglyce- of recognition,
mia, hypoxia, hypothermia, hypercarbia, –– Prompt transfer to the intensive care unit
and hypotension. for further support.
Research Network (PECARN), et al. Use of the Toce MS, Burns MM. The poisoned pediatric
focused assessment with sonography for trauma patient. Pediatr Rev. 2017;38(5):207–20.
(FAST) examination and its impact on abdominal
computed tomography use in hemodynamically
stable children with blunt torso trauma. J Trauma Foreign Body Aspiration and Ingestion
Acute Care Surg. 2014;77(3):427–32.
Kramer RE, Lerner DG, Lin T, Manfredi M, Shah
M, Stephen TC, et al. Management of ingested
foreign bodies in children: a clinical report of
Status Epilepticus
the NASPGHAN Endoscopy Committee. J
Glauser T, Shinnar S, Gloss D, Alldredge B, Arya Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr. 2015;60(4):562–74.
R, Bainbridge J, et al. Evidence-based guide-
line: treatment of convulsive status epilepticus
in children and adults: report of the guideline Diabetic Ketoacidosis
Committee of the American Epilepsy Society.
Epilepsy Curr. 2016;16(1):48–61. Agus MS, Dorney K. Endocrine emergencies.
Glissmeyer EW, Nelson DS. Coma. In: Shaw KN, In: Shaw KN, Bachur RG, editors. Fleisher
Bachur RG, editors. Fleisher & Ludwig’s text- & Ludwig’s textbook of pediatric emergency
book of pediatric emergency medicine. 7th ed. medicine. 7th ed. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer;
Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer; 2016. p. 99–108. 2016. p. 690–717.
Kimia AA, Chiang VW. Seizures. In: Shaw KN, Cooke DW, Plotnick L, Cooke DW, Plotnick
Bachur RG, editors. Fleisher & Ludwig’s text- L. Management of diabetic ketoacidosis
book of pediatric emergency medicine. 7th ed. in children and adolescents. Pediatr Rev.
Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer; 2016. p. 465–71. 2008;29(12):431–6.
Glaser N, Barnett P, McCaslin I, Nelson D,
Trainor J, Louie J, et al. Risk factors for cere-
Altered Mental Status bral edema in children with diabetic ketoaci-
dosis. The Pediatric Medicine Collaborative
Borgialli DA, Mahajan P, Hoyle JD Jr, Powell EC, Research Committee of the American Academy
Nadel FM, Tunik MG, Pediatric Emergency of Pediatrics. New Engl J Med. 2001;(4):264–9.
Care Applied Research Network (PECARN), Rosenbloom AL. The management of dia-
et al. Performance of the pediatric Glasgow betic ketoacidosis in children. Diabetes Ther.
coma scale score in the evaluation of children 2010;1(2):103–20.
with blunt head trauma. Acad Emerg Med.
2016;23(8):878–84.
Glissmeyer EW, Nelson DS. Coma. In: Shaw KN, Concussion/Head Injury
Bachur RG, editors. Fleisher & Ludwig’s text-
book of pediatric emergency medicine. 7th ed. Iverson GL, Gardner AJ, Terry DP, Ponsford JL,
Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer; 2016. p. 99–108. Sills AK, Broshek DK, et al. Predictors of clini-
cal recovery from concussion: a systematic
review. Br J Sports Med. 2017;51(12):941–8.
Kuppermann N, Holmes JF, Dayan PS, Hoyle JD Jr,
Poisoning and Toxic Exposure Atabaki SM, Holubkov R, Pediatric Emergency
Care Applied Research Network (PECARN),
Hoffman RS, Nelson LS, Goldfrank LR, et al. Identification of children at very low risk
Flomenbaum N, Howland MA. Goldfrank’s of clinically-important brain injuries after head
toxicologic emergencies. 10th ed. New York: trauma: a prospective cohort study. Lancet.
McGraw-Hill Education; 2015. 2009;374(9696):1160–70.
7 Emergency Medicine 245
possible visual acuity. Check pupillary size • Common signs of shock: Lethargy, tachy-
and their reactivity to light, the retina, and cardia, cool or flushed extremities, poor or
optic disk. Check eyes and nose for abnor- bounding distal pulses, prolonged or flash
mal drainage (blood, cerebrospinal fluid) capillary refill time, mottled or pale skin
• Lungs: Observe the breathing pattern and • Bowel obstruction: Abdominal distension,
respiratory rate; auscultate for inspiratory tenderness, absent bowel sounds, bilious
stridor, grunting, coughing, retractions, nasal vomiting
flaring, or expiratory wheezing • Peritoneal irritation seen in appendicitis:
• Heart: Observe the heart rate, active precor- Abdominal tenderness and guarding (rup-
dium; auscultate the heart to detect the pres- tured appendix relieves the pain)
ence of murmur, pericardial friction rub, and
distant heart sound (pericardial effusion)
• Extremities: Palpate the extremities for MALIGNANT HYPERTHERMIA
warmth and swelling. Check the fingers and (MH)
toes for clubbing. Check distal pulses and
capillary refill time • Occurs in MH-susceptible patient
• Abdomen: Palpate and percuss the abdomen • MH is a hypermetabolic state when exposed
for distension, tenderness, and guarding. to a volatile anesthetic agent (such as haloge-
Auscultate for bowel sounds nated ethers like isoflurane, desflurane, and
• Neurologic: Check the posture and mental sevoflurane) or succinylcholine
status, Glasgow Coma Scale (GCS), deep • Its cause is due to unregulated passage of cal-
tendon reflexes, motor strength and tone, and cium from the sarcoplasmic reticulum into
cranial nerves II–XII the intracellular space
• More commonly observed clinical presenta-
Some common constellations of findings on tion in children: Sinus tachycardia, hypercar-
physical examination and potentially associated bia, and hyperthermia
diseases: • Less commonly observed findings: Masseter
• Increased intracranial pressure: Hyper- muscle rigidity, generalized muscle rigidity,
tension, bradycardia, and bradypnea (Cushing’s myoglobinuria, hyperkalemia, and EKG
triad) changes
• Transtentorial herniation—early signs:
Headache, altered mental status, small reactive Management of malignant hyperthermia
pupils, decorticate posturing, and Cheyne– • ABCD evaluation (airway, breathing, circula-
Stokes breathing (progressively deeper, and tion, and disability) per Pediatric Advanced
sometimes rapid breathing followed by apnea) Life Support (PALS) recommendations
• Transtentorial herniation—late signs: • Discontinue the triggering agent
Coma, pupils fixed and dilated in midposi- • Particularly on intubated patients, sudden
tion, decerebrate posturing, and ataxic breath- hypercarbia may be due to DOPE (displace-
ing (completely irregular breathing with ment, obstruction, pneumothorax,
apneic episodes) equipment)
• Uncal herniation: Unilateral third nerve • Optimize oxygenation and ventilation
palsy and unilateral fixed dilated pupils devi- • Treatment: Dantrolene
ating downward and laterally • Monitor and treat hyperkalemia
8 Critical Care 249
while maintaining adequate oxygenation and short period of time until other more defini-
ventilation (maintain PCO2 between 35 and tive measures are introduced
40 mm Hg) –– Barbiturate coma
• Sedation and potentially neuromuscular –– Decompressive craniectomy
blocking to permit adequate ventilation and –– CSF drainage
oxygenation as well as decreasing metabolic • It will cause hypocarbia due to vasoconstric-
demand of the brain tion of brain vasculature and a decrease in
CBF causing ischemia
Hyperosmolar therapy
• There is limited evidence comparing manni- Dexamethasone
tol with hypertonic saline for treatment of • It is only recommended for vasogenic edema
acute signs of herniation or raised ICP caused by mass effect
• Mannitol –– Brain tumors
–– Rapidly distributed in extracellular space, –– Brain abscess
creating an osmotic gradient between
plasma and parenchymal tissue. To pro- Clinical findings associated with cerebral
duce an equilibrium, water shifts from edema
intracellular space to extracellular space • Asphyxial arrest is the most common type of
–– Osmotic diuresis of free water leads to cardiopulmonary arrest in infants and
increased serum sodium and osmolality children
–– There is a risk of hypovolemia • Cerebral edema can be the result of many
–– Does not cross an intact blood–brain types of injury to the brain leading to
barrier increased ICP. It can be classified into
–– Monitor serum osmolality; avoid using if 4 categories:
more than 320 mOsm/L • Vasogenic edema due to disruption of the
• Hypertonic 3% saline blood–brain barrier and extravasation of
–– There is limited evidence on the optimal protein
dosing and concentration –– Hydrostatic cerebral edema seen in acute
–– There is less risk of diuresis malignant hypertension
–– Can be given as continuous infusion –– Cerebral edema from brain neoplasms or
–– Target serum sodium level 145–155 mEq/L trauma
–– High-altitude cerebral edema due to fluid
Hypothermia leakage from the capillaries
• Clinical studies have demonstrated compara- • Cytotoxic edema where the blood–brain bar-
ble outcomes between therapeutic hypother- rier is intact
mia (32–34 °C) and targeted temperature –– Disruption in cellular metabolism damages
management at 36 °C the sodium–potassium pump leading to
• Targeted temperature management is sodium and water retention
preferable ◦◦ Cardiac arrest
◦◦ Severe hypothermia
Hyperventilation –– Disruption of sodium–calcium pump lead-
• It is used for treatment of acute sudden rise in ing to retention of calcium and sodium in
ICP or acute signs of brain herniation for a brain cells
252 M. K. Virk and M. H. Tcharmtchi
• Radionuclide cerebral blood flow test is a Table 8.1 Common features of shock
commonly used ancillary study in most ICUs Cold shock Warm shock
utilizing portable gamma cameras. The study Cardiac dysfunction Vasoplegia
evaluates cerebral blood flow and its uptake Low cardiac output and high High cardiac output and low
SVR SVR
into the brain tissue Clinical presentation—common features
• Electroencephalogram has also been used to Tachycardia Tachycardia
identify the absence of any electrical activity Tachypnea Tachypnea
• Indications for performing ancillary tests: Hyper- or hypothermia Hyper- or hypothermia
–– When brain death evaluation and apnea Poor food intake Poor food intake
Not playful Not playful
test are not able to be completed due to Irritability Irritability
unstable clinical status Runny nose Runny nose
–– If medications or medical conditions inter- Increased SVR Decreased SVR
fere with brain death evaluation Impaired end-organ Impaired end-organ
perfusion: perfusion:
–– To reduce the interval observation period
Lethargy Lethargy
between the two examinations Cool extremities Warm extremities
–– If there is any concern about the validity of Weak distal pulses Bounding distal pulses
the examination Prolonged capillary refill Flash capillary refill
• If the ancillary test is inconclusive of the > 3 s (< 3 s)
Decreased urine output Decreased urine output
absence of cerebral blood flow or if the
Lactic acidosis Lactic acidosis
electroencephalogram (EEG) shows electri- Widened pulse pressure
cal activity, then observation period must be Low or normal blood Low blood pressurea
prolonged until the patient meets the crite- pressure a
ria for clinical brain death and apnea testing SVR systemic vascular resistance
or until another ancillary study can be Late sign due to compensatory mechanisms. It can remain
a
–– As a result, the blood pressure is usually –– Intraosseous access is safe, quick, and
normal. This can delay the recognition effective in children, and the frequency of
of shock and therefore timely interven- the complications is negligible
tion to reverse the process with the goal –– Ideal intraosseous placement in order of
of restoring normal tissue oxygen preference
delivery ◦ Tibial tuberosity (anteromedial surface
–– Hypotension develops usually late in of proximal tibia)
shock states with the exception of early ◦ Proximal humerus
distributive shock (sepsis) and neurogenic ◦ Femoral
due to peripheral vasodilation (decreased ◦ Iliac crest
SVR) • Except for cardiogenic shock, administer
–– If unrecognized or undertreated, compen- 20 ml/kg of isotonic fluid (0.9% sodium chlo-
sated shock progresses to decompensated ride or Ringer’s lactate) over the first 5–10 min
shock • Assess the patient after each bolus for further
• Decompensated need of fluid
–– At this stage, the compensatory mecha- • Evaluate for fluid overload—examine for
nisms are not sufficient to maintain the per- rales and hepatomegaly
fusion of the vital organs. It leads to • Check blood glucose and electrolytes
advanced end-organ dysfunction, cellular • Monitor end-organ perfusion
hypoxia, and irreversible organ damage –– Urine output
–– Outcome is poor despite appropriate resus- –– Mental status
citative measures • Central venous line, indwelling arterial line
and Foley catheter
Common management strategies • Imaging studies
• Successful management of shock depends on • Close monitoring of response to treatment
early recognition and accurate classification • Goal is to restore normal circulation to age-
based on clinical findings appropriate physiological parameters
• ABCD evaluation (airway, breathing, circula-
tion, and disability) per PALS
recommendations lassification of Shock
C
• Start oxygen—ideally high-flow nasal can-
nula in order to titrate FiO2 ypovolemic Shock
H
• In some cases, endotracheal intubation is • Most common type of pediatric shock. It is
necessary the consequence of extravascular (diarrhea)
–– It decreases the work of breathing and oxy- or intravascular (hemorrhage) fluid loss lead-
gen consumption due to respiratory ing to decreased preload
distress • Decreased preload in turn leads to a decline
• Continuous hemodynamic monitoring, in cardiac output
including heart and respiratory rate, blood • Clinical findings as outlined in Table 8.1
pressure, and oxygen saturation (SpO2) • Usually cardiac output is low—cold shock
• Obtain intravascular/intraosseous access per
PALS recommendations Specific management strategies
–– If intravascular access is unsuccessful after • In addition to common management strate-
3 attempts within 5 min, obtain intraosse- gies outlined before
ous access • The mainstay of treatment is rapid restoration
–– Do not delay treatment while waiting for of plasma volume and oxygen delivery to the
IV access tissues
8 Critical Care 255
• Sepsis: SIRS + suspected or proven infection ◦◦ Once central access available, titrate
• Severe sepsis: sepsis + either cardiovascular epinephrine to reverse cold shock; if epi-
or respiratory dysfunction; or > 2 other organ nephrine is unavailable, titrate central
systems dysfunction dopamine 5–10 mcg/kg/min. Titrate
• Septic shock: Sepsis and cardiovascular organ central norepinephrine 0.05–0.3 mcg/
dysfunction kg/min to reverse warm shock; use cen-
• In addition to the clinical presentations out- tral dopamine if norepinephrine is
lined in Table 8.1 unavailable
• Septic patients may present with vague symp- ◦◦ If shock is catecholamine resistant and if
toms or in overt septic shock at risk for adrenal insufficiency, start IV
• Can present as warm or cold shock hydrocortisone stress dosing at 100 mg/
• The majority of community-acquired septic m2 per day divided in 4 doses
shock presents as cold shock –– Advanced treatments 60 min and beyond
• Warm shock is seen in older children and ◦◦ Use central venous pressure, mean arte-
those with a central venous line rial pressure, and other additional mon-
itoring devices such as Doppler
Specific management strategies ultrasound, pulse index contour cardiac
• In addition to common management strate- output (PiCCO), thermodilution car-
gies outlined before diac output to titrate fluid, inotropic,
• Rapid recognition and initiation of treatment vasopressor, and vasodilator support
to restore normal circulation to age-appropri- ◦◦ If hemoglobin is less than 10 g/dL, trans-
ate physiological parameters fuse packed red blood cells
• Early intervention following the guidelines of ◦◦ If already on epinephrine and the blood
American College of Critical Care Medicine pressure is normal, ScvO2 (central
(ACCM) and PALS in the first 60 min. venous oxygen saturation) < 70% treat
• Fundamental features of the guidelines cold shock with milrinone infusion. Add
–– 0 to 5 min nitrovasodilators if SVR index is high
◦◦ Establish IV access. If unsuccessful, and/or the skin perfusion is poor.
establish an intraosseous (IO) line Consider levosimendan if shock
–– 5 to 15 min persists
◦◦ Isotonic saline bolus 20 ml/kg up to ◦◦ If already on epinephrine and the blood
60 ml/kg within the next 10 min with pressure is low, ScvO2 < 70%, treat
reassessment after each bolus. Stop cold shock with norepinephrine to
boluses if hepatomegaly or rales are obtain normal diastolic blood pressure.
present Consider dobutamine, enoximone, levo-
◦◦ Treat hypoglycemia and hypocalcemia simendan, or milrinone if shock
◦◦ Start antibiotics persists
◦◦ There is a linear increase in risk of mor- ◦◦ If already on norepinephrine and
tality for each hour delay in antibiotic euvolemic and the blood pressure is low,
administration ScvO2 > 70%, treat warm shock with
–– 15 to 60 min vasopressin, dobutamine, enoximone,
◦◦ Start epinephrine peripheral IV/intraos- and levosimendan
seous/intramuscular infusion (PIV/IO/ ◦◦ If shock persists, treat pericardial effu-
IM) at 0.05–0.5 mcg/kg/min for fluid sion and pneumothorax if present
refractory shock ◦◦ If shock remains refractory, consider
◦◦ Use atropine/ketamine PIV/IO, if needed extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
for central vein or airway access (ECMO)
8 Critical Care 257
–– The principles of rapid fluid expansion for • Unlike other forms of shock, neurogenic
septic shock may not apply in all settings, shock exhibits hypotension with bradycardia
particularly in developing countries
◦◦ The fluid expansion as supportive therapy Specific management strategies
study (FEAST) [1] showed that the fluid • In addition to common management strate-
expansion as outlined above may increase gies outlined before
harm in a resource-limited settings • Hypovolemia due to loss of sympathetic
venous tone and decreased preload should be
treated with 0.9% sodium chloride or Ringer’s
Anaphylactic Shock
lactate boluses
• In addition to the clinical presentations as • Stabilization of the spine
outlined in Table 8.1 • Computed tomography (CT) or magnetic res-
• Immunoglobulin E (IgE)–mediated onance imaging (MRI)
• Exposure to an allergen interacting with IgE • Neurosurgical consultation if trauma is
• Potentially life-threatening systemic reaction suspected
• Fluid boluses with crystalloid, colloid, and • Inflammatory conditions causing serositis—
packed red blood cell transfusions are often Kawasaki disease, systemic lupus erythema-
required. Vasoactive infusions are often tosus, acute rheumatic fever
needed to maintain adequate cardiac output • Lymphatic anomaly causing chylous pericar-
dial effusions
Renal • Severe fluid overload associated with sys-
• Monitor urine output closely temic inflammatory response and multiorgan
• Early institution of diuretics and renal replace- failure
ment therapies should be considered to prevent
adverse effects of fluid overload on pulmonary Sign and symptoms
compliance (not in the acute phase of volume • Tachycardia
resuscitation, typically in the first 24–48 h) • Hypotension
• Wide pulse pressure
Gastrointestinal • Elevated central venous pressures
• Careful attention should be paid to early insti- • Pulsus paradoxus—exaggeration of systolic
tution of parenteral nutrition if enteral route is blood pressure decline of more than 10 mmHg
not feasible during inspiration
• Stress ulcer prophylaxis
Diagnosis
Infectious • Pericardial tamponade is a clinical diagnosis
• Broad-spectrum antimicrobial therapy • Echocardiogram will reveal pericardial fluid/
–– Antifungal and antiviral therapy should be air collection along with compression of right
considered, particularly in the immuno- atrium in diastole
compromised patient
Management
Others • Close hemodynamic monitoring
Prevention of venous thromboembolism and • Optimization of preload to augment cardiac
pressure ulcers output and improve perfusion by administration
of 0.9% sodium chloride or Ringer’s lactate
• Avoid diuretics, which could further decrease
Pericardial Tamponade effective arterial blood volume, worsening
hypotension
• Definition: the rapid accumulation of fluid or
• Avoid sedatives that would cause vasodila-
air in the pericardial space causing elevated
tion and further drop in cardiac output
pericardial pressure compressing the right
• Emergent pericardiocentesis to drain pericar-
atrium and impeding systemic venous return
dial fluid/air is the definitive therapy
leading to decreased preload resulting in
decreased cardiac output
• Life-threatening condition
EMERGENCY LIFE SUPPORT
• Early recognition and prompt management
are crucial
Endotracheal Tubes and Ventilatory
• Complications include obstructive shock and
cardiac arrest
Support
• Ventilatory management and selecting the
Causes appropriate endotracheal tube (ETT) size in
• Postcardiac surgery pediatric patients depends largely on the age
• Trauma and size
8 Critical Care 261
• ETT intubation selection according to inter- • Airway stimulation and activation of vagus
nal diameter (ID): nerve can cause increased secretion and
–– ETT size (uncuffed tubes) in infants: bradycardia
3–3.5 mm internal diameter –– Premedication with atropine or glycopyr-
–– ETT size (uncuffed) for 1–2 years of age: rolate may help to visualize the vocal
3.5–4.5 mm internal diameter cords
–– ETT size (uncuffed) for children more than • Successful ETT placement should be con-
2 years of age is determined by the for- firmed by colorimetric nonwaveform capnog-
mula: (mm ID) = (age in years/4) + 4 raphy. Auscultation and fogging of ETT are
–– For example, if the child is 8 years old, ID not adequate measures of confirmation
of ETT = 8/4 + 4 = 6 • Position of ETT should be 2 cm above the
–– Cuffed ETT size should be half to one size carina and below the first rib, usually at the
smaller than uncuffed or can use the follow- level of the second rib. The position should be
ing formula (mm ID) = (age in years/4) + 3 confirmed by CXR. The clavicles are not a
• When used appropriately, cuffed ETT is as reliable landmark of placement
safe as uncuffed ETT • Direct trauma is rare in the hand of the trained
• Backup ETT sizes in a half-size larger and specialist
half-size smaller should be readily available –– Pharyngeal and laryngeal damage
• ETT is typically inserted to the cm marking –– Damaged teeth, lips, and gums
corresponding to three times the internal
diameter of the tube
Common Indications
Unique pediatric considerations for Endotracheal Intubation
• If ETT is too large, it may cause damage to and Ventilatory Support
this area leading to subglottic injury and
resulting in stenosis Respiratory Failure (RF)
–– After extubation, it can cause inspiratory • Type I = hypoxemic respiratory failure
stridor and may potentially necessitate • Type 2 = hypercapnic respiratory failure
reintubation. In extreme cases, a tracheos- • Causes for RF:
tomy may be needed –– Ventilation abnormalities
• In contrast to adults, the narrowest part of the ◦◦ Respiratory muscle fatigue
pediatric trachea is below the glottis at the ◦◦ Chest wall abnormalities
level of cricoid cartilage and selection of the ◦◦ Neuromuscular disease
correct ETT size is important to prevent –– Decreased ventilatory drive
injury to the mucosa –– Increased airway resistance or obstruction
• If the ETT is too small, it compromises the abil- –– Oxygenation abnormalities
ity to ventilate and oxygenate due to the “leak” ◦◦ Refractory hypoxemia
• Positioning of the ETT is as important as the ◦◦ Acute lung injury and ARDS
size selection—see above ◦◦ Need for PEEP (pulmonary edema or
• Right main stem intubation leads to total col- hemorrhage)
lapse of the left lung, desaturation, and hyper- ◦◦ Excessive work of breathing
ventilation of the right lung
• Intubation of the esophagus
Other common indications
–– Can lead to distension of the stomach and
• To decrease systemic myocardial oxygen
aspiration of gastric content
consumption
–– If unrecognized, has life-threatening
• To decrease left ventricular afterload
consequences
262 M. K. Virk and M. H. Tcharmtchi
• There are four types of shock: hypovolemic, Burri PH, West JB, Crystal RG. Postnatal devel-
cardiogenic, distributive, and obstructive. opment and growth. In: Crystal RG, West
• Pericardial tamponade is defined as the rapid JB, editors. The lung: scientific foundations,
accumulation of fluid or air in the pericardial vol. 2. Philadelphia: Lippincott-Raven; 1997.
space causing elevated pericardial pressure p. 1013–26.
compressing the right atrium and impeding de Caen AR, Berg MD, Chameides L, Gooden CK,
systemic venous return, leading to decreased Hickey RW, Scott HF, et al. Part 12:Pediatric
cardiac output. Advanced Life Support: 2015 American
• Cardiac tamponade is a clinical diagnosis. Heart Association Guidelines Update for
• Children have higher oxygen consumption Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation and Emergency
compared to adults and are prone to hypoxemia; Cardiovascular Care. Circulation. 2015;132(18
hence, ensuring adequate oxygenation prior to, Suppl 2):S526–42.
during, and after the intubation is crucial. Critical Care Review: Pediatric. Mount Prospect,
• For CPR, the recommended sequence IL; 2018. http://www.sccm.org/Education-
per PALS guidelines is C-A-B-D: Center/Critical-Care-Review-Pediatric.
circulation–airway–breathing–defibrillate. Accessed 15 Sep 2018.
• In CPR, allow the chest wall to recoil com- Drutz JE. The pediatric physical examination.
pletely after each compression to improve In: Post TW, editor. UpToDate. Waltham:
venous return to the heart. UpToDate. http://www.uptodate.com. Accessed
15 Sep 2018.
Ferrer R, Martin-Loeches I, Phillips G, Osborn TM,
References Townsend S, Dellinger RP, et al. Empiric antibi-
otic treatment reduces mortality in severe sepsis
1. Maitland K, Kiguli S, Opoka R, Engoru C,
and septic shock from the first hour: results from
Olupot-Olupot P, Akech S, FEAST Trial Group,
a guideline-based performance improvement
et al. Mortality after fluid bolus in African children
program. Crit Care Med. 2014;42(8):1749–55.
with shock. N Engl J Med. 2011;364:2483–95.
Khemani RG, Smith LS, Zimmerman JJ, Erickson
S, Pediatric Acute Lung Injury Consensus
Suggested Reading Conference Group. Pediatric acute respiratory
distress syndrome: definition, incidence, and epi-
Ad Hoc Statement Committee. American Thoracic demiology: proceedings from the Pediatric Acute
Society: mechanisms and limits of induced post- Lung Injury Consensus Conference. Pediatr Crit
natal lung growth. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. Care Med. 2015;16(5 Suppl 1):S23–40.
2004;170(3):319–43. Nakagawa TA, Mudit M. The determination of
American Heart Association. Web-based integrated brain death. In: Nichols DG, Shaffner DH, edi-
guidelines for cardiopulmonary and emergency tors. Rogers’ textbook of pediatric intensive
cardiovascular care – part 12. Pediatric advanced care. 5th ed. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer;
life support. https://eccguidelines.heart.org/ 2016. p. 1066–76.
index.php/circulation/cpr-ecc-guidelines-2/ Nelson P, Litman RS. Malignant hyperthermia
part-12-pediatric-advanced-life-support/. 26 in children: an analysis of the North American
Sep 2018. Accessed 21 Sep 2018. malignant hyperthermia registry. Anesth Analg.
Bronicki RA, Price J. Cardiogenic shock. In: Kline 2014;118(2):369–74.
MW, editor. Rudolph’s pediatrics. 23rd ed. Nguyen TC, Carcillo JA. Pathophysiology of sep-
New York: McGraw-Hill Education; 2018. sis. In: Kline MW, editor. Rudolph’s pediatrics.
266 M. K. Virk and M. H. Tcharmtchi
23rd ed. New York: McGraw-Hill Education; Tzelepis GE, McCool FD. The respiratory system
2018. and chest wall diseases. In: Murray JF, Nadel
Oliveira CF, Oliveira DSF, Gottschald AFC, et al. JA, Broaddus VC, Mason RJ, Ernst JD, King Jr
ACCM/PALS haemodynamic support guide- TE, et al., editors. Murray and Nadel’s textbook
lines for paediatric septic shock: an outcomes of respiratory medicine. 6th ed. Philadelphia:
comparison with and without monitoring cen- Elsevier; 2016. p. 1707–1722.e4.
tral venous oxygen saturation. Intensive Care Ventre KM, Arnold JH. Acute lung injury and
Med. 2008;34(6):1065–75. acute respiratory distress syndrome. In: Nichols
Pomerantz W. Pathophysiology and classifica- DG, Shaffner DH, editors. Rogers’ textbook of
tion of shock in children. In: Post TW, editor. pediatric intensive care. 5th ed. Philadelphia:
UpToDate. Waltham: UpToDate. http://www. Wolters Kluwer; 2016. p. 766–93.
uptodate.com. Accessed 15 Sep 2018. Waltzman M. Initial evaluation and manage-
Sackett DL, Rennie D. The science of the ment of shock in children. In: Post TW, editor.
art of the clinical examination. JAMA. UpToDate. Waltham: UpToDate. http://www.
1992;267(19):2650–2. uptodate.com. Accessed 15 Sep 2018.
Singer M, Deutschman CS, Seymour CW, Ware LB, Matthay MA. The acute respira-
Shankar-Hari M, Annane D, Bauer M, et al. tory distress syndrome. N Engl J Med.
The third international consensus definitions 2000;342(18):1334–49.
for sepsis and septic shock (Sepsis-3). JAMA. Wesson DE, Cox CS Jr. Thoracic injuries. In:
2016;315(8):801–10. Coran AG, Adzick NS, editors. Pediatric sur-
Tasker R. Elevated intracranial pressure in chil- gery. 7th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier Mosby;
dren. In: Post TW, editor. UpToDate. Waltham: 2012. p. 271–88.
UpToDate. http://www.uptodate.com. Accessed
15 Sep 2018.
Infectious Diseases
9
Matthew B. Laurens
M. B. Laurens (*)
Division of Infectious Diseases and Tropical Pediatrics,
Department of Pediatrics, Center for Vaccine Development and
Global Health, University of Maryland School of Medicine,
Baltimore, MD, USA
e-mail: mlaurens@som.umaryland.edu
rhino, and corona viruses; Haemophilus influ- –– Negative pressure airborne infection isola-
enzae, pneumococcal, hepatitis A, and cyto- tion room
megalovirus infections –– Room air needs 6–12 changes per hour or
recirculation through a high-efficiency par-
Hospital and Office ticulate air (HEPA) filter
–– Certified N95 fine particle respirator mask
• Standard precautions are indicated in the care or similar sealing mask
of all patients including:
–– Hand hygiene before and after each patient P revention of Infection Through
contact Breastfeeding
–– Protective equipment when needed
• Exclusive breastfeeding for the first
Preventive methods 4–6 months is recommended by American
• Alcohol-based products preferred because of Academy of Pediatrics (AAP)
their superior activity and adherence • Interrupt breastfeeding for:
• Soap and water are preferred when hands are –– Breast abscess or cellulitis with direct con-
visibly soiled or exposed to a spore-forming tact with infant’s mouth; can continue on
organism (Clostridium difficile is the most other side
common), or for norovirus –– Women with tuberculosis (for first 2 weeks
• Gloves, isolation gowns, masks, and goggles of treatment, then acceptable)
for any exposure to body fluids, contaminated –– Maternal HIV (except in resource-limited
materials, and sharps settings)
• Strict aseptic technique for all invasive proce- –– Maternal human T cell lymphotropic virus
dures and for catheter care (HTLV) types 1 or 2
• Separate well and sick children areas in medi- • Do not interrupt for maternal hepatitis B
cal offices
Immunologic characteristics of breast milk
Examples of infections and agents requiring • Postpartum colostrum contains high concen-
transmission-based precautions trations of antibodies and other infection-pro-
• Contact precautions, e.g., RSV, C. difficile, tective elements
other infectious diarrhea, and Staphylococcus • The actual antibodies against specific micro-
aureus bial agents present in an individual woman’s
–– Gloves and gowns are required when there milk depends on her exposure and response
is direct patient contact to the particular agents
• Droplet precautions, e.g., influenza, Neisseria • Lactoferrin: Limits bacterial growth by iron
meningitidis, mumps, and Bordetella chelation
pertussis • Lysozyme: Bacterial cell wall lysis
–– Use of a surgical mask is required • Lactalbumin: Enhances Bifidobacterium
–– A single room is preferred growth and modulates immune system
–– Remember all office and hospital staff • Casein: Limits adhesion of bacteria and facil-
should receive an annual influenza itates the growth of Bifidobacterium
immunization • Carbohydrates: Enhance the growth of
• Airborne precautions, e.g., Mycobacterium probiotics
tuberculosis, measles, varicella (with contact • Lipids: Lytic effect on many viruses and are
precautions), severe acute respiratory syn- active against Giardia
drome (SARS)
9 Infectious Diseases 269
–– Risk greatest with maternal primary infec- –– Aseptic meningitis is usually mild and
tion near time of delivery (25–60%) versus associated with HSV2
2% risk if recurrent maternal infection
–– Most neonatal HSV cases born to mothers
with no HSV symptoms Herpetic Whitlow (Fig. 9.1)
• Children and adolescents:
–– Shed virus for > 1 week with primary geni- • Due to autoinoculation of HSV
tal infection (high viral concentration) • Vesiculoulcerative lesions affect the pulp of
–– Shed virus for 3–4 days with recurrent the distal phalanx of the finger associated
infection with deep-seated swelling and erythema
–– Reactivation without symptoms is common • Oral antiviral medications are optional and
–– Incubation period is 2 days–2 weeks are used in extensive disease
Clinical manifestations
• Neonatal (3 forms that may overlap): Herpes Gladiatorum (Fig. 9.2)
–– 25%: Disseminated disease affecting
• Herpes gladiatorum occurs in contact sports,
mostly liver, lungs, and CNS; “sepsis”
e.g., wrestling and boxing
clinical picture
–– 30%: CNS disease “meningoencephalitis”
–– 45%: Skin, eye, and mouth (SEM) disease
• Children and adolescents:
–– Most primary HSV is asymptomatic; reac-
tivation is also mostly asymptomatic
–– Gingivostomatitis is the most common
clinical manifestation; usually HSV1,
associated with fever, irritability, subman-
dibular lymphadenopathy and ulcerative
gums and buccal mucosa. May recur as
“fever blister” or “cold sore”
–– Genital herpes: Genital vesicles or ulcers
of genitalia and/or perineum, HSV1 or
HSV2. Immunocompromised may have
more recurrence
–– Eczema herpeticum occurs when patients
with atopic dermatitis are infected with
HSV, having ulcerative and/or vesicular
areas on top of eczematous lesions
–– Encephalitis results from primary or recur-
rent HSV, with fever, altered mental status,
seizures. Magnetic resonance imaging
(MRI) may show temporal lobe abnormali-
ties. CSF may show increased red blood
cells, but not if early in disease course Fig. 9.1 Herpetic whitlow: Herpetic Whitlow infection in a
2-year-old with vesicular lesions, ulcer, and surrounding ery-
thema involving the base of the thumb
274 M. B. Laurens
• Complications include bacterial superinfec- fever, avoid salicylates due to risk of Reye’s
tion, especially with Streptococcus pyogenes, syndrome
which can progress to cellulitis, myositis, and • Immunocompromised host: IV acyclovir
sepsis within 24 h of rash onset
• Pneumonia (major cause of morbidity and • Unvaccinated > 12 years old, chronic
mortality), hepatitis, and thrombocytopenia skin or lung disorders: Acyclovir or
are also possible valacyclovir
• Immunocompromised patients may experi-
ence visceral dissemination, encephalitis, Prevention in immunocompromised exposure
hepatitis • VariZIG (varicella-zoster immune globulin)
• Neonates whose mothers develop varicella or IVIG within 4 days (ideal) and up to
5 days to 2 weeks before delivery have 10 days post- exposure. Isolate for 28 days
increased risk of death due to diminished after exposure
maternal antibodies • Alternative is oral acyclovir or valacyclovir
starting 7 days after exposure. Isolate for
Herpes zoster (shingles) 21 days after exposure
• Latency establishes in sensory ganglia
infected during primary VZV or vaccination General prevention
• Shingles classically is a unilateral rash consist- • Children can return to school if all lesions are
ing of grouped vesicles on an erythematous crusted
base, covering 1–3 adjacent dermatomes, often • Airborne isolation for hospitalized patients
accompanied by pain and pruritus (Fig. 9.3) with varicella
• Postherpetic neuralgia, pain after rash • Cover skin lesions for patients with herpes
resolves, is uncommon in pediatrics zoster
• Immunize all persons who lack evidence of
Treatment of VZV immunity
• Healthy host: Keep fingernails short, topical • Immunize exposed, unvaccinated persons
calamine for itching, acetaminophen for from 3 to 5 days post-exposure
a b
Fig. 9.3 (a) 2-year-old girl with painful herpes zoster rash (shingles). (b) 4-year-old boy with herpes zoster (shingles)
276 M. B. Laurens
• Discharge or isolate exposed patients without • 10 to 15% of children with primary HHV-6
evidence of immunity will have febrile seizures
• VariZIG given to the baby born to mother • Primary infection establishes latency that
who develops illness from 5 days before until may reactivate (all herpes viruses)
2 days after birth • Immunocompromised may develop bone
• IV acyclovir is indicated for varicella infec- marrow suppression, graft rejection, pneumo-
tion in infants born to mothers who experi- nia, encephalitis, hepatitis
ence chickenpox from 5 days before until • Incubation is 9–10 days
2 days after delivery
Management
• Mainly supportive for healthy host
Human Herpesvirus Type 6 (HHV-6) • For immunocompromised, may consider gan-
ciclovir, valganciclovir, or foscarnet
I ncluding Roseola Infantum (Exanthem
Subitum) Human herpesvirus-7 (HHV-7)
• Childhood febrile illness, also causes exan-
Background them subitum (roseola)
• Commonly affects children ages 6–18 months • Most infections are asymptomatic
old • Like HHV-6, establishes latency that may
reactivate
Clinical presentation (Fig. 9.4) • 85% of healthy adults have evidence of past
• Typically, a nonspecific febrile illness with- infection
out rash
• Very high fever for 3–7 days, followed by Human herpesvirus-8 (HHV-8)
maculopapular rash in 20% after fever • Kaposi sarcoma
resolves; rash can last hours to days • A trigger for hemophagocytic lymphohistio-
• They may have lymphadenopathy, vomiting, cytosis (HLH)
diarrhea, febrile seizure, or respiratory • Multicentric Castleman disease
symptoms
Other DNA Viruses
• Parvovirus B19
• Adenovirus
Parvovirus B19
Erythema Infectiosum/Fifth Disease
Background
• Incubation period 4–14 days
• Mode of transmission: Respiratory
secretions
Clinical presentation
• Erythema infectiosum
Fig. 9.4 Roseola infantum: 9-month-old boy afebrile pres-
ents with small, pale pink papules and blanchable, maculo- –– Mild constitutional symptoms, e.g., fever,
papular exanthem, had high fever for 3 days before the rash malaise, myalgia, and headache
9 Infectious Diseases 277
a b
Fig. 9.5 (a) Erythema infectiosum: Erythematous maculopapular rash on the arm, which fades into a classic lacelike reticu-
lar pattern as confluent areas clear. (b) Classic slapped-cheek appearance of fifth disease
heart disease increase risk for complications, for all when seasonal vaccine does not match
including hospitalization circulating strains
• Children who have influenza and are at high
Diagnosis risk for complications, regardless of the
• Reverse transcription-PCR and multiplex severity of their illness
PCR (testing for multiple respiratory viruses • Healthy children who have moderate-to-
at once) severe illness
• Rapid antigen-detection tests, • Three antivirals used in pediatrics:
immunofluorescence –– Oseltamivir is administered orally,
• Nasopharyngeal (NP) swab specimens have approved for > 2 weeks old; most common
highest yield adverse effects are nausea and vomiting,
• For hospitalized patients with lower respira- although neuropsychiatric events have
tory tract disease, obtain endotracheal or been reported
bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) specimen even –– Zanamivir is inhaled, approved for treat-
if NP negative ment (age > 7) and prophylaxis (age > 5)
–– Baloxavir in children ≥ 12 years adminis-
AAP immunization guidelines tered as a single oral dose
• Annual vaccination of all children ages • Adamantanes (amantadine and rimantadine)
6 months through 18 years before the start of no longer recommended due to resistance
influenza season
• Regardless of seasonal epidemiology, chil-
dren 6 months through 8 years of age who Avian Influenza H5N1
previously have not been immunized
against influenza require two doses of triva- Background
lent or quadrivalent inactivated influenza • Reported cases were in south Asia, Iraq,
vaccine or live-attenuated influenza vac- Turkey, and Egypt
cine (LAIV) administered at least 4 weeks • Highly pathogenic strain in birds and poultry
apart to produce a satisfactory antibody • Not a human strain
response
• Children > 9 years and those who have Mode of transmission
received two doses in a previous year receive • Humans who have close contact with infected
a single dose annually birds or poultry
• Special emphasis for those with underlying • Visiting market selling live infected birds
medical conditions, including asthma, hemo-
dynamically significant cardiac disease, HIV, Clinical presentation
persons on aspirin therapy, sickle cell, diabe- • Severe lower respiratory disease in infected
tes, renal disease, pregnancy persons
• Egg allergy is not a contraindication to influ-
Prevention
enza vaccine! (but was in the past….)
• H5N1-specific vaccine (developed and
Treatment approved)
• Prophylaxis with oseltamivir or zanamivir • Avoid visiting markets where live birds are
can be given at the same time as immuniza- sold
tion and should be considered for immuno- • Thorough cooking inactivates the virus, but
suppressed, unimmunized, close contacts of avoidance of poultry if there a concern is
persons at high risk for complications, and more appropriate
280 M. B. Laurens
Clinical manifestation
• May cause clinical syndrome similar to H uman Metapneumovirus
influenza
• Major cause of laryngotracheobronchitis Background and epidemiology
(croup) in children (see “Respiratory” • Humans are the only source
section) • Spread via contact with infected secretions
• Can also cause pneumonia, bronchiolitis, and • A leading cause of bronchiolitis in infants
otitis media • Overlap with RSV season (winter–spring)
• Most parainfluenza infections are self-lim-
ited, but immunocompromised can have Clinical presentation
severe pneumonia and disseminated disease • Bronchiolitis indistinguishable from RSV
bronchiolitis
Treatment • Can also cause pneumonia, croup, upper
• Supportive care, as most infection is respiratory infection
self-limited • Secondary bacterial infection with S. pneu-
• Corticosteroids lessen severity, complica- moniae can occur
tions, and need for hospitalization • Severe disease in immunosuppressed and his-
• Nebulized racemic epinephrine for severe tory of preterm delivery
croup with significant inspiratory/expiratory • Most children have one human metapneumo-
stridor and retractions virus infection before 5 years of age
Treatment
Respiratory Syncytial Virus (RSV) • Supportive
a b
c d
Fig. 9.6 Hand, foot, and mouth disease. (a) Tender macules in the hand. (b) Tender macules and vesicles in both feet. (c)
Multiple painful vesicles on the hard palate. (d) Erythematous macules all over the body and feet in an 18-month-old who
has fever and oral ulcers
–– Can range from mild febrile infection to • Most respiratory panels with multiplex PCR
encephalitis and negative bacterial culture do not distinguish enterovirus from rhinovi-
–– Can cause hepatic necrosis rus due to genetic similarity and testing for a
shared, conserved region in genome
Diagnosis • Enterovirus 71 often has negative PCR
• PCR from rectal swab, stool, throat, naso- testing
pharynx, conjunctiva, trachea, blood, urine,
tissue biopsy, and CSF
284 M. B. Laurens
Measles Virus
Mumps
Background
• Mode of transmission: Respiratory droplets Background
(airborne) • An acute, self-limited, systemic viral illness
• Infectious for 3–4 days before the onset of characterized by the swelling of one or more
morbilliform rash and 4 days after the of the salivary glands, typically the parotid
exanthem glands
Clinical presentation
• Congenital rubella syndrome
–– Constellation of congenital anomalies
◦◦ Ophthalmologic (cataracts, microph-
thalmos, congenital glaucoma)
◦◦ Cardiac (patent ductus arteriosus,
peripheral pulmonary artery stenosis)
◦◦ Auditory (hearing impairment)
Fig. 9.7 Child with unilateral parotitis ◦◦ Neurologic (meningoencephalitis,
microcephaly, mental retardation,
autism)
Table 9.1 Differences between viral and bacterial parotitis –– Neonates will have growth restriction,
Viral parotitis (mumps) Bacterial parotitis interstitial pneumonitis, hepatosplenomeg-
Well-appearing Toxic-appearing or ill-looking aly, thrombocytopenia, and dermal eryth-
No fever or low-grade High fever ropoiesis that manifests as “blueberry
fever
Mild tenderness Moderate or severe tenderness
muffin” rash
Normal labs, positive Leukocytosis, shift to the left, –– Neonates may also have metaphyseal
mumps IgM high CRP lucencies (also seen in vitamin D intoxica-
IgM Immunoglobulin M, CRP C-reactive protein tion/hypercalcemia, rickets, scurvy, arse-
nic and heavy metal poisoning, leukemia,
congenital syphilis, sickle cell disease,
• Unimmunized children should stay out of
congenital hypothyroidism)
school for 26 days after onset of parotitis in
–– Increased risk of congenital defects if fetal
the last person with mumps in the affected
infection occurs early in pregnancy
school.
• Postnatal rubella
–– Subclinical or mild disease
Rubella Virus –– Erythematous maculopapular rash
–– Forchheimer spots: Rose-colored spot on
Epidemiology soft palate
• Transmitted via direct or droplet contact with –– Lymphadenopathy (posterior auricular or
respiratory secretions suboccipital nodes)
• Peak incidence from winter to spring –– Conjunctivitis
• 25 to 50% asymptomatic –– Adolescent females susceptible to transient
• Lifelong immunity arthralgia and arthritis
• Can transmit 3 days before to 7 days after –– Rare complications: Encephalitis,
rash appears thrombocytopenia
• Infants with congenital rubella may shed for • Infants with congenital rubella may shed the
1 year in nasopharyngeal secretions and urine virus from the nasal mucosa > 1 year to sus-
ceptible contact
288 M. B. Laurens
• Endemic in Asia, Africa, Latin America, and • Oncogenic strains 16 and 18 are responsible
Puerto Rico for two thirds of all cervical cancers
• Transmission has occurred in Hawaii, Florida, • Nononcogenic HPV type 6 and 11 are respon-
and Texas sible for > 90% of anogenital warts
• Incubation period is 3–14 days
Clinical features
Clinical presentation • Most infections are subclinical
• Can be asymptomatic • Skin warts are generally painless; plantar
• Febrile illness lasting 2–7 days: Pain in mus- warts can be painful
cles, joints and bones, headache; retro-orbital • Anogenital warts (condylomata acuminata)
pain, facial erythema, injected oropharynx, have cauliflower-like surface and can occur in
macular or maculopapular rash, leukopenia, groups
petechiae • Invasive cancers linked to HPV include the
• Critical phase: 24–48 h with plasma leakage following locations: Oropharynx, penis, anus,
• Convalescent phase: Improvement and cervix, vagina, and vulva
stabilization • Squamous intraepithelial lesions can be low
• Severe dengue (dengue hemorrhagic fever or or high grade due to persistent HPV
dengue shock syndrome) occurs in 5% and • Cervical intraepithelial neoplasia (CIN) is
can be deadly precancerous and linked to HPV
• Increased risk for severe dengue with subse- • Adenocarcinoma in situ is another endocervi-
quent infection cal precancer
Laboratory Immunization
• During febrile phase, diagnose with PCR for • 2 doses before 15th birthday
viral DNA or immunoassay for nonstructural • Only 9-valent vaccine available in USA since
protein 1 (NS-1) 2017
• From 3 to 5 days after onset, can test for anti-
dengue IgM
• Leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, and modest BACTERIAL PATHOGENS
elevation of liver enzymes
Gram-Positive Bacteria
Treatment
• Supportive S. aureus
Background and epidemiology
Human Papillomavirus (HPV) • S. aureus is the most common cause of skin
and soft tissue infection and musculoskeletal
Background and epidemiology infection in healthy children
• Most adults will be infected at some time • Second leading cause of healthcare-associ-
• School-age children acquire nongenital hand ated bacteremia (coagulase-negative staphy-
and foot warts through minor skin trauma lococci is first)
• Genital transmission occurs skin-to-skin • Leading cause of secondary bacterial pneu-
• HPV causes most vulvar, vaginal, penile, monia in children
and anal cancers; 70% of oropharyngeal • Most common cause of healthcare-associated
cancers surgical site infections
• Rare transmission to infant during delivery • Coagulase positive
• Incubation period is months to years • Grapelike clusters (Fig. 9.8)
290 M. B. Laurens
Folliculitis/Furunculosis/
Carbunculosis (Fig. 9.9)
Background
Fig. 9.8 Staphylococci in blood culture (Gram stain, origi-
• Folliculitis: Superficial inflammation cen-
nal magnification × 1000). The bacteria are Gram-positive tered around a follicle
cocci and grow in pairs, tetrads, and clusters (arrow). • Furuncles: Bacterial folliculitis of a single
(Courtesy of M. Nawar Hakim, MD, Department of follicle that involves a deeper portion of the
Pathology, Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El follicle
Paso, Texas, USA)
• Carbuncle: Bacterial folliculitis that involves
the deeper portion of several contiguous
• S. aureus colonizes the nares and skin in follicles
30–50% of children • Bacterial folliculitis most often caused by S.
• Transmitted by direct contact and indirectly aureus.
from other patients in hospital settings • Hot tub folliculitis is usually caused by Gram-
• Can spray short distances into the air negative bacteria (most often P. aeruginosa;
• “Vancomycin-intermediately susceptible S. self-limited)
aureus” related to repeat vancomycin use in • Usually the child looks healthy and does not
individuals. Vancomycin-resistant S. aureus appear ill
rare • Abscess (< 5 cm) drainage alone is curative
• Incubation period can be 12 h for postopera- without antibiotics and should be performed
tive toxic shock syndrome along with a request for culture
b
Risk factors
• Tampon
• Surgical implants
• Invasive staphylococcal disease, including
pneumonia and skeletal infection
• Nasal packing
• Progressive skin infection in cases caused by
S. pyogenes
Clinical presentation
• Fever
• Vomiting
• Hypotension (abrupt onset)
• Hypocalcemia
Fig. 9.9 (a) Furuncle: Erythematous tender papulonodule
• Watery diarrhea
with central punctum with point of fluctuant. (b) Folliculitis:
Superficial inflammation centered around a follicle, tender to • Myalgia
touch • Strawberry tongue
• Conjunctival hyperemia
–– Clindamycin • Rash with hand and foot desquamation
–– Doxycycline (in children older than 8 years • Blood culture is usually negative if the cause
of age) is S. aureus
–– Linezolid (for resistant MRSA infections • Blood culture is usually positive if the cause
not susceptible to TMP-SMX or is S. pyogenes
clindamycin)
• Recurrent staphylococcal skin infections Treatment
recommendations • Vancomycin + clindamycin (stops toxin pro-
–– Enhanced hygiene and environmental duction) + nafcillin or oxacillin, pending cul-
cleaning ture results
–– Treatment for anyone in the family who • In cases of tampon-associated TSS, must be
has active disease removed immediately and the recommended
–– Nasal and perianal mupirocin length of therapy is 10–14 days
–– Skin decolonization (chlorhexidine and/or • IV fluids and routine management of shock;
bleach baths) consider IVIG for refractory shock
292 M. B. Laurens
• Do not treat hypocalcemia unless symptom- • A biopsy of the affected area will demon-
atic or electrocardiogram changes strate separation of the epidermis at the gran-
• Anytime there is a postsurgical toxic shock, ular layer
any device implanted during surgery must be
removed immediately Management
• Fluid rehydration is initiated with lactated
Ringer solution at 20 mL/kg initial bolus
Staphylococcal Scalded Skin • Repeat the initial bolus, as clinically indi-
Syndrome (SSSS) cated, followed by maintenance therapy
with consideration for fluid losses from
Background exfoliation of skin being similar to a burn
• SSSS (aka Ritter disease of the newborn) patient
• Ritter disease and staphylococcal epidermal • Prompt treatment with parenteral anti-staphy-
necrolysis encompass a spectrum of superfi- lococcal antibiotics is essential
cial blistering skin disorders caused by exfo-
liative toxins of some strains of S. aureus
• SSSS differs from bullous impetigo; the exfo- S. aureus Food Poisoning
liative toxins are restricted to the area of
infection in bullous impetigo, and bacteria Background
can be cultured from the blister contents • The most common cause of food poisoning in
• Exfoliative toxins cause separation of the the USA
epidermis beneath the granular cell layer. • Eating contaminated food containing pre-
Bullae and diffuse sheetlike desquamation formed enterotoxin
occurs • Usually associated with meat, baked food
• Exotoxin is a protein and is classified as either filled with cream, and mayonnaise
type A or B. Most are type A • Incubation period < 4–6 h
. pneumonia (Pneumococcal
S • Immunosuppressive medications or bone
Infection) marrow transplants also are at increased risk
• CSF leaks, e.g., neurosurgical procedures or
Background and epidemiology skull fractures
• S. pneumoniae is a Gram-positive, catalase- • Cochlear implants
negative, alpha-hemolytic bacterium • Chronic heart or lung disease
• The bacteria are Gram-positive diplococci • Diabetics
(Fig. 9.10)
• Introduction of pneumococcal conjugate Clinical manifestations
vaccines (PCV7 and PCV13) significantly • Common pneumococcal infections include:
reduce invasive pneumococcal disease in –– Acute otitis media
children –– Sinusitis
• Nasopharyngeal carriage rates are 21% for –– Pneumonia
industrialized countries to 90% in resource- –– Bacteremia (most common manifestation
limited settings of invasive pneumococcal disease)
• Transmission is person-to-person via respira- –– Meningitis (leading cause of meningitis)
tory droplets, occurring with viral upper • Pneumonia
respiratory infections –– S. pneumoniae is the most common bacte-
• More common in winter rial cause of community-acquired pneumo-
• Incubation period is 1–3 days nia in both children and adults
–– High fever and ill-appearing
Risks of invasive pneumococcal disease –– Cough and tachypnea
• The highest age-specific attack rates occur –– Respiratory distress
during the first 2 years of life –– Crackles
• Children who have sickle cell disease –– Diminished breath sounds
• Children who have asplenia –– Lobar consolidation may be noted on chest
• Congenital immune deficiencies radiography in older children
–– Know: Infants and young children may
have bronchopneumonia with a scattered
distribution of parenchymal consolidation
–– Pleural fluid may be evident in some
patients
Diagnosis
• Culture from blood or normally sterile body
fluids such as CSF, pleural, synovial, or mid-
dle ear fluid
• PCR on blood or CSF specimen
• Positive results should have antimicrobial
susceptibility testing for penicillin, cefo-
taxime or ceftriaxone, and clindamycin.
Diagnosis Background
• Throat culture or rapid streptococcal test • GAS impetigo is a superficial bacterial skin
• Anti-deoxyribonuclease B and antistreptol- infection (small percentage)
ysin O titers (anti-DNase B and ASO, anti- • In North America the etiologic agent is pri-
bodies to streptococcal extracellular marily S. aureus
products)
Clinical presentation
Management • Common (i.e., crusted or nonbullous) impe-
• Penicillin remains the drug of choice (docu- tigo: Initial lesion is a superficial papulove-
mented cases of penicillin-resistant group A sicular lesion that ruptures easily
streptococcal infections still do not exist) • The lesion becomes purulent and covered
• First-generation cephalosporin may be an with an amber-colored crust (Fig. 9.15)
effective alternative • Bullous impetigo: Superficial fragile bullae
Streptococcosis containing serous fluid or pus form and then
• Occurs in children younger than 3 years
• Young infants may not present with classic
pharyngitis a
Treatment
• Topical mupirocin or retapamulin for local-
ized lesions
• Multiple localized lesions may require sys-
temic treatment such as cephalexin or
clindamycin that covers both GAS and staph-
ylococcal infections
Fig. 9.16 Perianal bacterial dermatitis: 4-year-old presents
• Should not go back to school until at least 12 h with rectal pain, itchiness, and discomfort when sitting;
after beginning appropriate antimicrobial physical exam shows bright red, sharply demarcated rash
• Patient should avoid close contact with other around the anal area. Strep test was positive
children if possible
Management
Perianal Bacterial Dermatitis • Treatment with empiric oral cephalexin is
(Formerly Called Perianal effective for most staph and strep; if rapid
strep is positive, can use oral penicillin or
Streptococcal Dermatitis)
amoxicillin
Background • Topical mupirocin three times per day for
• May be caused by S. pyogenes (GAS) or S. 10 days
aureus, occurring in children • Follow-up is necessary because recurrences
6 months–10 years are common
• Often misdiagnosed and treated
inappropriately
• Early antibiotic treatment results in dramatic
rysipelas GAS
E
and rapid improvement in symptoms Clinical presentation
• Erythema and edema
Clinical presentation
• Sharply defined and elevated border tender to
• Perianal rash, itching, and rectal pain; blood-
palpation
streaked stools may also be seen in one-third
• Systemic signs such as fever are often present
of patients
• Lymphangitis may occur
• Bright red, sharply demarcated rash around
the anal area (Fig. 9.16) Management
• Systemic antibiotic therapy is required
Diagnosis
• Parenteral antibiotics may be needed, espe-
• A rapid streptococcal test of suspicious areas
cially in immunocompromised patients
can confirm the diagnosis if etiology is GAS
(vast majority of cases)
• Routine skin culture is an alternative diagnos-
tic aid
9 Infectious Diseases 299
Risk factors
• Injuries resulting in bruising or muscle strain Pediatric Autoimmune
• Surgical procedures Neuropsychiatric Disorders
• Varicella infection Associated with Streptococcus
• NSAID use
Infections (PANDAS)
• Streptococcal exotoxins that act as superanti-
gens cause release of cytokines leading to Background
capillary leak, leading to hypotension and • PANDAS describes a group of neuropsychi-
organ damage atric disorders, in particular, obsessive com-
pulsive disorder (OCD), tic disorders, and
Clinical presentation
Tourette syndrome, that are exacerbated by
• Fever
GAS infection
• Abrupt onset of severe pain, often associated
• Diagnostic criteria for PANDAS include:
with a preceding soft-tissue infection, e.g.,
–– Tourette syndrome; abrupt onset in
cellulitis or osteomyelitis
childhood
• Know: Patient may be normotensive initially,
–– Relationship between GAS infection and
but hypotension develops quickly
episodic symptoms confirmed by RADT,
• Erythroderma, a generalized erythematous
throat culture, skin culture, or serologic
macular rash, may develop
testing
Diagnosis –– Evaluation for GAS infection should be
• Leukocytosis with immature neutrophils considered in children who present with
• Elevated serum creatinine values the abrupt onset of OCD or tic disorder
• Hypoalbuminemia
Management
• Hypocalcemia
• Treatment of the GAS infection and neuro-
• Elevated creatine kinase concentration
psychiatric therapy
• Myoglobinuria, hemoglobinuria
• Behavioral therapy and pharmacological
• Positive blood cultures
therapies, including:
• Diagnosis of GAS TSS requires isolation of
–– Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors
GAS, e.g., blood or CSF
(SSRIs) for OCD
Treatment for GAS TSS –– Clonidine for tics
• Aggressive fluid replacement is essential to
maintain adequate perfusion to prevent end-
ecrotizing Fasciitis
N
organ damage
• Vasopressors also may be required Background
• Immediate surgical exploration and debride- • A form of invasive bacterial disease that is
ment are necessary, and repeated resections often polymicrobial. This infection is charac-
may be required terized by extensive local necrosis of subcu-
taneous soft tissues
300 M. B. Laurens
• Typically caused by GAS and/or mixed aero- –– Unpasteurized milk and soft cheeses
bic and anaerobic flora, including Clostridium, –– Undercooked poultry
Staphylococcus. Salt water necrotizing fasci- –– Deli-style, prepared meats
itis contains Vibrio species. Freshwater nec- –– Asymptomatic vagina carrier in pregnant
rotizing fasciitis contains Aeromonas women
Neonatal tetanus
• Contaminated umbilical cord is a common C lostridium difficile
source of infection
Background
• Poor feeding (poor suck and swallowing due
• Gram-positive anaerobes
to muscle spasm)
• Colonization
• Constant crying
–– Around 50% of infants younger than 1 year
• Decreased movement
are colonized
• Spasm and rigidity
–– Carriage decreases by 1–5% by 2 years of
Generalized tetanus age
• Trismus (lockjaw) • Risk factors:
• Sardonic smile (risus sardonicus) –– Having infected roommate or having
• Severe muscle spasm symptomatic patient in the same ward
• Opisthotonos (severe hyperextension) –– Antibiotics, e.g., beta-lactams drugs,
• Laryngeal spasm can lead to airway obstruc- clindamycin, and macrolides
tion and death –– Underlying bowel disease or surgeries
• Tetanic seizure is severe; tonic contractions • Symptomatic disease is due to toxins A and B
with high fever produced by the organism
• Diagnosis is always clinical
Clinical presentation
Treatment • Asymptomatic colonization is common in
• Human tetanus immune globulin infants and young children
immediately • Watery diarrhea
304 M. B. Laurens
Diagnosis Treatment
• Chest radiography reveals infiltrates and • Doxycycline 100 mg per os BID for 7 days
hyperinflation • Azithromycin single dose 1 g
• Laboratory testing may reveal:
–– Peripheral eosinophilia
–– Elevated serum immunoglobulins Trachoma
• A positive NP direct fluorescent antibody
(DFA) test or culture is considered Background
diagnostic • Chronic keratoconjunctivitis caused by the
obligate intracellular bacterium C. trachomatis
Treatment • Disease transmission occurs primarily between
• Antibiotic treatment should be started pre- children and the women who care for them
sumptively on clinical grounds • Trachoma is the most common infectious
• Same antibiotic regimens as for neonatal cause of blindness worldwide
conjunctivitis
• If untreated, symptoms can last for months Clinical presentation
and include persistent hypoxemia • Chronic follicular keratoconjunctivitis with
• Remember: Diagnosis of chlamydial pneu- corneal neovascularization resulting from
monia in an infant necessitates treatment of untreated or chronic infection
the infant’s mother and her sexual partner • Blindness occurs in up to 15% of those
infected
• Trachoma rarely occurs in the USA
Chlamydia Genitourinary Tract
Diagnosis
Infection
• Clinical diagnosis and NAATs can confirm
Background the causative agent
• Sexual transmission • The cicatricial phase has unique clinical fea-
tures (eyelid scarring, eyelid buckling, lashes
9 Infectious Diseases 307
rubbing on eye), which lead to definitive • May be coinfected with other sexually trans-
diagnosis in most cases mitted organisms, most commonly, C.
trachomatis
Treatment • Positive leukocyte esterase usually seen in
• Azithromycin single dose 20 mg/kg urine specimen
• Diagnosis of gonococcal urethritis with
NAATs
eisseria gonorrhoeae (Gonococcal
N • Presence of intracellular diplococci in ure-
Infections) thral discharge
• Treatment is ceftriaxone 250 mg IM × 1 plus
Background azithromycin 1 g × 1
• N. gonorrhoeae is a Gram-negative
diplococcus Epididymitis (gonococcus)
• Gonococcal infection is the second most • Dysuria and a mucopurulent discharge
common bacterial disease in the USA classi- • Scrotal edema with scrotal, inguinal, or flank
fied as nationally reportable and notifiable pain
• Highest prevalence in youth, especially • Urinalysis may demonstrate WBCs
females between 15 and 19 years of age • In most cases this infection is transmitted
• The incubation period is 2–7 days sexually and may be an extension of
• A child abuse evaluation must be performed urethritis
in any prepubertal case
Gonococcal proctitis
Neonatal conjunctivitis • Most cases of proctitis due to N. gonorrhoeae
• Conjunctivitis due to mucosal transmission occur in homosexual males
during vaginal delivery • Clinical presentation
• Topical antibiotics (erythromycin, silver nitrate, –– Anal discharge
or tetracycline) to the eyes of a newborn within –– Rectal bleeding
1 h of birth can prevent the infection –– Anorectal pain
• Treatment is ceftriaxone 125 mg IM × 1 –– Tenesmus
–– Constipation
Gonococcal pharyngitis
• Genital–oral activity is the major risk Disseminated gonococcal infection (DGI)
• Infection is asymptomatic in most cases • DGI infection occurs in 0.5–3% of people
• Patients who have gonococcal pharyngitis infected with N. gonorrhoeae
have a significant public health impact • DGI usually causes an asymptomatic genital
• Gonococcal pharyngitis patients at risk for infection
developing disseminated gonococcal infec- • Migratory arthritis (wrist, ankle, and knee)
tion (DGI) are the most common locations
• Pharyngeal infection clears spontaneously • Dermatitis
within 12 weeks • Tenosynovitis
• Treatment is ceftriaxone 250 mg IM × 1 • Fever and chills may occur
• Elevated WBC count
Gonococcal urethritis • DGI occurs more commonly in females
• Dysuria and a mucopurulent penile
discharge
308 M. B. Laurens
Diagnosis Background
• PCR of NP specimen collected with Dacron • Brucellosis is a zoonotic infection caused by
swab is diagnostic test of choice the bacterial genus Brucella
• PCR remains positive late in the course of the • Brucellosis caused by Gram-negative
illness bacillus
• Leukocytosis as high as 60,000 can be seen • The bacteria are transmitted from animals to
due to absolute lymphocytosis humans by ingestion of unpasteurized milk or
cheese, direct contact with an infected ani-
Management mal, or inhalation of aerosols
• Infants afflicted with pertussis often require –– B. melitensis (from sheep; highest
hospitalization for fluid, nutritional, and pathogenicity)
respiratory support –– B. suis (from pigs; high pathogenicity)
• If left untreated, most individuals will clear –– B. abortus (from cattle; moderate
B. pertussis spontaneously from the naso- pathogenicity)
pharynx within 2 to 4 weeks of infection –– B. canis (from dogs; moderate
• Antibiotics can shorten the course and attenu- pathogenicity)
ate the severity of pertussis if started early
and can shorten the period of contagiousness Clues to Brucella infection
• Once the paroxysmal phase begins, antibiot- • Fever of unknown origin
ics are not effective in altering the course of • Culture negative endocarditis
the disease • Individuals at greatest risk for brucellosis are
• Excluded from school for 21 days if untreated, those exposed to goats, sheep, cows, camels,
or for 5 days while taking antibiotic pigs, reindeer, rabbits, or hares, both in areas
• Azithromycin is the drug of choice: of endemic disease and in areas where the
–– Infant less than 6 months: 10 mg/kg per disease is not endemic
day as a single dose for 5 days • Bone/joint inflammation
–– Older infants and children: 10 mg/kg as a • Orchitis
single dose on day 1 then 5 mg/kg per day • Hepatic abscess
as a single dose on days 2–5 • CNS symptoms
Treatment
• Children > 8: doxycycline + rifampin for
6 weeks
• Children < 8: TMP/SMX + rifampin for
6 weeks
• Add gentamicin for serious infection or
complications
Bartonella henselae
Cat-Scratch Disease
Background
• B. henselae is Gram-negative rod or bacilli
with a polar flagellum
• Kittens or cats less than 1 year old are most
common source, also dogs
• Transmission can occur by petting alone with
subsequent self-inoculation via a mucous
membrane, skin break, or conjunctiva
• Clue for the diagnosis: Contact with cats and
lymphadenopathy
Clinical presentation Fig. 9.17 14-year-old female with large tender axillary
lymphadenopathy, she has kittens at home
• Regional lymphadenopathy (cervical and
axillary are common locations) (Fig. 9.17) • Lymphadenopathy remains regional and typi-
–– Usually large and may be tender, warm, cally resolves within 2–4 months but may last
and erythematous up to 6–12 months
–– Suppuration can occur in 30% of cases
–– Node may remain enlarged for several months Diagnosis
–– Papule at the site of scratch may precede • Indirect fluorescence assay (IFA) testing and
the development of lymphadenopathy enzyme-linked immunoassay (ELISA) are
• Parinaud oculoglandular syndrome: used to detect serum antibody to B. henselae
–– Painless nonpurulent conjunctivitis • An antibody titer that exceeds 1:64 suggests
–– Ipsilateral preauricular lymphadenopathy recent Bartonella infection
• Other clinical presentations • Lymph node biopsy generally is not indicated
–– Fever of unknown origin in typical cases
–– Hepatic splenic microabscesses
–– Painful osteolytic lesions Treatment
• Patients may recall being scratched, licked, or • Cat-scratch disease is self-limited
bitten by a cat in the previous 2–8 weeks • Use of azithromycin can decrease lymph
• Fever, anorexia, headache, sore throat, or node size faster than natural course
arthralgia may occur
314 M. B. Laurens
Antimicrobial therapy
Pseudomonas Species
• Piperacillin/tazobactam (Zosyn)
Background • Ceftazidime (third generation)
• Gram-negative organism • Cefepime (fourth generation)
• Found in the soil and freshwater • Carbapenems (meropenem, imipenem)
• Gains entry through hair follicles or via skin • Aminoglycosides (gentamicin)
breaks • Aztreonam
• Certain fluoroquinolones (ciprofloxacin,
Risk factors levofloxacin)
• Cystic fibrosis (see Chap. 20 “Pulmonology”)
• Associated with progressive deterioration of
pulmonary function Nontyphoidal Salmonellosis
• Associated with hot tub folliculitis
• Ocular infection from contaminated lenses Background
• Puncture wound osteomyelitis • Gram-negative bacilli that are usually motile
• In immunocompromised patients, e.g., bacteria
ecthyma gangrenosum • A common cause of diarrhea
• Hospitalized and debilitated patients • Incubation period 6–72 h
9 Infectious Diseases 315
• S. sonnei and S. boydii usually cause watery • Antimicrobial therapy for 5 days will shorten
diarrhea the duration and eradicate the organism from
• Ingestion of as few as 10 organisms can cause stool
diarrhea • Antimicrobial resistance testing guides
• Incubation period is 2–4 days therapy
• Outbreak can occur in childcare centers • Empiric ceftriaxone, ciprofloxacin or azithro-
mycin are usually effective
Mode of transmission • If there is an alternative to ciprofloxacin, it is
• Person to person not recommended for those less than 18 years
• Fecal–oral
• Anal–oral Childcare center
• House flies • Once Shigella is identified in a childcare cen-
• Contaminated fomites ter or household, all symptomatic individuals
in these environments should be cultured for
Clinical presentation Shigella
• Ranges from mild diarrhea to life-threatening • Anyone found to have Shigella cannot return
dysentery to the care center until the diarrhea has
• Fever stopped and stool culture test is negative
• Abdominal camps
• High-volume watery stools
• Small-volume bloody stool may follow Escherichia coli
24–48 h later
• Blood-mucoid stool is a common Background
presentation • E. coli is a Gram-negative, lactose ferment-
• Rectal prolapse occurs in 5–8% ing, motile rod, belonging to the
Enterobacteriaceae
Complications • E. coli is one of the most frequent causes of
• Hemolytic-uremic syndrome many common bacterial infections, including
• Seizures cholecystitis, bacteremia, cholangitis, UTI,
• Colonic perforation and traveler’s diarrhea; and other clinical
• Toxic encephalopathy infections such as neonatal meningitis and
pneumonia
Diagnosis
• Stool culture is diagnostic Acute bacterial meningitis
• Stool study with large number of neutrophils • The vast majority of neonatal meningitis
is suggestive but not specific cases are caused by E. coli and group B strep-
• Peripheral WBCs are usually elevated; ban- tococcal infections
demia is very common • Pregnant women are at a higher risk of colo-
nization with the K1 capsular antigen strain
Treatment of E. coli, which is commonly observed in
• Most infections with S. sonnei are self-lim- neonatal sepsis
ited and do not warrant antibiotics • Low-birth weight and a positive CSF culture
• Antimicrobial therapy is recommended for result portend a poor outcome
immunocompromised patients with shigellosis • Most survivors have subsequent neurologic
or developmental abnormalities
9 Infectious Diseases 317
Background and epidemiology Table 9.2 Difference between Rocky Mountain spotted
fever and ehrlichiosis
• Gram-negative cocci
Rocky Mountain
• Transmitted by:
Difference spotted fever Ehrlichiosis
–– Lone star tick (Amblyomma americanum) Mode of Tick Tick
in South Central and Eastern United States. transmission
Also transmits for tularemia and southern Rash Very common, 60% of children
tick associated rash illness (STARI) including on palms
and soles
–– Blacklegged tick (Ixodes scapularis) in
Neutropenia Less common More common
Eastern United States. Also transmits for Thrombocytopenia Yes Yes
anaplasmosis, Lyme disease, and Anemia Present in ~15% Occurs in 50%
babesiosis later in illness
• Can transmit via blood transfusion and organ Hyponatremia Yes Yes
Liver enzymes May be elevated Usually elevated
transplantation Treatment Doxycycline Doxycycline
320 M. B. Laurens
• Common regions in the USA: Northeast to Mid- • AV block or meningitis: Doxycycline or cef-
Atlantic (> 90%), upper Midwest (Wisconsin triaxone for 14 days
and Minnesota), West Coast (California) • Arthritis: Doxycycline for 28 days (amoxicil-
• Incubation period: 11 days lin for 28 days if < 8 years)
–– An isolated calcified lesion in a child who • Ethambutol can rarely cause optic neuritis
has a positive TST result can be treated as (decreased color perception is the first sign of
LTBI deterioration)
–– The most common abnormal radiographic • Pyridoxine supplementation indicated for
finding is hilar or mediastinal adenopathy exclusively breastfed infants, nutritional defi-
–– Other findings can include infiltrates, atel- ciencies, symptomatic HIV, and pregnant
ectasis, pleural effusions, cavities, or mili- females
ary disease
• TB exposure: Challenging clinical scenarios
–– Children younger than 4 years of age and • Adult in the household has infectious TB
immunocompromised children –– All children in the household should have
–– Should begin isoniazid (INH), pending chest radiographs and TSTs performed
results of repeat testing –– Children younger than 4 years of age
–– If the second test result is negative, medi- should be started empirically on INH and
cation can be discontinued rifampin until the TST is repeated in
–– Children experiencing TB exposure who 2–3 months
are older than age 4 years and immuno- – – If the second TST result is negative and the
competent can be observed off medica- child is immunocompetent, medication can
tions, pending the second test result in be discontinued
2–3 months – – If the TST result is positive or the child is
immunocompromised, INH and rifampin
Latent TB infection (LTBI) should be continued
• The child demonstrating a positive skin test • Infant whose mother has TB
result should be treated for LTBI to decrease –– The TST is helpful only if the result is pos-
the risk of disease progression later in life itive, which is very rare
• The mainstay of therapy for LTBI is –– If the mother has a positive TST result and
12 weeks of daily INH and weekly rifampin negative chest radiograph (LTBI), the child
• An alternative is 4 months of daily rifampin needs no evaluation
(for INH intolerant or resistance) –– If the mother has radiographic features
consistent with TB, the neonate requires
Treatment of TB evaluation for congenital TB
• The standard initial regimen for pulmonary –– If the infant does not have congenital TB,
and extrapulmonary TB: he or she should be separated from the
–– INH, rifampin, pyrazinamide (PZA), and mother until the infant is receiving INH
ethambutol and pyridoxine (if the mother is breastfeed-
–– INH and rifampin are administered for ing) and the mother is receiving appropri-
6 months, and PZA and ethambutol are ate multidrug therapy
stopped after the first 2 months –– Once the infant is receiving INH, separa-
• Exceptions: Treating children who have TB tion is unnecessary, and breastfeeding
meningitis, where treatment courses of should be encouraged unless INH resis-
7–12 months often are used tance is suspected
• Health-care workers (HCWs)
Side effects of antituberculous medications –– If positive TST results, they should receive
• INH, rifampin, and PZA are all hepatotoxic chest radiographs
9 Infectious Diseases 325
Clinical presentation
• Cervical lymphadenitis
–– Overlying skin is usually pink to
violaceous
–– Usually unilateral
–– Increase in size over several weeks
• Cutaneous infections
• Ear infections
• Disseminated and pulmonary infections (high
fever, night sweats, weight loss, lymphade-
nopathy, abdominal pain, diarrhea, and ane-
mia) can occur in immunocompromised
Fig. 9.18 Candida albicans in blood culture (Gram stain,
original magnification × 1000). Budding yeast cells (blasto-
Management conidia, black arrow) and pseudohyphae (white arrow).
• Complete resection of infected lymph node is (Courtesy of M. Nawar Hakim, MD, Department of
diagnostic and curative. Antibiotics are not Pathology, Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El
necessary! Paso, Texas, USA)
326 M. B. Laurens
Infection sources
• Contaminated bottle nipples, pacifier, or
dropper, e.g., vitamin dropper
• Infected mother’s nipples (although the inci-
dence is high in formula fed infants)
• Maternal vaginal colonization with
Candida
Recognize
• Recurrent or persistent oral thrush beyond
6–12 months raises the concern of immuno-
deficiency, especially if associated with fail-
ure to thrive or hepatosplenomegaly
Risk of infection Fig. 9.19 Thrush: Tiny focal white areas that enlarge to
• Use of inhaled steroid without adequate rins- white patches on oral mucosa; it was difficult to remove the
white spots with the tongue blade
ing afterward or oral antibiotics can cause
oral thrush
• Poorly controlled diabetes in adults can cause
Candida infection; however, it is not associ-
ated with gestational diabetes
Clinical presentation
• Infants may have trouble feeding in severe
cases
• Tiny focal white area that enlarge to white
patches on oral mucosa (Fig. 9.19)
• If scraped with a tongue blade, lesions are diffi-
cult to remove and leave behind an inflamed
base that may be painful and may bleed
• Examine the patient with diaper dermatitis
for oral lesions Fig. 9.20 Candidal diaper rash: Lesions consist of beefy-
red plaques with satellite papules
Treatment
• Oral nystatin Treatment
• Once-daily oral fluconazole is superior to • Topical nystatin, miconazole, clotrimazole
oral nystatin for resistant thrush
Vulvovaginitis
Candidal Diaper Dermatitis
Background
Clinical presentation • Common in pubertal and adolescent girls
• Lesions consist of beefy-red plaques, often • Risk factors
with scalloped borders –– Oral antibiotics
• Satellite papules and pustules may be –– Oral contraceptive
observed surrounding the plaques (Fig. 9.20) –– Pregnancy
• Maceration is often present, especially in –– Poor hygiene
intertriginous areas –– Diabetes
9 Infectious Diseases 327
Coccidioidomycosis Blastomyces
• Blastomyces causes illness similar to
Background Histoplasma and Coccidioides
• Endemic areas • Seen in Arkansas and Wisconsin hunters and
–– California, Arizona, New Mexico, and loggers
Texas • Outbreak occurred in children visiting
• Mode of transmission Wisconsin lodge and beaver dam
–– Inhalation of airborne spores • Blastomyces may disseminate to the skin and
cause crusted skin lesions
Clinical presentation
• Bone lesions more common with
• Most cases are asymptomatic
blastomycosis
• Fever
• Itraconazole (mild disease) or amphotericin
• Cough
B (severe disease) are the treatments of
• Weight loss (common)
choice
• Fatigue
• Shortness of breath
Sporothrix schenckii
• Chills
• Common in florists, as thorny plants are
• Erythema nodosum
implicated
• Night sweats
• Symptoms appear from 7 to 30 days after
• Mild respiratory distress or respiratory failure
inoculation
in severe cases
• Present with painless papule at the site of
Diagnosis inoculation, then ulcerates
• Serology: The appearance of IgM or precipi- • Secondary lesions follow along the lymphatic
tin antibody against Coccidioides is the most chain proximally
sensitive serologic indication of early • Extracutaneous manifestation may occur,
infection especially in immunocompromised
• Treat with itraconazole for 2–4 weeks
9 Infectious Diseases 329
Diagnosis Hookworm
• Visualizing the adult worm at night on the
perineum Background
• Transparent tape collected over three consec- • Found in rural, tropical, and subtropical
utive mornings under microscope low power locales
• Mode of transmission
Treatment –– Skin penetration of larvae from soil con-
• Pyrantel pamoate (over-the-counter), alben- taminated by human feces
dazole, mebendazole –– Ingestion
phil count, bands, ESR and C-reactive protein Table 9.4 Differential diagnosis of fever of unknown
(CRP) origin
• The risk of bacteremia and/or pneumonia or Fever type Differential diagnosis
pyelonephritis among infants 3–36 months of Infectious Viral: EBV, CMV, hepatitis, HIV,
parvovirus B19
age increases as temperature (especially Bacterial: tuberculosis, cat scratch,
> 40 °C) and WBC count (especially Brucella, Salmonella,
> 25,000) increase meningococcemia
Common: otitis media, sinusitis,
Management pneumonia, UTI, osteomyelitis, septic
• Toxic-appearing febrile children 3–36 months arthritis, meningitis
Less common: malaria, Lyme disease,
of age who do not have focal infection should endocarditis
be hospitalized, with prompt institution of Rheumatologic Juvenile idiopathic arthritis, SLE,
parenteral antibiotics after blood, urine, and dermatomyositis
CSF cultures are obtained (full sepsis Oncologic Leukemia, lymphoma, neuroblastoma,
evaluation) Ewing sarcoma, hemophagocytic
lymphohistiocytosis
• For nontoxic-appearing infants who have Autoimmune Inflammatory bowel disease,
temperature < 39 °C: Can be observed as out- macrophage activation syndrome
patient with no diagnostic test or antibiotics Drug related Penicillin, cephalosporins,
• For nontoxic infants who have rectal temper- sulfonamides, acetaminophen
ature ≥ 39 °C, options include obtaining a Other Kawasaki disease, thyrotoxicosis,
factitious fever
blood culture and administering empiric anti- EBV Epstein-Barr virus, CMV cytomegalovirus, UTI urinary tract
biotic therapy (ceftriaxone, a single dose infection, SLE Systemic lupus erythematosus
50 mg/kg not to exceed 1 g); or blood culture
with no antibiotic and observing the patient Approach
within 24 h as outpatient. (Careful observa- • Age of the patient is helpful:
tion without empiric antibiotics is generally –– Children > 6 years of age often have respi-
prudent) ratory or genitourinary tract infection,
localized infection (abscess, osteomyeli-
Fever of Unknown Origin (FUO)
tis), JIA, or (rarely) leukemia
Background –– Adolescent patients more likely to have
• FUO was defined as: TB, inflammatory bowel disease, autoim-
–– More than 8 days’ duration of illness. mune process, or lymphoma in addition to
Temperature greater than 38.3 °C (101 °F) the causes of FUO in younger children
on several occasions • Exposure to wild or domestic animals, and
–– Failure to reach a diagnosis despite 1 week zoonotic infection
of investigation • History of pica should be elicited; ingestion
• Patients with undiagnosed FUO (5–15% of of dirt is particularly important due to infec-
cases) generally have a benign long-term tion with T. canis or T. gondii
course, especially when the fever is not • Physical examination is essential to find any
accompanied by substantial weight loss or physical clues to underlying diagnosis, e.g.,
other signs of a serious underlying disease lymphadenopathy, rash, joint swelling, etc.
• FUO lasting > 6 months is uncommon in chil- • Laboratory determined on case-by-case basis
dren and suggests granulomatous or autoim- • ESR > 30 mm/h indicates inflammation and
mune disease (Table 9.4) needs further evaluation
336 M. B. Laurens
–– Classic ring-enhancing lesion with sur- • For children with multiple ulcerations of buc-
rounding edema cal mucosa and conjunctival involvement
–– Calcification is common in abscesses in (mucous membranes) with skin rash, think
neonates erythema multiforme major (Stevens–
• MRI Johnson syndrome).
• For children with ulcerations of posterior
Antimicrobial therapy pharynx and painful papules on palms and
• For abscesses arising as a result of sinusitis in soles, think enterovirus (especially Coxsackie
which Streptococci are the most likely organ- virus) causing hand, foot, and mouth disease
isms, penicillin or cefotaxime and • For a child with pharyngitis and redness of
metronidazole skin creases of anterior cubital fossae (Pastia
• Chronic otitis media or mastoiditis often is lines, also called Thompson sign), think
associated with P. aeruginosa and Group A Strep (strep throat).
Enterobacteriaceae, antibiotics to treat • Egg allergy, including anaphylaxis, is not a
abscesses secondary to these infections contraindication to influenza vaccination. Only
should include penicillin, metronidazole, and persons with a previous severe allergic reaction
a third-generation cephalosporin to flu vaccine should not receive flu vaccine.
• Metastatic abscesses require a regimen based • For returning travelers with fever, obtain
on the likely site of primary infection malaria testing immediately and begin appro-
• S. aureus is commonly isolated in abscess priate therapy (artemether–lumefantrine or
following trauma atovaquone–proguanil for P. falciparum) if
positive. Do not delay!
Surgical intervention • Children < 2 years old can be colonized with
• Provide a specimen of purulent material for C. difficile and may test positive for the organ-
bacteriologic analysis and antibiotic sensitiv- ism. Only patients with C. difficile toxin pro-
ity testing duction should be considered for treatment
• Remove purulent material, thereby lowering with first-line oral metronidazole.
ICP and decreasing the mass effect of the • Patients with a classic bull’s eye rash at the
abscess site of a tick bite do not require diagnostic
• Decompress and irrigate the ventricular sys- testing. Treat for early localized Lyme dis-
tem and debride the abscess in the event of its ease with doxycycline (amoxicillin or cefu-
rupture into the ventricular system roxime for children < 8 years old).
• A positive blood culture for Candida should be
Prognosis
acted upon, including repeat blood culture and
• Brain abscess is a destructive lesion
IV antifungal therapy with central line removal
• Neurologic sequelae: Epilepsy, motor defi-
(if associated). A positive sputum culture for
cits, visual field cuts, learning disability,
Candida may represent colonization and
hydrocephalus requiring VP shunt placement
should be taken in the clinical context.
• Rash that begins on wrists and ankles, spread-
ing centrally to palms/soles, is likely Rocky
PEARLS AND PITFALLS Mountain spotted fever. Treat with doxycy-
cline no matter what age.
• Monospot testing for acute mononucleosis is • Children who return from travel to the Middle
not indicated for children < 5 years of age East or Central America with ulcerative skin
because results are not reliable in young lesions and no systemic symptoms may have
children. cutaneous Leishmaniasis.
342 M. B. Laurens
Hemorrhage
Intrapartum
Feto -maternal
Hypoproliferative Hypoproliferative
Intrauterine
infection Maturation Abnormalities
• Important cause of anemia and jaundice in • Indirect-reacting bilirubin content rises rap-
newborn infants idly to high levels in the first 6 h of life
• More than 60 different RBC antigens are
capable of eliciting an antibody response Antenatal diagnosis
• Significant disease is associated with the D • Antenatal diagnosis is very important
antigen of the Rh group and with ABO • Important history: History of previous trans-
incompatibility fusions, abortion, or pregnancy
• Hemolytic disease may be caused by other • Fetal Rh status should be determined, and
RBC antigens maternal titers should be monitored
Treatment
RH Incompatibility • Treatment of an unborn infant: Intravascular
(umbilical vein) transfusion of packed RBCs
Pathogenesis • Treatment of a liveborn infant: Blood transfu-
• Rh-negative mother develops antibodies by sion, intravenous immunoglobulin, exchange
Rh-positive blood from Rh-positive fetus transfusion
during pregnancy or delivery
• Initial rise in immunoglobulin M (IgM) and, Prevention of Rh sensitization
later, IgG, which can cross the placenta to • Prevent initial sensitization of Rh-negative
cause hemolytic manifestations mothers by Rho(D) immune globulin (human)
• Hemolytic disease rarely occurs during a first within 72 h of delivery of an Rh-positive
pregnancy but can be more severe in subse- infant, ectopic pregnancy, abdominal trauma
quent pregnancies in pregnancy, amniocentesis, chorionic villus
biopsy, or abortion
Clinical presentation
• Wide spectrum of hemolytic disease
• Jaundice evident within the first 6 h after birth ABO Incompatibility
• Ranges from mild hemolysis to severe
anemia Introduction
• Profound anemia, pallor, signs of cardiac • Most common cause of hemolytic disease of
decompensation, massive anasarca, and cir- the newborn, generally results in milder dis-
culatory collapse ease than Rh incompatibility
• Risk of bilirubin encephalopathy • Usually, the mother is type O and the infant is
• Hydrops fetalis type A or B
• Although ABO incompatibility occurs in
Laboratory 20–25% of pregnancies, hemolytic disease
• Anemia develops in only 10% of the offspring in such
• Direct antiglobulin test (DAT), or Coombs pregnancies
test, is positive
• Reticulocyte count is increased Clinical presentation
• The blood smear typically shows polychroma- • Most cases are mild, with jaundice being the
sia and a marked increase in nucleated RBCs only clinical manifestation, which usually
• White blood cell (WBC) count may be nor- appears during the 1st 24 h
mal or elevated; thrombocytopenia may • Hydrops fetalis is extremely rare
develop in severe cases • The liver and spleen are not greatly enlarged
348 A. A. Sinha et al.
• Rarely, it may be severe and symptoms and –– If bone marrow is overwhelmed, or anemia
signs of kernicterus develop rapidly is secondary to a primary bone marrow
(production) problem, then low/inadequate
Diagnosis reticulocyte count may be seen
• Presence of ABO incompatibility
• A weakly to moderately positive DAT
(Coombs test) result MICROCYTIC ANEMIA
• Spherocytes in the blood smear
• Indirect hyperbilirubinemia I ron-Deficiency Anemia (IDA)
• The hemoglobin is usually normal, but may
be as low as 10–12 g/dL • Most common type of anemia in infancy and
• Reticulocytosis with polychromasia and childhood
increased numbers of nucleated RBCs
• In 10–20% of affected infants, the unconju- Etiology
gated serum bilirubin level may reach 20 mg/ • Blood loss
dL or more unless phototherapy is –– Gastrointestinal (GI) bleed (ulcer, gastritis,
administered drug induced with NSAIDs, steroids, etc.)
–– Intravascular hemolysis and
Treatment hemoglobinuria
• Phototherapy –– Menstruation
• In severe cases, intravenous immunoglobulin –– GI lesions: Meckel diverticulum, vascular
(IVIG) administration can reduce the need malformations
for exchange transfusion –– Cow’s milk allergy
• Exchange transfusions may be needed in –– Goodpasture syndrome
some cases to correct dangerous degrees of –– Hemosiderosis
anemia or hyperbilirubinemia –– Parasitic infections
• Nutritional
Clinical approach to a child with anemia
–– High cow’s milk consumption (> 32 oz/
• Thorough history and physical exam
day)
• Initial laboratory testing should include
–– Malnutrition
hemoglobin (Hgb)/hematocrit (Hct), RBC
–– Insufficient intake (vegan or vegetarian,
indices, WBC count and differential, platelet
iron-poor diet)
count, reticulocyte count, and examination of
• Physiologic
the peripheral blood smear
–– Low birth weight
• Further systematic evaluation based on initial
–– Rapid growth
tests (follow flow chart below) (Fig. 10.3) [1]
–– Pregnancy
Key classification markers • Impaired absorption
• Size of RBC mean corpuscular volume –– Malabsorption syndrome (celiac disease,
(MCV) can be classified as inflammatory bowel disease [IBD])
–– Microcytic (MCV < 70 + age) – – Gastrectomy
–– Macrocytic (MCV > 100)
Clinical presentation
–– Normocytic (MCV > 70 + age and < 100)
• Weakness
• Reticulocyte count
• Fatigue
–– Reticulocytosis indicates bone marrow
• Difficulty concentrating
response to anemia
• Headaches
10 Hematology/Oncology 349
Evaluation of anemia
MCV
Reticulocyte count
Reticulocyte count
Reticulocyte count
Low/Inadequate High
- Hypersplenism
Fig. 10.3 Approach to anemia in older children based on botic thrombocytopenic purpura, DIC disseminated intravas-
mean corpuscular volume. MCV mean corpuscular volume, cular coagulation, G6PD glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase,
RBC red blood cell, TEC transient erythroblastopenia of PK pyruvate kinase, DBA Diamond–Blackfan anemia.
childhood, HUS hemolytic uremic syndrome, TTP throm- (Adapted from Kliegman et al. [1], with permission)
Alpha-Thalassemia
Hemoglobin H Disease
• Healthy individuals have 4 alpha-globin • Deletion of three genes
genes, 2 on each chromosome 16 • Mild to moderate hypochromic microcytic
• Typically caused by gene deletions in one or anemia
more of these genes • Symptomatic at birth with mild anemia (Hgb
–– Alpha-globin production is reduced to 9–11 g/dL), neonatal jaundice
absent • Anemia exaggerated by infection, exposure
–– Severity of phenotype increases with loss to oxidizing drugs, pregnancy
of one, two, three, or four functioning • May develop splenomegaly, jaundice, and
alpha-globin alleles cholelithiasis
• Geographic regions: Southeast Asia, • Up to 30% HbH on electrophoresis
Mediterranean (more severe), Africa
• Diagnosis: Clinically or with alpha-globin Alpha-Thalassemia Major
chain analysis • Deletion of four genes
• Excess beta chains lead to beta 4 chains • Severe microcytic anemia with hydrops fetalis
(HbH) • Usually fatal in utero
• Excess gamma chains lead to a tetramer of • Hb Barts on electrophoresis, no HbF, HbA,
gamma-globin (Hb Barts) HbA2
–– Hb Barts cannot deliver oxygen to tissues
because of its affinity for oxygen is too high
Alpha-Thalassemia Syndromes
Beta-Thalassemia
Silent Carrier
• Deletion or dysfunction of one gene • Healthy individuals have 2 beta-globin genes,
• Asymptomatic 1 on each chromosome 11
• Normal complete blood count (CBC) • Beta-globin production is reduced to absent
• Normal Hgb electrophoresis • Multiple possible genetic mutations/
deletions
352 A. A. Sinha et al.
sources (animal products, including meat, or anti-parietal cell antibodies. Can have
eggs, fish, and milk) for their needs associated immunologic abnormalities,
• Vitamin B12 stores last for 3–5 years candidiasis, hypoparathyroidism, other
• In young infants born to mothers with low endocrine deficiencies
vitamin B12 stores, clinical signs of cobala- 3. Absence of vitamin B12 transport protein
min deficiency can become apparent in the 4. Inborn errors of cobalamin metabolism
first 6–18 months of life
Clinical presentation
• May have nonspecific manifestations such as
Etiology weakness, fatigue, failure to thrive, and
1. Inadequate B12 intake irritability
• In infants, mostly nutritional due to • Can also have pallor, glossitis, vomiting, diar-
decreased vitamin B12 levels in breast rhea, and icterus
milk of B12-deficient mothers • Neurologic symptoms can include sensory
• In children and adults, strict vegetarian or and motor deficits, seizures, developmental
vegan diet delay, developmental regression, and neuro-
2. Impaired absorption psychiatric changes
• Secondary to gastric surgery or medications • Neurologic problems can occur in the absence
that impair gastric acid secretion may result of any hematologic abnormalities
in intrinsic factor (IF) deficiency, leading to
decreased vitamin B12 absorption Laboratory
• Pancreatic insufficiency • Macrocytic anemia (MCV > 100) (Fig. 10.5)
• History of neonatal necrotizing enterocoli- • Low reticulocyte count for degree of anemia
tis, IBD, celiac disease, or surgical removal • Megaloblastic changes, including hyperseg-
of the terminal ileum can result in impaired mented neutrophils (> 5 lobes)
absorption of vitamin B12
• Fish tapeworm Diphyllobothrium latum
infestation
• Hereditary intrinsic factor deficiency
(HIFD)—rare autosomal recessive disor-
der due to mutations in the IF gene, which
leads to lack of gastric IF or a functionally
abnormal IF
• Imerslund–Gräsbeck syndrome—rare,
autosomal recessive, clinically apparent by
age six
–– Selective vitamin B12 malabsorption in
the ileum, and consequent vitamin B12
deficiency
–– Presents with megaloblastic anemia,
possible neurologic defects and/or
proteinuria
–– Fatal if it remains untreated Fig. 10.5 Red cells are usually approximately the size of a
• Classic pernicious anemia (autoimmune small lymphocyte nucleus (arrow). In this case, the red cells
are slightly larger than the lymphocyte nucleus on average.
gastritis)—can rarely affect children dur-
Macrocytic anemia is most often a result of folate or vitamin
ing adolescence. Presence of IF antibodies B12 deficiency
356 A. A. Sinha et al.
Hemoglobinopathy Immune
Sickle Cell Anemia Autoimmune Hemolytic anemia
SC Disease
Hb E Disease
Non-Immune
DIC
Enzyme Defect Hypersplenism
G6PD
Pyruvate Kinase Deficiency
Membrane Defect
Hereditary Spherocytosis
Hereditary Elliptocytosis
Laboratory Etiology
• Hgb usually 6–8 g/dL • Molecular defects in membrane proteins of
• Low reticulocyte count the RBC cytoskeleton, most commonly spec-
• MCV normal for age trin or ankyrin
• May have mild neutropenia • Reduction in surface-to-volume ratio causes
• Bone marrow biopsy rarely required spherocytes that are osmotically fragile and
• Normal adenosine deaminase (ADA) trapped by the spleen
Hereditary Elliptocytosis
• Also classified as a membrane defect of
Fig. 10.7 Red cells should be similar in size to 1/3 of cen-
tral pallor. In hereditary spherocytosis, the red cells lack cen- RBCs, but less common than hereditary
tral pallor and are hyperchromatic (40×). Red arrows point spherocytosis
out a few of the examples in this field • Autosomal dominant
• Clinical presentation similar as in hereditary
spherocytosis
Laboratory
• Normocytic anemia (Fig. 10.7) Laboratory
• Elevated mean corpuscular hemoglobin con- • Elongated, oval, or elliptically shaped RBCs
centration (MCHC) on peripheral smear
• Reticulocytosis –– May also see poikilocytes, spherocytes,
• Elevated LDH microcytosis, and fragmentation on smear
• Low haptoglobin
• Indirect hyperbilirubinemia Treatment
• Spherocytes on peripheral smear • No specific therapy if asymptomatic and min-
• Increased osmotic fragility imal hemolysis
–– Not reliable in neonatal period • Otherwise similar to hereditary
• Can also be diagnosed with flow cytometry spherocytosis
(eosin-5′-maleimide [EMA] binding test)
• Osteomyelitis
–– Staph or salmonella
–– Treat with prolonged parenteral antibiotics
per infectious guidelines
Fig. 10.8 Peripheral smear (40 ×) from a patient with sickle Etiology
cell disease showing sickle cells (black arrows), target cells • Infection
(arrowhead), and a Howell–Jolly body (red arrow) –– Most commonly Streptococcus pneu-
moniae and Mycoplasma pneumoniae
–– Decreases the pain crises by 50%; prevents • Vaso-occlusion
splenic dysfunction, cerebral artery dam- • Hypoventilation secondary to pain (pain cri-
age, and stroke sis commonly precedes development of ACS)
–– If begun in infancy, may preserve the • Atelectasis
splenic function and decrease acute chest • Thromboembolism
syndrome (ACS)
–– Initial dose is 20 mg/kg, increase gradually Clinical presentation
by 2.5–5 mg/kg up to a max of 35 mg/kg/day • Fever
–– Monitor for toxicity—mainly myelosup- • Chest pain
pression • Hypoxemia
–– Glutamine (Endari) can be given with HU • Respiratory distress
for prevention of morbidities • New infiltrate on chest radiograph
• Fever
–– Medical emergency—increased risk of Treatment
bacteremia, sepsis, meningitis, pneumonia/ • Antibiotic coverage
ACS –– Macrolide
–– Draw blood culture and perform chest –– Third generation cephalosporin
radiograph • Pain management
–– Initiate parenteral third-generation cepha- • Simple RBC transfusion for hypoxemia
losporin (i.e., ceftriaxone) × 2 doses and • Exchange transfusion indications
treat other causes if identified –– Continued hypoxemia and worsening respi-
ratory distress in the setting of Hgb > 10 g/dL
Infection • Can lead to risk of pulmonary hypertension—
• Due to functional hyposplenism leading cause of mortality in adults with EPO
• Infectious prophylaxis
–– Penicillin V potassium (VK) Vaso-occlusive Crisis
◦◦ Orally from birth until 5 years of age • Disruption of blood flow in microvasculature
◦◦ 125 mg orally twice a day 0–3 years by sickle cells, which have reduction in
◦◦ 250 mg orally twice a day 3–5 years deformability and increased adhesion to endo-
–– Continue prophylaxis for life if there is a thelial cells
history of severe infection with encapsu- • Risk factors include increased activity, expo-
lated organisms, splenectomy sure to cold, infection, hypoxia, and acidosis
10 Hematology/Oncology 363
Prognosis
Prevention
• Parents should be taught to palpate spleen
• Hematologists offer HU to all patients over
• Repeat episodes are common
the age of 9 months with SS or Sβ 0 thalas-
• Mortality rate is as high as 10–15%
semia, and Endari (glutamine) to all children
with SCD over the age of 5 years
Aplastic Crisis
Dactylitis Etiology
• Pain and swelling of the hands and feet • Arrest of erythropoiesis, leading to profound
• Often the first presentation of pain in toddlers and acute drop in hemoglobin
with SCD • Occurs most commonly secondary to infection
• Occurs in 50% of children by 2 years of age –– Parvovirus B19
• Differential diagnosis may include osteomy- –– May also be caused by bacterial and other
elitis if unilateral viral infections
• Treatment with anti-inflammatory pain medi-
cations, including acetaminophen and Clinical presentation
NSAIDs • Pallor
• Fatigue
Priapism • Decreased activity
• Prolonged penile erection in the absence of • Poor feeding
stimulation • Altered mentation
• May lead to irreversible changes—tissue
necrosis, fibrosis, erectile dysfunction Laboratory
• If < 2–4 h, treatment with hydration, oral pain • Severe anemia
management • Reticulocytopenia
• If > 4 h, medical emergency • May have thrombocytopenia
–– IV hydration
–– IV analgesics Treatment
–– Aspiration of blood from the corpus caver- • Transient with recovery of reticulocytes
nosum followed by injection of an alpha- within 2–14 days
adrenergic agonist • RBC transfusion support until reticulocyte
recovery
Splenic Sequestration
• Caused by vaso-occlusion in the spleen— Neurologic Complications
pooling of RBCs • Up to 11% of patients with SCD will have
• May occur in up to 30% of children with SCD clinically apparent stroke by the age of 20 years
364 A. A. Sinha et al.
Imaging
Other Complications
• Overt stroke means presence of focal neuro-
• Delayed puberty
logical deficit > 24 h and or cerebral infarct
• Impaired growth
by T2-weighted MRI
• Avascular necrosis
• Silent stroke means absence of focal neuro-
–– Most often femoral and humeral heads
logical lesions > 24 h with cerebral infarct on
–– Progressive joint destruction seen on MRI
T2-weighted MRI
–– Treatment with pain management, surgical
Treatment core decompression, may progress to
• Immediate (STAT) computed tomography require hip replacements in adult life
(CT)/MRI • Retinopathy
• Initially simple RBC transfusion to raise Hgb –– Due to retinal artery occlusion and ischemia
to 10 g/dL –– Can progress to retinal detachment
• Exchange transfusion –– Annual ophthalmologic examination for
–– Goal is to decrease HbS to < 30% early detection
–– Requires placement of apheresis catheter
Treatment Genetics
• Phototherapy and exchange transfusions for • X-linked recessive
hyperbilirubinemia in newborns • Variable intermediate expression shown by
• RBC transfusion for severe anemia as heterozygous females due to variable
necessary X-inactivation (lyonization)
• Splenectomy should be performed after the • More common in African American,
child is 5–6 years of age, if requiring frequent Mediterranean, Middle Eastern, and Asian
transfusions ethnic groups
• Folate supplementation
Clinical presentation
• Most individuals are asymptomatic, unless
Glucose-6-Phosphate hemolysis triggered
Dehydrogenase Deficiency • Episodes of hemolysis are produced by infec-
tion, drugs, and ingestion of fava beans
Introduction • Hemolysis ensues usually about 24–48 h after
• G6PD is an enzyme involved in the hexose exposure
monophosphate pathway, essential for glu- • Drugs causing hemolysis include antioxidant
cose metabolism in RBCs, with a vital role in drugs like aspirin, sulfonamides, antimalari-
prevention of cellular damage from reactive als, and rasburicase
oxygen species (ROS) • Ingestion of fava beans can cause acute life-
• G6PD deficiency affects more than 400 mil- threatening hemolytic syndrome
lion people worldwide, overall 4.9% global • G6PD deficiency can also cause severe neo-
prevalence natal jaundice, even leading to kernicterus in
• Global distribution parallels that of malaria some types
• Clinically presents with two clinical • In patients with chronic nonspherocytic
syndromes: hemolytic anemia, patients can have chronic
–– Episodic hemolytic anemia (more common) hemolysis and splenomegaly and may require
–– Chronic nonspherocytic hemolytic anemia frequent blood transfusions
366 A. A. Sinha et al.
• An infectious agent may alter the RBC mem- purpura sometimes occurs—Evans
brane so that it become antigenic syndrome)
• Drugs ~20% of cases, e.g., penicillin and –– The direct antiglobulin test is strongly
cephalosporins, etc. positive
• IgM cold antibodies usually associated with • Treatment
infections, e.g., mycoplasma and Epstein– –– Supportive treatment for mild cases
Barr virus (EBV) –– Corticosteroids for IgG-mediated disease
–– Blood transfusion (blood unit with the
Two types of autoimmune hemolytic anemia least reaction by the Coombs tech-
(AIHA) nique)—transient benefit, lifesaving in
1. Warm AIHA severe anemia
• Antibodies are active at 35–40 °C (“warm” –– IVIG
antibodies) –– Splenectomy in persistent cases
• Most often belong to the IgG class. They
do not require complement for activity 2. Cold Agglutinin Disease
2. Cold AIHA (cold agglutinin disease) • Cold antibodies usually have specificity
• Cold antibodies agglutinate RBCs at tem- for the oligosaccharide antigens of the I/i
peratures < 37 °C (98.6 °F) blood group system
• They are primarily of the IgM class and • They may occur in primary or idiopathic
require complement for hemolytic activity cold agglutinin disease, secondary to infec-
tions such as those from Mycoplasma
1. Warm AIHA pneumoniae and EBV or secondary to
• Clinical presentation lymphoproliferative disorders
–– Can be acute or chronic • Cold agglutinin disease is less common in
–– Acute transient type lasting 3–6 months, children than in adults
mainly in children 2–12 years—70–80% • More frequently results in an acute, self-
of patients. Frequently preceded by an limited episode of hemolysis
infection • Glucocorticoids not effective
–– Spleen is usually enlarged and is the pri- • Patients should avoid exposure to cold and
mary site of destruction of antibody- should be treated for underlying disease
coated RBCs • If severe, treatment includes immunosup-
–– This form characterized by a consistent pression and plasmapheresis
response to steroids, a low mortality • Splenectomy is not useful in cold aggluti-
rate, and full recovery nin disease
–– Other clinical patterns have a prolonged
and chronic course, more frequent in
infants and in children > 12 years. P aroxysmal Cold Hemoglobinuria
Hemolysis may continue for many
months or years • Mediated by the Donath–Landsteiner (D-L)
• Laboratory antibody
–– Profound anemia • An IgG cold-reactive autoantibody with anti-
–– Considerable reticulocytosis, spherocy- P specificity
tosis, and polychromasia. (in some • In vitro, the D-L antibody binds to RBCs in
cases, a low reticulocyte count may be the cold, and the RBCs are lysed by comple-
seen, particularly early in the episode) ment as the temperature is increased to 37 °C
–– Leukocytosis • Most reported cases are self-limited
–– Platelet count is usually normal, but • Most cases are associated with nonspecific
concomitant immune thrombocytopenic viral infections
368 A. A. Sinha et al.
Immune Pancytopenia
• Autoimmune neutropenia • Reduction in the number of RBCs, WBCs,
• Neonatal alloimmune neutropenia and platelets below age-adjusted lower limit
• Dysgammaglobulinemia of normal
• Hyper IgM syndrome –– Anemia, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia
• HIV
• PNH Results from: (Table 10.3)
• Decreased production of blood cells or bone
marrow failure
Nutritional • Immune-mediated destruction
• B12 and folic acid deficiency—Ineffective • Non-immune-mediated sequestration in
erythropoiesis with possible associated periphery
neutropenia
PLATELET DISORDERS
• Approach to platelet disorders (Fig. 10.11)
Thrombocytopenia
Diagnosis
• Normal platelet count 150,000–450,000
• Low platelet count may be due to clump-
ing in the tube and can be ruled out on
blood smear or pseudothrombocytopenia
screen
Fig. 10.10 Normal bone marrow biopsy of a 4-year-old boy.
Marrow cellularity is estimated by the percentage of hemato- • Differential guided by platelet count, platelet
poietic cells in the total volume of marrow space. Marrow size, the presence of other cytopenias, and
cellularity declines with age, with the highest cellularity in cause from low production or excessive
infants and young children and the lowest cellularity in the consumption
elderly (estimated cellularity = 100 minus age). The current
biopsy has approximately 90–96% cellularity (100–4 = 96).
(From Schafernak and Calvo [4], with permission)
Increased Consumption
Kasabach–Merritt Syndrome
• Platelet destruction due to high-velocity
turbulent blood flow through venous
malformation
• May also be associated with abnormal coagu-
lation profile
• Urgent venous malformation treatment and
supportive care required
Immune Thrombocytopenic Purpura (ITP) • High LDH, high indirect bilirubin, anemia,
• Autoimmune destruction of platelets thrombocytopenia, elevated creatinine, posi-
• Large platelet size indicates rapid production tive Shiga toxin
and release of new platelets from the marrow • Typically associated with hemorrhagic diar-
• Often associated with a preceding viral rhea due to Shiga toxin produced by E. coli
illness O157
• Typically self-limited, resolving within sev- • Aggressive supportive care needed for kidney
eral weeks failure, and anemia
• Chronic ITP if lasting > 6 months, and more
likely to be associated with a rheumatologic Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura
condition • Dysfunction of ADAMTS13 due to acquired
• Intracranial or mucosal bleeding are the most autoantibody/inhibitor or congenital
severe complications mutation
• Observation is typically sufficient. Treatment • Lack of ADAMTS13 function leads to failure
with IVIG or steroids is indicated with sig- to cleave large von Willebrand multimers
nificant bleeding • Intravascular shearing on large vWF multim-
ers; causes hemolytic anemia and thrombocy-
Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome topenia, kidney failure, encephalopathy, and
• Thrombocytopenia associated with microan- multisystem organ dysfunction
giopathic hemolytic anemia and kidney
failure
• Clinical symptoms include bloody diarrhea, Decreased Production
fever, vomiting, and decreased urine output
• Renal failure, thrombocytopenia, and hemo- Marrow Suppression
lytic anemia usually present 5–10 days after • Medication effect
initial symptoms and diarrhea has already • Marrow suppression due to infection, typi-
resolved cally viral
• Blood smear demonstrates schistocytes, indi-
Neonatal Thrombocytopenia
cating intravascular destruction of RBCs
• Severe thrombocytopenia in the neonatal
(Fig. 10.12)
period can be dangerous due to the risk of
intracranial hemorrhage
• Neonatal alloimmune thrombocytopenia
(NAIT): Profound thrombocytopenia due to
maternal antibodies against infant’s platelets
• Family history of other siblings with neonatal
thrombocytopenia should raise concern for
an inherited disorder of platelet production
Amegakaryocytic Thrombocytopenia
• Autosomal recessive disorder of failure of
bone marrow to make megakaryocytes, and
in turn, platelets
Fig. 10.12 Peripheral smear (40 ×) from a patient with
hemolytic anemia showing a schistocyte (black arrow) as • Associated with other congenital malforma-
well as fragmented cells (arrowheads). Note the presence of tions including cardiac, kidney, and
nucleated red cells (red arrows) musculoskeletal
10 Hematology/Oncology 373
Trisomy 21
• Predisposed to developing acute leukemia
–– 10 to 20% higher risk of developing leuke-
mia than general population
• Worse outcome compared to non-trisomy 21
patients
–– Higher treatment-related mortality
–– Higher relapse rate
• Leukemia in trisomy 21 differs in clinical
features, timing of occurrence, and response
Fig. 10.13 Peripheral blood showing leukocytosis with a to therapy
population of large mononuclear cells with high nuclear- • AML occurs earlier compared to general
cytoplasmic ratio, scant blue cytoplasm, and fine chromatin population (1.8 vs 7.5 years); ALL has simi-
with occasional nucleoli. These are features of lymphoblasts. lar age distribution
Note scattered smudge cells, another feature often seen in
• Ratio of AML to ALL is roughly equal in
peripheral smears with leukemia
children with trisomy 21 vs 1:4 in children
without trisomy 21
–– Ratio approaches general population above
age 5 years
• 10 to 30% of infants with trisomy 21 develop
a transient myeloproliferative disorder or
transient leukemia
–– Detected on routine screening
–– Most patients are asymptomatic
–– Spontaneous resolution by 2–3 months of
age
–– 20% of patients later develop AML
Bloom syndrome
• Autosomal-recessive disorder; genomic
instability with DNA repair defects
• Growth retardation, inflammatory skin
changes due to hypersensitivity to UV light,
telangiectatic skin
• Predisposition to malignancy, especially leu-
kemia, lymphoma, and GI tract tumors
Fig. 10.14 Bone marrow biopsy of B-cell acute lympho-
blastic leukemia demonstrating replacement of normal
hematopoietic cells with lymphoblasts with round or slightly
Ataxia telangiectasia
irregular nuclei with condensed chromatic, without nucleoli. • Increased risk of developing malignancy, par-
(From Penchansky [5], with permission) ticularly leukemia (ALL) and lymphoma
10 Hematology/Oncology 377
Biopsy criteria
• Size
–– 2 cm
–– Increasing over 2 weeks
–– No decrease after 4 weeks
• Location
–– Supraclavicular
• Consistency
–– Hard
–– Matted
–– Rubbery
• Associated features
–– Abnormal chest x-ray
–– Fever Fig. 10.16 Hodgkin lymphoma presents as a localized or
–– Weight loss regional lymphadenopathy. The characteristic cell is the
–– Hepatosplenomegaly Reed–Sternberg cell (arrow)
380 A. A. Sinha et al.
–– Oral mucosa
–– Lung
–– CNS
• Common symptoms
–– Bone pain
–– Soft tissue swelling
–– Skin rash
• Less common presentation
–– Diabetes insipidus
–– Respiratory insufficiency
–– Cytopenia
–– Lymphadenopathy
–– Liver dysfunction
–– Organomegaly
Clinical presentation
• Based on location, size, growth rate, and age
• Increased intracranial pressure
–– Headache
◦◦ Persistent vomiting (often mornings)
–– Mental changes, irritability
–– Visual disturbances
◦◦ Diplopia
◦◦ Papilledema Fig. 10.18 Pilocytic astrocytoma is composed of bipolar
◦◦ Parinaud syndrome (often associated cells with frequent microcystic spaces. Juvenile pilocytic
astrocytoma is the most common childhood primary brain
with pineoblastoma) tumor
–– Gait disturbances and ataxia
• Failure to thrive Astrocytoma
• Cranial nerve abnormalities
• Focal neurologic deficits • Accounts for 40% of all CNS tumors
• Seizures • Juvenile pilocytic astrocytoma (JPA)—most
• Declining school performance common subtype in children (Fig. 10.18)
• Loss of developmental milestones
Location = Posterior fossa
• Classic site for JPA is cerebellum but can
Pathologic diagnosis = Based on cell occur anywhere in CNS
of origin Can occur at multiple Treatment
locations in the CNS • Surgery—primary treatment
• Chemotherapy
• Infratentorial/posterior fossa—60% • Radiation therapy
–– Pilocytic astrocytoma
–– Medulloblastoma
–– Ependymoma edulloblastoma
M
–– Atypical teratoid /rhabdoid tumor (AT/RT)
–– Diffuse intrinsic pontine gliomas (DIPG) • The most common malignant brain tumor in
• Supratentorial—40% children
–– Low-grade glioma • Accounts for 20% of all brain tumors (second
–– High-grade glioma most common)
–– CNS embryonal tumor and variants • 90% of embryonal tumors
(“PNET”)
Location = Arises in cerebellum and fourth
–– AT/RT
ventricle
–– Ependymoma
• May metastasize down the spinal cord and
–– Choroid plexus tumors
rarely outside CNS
384 A. A. Sinha et al.
Pineoblastoma
• PNET
Clinical presentation
• Anatomic distribution
–– Head and neck—40%
–– Genitourinary—20%
–– Trunk—10%
–– Retroperitoneal and others
◦◦ Metastases to lung, bone marrow, lymph
nodes, and bone. Metastases to brain and
liver more common in relapse setting
• Specific histologic types:
–– Embryonal: 60%, intermediate prognosis
–– Alveolar type: 15%, most in the trunk and
extremities; poor prognosis (Fig. 10.22)
–– Botryoid type: 6%, “bunch of grapes”;
most in the vagina, uterus, bladder, naso-
Fig. 10.21 Wilms tumor is a triphasic tumor composed of
blastemal (black arrow), epithelial (arrowhead), and mesen- pharynx, and middle ear; good prognosis
chymal components (red arrow). Most are diagnosed before –– Pleomorphic form: 1%, adult type
6 years of age
3. Rogers HJ. Normal bone marrow. In: George TI, Buitenkamp TD, Izraeli S, Zimmermann M,
Arber DA, editors. Atlas of bone marrow pathol- Forestier E, Heerema NA, van den Heuvel-
ogy. New York: Science+Business Media; 2018. Eibrink MM, et al. Acute lymphoblastic leu-
4. Schafernak KT, Calvo KR. Constitutional, kemia in children with Down Syndrome: a
metabolic, and related disorders. In: George TI, retrospective analysis from the Ponte Di Legno
Arber DA, editors. Atlas of bone marrow pathol- study group. Blood. 2014;123(1):70–7.
ogy. New York: Science+Business Media; 2018. Camaschella C. Iron-deficiency anemia. N Engl J
p. 33–66. Med. 2015;372(19):1832–43.
5. Penanchansky L. Pediatric bone marrow. Berlin: DeLoughery T. Microcytic anemia. New Engl J
Springer; 2004. Med. 2014;371(14):1324–31.
Haupt R, Minkov M, Astigarraga I, Schäfer E,
Nanduri V, Jubran R, Euro Histio Network,
Suggested Reading et al. Langerhans cell histiocytosis (LCH):
guidelines for diagnosis, clinical work-up, and
Adams M, Jenney M, Lazarou L, White R, Birdsall treatment for patients till the age of 18 years.
S, Staab T, et al. Acute myeloid leukaemia after Pediatr Blood Cancer. 2013;60(2):175–84.
treatment for acute lymphoblastic leukaemia in Horton TM, Steuber CP, Aster JC. Park JR, edi-
girl with Bloomsyndrome. J Genet Syndr Gene tor. Overview of the clinical presentation and
Ther. 2013;4(8). pii: 1000177. diagnosis of acute lymphoblastic leukemia/
Adams RJ, McKie VC, Hsu L, Files B, Vichinsky lymphoma in children. Waltham: UpToDate.
E, Pegelow C, et al. Prevention of a first stroke http://www.uptodate.com. Accessed 24 Dec
by transfusions in children with sickle cell 2018.
anemia and abnormal results on transcra- Karimi M. Guidelines for diagnosis and manage-
nial Doppler ultrasonography. N Engl J Med. ment of Beta-thalassemia intermedia. Pediatr
1998;339(1):5–11. Hematol Oncol. 2014–10;31:583–96.
Adams RJ, Brambilla D, Optimizing Primary Kliegman R, Stanton B, St. Geme JW III, Schor
Stroke Prevention in Sickle Cell Anemia NF, Behrman RE, editors. Nelson textbook of
(STOP 2) Trial Investigators. Discontinuing pediatrics. Philadelphia: Elsevier; 2016.
prophylactic transfusions used to prevent Levin TL, Mäkitie O, Berdon WE, Lachman
stroke in sickle cell disease. N Engl J Med. RS. Shwachman–Bodian–Diamond Syndrome:
2005;353(26):2769–78. metaphyseal chondrodysplasia in children
Adams RJ, McKie VC, Hsu L, Files B, Vichinsky with pancreatic insufficiency and neutropenia.
E, Pegelow C, et al. Prevention of a first stroke Pediatr Radiol. 2015;45(7):1066–71. Review.
by transfusions in children with sickle cell Lipton JM. Evaluation of pancytopenia. BMJ Best
anemia and abnormal results on transcra- Practice (database). 2018. https://bestpractice.
nial Doppler ultrasonography. N Engl J Med. bmj.com/topics/en-us/1024. Accessed 24 Dec
1998;339(1):5–11. 2018.
Bain B. Diagnosis from the blood smear. N Engl J McClain KL. Kaplan SL, Mahoney Jr DH, Drutz
Med. 2005;353(5):498–507. JE, editors. Peripheral lymphadenopathy in
Bolton-Maggs PH, Langer JC, Iolascon A, children: evaluation and diagnostic approach.
Tittensor P, King MJ, General Haematology Task Waltham: UpToDate. http://www.uptodate.com.
Force of the British Committee for Standards in Accessed 24 Dec 2018.
Haematology. Guidelines for the diagnosis and Medeiros LJ, Greiner TC. Hodgkin’s disease.
management of hereditary spherocytosis – 2011 Cancer. 1995;75(1 Suppl):357–69.
update. Br J Haematol. 2012;156(1):37–49. Nathan DG, Oski FA, Orkin SH, editors. Nathan
and Oski’s hematology and oncology of infancy
390 A. A. Sinha et al.
• Dog and cat dander are abundant in indoor • Comorbid conditions such as headaches,
settings and a common cause of perennial sleep disturbance, fatigue, and impaired con-
allergic rhinitis and asthma centration and attentiveness at school
• Dust mites are another prevalent indoor aller- • Nasal turbinates may appear edematous, with
gen, is a very important trigger of perennial a pale to bluish hue
asthma and allergies • Cobblestoning from lymphoid hyperplasia
may be seen on the posterior oropharynx
Classification • Dark discolorations underneath the eyes,
• Intermittent disease with symptoms < 4 days/ “allergic shiners,” are due to venous engorge-
week or for a duration of < 4 weeks, usually ment and suborbital edema
related to outdoor allergens, e.g., pollens • Dennie–Morgan lines are folds under the eyes
• Persistent disease with symptoms > 4 days/ due to edema
week and are present for > 4 weeks, usually • A transverse nasal crease is seen across the
related to indoor allergens, e.g., molds bridge of the nose in children who chroni-
cally push their palms upward under their
Clinical presentation noses (“allergic salute”; Fig. 11.1)
• Nasal congestion may be reported by parents • Tonsils and adenoids are frequently enlarged
as mouth breathing, snoring, or a nasal voice in young patients with chronic rhinitis and
• Paroxysmal sneezing, nasal and palatal pruri- can be an additional cause of mouth breath-
tus, nose blowing, sniffing, snorting, and ing, snoring, and, in severe cases, sleep apnea
occasional coughing • Chronic mouth breathing from nasal obstruc-
• Nasal pruritus often produces the classic sign tion may cause allergic facies, with an open
of the allergic salute mouth, receding chin, overbite, elongated
• Itchy eyes and postnasal drip face, and arched hard palate
• Seasonality, progression of symptoms, identi- • Allergic conjunctivitis usually presents with
fiable triggers, alleviating factors, and respon- excessive tearing, conjunctival injection, and
siveness to allergy medication rubbing of the eyes
11 Allergy and Immunology 393
• Allergy immunotherapy
–– It is not used routinely for management of
mild-to-moderate AR that is responsive to
medical treatment
–– Reserved for more severe cases and in
those in which allergen avoidance is not
desired or possible (e.g., pet ownership)
• Comorbidities
–– AR also is one of the risk factors associ-
ated with otitis media
–– 20% of children with AR have otitis media
with effusion; 50% of the children who
have chronic otitis media with effusion
have AR Fig. 11.2 18-month-old child with pruritic circumscribed
–– Poorly controlled rhinitis symptoms may and coalescent wheals
exacerbate coexisting asthma and is an
important cofactor in asthma exacerbations –– Caused primarily by insect bite-induced
–– AR may increase the risk of developing hypersensitivity
sinusitis –– Clusters on exposed areas of skin, sparing
the genital, perianal, and axillary regions
–– Prevalence of papular urticaria peaks in
children from the ages of 2–10 years
URTICARIA • Erythema multiforme
–– Lesions may resemble urticaria and may
Background
be triggered by the same etiologic agents
• Urticaria is a rash that consists of pruritic,
such as infections and medications
blanching, erythematous, circumscribed, or
–– Erythema multiforme is distinguished from
(often) coalescent wheals
urticaria by the targetoid appearance of the
• Acute urticaria < 6 weeks
lesions
• Chronic urticaria 6 weeks or more
–– Patients who have erythema multiforme are
Causes at risk for developing mucosal and sys-
• Common allergens include food, medica- temic involvement
tions, insects, pollens, and animal dander • Urticaria pigmentosa (UP)
• Physical factors such as cold, pressure, heat,
Treatment
and light can trigger urticaria
• Identify and avoid the offending agent
• Another common cause of urticaria in children
• First-generation antihistamines (diphenhydr-
is infectious illness, especially from viruses
amine, hydroxyzine) are very effective but
Clinical presentation can lead to excessive sedation
• Wheals: Pruritic, blanching, erythematous, • Second-generation antihistamines (lorata-
circumscribed, or (often) coalescent wheals dine, cetirizine, and fexofenadine) are also
(Fig. 11.2) effective in controlling symptoms
• Use of glucocorticosteroids should be reserved
Differential diagnosis for children not responsive to H1- and
• Papular urticaria H2-antihistamines or children afflicted with
–– Common cause of papular, pruritic skin severe cases that involve significant
eruptions angioedema
11 Allergy and Immunology 395
• Another alternative medication for the treat- found for these illnesses even in asymptom-
ment of acute urticaria is leukotriene modifiers atic patients
such as montelukast, but with limited efficacy • Other reported infectious causes are viral
• If anaphylaxis, such as laryngeal angioedema, infections, urinary tract infections, and para-
respiratory, or gastrointestinal (GI) symp- sitic infections
toms, a self-injectable epinephrine pen should • Autoimmune diseases that have been associ-
be provided ated with chronic urticaria are thyroid disease,
celiac disease, type 1 diabetes mellitus, inflam-
matory bowel disease, juvenile idiopathic
Chronic Urticaria arthritis, and systemic lupus erythematosus
• The most common specific autoimmune asso-
Causes ciation with chronic urticaria is autoimmune
• Defined by urticarial lesions persisting or thyroid disease
recurring for more than 6 weeks • If evidence of vasculitis, referral for skin
• Physical factors are common triggers for biopsy may be indicated
chronic urticaria and can act alone or with
urticaria of other causes Treatment
• The main types of physical urticaria are der- • Very similar to acute urticaria
matographic, cholinergic, cold, pressure, • Specialists may use other therapies for chil-
solar, vibratory, and exercise-induced dren with chronic urticaria that has been
• Chronic infections, thyroid, and autoimmune refractory to standard therapies
disease are rare causes of chronic urticaria • Examples of these medications include
• Allergies rarely play a causal role and allergy hydroxychloroquine, sulfasalazine, dapsone,
testing in general is not indicated omalizumab, colchicine, mycophenolate
mofetil, and cyclosporine
Differential diagnosis • These medications require close monitoring
• Urticaria pigmentosa (UP) for adverse effects and should be used only
–– A form of cutaneous mastocytosis, usually by specialists experienced in prescribing
benign; can be associated with systemic these immune-modulating medications
mast cell activation
–– Lesions of UP are reddish brown macules
that wheal like a hive when stroked (posi-
tive Darier sign)
MASTOCYTOSIS
• Urticarial vasculitis
–– Rare in children but typically presents with Background
fever, arthralgia, and painful fixed urticar- • Disorder characterized by mast cell prolifera-
ial and petechial lesions that last longer tion and accumulation within various organs,
than 24 h most commonly the skin
–– Urticaria vasculitis is differentiated from • Cutaneous mastocytosis
typical chronic urticaria by the presence of –– Urticaria pigmentosa
nonpruritic, painful lesions with systemic • Systemic mastocytosis
symptoms
Clinical presentation
Diagnosis • Most patients have pruritic cutaneous
• Infection may be the cause for the urticaria lesions
• Positive serologic findings for Chlamydia • Macules, papules, nodules, plaques, blisters,
pneumoniae and Helicobacter pylori can be and bullae (Fig. 11.3)
396 M. I. Garcia Lloret and C. Y. Kuo
Treatment
• H1 and H2 antihistamines decrease pruritus,
flushing, and GI symptoms
• Cromolyn is a mast cell stabilizer that
improves diarrhea, flushing, headaches, vom-
iting, urticaria, abdominal pain, nausea, and
itching in some patients
• Epinephrine pens for cases of anaphylaxis
• Avoid triggers
Prognosis
• Most patients with urticaria pigmentosa (UP)
exhibit onset before age 2 years, which is
associated with an excellent prognosis, often
resolved by puberty
• Cutaneous mastocytosis onset after age
10 years portends a poorer prognosis, which
is associated more often with systemic dis-
ease, and carries a higher risk of malignant
transformation
Fig. 11.3 8-month-old girl with severe mastocytosis cuta-
neous type (urticaria pigmentosa) showing pruritic macules,
papules, blisters, and crusts all over the body HEREDITARY ANGIOEDEMA
• Face tends to be less affected (HAE)
• Darier sign: Wheal and surrounding erythema
develop in a lesion after rubbing it Background
• Some patients, especially those with extensive • HAE usually presents in childhood or adoles-
cutaneous disease, experience acute systemic cence with a mean age at onset between 8 and
symptoms exacerbated by certain activities or 12 years
ingestion of certain drugs or foods • Type 1 is secondary to insufficient levels of
• Possible systemic symptoms include flushing, C1 inhibitor
headache, dyspnea, wheezing, rhinorrhea, • Type 2 is associated with normal levels but
nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, and syncope dysfunctional C1 inhibitor
• Anaphylactic reactions to Hymenoptera • Type 3 has normal functional levels of C1
stings may be the first sign of mastocytosis inhibitor; this type is nonexistent in children
and adolescents
Diagnosis
• Complete blood count (CBC) in systemic Clinical presentation
mastocytosis may reveal anemia, thrombocy- • Recurrent, episodic, nonpruritic swelling of
topenia, thrombocytosis, leukocytosis, and the skin and mucosal tissues
eosinophilia
11 Allergy and Immunology 397
• Laryngeal edema that may lead to death by –– Attenuated androgens, such as danazol or
asphyxiation oxandrolone, and antifibrinolytics, such as
• Severe abdominal attacks manifested by tranexamic acid
intestinal edema
• The swelling can occur anywhere on the body,
including lips, eyelids, hands, feet, and ANAPHYLAXIS
genitals
• The swelling usually develops over the course
of 24 h and then resolves spontaneously in Background
the next 24–36 h • Anaphylaxis is an acute, life-threatening sys-
• Can be triggered by minor injury, dental temic reaction that results from the sudden
work, infection, stress, or menstruation release of mediators from mast cells and
• The frequency of the swelling is patient-spe- basophils
cific, occurring as frequently as once per • Prompt recognition of the signs and symp-
week or as rarely as once per year toms of anaphylaxis is critical to providing
• The disease is inherited, commonly in an rapid and effective treatment
autosomal-dominant fashion • Epinephrine is the most important medication
• If a diagnosis of HAE is made, testing of first- for treating anaphylaxis, and earlier adminis-
degree relatives is recommended tration portends a better prognosis
Diagnosis Causes
• The abdominal attacks may be mistaken for • Food
an acute abdominal condition such as appen- –– The most common cause of anaphylaxis in
dicitis or mechanical obstruction the outpatient setting is food
• The angioedema of HAE occurs without pru- –– Foods most commonly implicated are pea-
ritus or urticaria, develops more gradually nuts, tree nuts, fish, shellfish, cow’s milk,
over several hours, and is poorly responsive soy, egg, soy, and seeds
to antihistamines, corticosteroids, or • Medications
epinephrine –– Medications are the second most common
• The diagnosis of HAE is made by confirming cause of anaphylaxis in children
a deficiency in the C1 inhibitor, either quanti- –– The two most frequent culprits are antibi-
tatively or qualitatively otics, particularly β-lactam antibiotics, and
nonsteroidal anti- inflammatory drugs
Treatment (NSAIDs)
• Begins with immediate management of the • Radiographic contrast
patient’s airway if compromised –– Anaphylactoid reactions associated with
• Intubation may be necessary for the protec- radiographic contrast material occur in
tion of the airway if laryngeal edema is approximately 1% of patients
present –– Pretreatment with oral corticosteroids and
• In children with severe or frequent attacks antihistamines can reduce the risk of ana-
occurring more than once per month, long- phylactoid reactions from radiographic
term prophylaxis should be considered contrast material
–– Complement C1 esterase inhibitor can be • Stinging insects
used as an acute treatment, short or long- –– Hymenoptera: Stings by bees, vespids
term prophylaxis (yellow jackets, hornets, and wasps), and
398 M. I. Garcia Lloret and C. Y. Kuo
• Lymphadenopathy
SERUM SICKNESS • Neurologic manifestation, e.g., peripheral
neuropathy
Background Management
• Serum sickness is a type III hypersensitivity • Stop the offending agent
reaction that results from the injection of • NSAIDs can help for fever and muscle/bone
heterologous or foreign protein or serum pain
• Immune complex causes vascular injury and • Diphenhydramine or hydroxyzine will help
influx of neutrophils and eventual tissue to relieve urticaria and itching
injury or death • Prednisone 1–2 mg/kg/day can be given if
• Reactions secondary to the administration of other interventions are not helpful
nonprotein drugs are clinically similar to
serum sickness reactions
• Serum sickness does not require prior expo- ALLERGIC REACTIONS
sure to an antigen (prior sensitization) and
can occur on initial exposure
TO INSECTS
• The most common cause of serum sickness
today is antibiotics, e.g., cefaclor and • Insect stings usually result in site-limited
penicillin transient pain, itching, and swelling
• Stings from Hymenoptera (bees, wasps, and • Allergic reactions of varying severity can
some ants) can induce serum sickness occur in previously sensitized patients and
can be life-threatening
Clinical presentation • Recurrent systemic reactions to venom tend
• It may take 6–12 days for the reaction to to be similar in severity to the initial reaction
develop, but can take up to 3 weeks in an individual patient
• If previous exposure has occurred, a reaction
may occur as quickly as 1–3 days post-exposure Clinical presentation
• Fever/malaise • There are three common types of allergic
• Skin rash: Urticarial (92%) and/or serpigi- reactions to the venom of Hymenoptera
nous, the rash typically starts on the anterior (includes bees, yellow jackets, wasps, hor-
lower trunk or the periumbilical or axillary nets, and fire ants):
regions and spreads to the back, upper trunk, 1. Anaphylactic reactions (i.e., involving
and extremities multiple organ systems)
• Arthritis is usually in the metacarpophalan- 2. Systemic cutaneous reactions (wide-
geal and knee joints and usually symmetrical spread) include widespread pruritus,
• Edema may occur, particularly the face and hives, erythema, and/or angioedema
neck developing shortly after the sting. Can be
• Renal manifestations include proteinuria, dangerous if they involve edema of the
microscopic hematuria, and oliguria lips, tongue, or structures near the airway.
• GI complaints They may take several days to resolve
• Headaches fully
• Myalgias 3. Large local reactions (contiguous to
• Blurred vision the site) usually result in delayed and
• Dyspnea/wheezing prolonged local inflammation that
402 M. I. Garcia Lloret and C. Y. Kuo
increases over 24–48 h. Take 3–4 days to –– Considered in selected patients with a his-
resolve tory of moderate-to-severe cutaneous sys-
temic reaction
Diagnosis –– Offered to very selected patients with a his-
• History of insect sting and symptoms consis- tory of repeated large local reactions
tent with an allergic reaction
• Presence of positive skin test and/or ele-
vated serum levels of venom-specific
immunoglobulin SKIN TESTING
• Testing can be done as soon as 1 week fol-
lowing the sting, but if negative and the his-
tory is convincing, it should be repeated Background
5–6 weeks later (transient anergy) • Skin prick tests are the most common screen-
ing tests for patients suspected to have aller-
Management gies. Both environmental and food allergies
• Anaphylactic reactions can be tested this way
–– Epinephrine • Skin testing is highly sensitive and safe even
–– Other medications as per standard manage- in very young children
ment of anaphylaxis • These tests provide useful and reproducible
–– Prescribe epinephrine autoinjector clinical information in a short period (i.e.,
–– Refer to an allergist for venom 15–20 min), with minimal expense and negli-
immunotherapy gible risk to the patient
• Systemic cutaneous reactions
–– Antihistamines Indications
–– Consider corticosteroids • Identification of aeroallergen triggers in
–– Consider prescribing an epinephrine auto- patients who have asthma
injector to patients with a history of mod- • AR not controlled with usual medications,
erate-to-severe systemic cutaneous specific avoidance is desired in such cases,
reactions e.g., pet dander
–– Consider referral to an allergist for venom • Food allergy
immunotherapy • Insect sting allergy
• Large local reactions • Vaccine, drug, or latex allergy
–– Ice pack • Evaluation for moderate-to-severe atopic
–– NSAIDs dermatitis
–– Antihistamines • Other conditions, including allergic fungal
–– Consider corticosteroids sinusitis, allergic bronchopulmonary asper-
• Venom immunotherapy gillosis, and eosinophilic esophagitis
–– Effective in reducing the severity of aller-
Medication that alters the result of skin test
gic reactions
• First-generation nonselective antihistamines,
–– Minimum 5-year duration
e.g., diphenhydramine, suppress skin reactiv-
–– Indicated in all patients with a history of
ity for 3 days
anaphylactic reaction to an insect sting and
• Second-generation antihistamines (e.g., ceti-
positive venom skin test or elevated serum
rizine, loratadine) may blunt skin test for up
levels of venom-specific IgE
to 7 days
11 Allergy and Immunology 403
• Ranitidine and famotidine may blunt the skin ity to a particular allergen. In contrast, a
test for up to 7 days negative skin-prick test is strong evidence
• Tricyclic antidepressants and phenothiazines against clinically relevant allergy to the tested
may block skin reactivity for 2 weeks allergen
Medications
In Vitro Allergy Testing • First-generation antihistamine: Diphenhydr-
amine, chlorpheniramine, and hydroxyzine
Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) –– Adverse effects of first-generation
• Radioallergosorbent (RAST) testing is out- antihistamines:
dated because of radiation and is rarely used ◦◦ Sedation
today ◦◦ Interaction with acetylcholine receptors
• ELISA, which uses antibodies linked to and can cause dry mouth, blurry vision
enzymes, as well as fluorescent enzyme • Second-generation antihistamine: Cetirizine,
immunoassay (EIA) and chemiluminescent fexofenadine, loratadine, and desloratadine
immunoassays –– Does not cross the blood–brain barrier and
• The accuracy of immunoassays varies with are more specifically aimed at H1 receptor
the system being used and the quality of the and not the other receptors
allergen • Steroid
• There is a good predictive value (> 90%) for –– Intranasal corticosteroids are the most effec-
pollens of grass, trees, dust mites, and cats, tive agents for nasal allergy and do not have
whereas less accurate results may be the systemic effects seen with oral steroids
obtained from venoms, weeds, latex, dogs, –– Inhaled corticosteroids are important treat-
and molds ment measure in the patient with persistent
• If testing is equivocal, it can be further evalu- asthma
ated by skin testing and, if indicated, a chal-
lenge to the allergen Immunotherapy
• Both skin and ELISA are evidence of sensiti- • Only therapy capable of changing the course
zation but not necessarily of clinical reactiv- of allergic disease
404 M. I. Garcia Lloret and C. Y. Kuo
in the early stages of disease before class • Normal ESR makes chronic bacterial and
switching to other immunoglobulin isotypes. fungal infection unlikely
Good at activating complement
• IgA: Main immunoglobulin in mucosal Additional testing for B-cell defects
secretions. Found in mucosal areas such as • Quantitative immunoglobulins (IgG, IgA,
the gut, respiratory tract, and urogenital and IgM)
tract and prevents colonization by patho- • Antibody titers to vaccines (e.g., tetanus,
gens. Also found in saliva, tears, and breast diphtheria, Haemophilus influenzae type B,
milk and pneumococcus)
• IgD: Functions mainly as an antigen receptor • Isohemagglutinins
on B-cells that have not been exposed to anti-
gen. Has been shown to activate basophils and Additional testing for T-cell defects
mast cells to produce antimicrobial factors • T-cell quantification
• IgE: Binds to allergens and triggers histamine • T-cell functional studies: Lymphocyte prolif-
release from mast cells and basophils and is eration assay to mitogens (phytohemaggluti-
involved in allergy. Also protects against nin, concanavalin A, pokeweed mitogen) and/
parasites or to antigens (candida, tetanus)
• T-cell receptor excision circles (TREC); new-
born screening (as of December 2018, all
Initial Immunologic Testing newborns in the United States are screened for
of a Child with Recurrent Infections severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID))
CBC with manual differential and erythrocyte Additional testing for phagocyte defects
sedimentation rate (ESR) • Absolute neutrophil count
• Normal absolute lymphocyte count rules • Neutrophil oxidative burst assay (dihydrorho-
against T-cell defect damine [DHR] assay)
• Normal absolute neutrophil count rules
against congenital or acquired neutropenia Additional testing for complement deficiencies
• Normal platelet count excludes Wiskott– • CH50
Aldrich syndrome
• Absence of Howell–Jolly bodies rules against Clinical patterns in some of the primary immu-
asplenia nodeficiencies (Table 11.2)
Table 11.2 (continued)
Clinical features Diagnosis
Severe progressive infectious mononucleosis X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome
Recurrent staphylococcal abscesses, staphylococcal pneumonia Hyper-IgE syndrome
with pneumatocele formation, coarse facial features, pruritic
dermatitis
Persistent thrush, nail dystrophy, endocrinopathies Chronic mucocutaneous candidiasis
Short stature, fine hair, severe varicella Cartilage–hair hypoplasia with short-limbed
dwarfism
Oculocutaneous albinism, recurrent infections, silvery hair Chediak–Higashi syndrome
Boy with liver abscesses, suppurative lymphadenopathy, antral Chronic granulomatous disease
outlet obstruction, pneumonia, osteomyelitis, nitroblue
tetrazolium (NBT) or dihydrorhodamine assay reduced or no
color change
Recurrent respiratory, gastrointestinal, and genitourinary tract IgA deficiency
infections, many patients are asymptomatic, risk of anaphylaxis
with blood products
Older than 5 and adults
Healthy male until acquires fulminant often fatal infectious X-linked lymphoproliferative syndrome
mononucleosis or EBV infection (mean age of presentation is
< 5 years)
Sinopulmonary infections, neurologic deterioration, telangiectasia Ataxia–telangiectasia
Recurrent Neisseria infections Terminal complement defect
Sinopulmonary infections, normal B-cell counts, Common variable immunodeficiency
hypogammaglobulinemia, autoimmune cytopenias
EBV Epstein–Barr virus
Diagnosis Treatment
• EBV studies • Skin care (hydration and control of itch)
• Peripheral blood smears will show atypical • Prophylactic antibiotics to prevent cutaneous
lymphocytosis, particularly CD8+ T cells and respiratory infections
• Hypogammaglobulinemia is common • Aggressive treatment of infections
• NK-cell activity often reduced • Monitor/treat skeletal abnormalities
• Chemistry profiles will show transaminitis and • Hematopoietic cell transplantation addresses
other findings of acute hepatitis/liver failure immunodeficiency but not somatic
• HLH labs if indicated, including bone mar- abnormalities
row biopsy
• Mutation analysis for the SAP gene mutation
COMBINED ANTIBODY
Treatment AND CELLULAR
• Rituximab to ablate B-cells IMMUNODEFICIENCY
• IgG replacement
• Definitive therapy—hematopoietic cell Severe Combined Immunodeficiency
transplantation
(SCID)
Background
Hyper-IgE Syndrome (HIES) • Caused by multiple mutations (X-linked, AR,
or sporadic) that affect T- and B-cell
Background
development
• Autosomal dominant (AD) (STAT3) is more
• CD3 T-cell count typically < 300/μL
common
412 M. I. Garcia Lloret and C. Y. Kuo
parameter: 2010 update. J Allergy Clin Immunol. Scadding G. Optimal management of nasal con-
2010;126(3):477–80.e1-42. gestion caused by allergic rhinitis in children.
Munir AK, Björkstén B, Einarsson R, Ekstrand- Pediatr Drugs. 2008;10(3):151–62.
Tobin A, Möller C, Warner A, Kjellman Shprintzen RJ, Goldberg RB, Lewin ML, Sidoti
NI. Mite allergens in relation to home con- EJ, Berkman MD, Argamaso RV, et al. A new
ditions and sensitization of asthmatic chil- syndrome involving cleft palate, cardiac anom-
dren from three climatic regions. Allergy. alies, typical facies, and learning disabilities:
1995;50(1):55–64. velo-cardiofacial syndrome. Cleft Palate J.
National Asthma Education and Prevention 1978;15(1):56–62.
Program. Expert panel report 3: guidelines Tiller TL, Buckley RH. Transient hypogamma-
for the diagnosis and management of asthma, globulinemia of infancy: review of the litera-
Full Report 2007. NIH Publication 07-4051. ture, clinical and immunologic features of 11
Bethesda: National Heart, Lung, and Blood new cases, and long-term follow-up. J Pediatr.
Institute; 2007. 1978;92(3):347–53.
Endocrinology
12
Amr Morsi
Table 12.1 Common causes of short stature: differences • Soft tissue growth
between constitutional delay, familial short stature, and • Protein synthesis
growth hormone deficiency • Fatty acid release from adipose tissue
Growth • Insulin resistance
Constitutional Familial short hormone
delay stature deficiency
IGF-1
Growth Growth Growth Height or
curve velocity along velocity is length > 3 • IGF-1 is both synthesized in the liver and
or parallel to parallel to but SD below formed locally in bones and muscles of
the lower below the the mean children
percentiles of normal growth • Gene located on chromosome 12
the growth curve
• Circulating IGF-1 is directly related to GH
curve
Family Positive late One or two Depends activity and nutritional status
history bloomers parents are on the
short cause GH therapy (Fig. 12.4)
Bone age Mildly delayed Equal to Delayed • In children with classic GHD, treatment
chronological should be started as soon as possible to ensure
age
the greatest effect on final adult height
Hormonal Normal Normal Low IGF-1
studies and low • Higher doses during puberty can be
IGFBP-3 considered
Treatment Reassurance Reassurance Growth • Maximal response is usually during the 1st
Some may and monitoring hormone year
benefit from
testosterone
short course if
Criteria for discontinuing GH treatment
puberty is • Decision by the patient/parent to discontinue
delayed • Growth rate less than 2 cm/year
IGF-1 insulin-like growth factor 1, IGFBP-3 IGF binding protein 3 • Bone age of 14 years in girls and 16 years in
boys
The major biologically active hormones released
into systemic circulation include the following Adverse effects of GH
• Growth hormone (GH) • Pseudotumor cerebri (headaches and
• Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) papilledema)
• TSH • Slipped capital femoral epiphysis (limping,
• Luteinizing hormone (LH) and hip or knee pain)
• Follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH) • Gynecomastia
• Prolactin (PRL) • Worsening scoliosis (needs to be monitored)
• Antidiuretic hormone (ADH) • Insulin resistance
Growth hormone (GH) Other indications for GH therapy
• GH is 191-amino acid (191-AA) single-chain 1. Turner syndrome
polypeptide. The GH gene is called GH1 and 2. Noonan syndrome
is located on chromosome 17 3. SHOX-gene mutation
4. Prader–Willi syndrome
Biologic effect of GH
5. Idiopathic short stature
• Linear growth
6. Small for gestational age
• Bone thickness growth
12 Endocrinology 423
Background Management
• Hyponatremia and hypo-osmolality resulting • Depends on the severity of hyponatremia and
from inappropriate, continued secretion or chronicity of condition
action of the hormone despite normal or • Correcting hyponatremia too rapidly may
increased plasma volume, which results in result in central pontine myelinolysis with
impaired water excretion permanent neurologic deficits
• Fluid restriction in mild cases
Causes • Administration of 3% hypertonic saline
• Central nervous system (CNS) pathology should be used only in severe and emergent
–– Infection, e.g., tumor, thrombosis, neuro- cases
surgery, hydrocephalus, meningitis, pneu- • The objective is to raise serum Na+ levels by
monia, hypoxia, and brain abscess 0.5–1 mEq/h and not more than 10–12 mEq
–– Head trauma in the first 24 h, to bring the Na+ value to a
• Pulmonary disease maximum level of 125–130 mEq/L
–– Pneumonia, asthma, positive pressure ven-
tilation, tuberculosis, cystic fibrosis
• Neoplastic, e.g., lymphoma and leukemia Cerebral Salt Wasting
• Hypothyroidism
Background
• Excessive treatment of central DI
• Hypersecretion of atrial natriuretic peptides
• Carbamazepine/oxcarbazepine, cyclophos-
phamide, phenothiazines, fluoxetine, vincris- Causes
tine, and cisplatin—important drugs that • Head trauma, hydrocephalus, neurosurgery,
cause SIADH cranial irradiation, hypothalamic/pituitary
• Anorexia neoplasms, cerebral vascular accident, and
• Schizophrenia brain death
Clinical presentation Presentation (Table 12.2)
• Hypervolemic state • Excessive salt wasting
• Depending on the magnitude and rate of • Very high urinary Na+
development, hyponatremia may or may not • Hyponatremia
cause symptoms
• Anorexia, nausea, and malaise are early Diagnosis
symptoms when the serum Na+ level is less • Hypovolemic state (SIADH is euvolemic/
than 125 mEq/L hypervolemic)
• Headache, muscle cramps, irritability, drowsi- • High urine output (SIADH is the opposite)
ness, confusion, weakness, seizures, and coma • Normal or high uric acid
can occur with further decrease in the serum Na • High atrial natriuretic peptide
Diagnosis Treatment
• Hyponatremia (i.e., serum Na+< 135 mmol/L) • Hydration
with concomitant hypo-osmolality (serum • Treatment of underlying cause
428 A. Morsi
Table 12.2 Difference between diabetes insipidus, SIADH, and cerebral salt wasting
Diabetes insipidus SIADH Cerebral salt wasting
Cause Low or resistance to ADH High ADH Unclear pathophysiology; however, may be
associated with increased natriuretic
peptides
Na+ level High Normal or low Low
Serum High Low Low
osmolality
Urine Low High Relatively dilute because of high urine
osmolality output
Intravascular Hypovolemia Euvolemia or Hypovolemia
volume hypervolemia
Urine output High Low High
Urine Na+ Low High or match Very high, more than Na+ intake,
Na intake > 40 mEq/L
Management Allow access to free water all the time + Fluids IV fluids, NS, or even 3% NS
desmopressin or treat for nephrogenic restrictions May need salt supplement
DI
SIADH syndrome of inappropriate ADH secretion, ADH antidiuretic hormone, Na+ sodium, IV intravenous, NS normal
saline, DI diabetes insipidus
Diagnosis
• Elevated serum PRL
Hyperpituitarism
• TSH and pregnancy test must be performed
Gigantism and acromegaly • MRI: A serum PRL value of 200 ng/mL or
• Hypersecretion of GH before ossification of greater in the presence of a macroadenoma
the epiphysis causes gigantism and after (> 10 mm) is virtually diagnostic of
epiphyseal closure causes acromegaly prolactinoma
Treatment
Prolactinoma • Bromocriptine
• Cabergoline (bettertolerated than
Background bromocriptine)
• Prolactin-secreting tumor is the most com-
mon cause in adolescents
• Based on its size, a prolactinoma can be classi- THYROID DISORDERS
fied as a microprolactinoma (< 10 mm diame-
ter) or a macroprolactinoma (> 10 mm I ntroduction
diameter)
Location
Clinical presentation • The thyroid gland is found in the neck, below
• Headache the thyroid cartilage (which forms the laryn-
• Amenorrhea geal prominence or “Adam’s apple”)
12 Endocrinology 429
Treatment
Congenital Hypothyroidism • Levothyroxine given orally is the treatment of
choice
Background • 10 to 15 μg/kg/day initial dose
• Thyroid dysgenesis (aplasia, hypoplasia, or • No liquid preparations of levothyroxine should
an ectopic) is the most common cause of con- be given to neonates or infants. These prepara-
genital hypothyroidism tions are very difficult to keep in suspension,
• Most common form of thyroid dysgenesis is and the delivery of drug is inconsistent
ectopic thyroid • If the newborn screen is positive for hypo-
• Occasionally associated with thyroglossal thyroidism, order TSH and free T4 to con-
cyst firm, then start the treatment immediately,
before the results of the confirmatory tests
Clinical presentation are available
• Most infants are asymptomatic at birth because • No treatment is required for TBG deficiency
of transplacental passage of maternal T4
• Length and weight are normal at birth, but Prognosis
head may be larger at birth • Early diagnosis and treatment of congenital
• Prolongation of physiologic jaundice hypothyroidism prevents severe intellectual
• Poor feeding, especially sluggishness disability and other neurologic complications
• Somnolence and choking spells during feed-
ing may be the first sign in the 1st month
• Respiratory difficulties due to large protruded Thyroid-Binding Globulin Deficiency
tongue, apneic episodes, noisy breathing,
• X-linked condition
nasal obstruction
• Could be partial (1 in 4000) or complete (1 in
• Cold, mottled, and dry skin
15,000)
• Constipation that usually does not respond to
• Heterozygous males are more frequently
treatment
detected
• Umbilical hernia
430 A. Morsi
Management
Thyroid Cancer • TSH suppressive therapy in children with
papillary or follicular-type thyroid cancer
Background • Surgery
• Prior radiation therapy to the neck increases • Radiotherapy
the risk of thyroid cancer • Surveillance
434 A. Morsi
• Intravenous (IV) infusion with calcium-con- tapping the ipsilateral facial nerve as it
taining solutions can cause severe tissue courses just anterior to the ear
necrosis –– Trousseau sign: Carpal spasm is induced
by inflating a blood pressure cuff around
the arm to a pressure 20 mmHg above
Hypoparathyroidism obliteration of the radial pulse for 3–5 min
Background Diagnosis
• Hypoparathyroidism is a condition of PTH • Primary hypoparathyroidism
deficiency –– Low (or inappropriately normal) PTH and
low calcium level
Causes • Pseudohypoparathyroidism
• Iatrogenic (most common cause), e.g., sec- –– High PTH (due to resistance and PTH
ondary thyroidectomy with accidental receptor mutation) and low calcium
removal of parathyroid glands • Secondary hypoparathyroidism
• Congenital causes, e.g., DiGeorge syndrome –– Low PTH and high calcium level
• Autoimmune polyendocrinopathy–candidia- • Calcium
sis–ectodermal dystrophy (APECED) (aka –– Hypoalbuminemia causes a drop in total
autoimmune polyendocrinopathy syndrome calcium concentration, but the ionized
type 1 [APS 1]) fraction may be within the reference range
• Metal overload, e.g., Wilson disease or –– Alkalosis may trigger symptoms of
hemochromatosis hypocalcemia
• Maternal hypercalcemia in unborn infant may • Serum magnesium
cause suppression of PTH in neonate –– Hypomagnesemia may cause PTH defi-
ciency and subsequent hypocalcemia
Clinical presentation
–– Exclude it in any patient with primary
• Paresthesias (involving fingertips, toes, peri-
hypoparathyroidism
oral area)
• Serum phosphorus
• Hyperirritability
–– PTH is a phosphaturic hormone. In its
• Fatigue
absence, phosphorus levels in the blood
• Anxiety
rise
• Mood swings and/or personality
• 25(OH)D to exclude vitamin D deficiency as
disturbances
a cause of hypocalcemia
• Seizures (especially in patients with
epilepsy) Management
• Hoarseness (due to laryngospasm) • Correct the hypocalcemia by administering
• Wheezing and dyspnea (due to calcium and vitamin D (calcitriol)
bronchospasm)
• Muscle cramps, diaphoresis, and biliary colic
• Hypomagnesemia, hypokalemia, and alkalo- Pseudohypoparathyroidism (PHP);
sis (e.g., hyperventilation), which worsen Albright Hereditary Osteodystrophy
signs and symptoms of hypocalcemia
(AHO)
• Hypocalcemia may be demonstrated at the
bedside by eliciting the following signs: Background
–– Chvostek sign: Facial twitching, especially • PHP is a heterogeneous group of disorders
around the mouth, is induced by gently characterized by hypocalcemia, hyperphos-
12 Endocrinology 437
Open fontanelle
Delayed teething
• Knobby deformity of long bone, which is –– High-dose vitamin D may need to be inter-
visualized on radiography as cupping and mittently repeated (usually every 3 months)
flaring of the metaphyses if poor compliance persists with mainte-
• Marfan sign; palpation of the tibial malleolus nance dosing
gives the impression of a double epiphysis • Calcium replacement
• Greenstick fracture –– Hypocalcemia should be treated with cal-
cium supplements
Diagnosis (Table 12.3) –– Parenteral calcium as calcium gluconate
• Low to normal calcium becomes necessary in case of tetany or
• Low phosphorus convulsions
• High alkaline phosphatase –– Calcitriol may be necessary until calcium
• High PTH levels normalize
• Low 25(OH)D • Monitoring therapy
• Low to high 1,25-dihydroxyvitamin D –– It is important to obtain calcium, phospho-
• Normal HCO3 rus, and ALP levels 1 month after initiating
therapy
Radiography (Fig. 12.7)
• Anterior view of the knee is the best site to
study, also the wrist and ankle
• Widening and cupping of the metaphysis
• Fraying of metaphysis a b
• Epiphyseal plate is widened and irregular
• Osteopenia
Management
• Indication for treatment
–– Vitamin D therapy is necessary for infants
and children who manifest clinical features
of hypocalcemia as a result of vitamin D
deficiency or rickets and when vitamin D
levels are in the deficient range
• Vitamin D and calcium replacement
–– Vitamin D given daily for a 2- to 3-month
period to normalize 25(OH)-D levels and
replenish stores
–– Vitamin D3 can be given 2000 IU PO daily
or 50,000 IU PO weekly for 6 weeks
–– With therapy, radiologic evidence of healing is
observed in 2–4 weeks, after which the dose of
vitamin D can be reduced to 400 IU/day
–– Lack of compliance is an important cause of
lack of response, and an option after the 1st
month of life is to administer high doses of
vitamin D in a single administration as “stoss
therapy,” instead of smaller doses over a lon- Fig. 12.7 Radiographs of rickets. Radiographs of the wrist
(a) and leg (b) of a 3-year-old boy with nutritional rickets
ger period, followed by maintenance dosing showing the cupping, fraying, and widening of the physis
12 Endocrinology 441
Hypophosphatemic Rickets
(X-Linked) Normal Variants of Puberty:
Premature Adrenarche
Background
• X-linked hypophosphatemic rickets is an Background
X-linked dominant disorder • Benign, self-limited
• Affects both males and females • Onset before age 6 years
442 A. Morsi
Table 12.3 Types of rickets, differential diagnosis, and common laboratory findings
25(OH)
Disorder Defect Ca Ph PTH D Calcitriol ALP Treatment
Vitamin D deficiency Decreased vitamin D N, L H L N, L, H H Vitamin D
L
1-αhydroxylase mutation 25-(OH)D cannot be N, L H N Very L H Calcitriol
converted to calcitriol L
Vitamin D receptor End-organ resistance to N, L H N Very H H Ca
mutation resistance vitamin D L
Chronic renal failure Decrease activity of N, H Very N L H Ca and phosphate
1-αhydroxylase in the L H binders
kidney
Hypoparathyroidism Low PTH L H L N N N Ca, vitamin D, and
calcitriol in some
cases
X-linked hypophosphatemic Proximal tubular defect, N, L N, H N N, H Phosphate and
rickets Ph wasted in the urine L slightly L calcitriol
Mostly due to PHEX
mutation
Pseudohypoparathyroidism PTH resistance L H H N N N Ca and vitamin D
(Gsα mutation)
Fanconi syndrome RTA N L N N Slightly L H Phosphate,
or H calcitriol, or
1α-hydroxy vitamin
D3
Ca calcium, Ph phosphorus, PTH parathyroid hormone, 25(OH)D 25-hydroxyvitamin D, ALP alkaline phosphatase, N normal, H high, L low, RTA
renal tubular acidosis
Fig. 12.8 Sexual maturity rating in boys –– Hypothalamic hamartomas: Most common
identified CNS lesion. Benign and usually
Table 12.4 Sexual maturity rating in boys
requires no intervention
Stages Pubic hair Genitalia –– Tumors (e.g., astrocytoma, gliomas, germ
1 Prepubertal Prepubertal
2 Sparse, lightly Scrotum and penis enlarge
cell tumors secreting human chorionic
pigmented at the slightly gonadotropin [HCG])
base of the penis –– Acquired CNS injury caused by inflamma-
3 Begins to curl, Testes and scrotum continue tion, surgery, trauma, radiation therapy, or
extend laterally to grow abscess
4 Coarse, curly, adult Large and darker scrotum,
type but less in penis becomes large and • Congenital anomalies (e.g., hydrocephalus,
quantity increased in width, glans arachnoid cysts, suprasellar cysts)
penis develops • Genetic mutations: e.g., MKRN-3, DLK-1,
5 Adult distribution Adult size scrotum and penis KISS1, KISSR1
and extends to
• Syndromes, e.g., neurofibromatosis type 1
medial thigh
B. Gonadotropin-independent PP = peripher-
ally mediated PP
I • Gonads
–– McCune Albright syndrome (see below)
–– Testotoxicosis (familial male gonadotropin-
II
independent PP)
–– Tumors (e.g., theca cells, granulosa cells,
III
Leydig cells, Sertoli cells)
• Adrenal gland
–– CAH (see below)
IV –– Tumors (adenoma or carcinoma)
• HCG-secreting tumors, e.g., hepatoblastoma
(HCG acts as a gonadotropin)
V • Exogenous exposure to estrogen or testoster-
one or endocrine disruptor chemicals
• Severe primary hypothyroidism (= Van Wyk–
Fig. 12.9 Sexual maturity rating in girls
Grumbach syndrome)
12 Endocrinology 445
Primary Hypogonadism
Delayed Puberty
Causes
• In boys, puberty is considered delayed if tes- • Primary hypogonadism in males or vanishing
ticular volume is less than 4 ml by 14 years of testis syndrome
age or if started before 14 years of age and is • Developmental anomalies associated with the
taking more than 5 years to complete genital system (e.g., hypospadias, micrope-
• In girls, puberty is considered delayed if no nis, and cryptorchidism)
breast development is happening by 13 years • Mumps orchitis, trauma, radiation exposure
of age or if no menarche by age 16 years or of the head or testes, and chemotherapy can
3 years after breast budding cause testicular failure
• Spironolactone, cyproterone, marijuana, her-
Differential diagnosis of delayed puberty
oin, and methadone can inhibit the synthesis
includes the following
of testosterone
• Constitutional delay of growth and puberty
• Klinefelter syndrome
(normal variant of normal pubertal timing)
–– The most common cause of delayed puberty Clinical presentation
–– Positive family history is usually present • In male infants, the testicles are abnormally
• Functional disorders and chronic systemic small
illness • Failure to develop secondary sexual
–– Chronic illnesses characteristics
–– Nutrition disorders, e.g., malnutrition, • Eunuchoid body habitus
anorexia nervosa, etc.
–– Endocrinopathies Diagnosis
–– Psychological stress • Elevated FSH and LH
–– Medications, e.g., steroids
12 Endocrinology 447
Gynecomastia Treatment
• Generally, no treatment is required for physi-
Background ologic gynecomastia
• Gynecomastia is a benign enlargement of the • Pubertal gynecomastia resolves spontane-
male breast (usually bilateral but sometimes ously within several weeks to 3 years in
unilateral) resulting from a proliferation of approximately 90% of patients
the glandular component of the breast
448 A. Morsi
Turner Syndrome (See also Chap. 4 • Treatment can be started with continuous
“Genetic Disorders”) low-dose estrogens at 12 years
• These can be cycled in a 3-weeks on, 1-week
Background off regimen and after 6–18 months; progestin
• More than 95% of adult women with Turner can be added later
syndrome are short and infertile
• 45,X chromosome
ADRENAL DISORDERS
Clinical presentation
• Short stature
• Ovarian failure For the purpose of this review, the following disor-
• Heart murmur ders will be discussed:
–– Bicuspid aortic valve (most common heart • Disorders of the adrenal cortex: Cushing syn-
defect) drome, Addison disease, and hyperaldoste-
–– Coarctation of the aorta ronism. CAH syndrome will be discussed
• Hypertension under disorders of sexual differentiation
• Lymphedema at birth • Disorders of the adrenal medulla:
• Webbed neck Pheochromocytoma
• Madelung deformity
• Hypothyroidism
Cushing Syndrome
Diagnosis
Background
• Karyotype: Diagnosis is confirmed by the
• Caused by prolonged exposure to elevated
presence of a 45,X cell line or a cell line with
levels of either endogenous glucocorticoids
deletion of the short arm of the X chromo-
or exogenous glucocorticoids
some (Xp deletion), also mosaic forms
• Exogenous glucocorticoid exposure is the
• The buccal smear for Barr bodies is
most common overall cause. ACTH therapy
obsolete
is another cause of hypercortisolism but is
• Y-chromosomal material should be investi-
much less common
gated for possibility of mixed 45,X/46,XY
• Endogenous causes
mosaicism may have mixed gonadal dysgen-
–– ACTH-secreting pituitary adenoma
esis and are at a high risk for
◦◦ Most common endogenous cause (75%)
gonadoblastoma
◦◦ More common above 7 years of age
• LH and FSH rise to menopausal level after
–– Adrenal causes of Cushing (adenoma, car-
age of 10 years
cinoma, and bilateral hyperplasia)
• TSH and thyroid study must be followed due
◦◦ More common below 7 years of age
to high risk of hypothyroidism
–– Ectopic ACTH-secreting tumors represent
Management less than 1% of cases and is very rare in
• GH to improve final height children
• Estrogen replacement therapy is usually • Cushing syndrome causes can be classified as
required ACTH-dependent (Cushing disease and ecto-
• Estrogen is usually started at age 12–15 years pic secretion) and ACTH-independent (exog-
after height optimized enous exposure or adrenal causes)
12 Endocrinology 449
Clinical presentation
Diagnosis
• Hypertension
• Evidence of hypercortisolism
• Headache
–– Elevated 24-h urinary free cortisol
• Hypokalemia-related symptoms, e.g., consti-
–– Low-dose dexamethasone suppression test
pation and weakness
showing no suppression of 8:00 AM cortisol
–– Loss of normal circadian rhythm, i.e., ele- Diagnosis
vated cortisol at midnight • Primary hyperaldosteronism
• If there is evidence of hypercortisolism → –– Elevated aldosterone level
ACTH levels will be elevated in Cushing dis- –– Low renin level
ease and ectopic secretion and will be low in –– Hypertension
adrenal causes –– Hypokalemia
• Imaging is recommended: e.g., brain MRI to • Secondary hyperaldosteronism
look for Cushing disease (pituitary) and –– Elevated plasma renin activity (PRA)
abdominal CT for adrenal causes
• Nonspecific laboratory evidence: Elevated Management
white blood cell count greater than 11,000/ • Surgical removal of adenoma
mm3, hyperglycemia, and hypokalemic meta- • Prednisone for glucocorticoid-suppressible
bolic alkalosis hyperaldosteronism
Management
• Depends on lesion and location Adrenal Insufficiency
• Unilateral adrenalectomy for benign adrenal
tumor • Can be classified into primary adrenal
• Treatment of choice for pituitary adenoma: insufficiency and secondary or central
Transsphenoidal pituitary microsurgery adrenal insufficiency
• The most common cause of primary adrenal
Remember insufficiency is autoimmune adrenal insuffi-
• Children with obesity are usually tall ciency, also known as Addison disease
450 A. Morsi
• The most common cause of secondary/cen- • Failure to increase steroids in patients with adre-
tral adrenal insufficiency is chronic use of nal insufficiency in time of stress, e.g., surgery
exogenous supraphysiological doses of corti-
costeroids (iatrogenic adrenal insufficiency) Clinical presentation
• It is important to note that chronic use of cor- • Hyperpigmentation
ticosteroids will inhibit ACTH secretion with –– Caused by the stimulant effect of excess
resulting adrenal gland atrophy adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) on
• Sudden cessation or withdrawal of corticoste- the melanocytes to produce melanin
roids in these patients will lead to acute adre- • Vitiligo
nal insufficiency or crisis • Hypotension
• A similar scenario will happen if the patient • Myalgias and flaccid muscle paralysis may
is on physiological doses of steroids but is occur due to hyperkalemia
exposed to stress (e.g., surgery, illness) with • Acute adrenal crisis
no additional replacement –– Nausea, vomiting, and vascular collapse
–– Shock; may appear cyanotic and confused
–– Acute abdomen
Addison Disease –– Hyperpyrexia, with temperatures reaching
105 °F or higher
Background –– In acute adrenal hemorrhage, the patient is
• Addison disease is adrenocortical insuffi- usually in an acute care setting, deterio-
ciency due to the destruction or dysfunction rates with sudden collapse, abdominal or
of the entire adrenal cortex flank pain, and nausea with or without
• Idiopathic autoimmune Addison disease hyperpyrexia
tends to be more common in females and
children Diagnosis
• High-dose ACTH stimulation test (Cortrosyn,
Associated autoimmune diseases cosyntropin, or Synacthen)
• Diabetes mellitus (DM) type 1 • Low cortisol with elevated ACTH suggestive
• Celiac disease, Hashimoto thyroiditis • Hyponatremia
• Graves disease • Hyperkalemia
• Vitiligo • Mild non-anion-gap metabolic acidosis due
• Alopecia areata, totalis, and universalis to the loss of the sodium-retaining and potas-
• Premature ovarian or testicular failure sium and hydrogen ion-secreting action of
• Pernicious anemia aldosterone
• Autoimmune polyglandular syndrome (APS)
type 2 Management of adrenal crisis
• In stress situations, the normal adrenal gland
Other causes output of cortisol is approximately 100 mg/
• Tuberculosis, sarcoidosis, histoplasmosis, m2 of bovine serum albumin (BSA) in 24 h
blastomycosis, and cryptococcosis could • IV access should be established urgently
involve the adrenal glands • Infusion of isotonic NaCl to restore volume
deficit and correct hypotension
Acute Addison Disease • IV bolus of hydrocortisone and then 100 mg/
m2/day divided into three or four times a day
Causes until resolution of crisis, then consult endo-
• Bilateral adrenal hemorrhage, e.g., crinology to discontinue or taper
meningococcemia
12 Endocrinology 451
Table 12.6 Keywords of common causes of disorders of –– Fasting plasma glucose (FPG) level
sexual development ≥ 126 mg/dL (7.0 mmol/L), or
Description of DSD Diagnosis –– 2-hour plasma glucose level ≥ 200 mg/dL
XX newborn Congenital adrenal (11.1 mmol/L) during a 75-g oral glucose
Virilization of external hyperplasia (CAH)
tolerance test (OGTT), or
genitalia
Ultrasound: normal –– Random plasma glucose ≥ 200 mg/dL
Müllerian structures (11.1 mmol/L) in a patient with classic
17 hydroxyprogesterone is symptoms of hyperglycemia or hypergly-
very high cemic crisis
XY female phenotype Androgen insensitivity
(raised female) syndrome (AIS)
–– HbA1C≥ 6.5%
Breast, no menses, no • Glycated hemoglobin
sexual hair –– Measurement of HbA1c levels is the best
Blind vaginal pouch (MIS method for medium- to long-term diabetic
is normal) control monitoring
Undescended testes
Elevated testosterone level –– New target for HbA1C in children is < 7.5%
→ estradiol → breast –– Benefits of tight glycemic control include
XY female phenotype Swyer syndrome (XY pure not only continued reductions in the rates
(raised female) gonadal dysgenesis) of microvascular complications but also
No breast, no menses, no significant differences in cardiovascular
sexual hair
events and overall mortality
Has vagina, uterus, and
fallopian tube • Positive autoimmune markers (glutamic acid
Streak gonads decarboxylase [GAD], insulin islet cell, and
Low testosterone Zn transporter antibodies)
XY female phenotype at 5-Alpha-reductase deficiency • Blood glucose tests
birth (no dihydrotestosterone)
–– Capillary blood samples, reagent sticks,
No breast, no menses
Develop sexual hair, and blood glucose meters are the usual
enlarging penis methods for monitoring day-to-day diabe-
No internal Müllerian tes control
structures
Testes are inguinal canal Management
XY normal male Persistent Müllerian duct
phenotype syndrome
• Insulin therapy
Inguinal hernia, –– All children with type 1 DM require insu-
undescended testes lin therapy
Mullerian structure found –– Most require two or more injections of
incidentally insulin daily, with doses adjusted on the
basis of self-monitoring of blood glucose
Clinical presentation levels
• Hyperglycemia –– Insulin replacement is accomplished by
• Glycosuria giving basal insulin and a preprandial (pre-
• Polydipsia meal) insulin
• Unexplained weight loss –– The basal insulin is either long-acting
• Nonspecific malaise (glargine or detemir) or intermediate-act-
• Symptoms of ketoacidosis ing (neutral pH protamine [NPH]). The
preprandial insulin is either rapid-acting
Diagnosis
(lispro, aspart, or glulisine) or short-acting
• Diagnostic criteria by the American Diabetes
(regular)
Association (ADA) include the following:
12 Endocrinology 457
• How to screen: Spot urine albumin to creati- –– Race/ethnicity: Native American, African-
nine ratio. (12–24 h urine collections did not American, Latino, Asian American, or
improve detection of albuminuria and are Pacific Islander
more burdensome) –– Maternal history of DM or gestational DM
• Positive screening management during the child’s gestation
–– Positive if ratio 30 mg/gm creatinine or • Screening should start at 10 years of age or
above at the start of puberty if it occurs at a
–– If persistently positive (2 out of 3 sam- younger age
ples): Treatment with an ACE inhibitor is • Screening should be repeated every 3 years
warranted • Diagnosis is established in the presence of
one of the following criteria:
–– A random plasma glucose concentration of
Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus 200 mg/dL or greater in association with
classic symptoms of hyperglycemia (poly-
Background uria, polydipsia, or nocturia) or a hypergly-
• Characterized by cemic crisis
–– Hyperglycemia –– FPG value of 126 mg/dL or greater
• Insulin resistance –– 2-hour plasma glucose value of 200 mg/dL
–– Family history of type 2 DM in first- or or greater during an OGTT
second-degree relative –– HbA1c levels equal or greater than 6.5%
• Obesity strongly associated with type 2 in • Other laboratory results that are suggestive of
children and adolescents type 2 DM but not needed for diagnosis are as
follows:
Clinical presentation
–– Elevated fasting C-peptide level
• Slow and insidious onset
–– Elevated fasting insulin level
• Signs of insulin resistance, e.g., acanthosis
–– Absence of autoimmune markers (see Type
nigricans
1 DM)
• Strong family history of type 2 DM: Familial
lifestyle risk factors leading to obesity may Management
be present; family history of cardiovascular • Diabetes education and lifestyle changes
disease or metabolic syndrome (diet, exercise, and weight control)
• PCOS • The only pharmacologic therapy that is FDA-
• Hypertension approved in children is metformin and
• Retinopathy insulin
• Metformin is the initial drug of choice for
Screening and diagnosis
treatment of type 2 DM in metabolically sta-
• Screening for type 2 DM should be consid-
ble patients (A1C < 8.5% and asymptomatic)
ered when a patient is overweight or obese
if renal functions are normal
and has one or more of the following:
• Children with marked hyperglycemia (blood
–– Family history of type 2 DM in first- or
glucose ≥ 250 mg/dL, A1C ≥ 8.5%) without
second-degree relative
acidosis at diagnosis who are symptomatic
–– Signs of insulin resistance or conditions
with polyuria, polydipsia, nocturia, and/or
associated with insulin resistance (e.g.,
weight loss should be treated initially with
acanthosis nigricans, hypertension, dyslip-
basal insulin while metformin is initiated and
idemia, PCOS and SGA birth weight)
titrated
12 Endocrinology 459
• In patients with ketosis/ketoacidosis, treat- –– Start by lifestyle change and Step 2 AHA
ment with subcutaneous or IV insulin should diet
be initiated to rapidly correct the hyperglyce- –– If lifestyle is not effective after 6 months, a
mia and metabolic derangement. statin is warranted with a goal of LDL
• Once ketosis/ketoacidosis is resolved, met- below 100 mg/dl
formin should be initiated while subcutane-
ous insulin therapy is continued Retinopathy screening (dilated eye exam)
• Screening starts and frequency: At diagnosis
Management of Comorbidities/ and then annually
Complications
Neuropathy screening:
Nephropathy screening • Screening starts and frequency: At diagnosis
• Screening starts: At diagnosis and then annu- and then annually
ally if normal • How to screen: Examination should include
• How to screen: Spot urine albumin to creati- inspection, assessment of foot pulses, pin-
nine ratio. (12–24 h urine collections did not prick, and 10-g monofilament sensation tests;
improve detection of albuminuria and are testing of vibration sensation using a 128-Hz
more burdensome) tuning fork, and ankle reflexes
• Positive screening management
–– Positive if ratio is 30 mg/gm creatinine or Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease
above • Screening starts and frequency: At diagnosis
–– If persistently positive (2 out of 3 samples): and then annually
Treatment with an ACE inhibitor is • How to screen: Aspartate aminotransferase
warranted (AST) and alanine aminotransferase (ALT)
levels
Hypertension
• Positive screening management: Lifestyle
• Increases risk for cardiovascular and renal
modifications and referral to
disease
gastroenterologist
• Blood pressure should be measured accu-
rately and reviewed at each visit
• Both systolic and diastolic blood pressures PCOS
should be below the 90th percentile for age, • Screening is indicated if showing signs/symp-
gender, and height toms of PCOS
• Pharmacological therapy with an ACE inhibi- • Metformin may be beneficial in the treatment
tor is indicated if hypertension persists after of girls with type 2 DM and PCOS. Oral con-
6 months of lifestyle modifications traceptives can also be used
Depression Management
• The prevalence of clinically significant symp- • Hydration is the most important first step
toms of depression were reported to be at –– IV fluid replacement is begun as soon as
14.8% in the TODAY cohort of youth with the diagnosis of DKA is established
type 2 DM – – Initial fluid resuscitation begins with
• Screen using age-appropriate tools and refer 10 mL/kg of isotonic fluid, 0.9% saline
to specialty care when indicated administered over 1 h
–– After the initial fluid resuscitation, the
Summary remainder of the fluid deficit is replaced
• Treatment goals include improvement of gly- evenly over 48 h (most patients are 6%
cemia (HbA1c) levels (< 7%), dyslipidemia dehydrated)
(LDL level < 100 mg/dL, triglyceride –– Maintenance fluid requirements are
< 150 mg/dL, HDL level > 35 mg/Dl), and added to this deficit replacement to pro-
hypertension (blood pressure < 90th percen- vide the total fluid requirements, which
tile for age, sex, and height) rarely exceed 1.5 times the usual daily
fluid requirement
–– The 0.9 saline with added 30–40 mEq/L of
Diabetes Ketoacidosis (See Chap. 7 potassium is continued as the hydration
also “Emergency Medicine”) fluid until the blood glucose value declines
to less than 300 mg/dL
Precipitating factors that could lead to the onset –– Replacement fluid should be changed to
of DKA D5 0.45% with added potassium when
• Infection glucose value declines to less than
• Insulin omission 300 mg/dL
• Insulin pump failure –– If the blood glucose concentration declines
• Failure to match insulin dosing to metabolic below 150 mg/dL (8.3 mmol/L), dextrose
requirements during illness or stress content may need to be increased to 10%
or even 12.5%
Diagnosis
• Blood glucose level greater than 200 mg/dL Insulin
• Presence of serum/urine ketones • Time of insulin initiation is controversial
• Venous pH < 7.30 or a bicarbonate level less • Insulin is administered as a continuous IV
than 15 mmol/L infusion of regular insulin at a rate of 0.05–
0.1 units/kg/h
Severity of DKA can be classified according to • Bolus of insulin should not be given at the
the severity of the acidosis start of therapy
• Mild • If IV administration of insulin is not possible,
–– Venous pH 7.21–7.30 short- or rapid-acting insulin injected subcu-
–– Bicarbonate (mmol/L) 11–15 taneously every 2 h can be effective
• Moderate
–– Venous pH 7.11–7.20 Resolution of the acidosis in DKA
–– Bicarbonate (mmol/L) 6–10 • Acidosis (pH > 7.3)
• Severe • Bicarbonate > 15 mEq/L
–– Venous pH < 7.10 • IV insulin therapy should continue as long as
–– Bicarbonate (mmol/L) < 5 the patient is still acidotic
12 Endocrinology 461
• Decrease IV insulin rate if there is persistent erate to large urine ketone levels (or blood
hypoglycemia despite maximum dextrose ketone levels greater than 1.5 mmol/L)
administration • Inappropriately rapid breathing
• Subcutaneous insulin must be started before • Altered mental status
discontinuation of IV insulin when acidosis is • Inability to perform sick day rules
resolved
Acknowledgment The author gratefully acknowledges the contribu- Guidelines for growth hormone and insulin-
tions of Kuk-Wha Lee, MD, PhD, Division of Endocrinology,
Department of Pediatrics, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA, like growth factor-I treatment in children and
Los Angeles, California, USA, to the 1st edition of this chapter, many adolescents: growth hormone deficiency, idio-
of which have been incorporated into this edition as well.
pathic short stature, and primary insulin-like
growth factor-I deficiency. Horm Res Paediatr.
2016;86(6):361–97.
Suggested Reading Lee PA, Houk CP, Ahmed SF, Hughes IA,
International Consensus Conference on Intersex
American Diabetes Association. 13. Children organized by the Lawson Wilkins Pediatric
and adolescents: standards of medical care in Endocrine Society and the European Society
diabetes-2019. Diabetes Care. 2019;42(Suppl for Paediatric Endocrinology. Consensus state-
1):S148–64. Review. ment on management of intersex disorders.
Anderson BJ, Edelstein S, Abramson NW, Katz International Consensus Conference on Intersex.
LE, Yasuda PM, Lavietes SJ, et al. Depressive Pediatrics. 2006;118(2):e488–500.
symptoms and quality of life in adolescents with Speiser PW, Arlt W, Auchus RJ, Baskin LS,
type 2 diabetes: baseline data from the TODAY Conway GS, Merke DP, et al. Congenital adre-
study. Diabetes Care. 2011;34(10):2205–7. nal hyperplasia due to steroid 21-hydroxylase
Carel JC, Eugster EA, Rogol A, Ghizzoni L, deficiency: An Endocrine Society Clinical
Palmert MR, ESPE- LWPES GnRH Analogs Practice Guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab.
Consensus Conference Group, et al. Consensus 2018;103(11):4043–88.
statement on the use of gonadotropin-releas- Thornton PS, Stanley CA, De Leon DD, Harris D,
ing hormone analogs in children. Pediatrics. Haymond MW, Hussain K, Pediatric Endocrine
2009;123(4):e752–62. Review. Society, et al. Recommendations from the
Grimberg A, DiVall SA, Polychronakos C, Pediatric Endocrine Society for evaluation
Allen DB, Cohen LE, Quintos JB, Drug and and management of persistent hypoglycemia
Therapeutics Committee and Ethics Committee in neonates, infants, and children. J Pediatr.
of the Pediatric Endocrine Society, et al. 2015;167(2):238–45.
Orthopedics
13
Amr Abdelgawad and Marwa Abdou
A. Abdelgawad (*)
Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Rehabilitation, Texas Tech
University Health Sciences Center, El Paso, TX, USA
M. Abdou
Department of Pediatrics, Texas Tech University Health Sciences
Center, El Paso, TX, USA
Background Treatment
• Definition: Presence of an extra digit (or • Unless there is a clear family history of iso-
duplication) lated polydactyly, any newborn with polydac-
• The most common congenital digital anom- tyly should be investigated for the presence of
aly of the hand and foot associated anomalies.
• A common form is an extra thumb (radial –– Thorough medical examination and genetic
polydactyly or preaxial polydactyly), more workup in these patients are
common among Caucasians (Fig. 13.1) recommended
• Ulnar (postaxial) polydactyly is usually a • Postaxial polydactyly in black children does
small, poorly formed, extra digit attached by not need further workup
a thin stalk of soft tissue (Fig. 13.2). More • Surgical removal: For small rudimentary
common among African Americans ulnar polydactyly attached by a thin stalk, the
• It may appear in isolation or in association
with other birth defects. Isolated polydactyly
Fig. 13.1 Thumb polydactyly. A 1-year-old boy with radial Fig. 13.2 Ulnar polydactyly. An extra small digit on the
polydactyly ulnar side of the hand attached to the hand with a stalk
468 A. Abdelgawad and M. Abdou
base can be tied with a suture in the newborn • The most common route by which the bacte-
period, and it will fall off spontaneously. ria enter a joint is by hematogenous spread to
• For more developed extra digits, radial poly- the synovium
dactyly, or polydactyly in older children: • Most common organism in general is
Orthopedic referral for surgical excision Staphylococcus aureus
• In newborns, group B streptococcus is more
common
Viral Myositis • In sexually active adolescents, gonococcus is
the most common organism
Causes • Kingella kingae bacteria is a common cause
• Viral infections, e.g., influenza virus infection of musculoskeletal infections in young chil-
dren less than 5 years old
Clinical presentation
• Most commonly affected joints: Hip, shoul-
• Muscle weakness and tenderness
der, and knee
Diagnosis
Diagnosis
• Elevated creatinine kinase
• General signs of infection (fever, chills)
Treatment • Swelling (effusion), rigidity of the joint (very
• Supportive limited ROM), tenderness, inability to bear
weight with lower extremity joints
• Elevated markers of infection (white blood
ONE AND JOINT INFECTION/
B cell count [WBC], ESR, CRP)
• Joint aspiration (arthrocentesis/ultrasound-
INFLAMMATION guided aspiration of the joint fluid) for Gram
stain, culture, and cell count (cell count
Transient Synovitis > 50,000/mL is indication for septic
arthritis)
Background
• Nonspecific inflammation of the joint (may Treatment
be related to viral infection or trauma) • Septic arthritis is an urgent surgical condi-
tion. Urgent orthopedic consult is needed for
Diagnosis (transient synovitis of the hip joint)
urgent irrigation and debridement of the joint
• Variable clinical pictures; hip pain, limping,
inability to bear weight on the affected side, Antimicrobial management of pyogenic
or complete rigidity arthritis
• Markers of infection: Normal to mildly • If methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA) is
elevated suspected, e.g., history of hospitalization,
• Low-grade fever can be seen in some cases contact with MRSA cases, and recurrent tis-
sue abscesses or positive nasal MRSA test-
Treatment
ing: Best initial IV empiric antimicrobials are
• NSAIDs, rest
–– Clindamycin
–– Vancomycin
Septic Arthritis • Methicillin-sensitive S. aureus cases:
–– IV cefazolin
Background • Cases of K. kingae:
• Bacterial inflammation of the synovium of –– Third-generation cephalosporins (e.g., cef-
the joint triaxone) are effective
13 Orthopedics 469
Table 13.1 Differentiation between septic arthritis of the Table 13.2 Difference between septic arthritis, arthritis due
hip and transient synovitis to rheumatic fever, and juvenile rheumatoid arthritis
Septic arthritis Transient synovitis Arthritis due
Fever Usually present Normal or mild to rheumatic Juvenile rheumatoid
elevation Septic arthritis fever arthritis
ESR, CRP, Usually elevated Normal or mild Acute onset Acute onset Chronic > 6 weeks
WBC elevation Staphylococcus Post- Autoimmune disease
Inability to Common Rare aureus most streptococcal
walk common cause infection
Aspiration Positive for Gram Negative for Gram Painful, limited Very painful Joint swelling and
stain +/− culture stain and culture range of motion and migratory limping
Cell count > 50,000/ Cell count < 50,000/ Usually one joint More than one Usually more than
ml ml (a) joint one joint
Blood May be positive Negative Urgent surgical Treatment of Anti-inflammatory
culture drainage/irrigation acute (see Chap. 15,
From Abdelgawad and Naga [3], with permission and antibiotics rheumatic “Rheumatology”)
ESR erythrocyte sedimentation rate, CRP C-reactive protein, fever
WBC white blood cell count a
Multiple joint involvement is uncommon but occurs in up to
50% of Neisseria gonorrhoeae infections
• Neonates with septic arthritis must be cov-
ered for group B streptococcal disease and A cute Hematogenous Osteomyelitis
enteric Gram-negative rods in addition to S.
aureus Background
–– For example, nafcillin with either gentami- • Acute bacterial infections of the bone (mainly
cin or cefotaxime metaphysis of long bones)
• S. aureus is the most common organism
How to differentiate between transient synovitis • Group B streptococcus and Escherichia coli
and septic arthritis of the hip joint (Table 13.1) [1] are common in neonates. Pseudomonas is
Modified Kocher Criteria common in osteomyelitis after puncture
• History of fever > 38.5C wound through tennis shoes
• Inability to bear weight on the affected limb • K. kingae is becoming an increasingly identi-
• ESR > 40 mm/h fied cause in children less than 5 years old
• WBC > 12,000 cells/mL
• CRP level of more than 20 mg/L Diagnosis
• The more criteria the child has, the more • General signs of infection (fever, chills)
likely the diagnosis of septic arthritis • Swelling, tenderness, and redness over the
affected bone
Arthritis associated with rheumatic fever • Nearby joint is mildly swollen; however,
(Table 13.2) movement of the joint is largely preserved
• Arthritis due to acute rheumatic fever is very • Elevated markers of infection (WBC, ESR,
painful and has a migratory nature (joint will CRP)
stay swollen for about 12 h, and then another • Radiographs are normal in the first 10–14 days
joint will become symptomatic while the and then show periosteal reaction
symptoms of the first joint subsides) • MRI: Very sensitive, positive early in the dis-
• Patient must meet the criteria for the diagno- ease; can show development of subperiosteal
sis of acute rheumatic fever (see Chap. 19 abscess
“Cardiology”).
470 A. Abdelgawad and M. Abdou
a b
Fig. 13.3 Torticollis. A 1-year-old boy with congenital and chin directed to the left side. Patient has tight sternomas-
muscular torticollis. (a) Note the child’s head is tilted to the toid on the right side. (b) Ultrasound showed fibrotic mass in
right (the right ear is close to the right shoulder) with the face the sternomastoid (2.8 × 9 × 1.2 cm)
• Orthopedic causes of torticollis include: site side (see Fig. 13.3). Decreased neck
–– Congenital muscular torticollis, C1–C2 ROM to the opposite side
subluxation, and upper cervical spine • In older children with long-standing torticol-
anomalies lis, may also present with plagiocephaly,
–– Congenital muscular torticollis is the most facial asymmetry, and a unilateral epicanthal
common cause of torticollis due to fibrosis fold
of the sternomastoid muscle. • A palpable, firm mass can be present at the
–– May be related to birth injury or malforma- distal third of sternocleidomastoid muscle
tion within the muscle (see Fig. 13.3) • Diagnosis is based on history, physical exam-
• Non-orthopedic causes of torticollis include: ination, and normal radiographs
–– Sandifer syndrome (gastroesophageal • AP and lateral cervical spine radiographs to
reflux, hiatal hernia) rule out any bony malformation or C1–C2
–– Neoplasm (posterior fossa tumor and soft subluxation and are necessary to confirm
tissue tumor) diagnosis before starting physical therapy
–– Infection (retropharyngeal abscess)
–– Ocular Treatment
–– Neurological (syringomyelia and Arnold– • Congenital muscular torticollis: Aggressive
Chiari malformation) physical therapy for stretching sternocleido-
–– Dystonic drug reaction (metoclopramide) mastoid muscle
• Imaging: Radiography and CT of the cervical • Referral to orthopedic surgeon:
spine. MRI: If neurological cause is –– If no improvement (release of muscle is
suspected indicated if no improvement after 6 months
• Ultrasound helps to differentiate congenital of physical therapy)
muscular torticollis from other pathologies – – For those who present after 1 year of age
• Ophthalmology and neurology consult may
be needed if no identifiable cause can be
found Klippel–Feil Syndrome
a b c
Normal Spondylolysis
Fig. 13.5 Scottie dog collar sign. (a) Oblique view of the appearance of collar in the neck. (c) Oblique radiograph
lumbar vertebrae has the shade of Scottie dog. (b) With showing the defect in the pars interarticularis and Scottie dog
spondylolysis, the defect in the pars interarticularis gives the collar sign (arrow)
Fig. 13.8 Scheuermann
kyphosis. (a) A 14-year-
old boy with increased
thoracic kyphosis. (b)
Lateral thoracic
radiograph shows
thoracic kyphosis
between T1 and T12 of
67 degrees. (c) Close
view of the vertebrae
shows anterior wedging
of the vertebra (anterior
part of the vertebra
narrower than the
posterior part)
Fig. 13.9 Dynamic a b
ultrasound. Assessment
of the hip position by
ultrasound during various
positions. (a) To the left
with hip adduction, the
femoral head (dotted
circle) lies outside a line
along the pelvic bone
(dotted line). (b) With hip
abduction, partial
reduction occurs
• Can be associated with other conditions • Toddlers and children: Limping (unilateral
related to tight intrauterine position (e.g., tor- cases) or waddling gait (bilateral cases); limb
ticollis and metatarsus adductus) length discrepancy (dislocated side is shorter);
limited abduction of the affected side
Diagnosis • The limb length discrepancy can be
• In neonatal period: Screening all newborns detected by Galeazzi sign (flexing the hip
by Barlow or Ortolani test and knee and comparing the knee height)
• Hip ultrasound (before 4 months of age) or (Fig. 13.11) [1]
plain radiographs (after 4–6 months) will
show the dislocation and/or dysplasia Risk factors for which the pediatrician may
(Figs. 13.9 and 13.10) consider an imaging study in the child with a
• Females with breech presentation or positive normal screening with physical examination
family history should be screened using imag- are [2, 3]:
ing study in addition to the physical exam • Breech position in the third trimester—both
• Whether by risk factors or by suspicious males and females
physical examination, it is best to defer diag- • Family history of DDH
nostic hip ultrasound until age 6 weeks
478 A. Abdelgawad and M. Abdou
Treatment
• Orthopedic referral (Pavlik harness for chil-
dren less than 6 months; closed reduction and
casting for children 6–18 months; open reduc-
Fig. 13.10 Anteroposterior pelvis radiographs of a
tion for children > 18 months)
14-month-old girl with developmental dysplasia of the left
hip. The radiograph shows the ossific center on the left side
(arrow) smaller than the right side and lying in the upper Legg–Calve–Perthes Disease
lateral quadrant of the crossing two lines (Hilgenreiner and
Perkins; the normal right side lies in the lower medial quad- Background
rant). The Shenton line (curved line across the obturator
• Avascular necrosis of the head of the femur in
foramen and lower border of the neck) is intact on the right
side (continuous curved line) and broken on the left side a growing child (skeletally immature)
(curved dotted line). The dislocated side shows increased • Self-limiting disease; the pathological pro-
acetabular index (the angle between the Hilgenreiner line cess usually takes about 24–36 months
and line from the triradiate to the lateral part of the
acetabulum)
a b
Fig. 13.11 A 10-month-old infant with developmental dys- side will be at a lower level compared to the right; this indi-
plasia of the left hip. (a) Notice the limited abduction of the cates limb length discrepancy, with the dislocated side
left hip. (b) Galeazzi sign: While flexing both legs and put- shorter than the normal side
ting the feet together, the knee on the short (left, dislocated)
13 Orthopedics 479
Acetabulum
Metaphysis
Mild SCFE
Table 13.3 Difference between developmental dysplasia of the hip (DDH), Legg–Calve–Perthes disease (LCPD), and
slipped capital femoral epiphysis (SCFE)
DDH LCPD SCFE
Toddler < 3 years 3–10 years > 10 years
Painless limp (infants and toddlers) Painful limp Painful limp
Older children: vague activity-related Hip pain or knee pain Hip pain or knee pain
discomfort due to leg-length
discrepancy
Positive Ortolani and Barlow signs Limited hip motion Limited hip motion
Galeazzi positive (unilateral) Decreased internal rotation and abduction Decreased internal rotation
Waddling gait (bilateral)
Hip ultrasound < 6 months Pelvis radiograph: Anteroposterior (AP) Pelvis radiograph: AP, and frog-
Pelvis radiograph > 6 months and frog-lateral views lateral views
Referral to orthopedic Referral to orthopedic Urgent referral to orthopedic
Posterior
Diagnosis
PCL
• Injury to the knee followed by pain and swell-
ing. The swelling usually develops a few
hours after the injury (in contrast to ACL
injury in which the swelling develops imme-
Medial
diately after injury)
Lateral
• Locking, “catching” of the knee
• Positive McMurray sign (extension of the
Medial
meniscus knee with internal and external rotation by
the examiner); apply grinding (downward
Lateral
meniscus
ACL push on the foot with the patient lying prone
anterior and the knee flexed 90°) tests and deep squats
(Fig. 13.17)
Fig. 13.15 Medial and lateral meniscus
13 Orthopedics 481
Flap Radial
Fig. 13.17 McMurray
test: (a) The knee is
flexed with one hand
holding the knee at the
joint line and the other
knee holding the foot. (b)
The knee is flexed, and
the leg is put in external
rotation and valgus while
extending the knee. (c, d)
This is repeated with leg
in varus and internal a
rotation. Pain or a “click”
constitutes a positive b
McMurray test
c d
• Acute management: RICE (rest, ice, com- due to increased sports participation at
pression, and elevation) younger age
• Physical therapy for ROM exercises and • More common in adolescent females playing
strengthening sports with cutting movements (e.g., soccer)
• Return to sports: Full ROM (compared to the • The injury occurs secondary to direct trauma
other knee) with no pain to the knee or noncontact twisting or hyper-
• Indication for orthopedic referral: extension injury to the knee
–– Failure of conservative therapy • May be associated with injuries to medial and
–– Bucket handle and flap tears lateral collateral ligaments and menisci
–– Associated ACL injuries
Diagnosis
• Child will describe injury followed by “pop-
Medial Collateral Ligament Injury ping” of the knee and immediate swelling
(MCL) with inability to bear weight
• Marked swelling (hemarthrosis)
Background • Stressing the knee joint: Positive Lachman
• Anatomy: Extends from the medial femoral and anterior drawer tests; cannot be per-
epicondyle to the medial aspect of the tibia. It formed in the acute setting because of pain
consists of two parts: superficial and deep • Imaging: AP, lateral, 20° tunnel, and sunrise
• MCL: Primary restrain of the knee joint against radiographs to rule out fracture
drifting into valgus (the tibia points laterally) • MRI is diagnostic for ACL disruption. Also
assess the integrity of menisci, collateral liga-
Diagnosis
ments, and chondral surfaces
• Pain in the medial aspect of the knee follow-
ing valgus injury Management
• Instability of the knee on valgus stress • Initial conservative management: Rest, ice,
• Radiograph: AP, lateral, and sunrise view to activity modification, bracing, and physical
exclude fractures therapy
• MRI will show the injury to the medial • Early orthopedic referral for surgical consider-
collateral ation: Surgical reconstruction (by graft whether
autograft (from the patient him/herself) or from
Treatment
donor (allograft) is the standard of treatment if
• Most MCL injuries can be treated conserva-
the patient wants to continue sport activity
tively: RICE, physical therapy for ROM exer-
• Reconstruction by graft requires drilling and
cises, and strengthening
passing tissues across the growth plate of the
• Return to sports: When the patient has full
distal femur and proximal tibia, which may
ROM with no pain
affect these growth plates. This is of more
concern in younger children
nterior Cruciate Ligament (ACL)
A
Injury
Osteochondritis Dissecans
Background
• Anatomy: Extends from the anterior part of Background
the tibia to posterior femoral notch. It pre- • Affection of a piece of bone close to the artic-
vents anterior displacement of the tibia on the ular cartilage that becomes avascular and ulti-
femur mately separates from the surrounding bone
• Most common ligamentous knee injury with • Etiology unknown but may be related to
increasing incidence in adolescent population repetitive trauma
13 Orthopedics 483
a b
Fig. 13.18 Osteochondritis dissecans. Radiographs of left Fig. 13.19 Sunrise view can show the position of the patella
knee (a) anteroposterior, (b) notch view, showing osteochon- in the trochlear groove. Computed tomography (CT) and
dral defect on the medial femoral condyle magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can better delineate the
tilt of the patella and trochlear hypoplasia
• Most common site is the knee but can also
occur in the ankle and elbow
the patella is unstable and tilting toward the
• More common in adolescents
side, but no full dislocation)
Diagnosis (Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Knee) • Common in adolescent females
• Vague knee pain, more with activity • Usually associated with knee pain
• Mild recurrent effusion • Predisposing factors for recurrent dislocation
• Loss of extension or flexion if the lesion is and subluxation:
detached and loose in the knee, blocking –– Dysplastic trochlear groove
movement –– Patella alta (high-riding patella)
• Radiographs: A radiolucent area may be seen –– Increase Q angle (angle between pull of
surrounding the lesion. In advanced cases, the quadriceps muscle and patellar tendon)
affected lesion may be fragmented and –– Genu valgum
detached (Fig. 13.18) –– Increased femoral anteversion
–– External tibial torsion
Treatment
• Orthopedic referral. Most cases (especially in Diagnosis
young children) will heal spontaneously • General examination for signs of increased
without surgery laxity (e.g., elbow hyperextension)
• Parapatellar tenderness
• Mild effusion
Recurrent Patellar Dislocation/ • Specific test for patellar stability:
Subluxation –– Positive J sign: Patella will deviate later-
ally at the end of knee extension
Background –– Apprehension sign: Extension of the knee
• Patients will complain of history of repeated with laterally directed pressure on the
dislocation events (the patella will lie on the patella will give positive result (apprehen-
lateral side of the knee and has to be reduced sive facial expression)
back by the patient herself or someone else) • Radiographs: Sunrise view will show the lat-
or subluxation events (the patient feels that eral tilt of the patella (Fig. 13.19)
484 A. Abdelgawad and M. Abdou
a b
Fig. 13.23 Radiographic a b
changes of adolescent
tibia vara. A 15-year-old
black male presented
with unilateral adolescent
tibia vara on the right
side. (a) Scanogram
shows varus alignment
on the right side with the
mechanical axis of the
lower extremity medial to
the joint. (b) Radiographs
of the leg show varus
deformity of the proximal
tibia
Fig. 13.24 Femoral a b
anteversion. (a) The
angle between the
femoral shaft and the
femoral neck in the
sagittal planes. (b, c)
Notice when the femur
rests on the flat surface,
the femoral head is
elevated on that surface
by the anteversion of the
neck c
Diagnosis
• With the child lying prone flexing the knee,
the foot will be pointing inward in relation to
the thigh (thigh foot angle) (Fig. 13.26) [1]
Treatment
• No treatment is required. The condition usu-
ally resolves spontaneously over the first few
years of life
Fig. 13.27 Metatarsus adductus. A 4-year-old with moder-
ate metatarsus adductus on the left side and severe on the
Metatarsus Adductus right side (patient is prone with flexed knee). Notice the
curved lateral border of the foot
Background
• Adduction and inward position of the fore- Diagnosis
foot compared to the heel (Fig. 13.27) • The foot has a curved lateral border (instead
• May be related to intrauterine position and of straight border)
may be associated with other conditions • Differentiated from clubfoot by absence of
related to uterine malposition (e.g., hip dys- ankle equinus (plantar flexion) and hindfoot
plasia, torticollis) varus (inward deviation of the heel)
13 Orthopedics 489
Treatment Diagnosis
• Most infants will improve without • Rigid deformity (cannot be corrected by the
interference examiner)
• If the condition persists beyond 6 months of • Clubfoot has three main deformities
age and the deformity is rigid, orthopedic (Fig. 13.28)
referral for either serial casting or bracing. –– Ankle and foot equinus (plantar flexion of
Surgery is rarely indicated the ankle and the foot)
–– Hindfoot varus (inward deviation of the
heel)
–– Forefoot adduction (inward position of the
FOOT DISORDERS forefoot in relation to the hindfoot)
• Other components: High-arched foot (cavus)
Clubfoot (Talipes Equinovarus) and internal tibial torsion of the leg
Background • Clubfoot is a clinical diagnosis; no radio-
• Complex rigid deformity of the ankle and the graphs are needed
foot
Treatment
• Unknown etiology: May be related to muscu-
• Orthopedic referral: Two treatment options
lar, neurogenic, genetic, and/or connective
are currently utilized:
tissue etiologies
–– Serial casting: weekly change of cast
• Affects about 1 in 1000 live births. More
–– Physical therapy and stretching
common in boys (2:1). 50% of cases are
• Early orthopedic referral is needed to ensure
bilateral
early start of treatment
• Types:
• After correction of the foot deformity, a brace
–– Idiopathic: No other congenital condition
(corrective shoes with a bar in between the
can be found. Most common type
shoes to turn the feet outward) should be used
–– Postural: Due to posture of the newborn in
for 2–3 years to prevent the recurrence
the uterus. The deformity can be corrected
easily by the examiner. Not considered real
clubfoot Calcaneovalgus Foot
–– Syndromic: Some congenital conditions
are associated with clubfoot, such as Background
arthrogryposis and diastrophic dwarfism • A condition in the newborn in which the foot is
–– Neuromuscular conditions: Myelomeningocele in excessive dorsiflexion and valgus (Fig. 13.29).
and cerebral palsy It is related to intrauterine position
Fig. 13.29 Calcaneovalgus a b
foot. (a, b) Newborn baby
with right foot deformity.
The foot is in valgus and
dorsiflexion (calcaneus
position). No treatment
required, as the condition is
self-limiting
Diagnosis Diagnosis
• The foot is in excess dorsiflexion (calcaneus • The foot will have high-arched appearance
position of the foot) and valgus to the degree • Thorough neurological exam must be done to
that the dorsum of the foot is touching the identify possible underlying cause
front of the tibia. • Radiographs: The lateral talar–first metatar-
• The ankle and hindfoot are flexible enough to sal (Meary’s) angle is more than 5° convex
easily correct the deformity dorsally (normally, it should be 0°)
Treatment Treatment
• Most cases do not require treatment, as they • Identification and treatment of the underlying
will improve with growth within a few weeks cause
• Neurology/neurosurgery and orthopedic sur-
gery referral
Cavus Foot
Background latfoot (Pes Planus)
F
• High-arched foot (Fig. 13.30)
• Cavus foot is usually an indication of neurologi- Background
cal pathology (e.g., Charcot–Marie–Tooth dis- • The medial arch of the foot does not develop
ease), spina bifida (sacral-level affected), lipoma until the age of 4 years and reaches close to
of the cord, or other intrathecal pathology the adult value by the age of 8 years
13 Orthopedics 491
Fig. 13.31 Flexible a b c
flatfeet. A 9-year-old girl
with bilateral flexible
flatfeet. When patient
stands, there is loss of
arch (arrow; a). When
she tiptoes (b) or with
dorsiflexion of the big toe
(c), there is restoration of
the arch (dotted arch)
a b c
Fig. 13.32 Calcaneonavicular coalition. An 11-year-old flatfoot with no arch and bony prominence of the calcaneus
boy with left flatfoot and valgus heel (a; dotted line) and foot (white arrow; anteater sign). Oblique radiograph (c) shows
pain for 6 months. Lateral standing radiograph (b) shows the calcaneonavicular coalition (black arrow)
Treatment Diagnosis
• If discovered accidentally during foot radio- • The child walks on his/her toes with no pain
graphs taken for other reasons: No treatment • Tight Achilles tendon especially with the
is needed. Orthopedic referral for symptom- knee extended
atic cases only
Treatment
• Toe walking is a normal variant in children
Tiptoe Walking younger than 3 years, and no treatment is
warranted in this age range.
Background • Unilateral toe walking should always be eval-
• Pattern of walking in which the child walks uated further, because it may indicate the
on his/her toes with ankle plantar flexion. If presence of hemiplegia, developmental dys-
no underlying neurological cause is identi- plasia of the hip, or leg-length discrepancy
fied, it is referred to as “habitual toe walking • Full neurological exam to exclude underlying
or idiopathic toe walking” neurological disease
• It is common in toddlers and young children • If the child had just learned how to walk, is
when they are starting to learn how to walk. less than 3 years old, or the toe walking is
Sometimes associated with autism or speech occasional:
delay –– Observation and reassessment after 6 months
• Other causes of tiptoeing (differential diag- • If the child is older than 3 years and the toe
nosis of idiopathic toe walking): walking is constant:
–– Cerebral palsy: Mild cerebral palsy is very –– Physical therapy for Achilles tendon
hard to differentiate from idiopathic toe stretching
walking. Upper extremities movement dur- –– If no improvement after 6 months of ther-
ing gait is normal in idiopathic toe walking apy: Orthopedic referral for botulinum
and restricted in mild cerebral palsy toxin injection of the calf muscle, Achilles
–– Duchenne muscular dystrophy: Positive tendon lengthening, or serial casting
Gower sign, pseudohypertrophy of the
calf, elevated creatine phosphokinase
(CPK) Ingrowing Toenail
–– Tether cord syndrome: Other neurologi-
cal manifestations (e.g., bladder Background
dysfunction) • The penetration of the border of the nail plate
–– Limb length discrepancy will cause unilat- into the nail fold causing pain and inflamma-
eral toe walking (on the short side) tion in the surrounding tissue (Fig. 13.33)
13 Orthopedics 493
• Etiology: Unknown; may be related to tight- straight across and avoid cutting back the lat-
fitting shoes, trauma to the toe, incorrect trim- eral margins; the nail edge should extend past
ming of toenails, and/or genetic susceptibility the nail fold)
• Frequent soaking of the foot in warm water
Diagnosis • Local antibiotic application (oral antibiotic
• Significant pain in the toe with inflammation can be prescribed if the infection is advanced)
of tissue surrounding the nail bed • Elevating the offending edge of the nail from
the soft tissue and placing a small piece of
Treatment gauze between the nail and the skin
• Proper care of the nail (comfortable wide toe • If no improvement with the above measures:
box or open-toed shoes; the nail should be cut Orthopedic or podiatry referral
FRACTURES
Salter–Harris Injuries
Background
• Injuries of the bone that go through the growth
plate (physis)
• Classification: Type I through type V
(Fig. 13.34)
• Complication of Salter–Harris injuries: These
fractures can cause injury to the growth plate
and possible growth disturbance
Fig. 13.33 A 6-year-old with an ingrown toenail. Notice the –– If the growth disturbance is through the
pocket of pus (arrows) whole growth plate (complete), it will
Fig. 13.34 Physeal a
(Salter–Harris) injuries
classification. (a, b, c)
Type II distal tibial
fracture before and after Normal Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V
closed reduction. (d, e)
Type IV distal tibial b c d
fracture before and after
open reduction and
internal fixation
e
494 A. Abdelgawad and M. Abdou
Diagnosis
• Radiographs will show the fracture line pass-
ing through the growth plate (see Fig. 13.34)
• The growth disturbance is more common in
certain fracture patterns (types III and IV
injuries) and in certain growth plates (distal
femur and proximal tibia growth plates)
Clavicular Fracture
Background
• A common fracture in pediatric patients due
to the superficial location of the clavicle
Diagnosis
• Pain, deformity, and swelling over the clavi-
cle after falling on an outstretched hand
• Radiographs will show fracture of the clavi-
cle with possible deformity (angulation and/
or displacement) (Fig. 13.35)
Fig. 13.36 Complete fracture of the proximal humerus.
Treatment Note the displacement of the fracture ends
• Arm sling for comfort. The child can take it
off when he/she feels more comfortable. No
need for the figure-of-8 sling. Fractured clav- Proximal Humeral Fracture
icle will heal with obvious bump (bony
callus) Diagnosis
• Indication for referral: Open fracture, frac- • Pain and swelling of the proximal arm
tures associated with neurovascular injuries, • Radiographs will show the fracture
markedly displaced or shortened fractures (Fig. 13.36)
13 Orthopedics 495
a b
Treatment
• Assess radial and ulnar pulses. If there is an
absent distal pulse or possible compartment
syndrome, urgent orthopedic consultation
• Assess nerve function
• Orthopedic referral for possible surgical
intervention:
–– Angulated/displaced supracondylar
humerus fracture (stages 2 and 3):
Treatment is closed reduction and percuta-
neous pinning (see Fig. 13.39)
a b a b
Fig. 13.43 Fracture a c d
dislocation of the medial
epicondyle. A 12-year-
old boy fell on his hand
while skating. He
dislocated his right elbow
(a). Closed reduction of
the elbow was done. Post
reduction radiographs (b,
c) showed incongruence
b
lateral view of the elbow;
compare with the normal
side (d). The medial
epicondyle can be seen in
e
the joint (arrows).
Surgery was done for
removal of the piece from
the joint and internal
fixation by screws (e)
Diagnosis
• Pain and swelling on the radial aspect of the
wrist
• Tenderness over the anatomical snuff box
• Radiograph with PA, lateral, oblique, and
scaphoid views (Fig. 13.44) can show the
fracture. High index of suspicion is required
for early diagnosis, as the radiographs may be
negative in the first 2 weeks
• MRI can be used in cases with negative radio-
graphs if the clinical suspicion of fracture is high
Treatment
• Initial suspicion of fracture with negative
radiographs: Treat as if a scaphoid fracture is Fig. 13.44 Scaphoid fracture. A 13-year-old child fell down
present. Place the child in short thumb spica while playing football. The patient had pain at the wrist cen-
splint for 1–2 weeks and then radiographs tered over the anatomical snuff box. Oblique radiograph
shows fracture of the scaphoid
repeated after 2 weeks
• If repeat radiographs are negative and child’s
exam is unchanged, then immobilization • If repeat radiographs are negative and child is
should continue with thumb spica cast, and pain-free, then likelihood of fracture is low,
MRI should be obtained and immobilization can be discontinued
13 Orthopedics 499
Management
• Orthopedic referral (treatment is above-knee
cast for 2–3 weeks with repeat radiographs
after cast removal)
Ankle Fractures
Background
• The mechanism of the fracture is twisting
injury to the ankles
Fig. 13.45 Tibial shaft fracture. A 14-year-old boy fell • Can lead to disruption of the syndesmotic
down while running down the stairs and had left leg pain and ligaments between the tibia and fibula (syn-
swelling. Radiographs (a, b) show mid-shaft tibia fracture, desmotic injury) (Fig. 13.47)
which was managed nonsurgically with casting
500 A. Abdelgawad and M. Abdou
Diagnosis (Table 13.4)
• Pain, swelling, and deformity of the affected
ankle
• Inability to bear weight on the affected side
Treatment
• Orthopedic referral. Displaced fracture or
fracture with widening of the distance
between fibula and tibia will require surgical
fixation (see Fig. 13.47)
• Nondisplaced distal fibular physeal injury
can be treated by immediate weight bearing
in a controlled ankle motion (CAM) walking
boot, boot, or cast
Compartment Syndrome
Background
• Elevation of the interstitial pressure in a
closed osteofascial compartment that results
in microvascular compromise
• Compartment syndrome should be suspected
in children involved in accidents with high-
energy trauma to the extremities
• More common with fractures of the lower leg
and forearm
Diagnosis
• Tense non-compressible swelling of the
affected compartment
• Increase in the narcotic requirements to keep
Fig. 13.46 Toddler fracture. A 3-year-old boy presented the child comfortable is an early sign of
with his parents because of 2 days’ refusal to walk. On exam, increased compartment pressure
there was tenderness of the lower leg with pain on external
rotation of the tibia. Radiograph shows spiral nondisplaced
fracture of the lower end of the tibia
13 Orthopedics 501
a b c
Fig. 13.47 Ankle fracture. A 16-year-old had left ankle medial joint space (open arrow). (c) Surgery was done for
injury while playing soccer. (a, b) Radiographs showed frac- fixation of the fracture with plates and screws (notice reduc-
ture distal fibula (arrows) with widening of the distance tion of the distance between tibia and fibula and narrowing of
between tibia and fibula (dotted line) and widening of the the medial joint space)
Diagnosis
• A child with no obvious history of trauma
will suddenly refuse to use his/her arm.
• Common scenarios include the following: A
toddler held by his or her hand, then the child
and adult move in opposite directions
• Radiograph will be negative
Treatment
• Reduction maneuvers: One hand supports the
elbow and the other hand applies axial com-
pression at the wrist while fully supinating
the forearm and then flexing the elbow
• A click or snap can usually be felt at the radial
Fig. 13.48 Radiograph of a 6-year-old boy who had sudden
head with successful reduction. left shoulder pain while playing shows proximal humeral
• Most children will show immediate return of fracture (black arrow). Notice the simple bone cyst that
function 15–30 min after the reduction affected the proximal humerus (white arrows)
Treatment
BONE TUMORS/TUMORLIKE • Orthopedic referral for symptomatic lesion.
Treatment can be by surgical debridement or
CONDITIONS
steroid injection. Nonsymptomatic lesions
discovered accidentally do not need inter-
Unicameral Cyst
vention. For lesions with associated patho-
Background logical fractures, management of the fracture
• The unicameral bone cyst is not a true neo- should be done first, as the lesion may heal
plasm; unknown pathogenesis during the healing process of the secondary
• Age usually ranges between 5 and 15 years. fracture
More in males
• Most commonly found in the proximal
humerus and upper femur
Aneurysmal Bone Cyst (ABC)
Diagnosis Background
• Most cases are asymptomatic • The ABC is an expansile cystic lesion
• Pathological fracture: Pain after minor trauma • The true etiology is unknown; however, most
due to pathological fracture of the affected experts believe that ABCs are the result of a
bone vascular malformation within the bone
• Occasionally, accidentally discovered in • The gross appearance of the ABC is that of a
radiograph done for another reason blood-soaked sponge. A thin subperiosteal
• Radiographs: A well-defined lytic lesion situ- shell of new bone surrounds the structure and
ated in the intramedullary metaphyseal region contains cystic blood-filled cavities
immediately adjacent to the physis. A cortical
Diagnosis
piece of bone can be seen in the middle of the
• Pain and swelling over the affected bone
lesion (fallen leaf sign) and is pathognomonic
• Pathologic fracture
of a simple bone cyst (Fig. 13.48)
13 Orthopedics 503
Treatment Background
• Orthopedic referral for excision of the lesion. • Osteosarcoma is a primary malignant tumor
CT-guided percutaneous radiofrequency of bone with malignant osteoid formation
ablation of the nidus can also lead to com- arising from bone- forming mesenchymal
plete resolution of symptoms cells
a b Treatment
• Requires cooperation between the orthopedic
surgeon and the oncologist
• Treatment and prognosis depend on the sub-
type and grade of the tumor
• Treatment is usually by wide resection with
reconstruction and adjuvant chemotherapy.
Osteosarcomas do not respond to radiation
therapy
Ewing Sarcoma
Background
Fig. 13.50 Osteosarcoma. Anteroposterior (a) and lateral • A primary malignant bone tumor (round
(b) views of right knee showing signs of osteosarcoma:
cell sarcoma) that arises from the medul-
Sunray appearance (arrow), Codman’s triangle (arrow head),
cortical erosion (line), and soft tissue shadow (dotted line) lary tissue, mostly from the lining cells of
the medullary blood or lymphatic
• The strongest genetic predisposition to osteo- channels
sarcoma is found in patients with hereditary • The most common primary malignant tumor
retinoblastoma. In hereditary retinoblastoma, in patients less than 10 years old
mutations of the RB1 gene are common • More common in male
• Osteosarcoma is the most common primary • Occurs in diaphysis of the long bones
malignant bone tumor under the age 20 years
• Occurs in the metaphysis of long bones, com- Diagnosis
monly found around the knee • Pain and tenderness over the involved area
• Swelling (slowly growing, warm, tender,
Diagnosis ill-defined, hard, diaphyseal)
• Pain is the first and most common symptom; • Fever, anorexia, headache, and malaise
it is usually constant and severe may be the presenting symptoms (clinical
• Swelling (usually pain precedes swelling) presentation may be similar to
• Pathological fracture osteomyelitis)
• Radiographs: Skeletally immature patient • Radiographs: Medullary destruction, soft tis-
with an osteolytic lesion that is metaphyseal, sue mass with reactive new bone formation.
eccentric, and having ill-defined edges with Multiple layers of elevated periosteum
new bone formation and erosion of the cortex (onion-peel appearance) (Fig. 13.51)
(Fig. 13.50)
• CT: Better assessment of bone destruction Treatment
• MRI: Better assessment of soft tissue mass, • Orthopedic referral: Chemotherapy, radio-
invasion of nearby neurovascular bundle, and therapy, and surgical excision of the tumor
satellite lesions (skip lesions in the same bone)
13 Orthopedics 505
PEARLS AND PITFALLS
References
• Polyhydramnios, short umbilical cord, and
fetal akinesia are associated with 1. Abdelgawad A, Naga O. Pediatric orthope-
arthrogryposis. dics: a handbook for primary care physicians.
• DDH risk increases in firstborn, female, New York: Springer Science+Business Media;
breech presentation, and positive family his- 2014.
2.
Pediatric Orthopaedic Society of North
tory for DDH.
America, International Hip Dysplasia Institute,
• Hip ultrasound screening for DDH before
American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons,
6 weeks of age may be overly sensitive and
United States Bone and Joint Initiative,
result in overtreatment.
Shriners Hospitals for Children. Position
• Physical examination is the most important statement: swaddling and developmental hip
diagnostic tool in diagnosing DDH in neonates. dysplasia. Rosemont: Pediatric Orthopaedic
• In any child with unexplained knee pain, e.g., Society of North America; 2015. www.aaos.
no history of knee trauma and normal knee org/uploadedFiles/PreProduction/About/
examination, the hip joint must be considered Opinion_Statements/position/1186%20
as a possible source of pain or limp. Swaddling%20and%20Developmental%20
• Septic arthritis is a surgical emergency and Hip%20Dysplasia%281%29.pdf. Accessed 5
should be immediately referred to a pediatric Oct 2018.
orthopedic surgeon. A rapid and progressive
506 A. Abdelgawad and M. Abdou
3. Pacana MJ, Hennrikus WL, Slough J, Curtin ence guide. 2nd ed. Elk Grove Village: American
W. Ultrasound examination for infants born Academy of Pediatrics; 2014a. p. 151–60.
breech by elective cesarean section with a nor- Sarwark JF., LaBella CR. Congenital anomalies of
mal hip exam for instability. J Pediatr Orthop. the upper extremities. In: Pediatric orthopedics
2017;37(1):e15–8. and sports injuries: a quick reference guide. 2nd
ed. Elk Grove Village: American Academy of
Pediatrics; 2014b p. 247–59.
Suggested Reading Sarwark JF., LaBella CR. Leg-length discrepancy.
In: Pediatric orthopedics and sports injuries:
Abdelgawad A, Kanlic E. Orthopedic trauma. a quick reference guide. 2nd ed. Elk Grove
In: Abdelgawad A, Naga O, editors. Pediatric Village, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics.
orthopedics. A handbook for primary care 2014c. p. 561–7.
physicians. New York: Springer; 2014. Sarwark JF., LaBella CR. Torticollis. In: Pediatric
p. 409–83. orthopedics and sports injuries: a quick refer-
Abdelgawad A, Naga O. Pediatric spine. In: ence guide. 2nd ed. Elk Grove Village: American
Abdelgawad A, Naga O, editors. Pediatric Academy of Pediatrics. 2014d p. 169–77.
orthopedics. A handbook for primary care phy- Sponseller PD. Bone, joint, and muscle problems.
sicians. New York: Springer; 2014. p. 503–43. In: McMillan JA, Feigin RD, DeAngelis C,
Sarwark JF., LaBella CR. Back pain; general Jones MD, editors. Oski’s pediatrics: principles
approach and differential diagnosis. In: Pediatric and practice. 4th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott
orthopedics and sports injuries: a quick refer- Williams and Wilkins; 2006. p. 2470–504.
Sports Medicine
14
Daniel Murphy
PRE-PARTICIPATION Evaluation
• Evaluation must be completed at a minimum
EVALUATION of 6 weeks prior to starting preseason
Background practice
• Preventative tool to ensure the safety of the • Injuries sustained during the previous year
athlete should be discussed with the examiner to
• Screen for illness and past injuries, to identify ensure proper recovery
athletes who may be at risk or may develop • At the collegiate level, pre-participation
complications based on lifestyle choices and physical exam should occur yearly
goals • At the secondary school level, each state has
• Promote the health and wellness of the their own required timeline; therefore, par-
athlete ents should inquire the school about neces-
sary requirements
Screening tests • Completing a medical history in high school
• No routine tests are required for pre-partici- and collegiate athletes will identify 65–77%
pation clearance of all medical conditions
• Routine electrocardiogram (ECG) screening • All positive responses should be further
remains controversial and has not been imple- investigated and questioned by the screening
mented as a standard protocol physician
• The history and physical will dictate if further • The physical examination plays an integral
diagnostic testing is required part in identifying musculoskeletal, visual, or
cardiovascular disorders
Objective
• Identify life-threatening conditions and/or ill- Clearance
nesses that would increase the risk for injury • The pre-participation physical is not designed
in an athlete to prevent student athletes from competing,
• Expose and educate the athlete to health and but acts as a safeguard to identify conditions
wellness and promote self-awareness that may need further evaluation
• Discuss issues that may be concerning to the • The individual sport needs to be taken into
athlete consideration when completing the
examination
D. Murphy (*) • Cardiovascular demands are extremely
Department of Family and Community Medicine, Paul L. Foster
School of Medicine, Texas Tech University Health Center, important when providing final clearance
El Paso, TX, USA
e-mail: Daniel.murphy@ttuhsc.edu
(e.g., shoulder pads) in place, and such equip- cussion, but currently there is no evidence to
ment should not be removed support this
• In the football setting, the athlete should be • Currently, there is no imaging modality avail-
immobilized with the pads and helmet both able that identifies any structural abnormali-
on or both off ties within the central nervous system
• When direct access to the face is required, the
face mask may be removed from the helmet Treatment
with a screwdriver or cutting tool • The Concussion in Sports Group has identi-
fied 11 steps necessary for concussion man-
agement. These include:
SPORTS-RELATED INJURIES –– Recognize
◦◦ It is important to determine if the symp-
Mild Traumatic Brain Injury toms present are not the result of drugs,
(Concussion) alcohol, medication, cervical injuries, or
vestibular dysfunction
Background –– Remove
• Annually, there are 300,000 sports-related ◦◦ Athlete should be removed and evalu-
concussions among high school and colle- ated by a health professional when a
giate athletes concussion is suspected
• Sports is the second leading cause of concus- ◦ ◦ Athletes may not return to play during
sions in individuals aged 15–24 the same game
• Biomechanical forces directly or indirectly – – Reevaluate
applied to the brain ◦◦ Individual should be reevaluated for
• Inappropriately treated concussion may lead sleep/wake disturbance, ocular function,
to second-impact syndrome, causing uncon- and vestibular function
trolled cerebral edema ◦◦ Neuropsychiatric testing contributes
clinical value, but no evidence exists
Clinical presentation suggesting that outcomes are different
• Headache when neuropsychiatric testing is
• Dizziness completed
• Blurred vision ◦◦ Neuropsychiatric assessment is not
• Retrograde or anterograde amnesia needed for all athletes following a
• Emotional lability sports-related concussion
• Nausea and/or vomiting –– Rest
• Confusion ◦◦ Complete rest is recommended during
• Memory loss the first 24–48 h following the
• Poor concentration concussion
◦◦ Following this brief period, individuals
Diagnosis may be encouraged to increase their
• History and physical level of activity gradually
• The diagnosis of a concussion is a clinical ◦◦ The level and intensity must not induce
decision based on presentation and an incit- or worsen symptoms
ing event that may have led to forces trans- ◦◦ Prolonged rest may delay recovery
mitted to the brain ◦◦ The overall goal is to increase physical
• Neuropsychological testing is utilized to activity without inducing symptoms
identify and monitor the progression of a con- after a brief period of rest
514 D. Murphy
Osgood–Schlatter Syndrome
Ankle Sprain
Background
Background • Approximately 30 million children partici-
• 40% of all traumatic ankle injuries occur dur- pate in sporting activities
ing sports • Limb length increases by a factor of 1.4
• Only 50% of individuals who suffer a lateral between the ages of 6 and 14 years, with limb
ankle sprain seek medical attention mass increasing by a factor of 3, leading to
• Chronic ankle instability may result from a musculoskeletal imbalance
lateral ankle sprain • Osgood–Schlatter syndrome is the most com-
mon cause of anterior knee pain in adolescents
Risk factors
• During growth, the quadriceps become tighter,
• Previous history of ankle sprain
increasing strain on the tibial tubercle
• Inversion deformity of foot
• Female Risk factors
• Limited dorsiflexion • Affects males more than females
• Reduced proprioception • Highly active individuals
• BMI • Mainly seen in running, jumping, kneeling,
and stair-climbing activities
Clinical presentation
• Lateral ankle pain Clinical presentation
• Swelling • Anterior knee pain
• Difficulty with ambulation • Swelling (Fig. 14.2a)
• Ecchymosis • Localized tenderness over the tibial tubercle
518 D. Murphy
Fig. 14.2 Osgood–Schlatter
a b
disease. A14-year-old boy soccer
player with right knee pain. (a)
Examination shows anterior knee
swelling over the tibial tubercle
(arrow). (b) Radiographs of a
patient with Osgood–Schlatter
disease. Wide arrow points to the
enlarged tibial tubercle. Small
arrow points to the small
fragment of calcification and
fragmentation within the patellar
ligament
Diagnosis Diagnosis
• History and physical • History and physical exam
• Radiological signs of Osgood–Schlatter: • Calcification identified on x-ray at the patella–
Enlargement with possible fragmentation of patella tendon junction
the tibial tubercle (not required for diagnosis)
(tibial apophysis; see Fig. 14.2b) Treatment
• Related to level of activity
Treatment • Conservative treatment including reduction
• Conservative treatment in level of activity
• Decreased activity, rest • Anti-inflammatories as needed
• Ice packs for swelling and pain • Icing to reduce swelling
• Anti-inflammatories as needed • Stretching and strengthening of hamstrings
• Symptoms may last up to 2 years before com- and quadriceps
plete resolution • Typically resolves within 8–12 weeks
• Stretching and strengthening hamstring and • More severe cases with osteochondral
quadriceps fragmentation, knee immobilization may be
required
• If fragmentation is present, referral to an
Sinding–Larsen–Johansson Disease
orthopedic surgeon for further evaluation
Background
• Apophysitis of the inferior pole of the patella
• Benign condition atellofemoral Pain
P
• Typically seen in children between the ages
of 10–13 years Background
• Overuse injury affecting the inferior pole of • Accounts for 11–17% of patients presenting
the patella and the patellar tendon with anterior knee pain
• Result of repetitive traction • Typically affects running and jumping ath-
letes who put excessive loads on the knee
Clinical presentation • Females more commonly affected than
• Anterior knee pain localized to the distal pole males
of patella and proximal patella tendon • May be associated with recurrent patellar
• Worsening of pain during running and jumping subluxation (see Chap. 13 Orthopedics)
14 Sports Medicine 519
Clinical Presentation
• Pain
• Tenderness of the patella to palpation
• Warmth
• Erythema
• Swelling
Diagnosis
• Must differentiate between infectious and
noninfectious
• If infection is suspected, aspiration followed
by Gram stain and culture must be completed
Treatment
• If noninfectious, may be treated conserva-
tively with RICE. May also consider intra-
bursal corticosteroid injection
• Antibiotics in cases of septic bursitis
Fig. 14.3 Miserable malalignment syndrome. A 15-year-
• May require surgical irrigation if not improv-
old girl with 2-year history of knee pain. Patient had excess
femoral anteversion as manifested by her patellae pointing ing with antibiotic administration
inward. Despite the inward position of the patella, her foot is • Bursectomy may be necessary for chronic
still pointing forward due to her external tibial torsion causes
520 D. Murphy
Dobbe AM, Gibbons PJ. Common pediatric condi- Silva PV, Kamper SJ, da Cunha Menezes Costa
tions of the lower limb. J Paediatr Child Health. L. Exercise-based intervention for prevention
2017;53(11):1077–85. of sports injuries (PEDro synthesis). Br J Sports
Gessel LM, Fields SK, Collins CL, Dick RW, Med. 2018;52(6):408–9.
Comstock RD. Concussions among United Styn NR, Wan J. Urologic sports injuries in chil-
States high school and collegiate athletes. J Athl dren. Curr Urol Rep. 2010;11(2):114–21.
Train. 2007;42(4):495–503. Tisano BK, Estes AR. Overuse injuries of the pedi-
Gillett JG, Lichtwark GA, Boyd RN, Barber atric and adolescent throwing athlete. Med Sci
LA. Functional anaerobic and strength training Sports Exerc. 2016;48(10):1898–905.
in young adults with cerebral palsy. Med Sci Tsai CH, Hsu CJ, Hung CH, Hsu HC. Primary
Sports Exerc. 2018;50(8):1549–57. traumatic patellar dislocation. J Orthop Surg
Hendrix CL. Calcaneal apophysitis (sever disease). Res. 2012;7:21.
Clin Podiatr Med Surg. 2005;22(1):55–62, vi. Vuurberg G, Hoorntje A, Wink LM, van der
Ip P, Ho FK, Louie LH, Chung TW, Cheung YF, Doelen BFW, van den Bekerom MP, Dekker
Lee SL, et al. Childhood obesity and physical R, et al. Diagnosis, treatment and prevention of
activity-friendly school environments. J Pediatr. ankle sprains: update of an evidence-based clin-
2017;191:110–6. ical guideline. Br J Sports Med. 2018;52(15):
Neurologic disorders. MSD manual professional 956.
version. Kenilworth: Merck & Co; 2018. https:// White ND, Noeun J. Performance-enhancing
www.merckmanuals.com/professional/neuro- drug use in adolescence. Am J Lifestyle Med.
logic-disorders. Accessed 11 Nov 2018 2017;11(2):122–4.
Patel DR, Villalobos A. Evaluation and man- Wilk KE, Arrigo CA. Rehabilitation: common
agement of knee pain in young athletes: problems and solutions. Clin Sports Med.
overuse injuries of the knee. Transl Pediatr. 2018;37(2):363–74.
2017;6(3):190–8. Yard EE, Gilchrist J, Haileyesus T, Murphy M,
Petersen W, Rembitzki I, Liebau C. Patellofemoral Collins C, McIlvain N, et al. Heat illness among
pain in athletes. Open Access J Sports Med. high school athletes – United States, 2005-2009.
2017;8:143–54. J Saf Res. 2010;41(6):471–4.
Pusateri ME, Hockenberry BJ, McGrew Zinder SM, Basler RS, Foley J, Scarlata C, Vasily
CA. Zurich to Berlin—“where” are we now DB. National athletic trainers’ association
with the concussion in sport group? Curr Sports position statement: skin diseases. J Athl Train.
Med Rep. 2018;17(1):26–30. 2010;45(4):411–28.
Rheumatology
15
Amanda G. Brown, William Blaine Lapin,
Andrea A. Ramirez, and Jennifer L. Rammel
ARTHRITIS
Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis (JIA)
Background and Definitions
• Previous classification criteria include juve-
nile rheumatoid arthritis and juvenile chronic
arthritis.
• Arthritis (Fig. 15.1):
–– Joint stiffness is the most common
symptom.
–– Stiffness worsens with inactivity and
improves with activity.
–– Joint swelling. Fig. 15.1 9-year-old female with 3-year history of recurrent
–– Pain (may be absent). arthritis and morning stiffness, presenting with joint pain,
–– Physical exam findings: joint effusion swelling, and limping. Note the effusion and swelling of the
(swelling), joint warmth, decreased range right knee
of motion, tenderness, and pain with range
of motion. • The exact etiology is unknown, but genetic
• Enthesitis: and environmental factors are involved.
–– Inflammation of the entheses (sites of ten- • Exact incidence and prevalence is unknown
don or ligament insertion onto bone) and varies with subtypes.
–– Common sites: Achilles tendons, patellar • Oligoarticular and polyarticular subtypes are
tendons (2, 6, and 10 o’clock positions), more common among females.
greater trochanter, metatarsal heads, and • JIA is a clinical diagnosis; there is no labora-
plantar fascia tory test that makes the diagnosis.
• JIA is broadly defined as arthritis of one or • Other causes of arthritis (i.e., trauma, infec-
more joints occurring for at least 6 weeks in a tion, malignancy) must be ruled out before a
child younger than 16 years of age. diagnosis of JIA is made (Table 15.1).
Table 15.1 Differential diagnosis for child with arthritis Table 15.2 International League of Associations for
Autoimmune Rheumatology Classification of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis
Juvenile idiopathic arthritis (JIA) [1]
Inflammatory bowel disease Category Definition
Systemic lupus erythematosus Systemic onset Arthritis and fever (> 2 weeks,
Sjögren syndrome JIA documented quotidian × 3 + days), plus
Vasculitis (e.g., Henoch-Schönlein purpura, Kawasaki one or more of the following:
disease) evanescent erythematous rash,
Neoplastic generalized lymphadenopathy,
Leukemia hepatosplenomegaly, serositis
Sarcoma Oligoarthritis Arthritis in < 4 joints in the first 6
Pigmented villonodular synovitis (PVNS) months of disease
Trauma Polyarticular Arthritis in > 5 joints during the first 6
Infection rheumatoid months of disease and RF-negative
Septic joint (most common pathogens: Staphylococcus factor
spp., Streptococcus spp., Kingella spp.) (RF)-negative
Tuberculosis Polyarticular Arthritis in > 5 joints during the first 6
Osteomyelitis rheumatoid months of disease and RF-positive × 2
Lyme disease factor at least 3 months apart
Neisseria gonorrhoeae (RF)-positive
Infection-associated Psoriatic arthritis
Arthritis and psoriasis or arthritis plus
Acute rheumatic fever two of the following: dactylitis, nail
Post-streptococcal reactive arthritis pitting or onycholysis; psoriasis in a
Reactive arthritis first-degree relative
Hematologic diseases Enthesitis- Arthritis and enthesitis, or arthritis, or
Sickle cell disease related arthritis enthesitis, plus two or more of the
Hemophilia (ERA) following: sacroiliac joint tenderness or
Autoinflammatory diseases inflammatory lumbosacral pain,
Familial Mediterranean fever HLA-B27 +; onset of arthritis in a male
Sarcoidosis/Blau syndrome older than age 6 years; acute anterior
Cryopyrin-associated periodic syndrome (CAPS) uveitis; history of ankylosing
spondylitis, ERA, sacroiliitis with
inflammatory bowel disease, reactive
Oligoarticular JIA arthritis, or acute anterior uveitis in a
first-degree relative
• Most common subtype of JIA. Undifferentiated Arthritis that fulfills criteria for no
• Most commonly affects females between 2 arthritis category or two or more categories
and 4 years of age.
• Joint involvement: walks with a limp in the morning or after
–– Most common joint affected is the knee. naps. She is otherwise well, and infections
Other joints (wrists, ankles) can be affected. and malignancies have been ruled out.
Joint involvement is asymmetric. • Exclusion criteria:
–– Arthritis in < 4 joints during the first –– Psoriasis in a child or first-degree relative
6 months of disease: ––
HLA-B27+ male older than age 6 years,
◦◦ Persistent oligoarticular JIA: < 4 joints ankylosing spondylitis/enthesitis-related
throughout disease course arthritis/sacroiliitis with inflammatory bowel
◦◦ Extended oligoarticular JIA: > 4 joints disease (IBD)/reactive arthritis or acute ante-
affected beyond 6 months rior uveitis in a first-degree relative
• Classic clinical vignette: ––
Rheumatoid factor (RF) positive in two
–– 2-year-old Caucasian female with persis- assessments 3 months apart
tently swollen knee whose parents note she –– Systemic-onset JIA in a child
15 Rheumatology 527
• May present with arthritis with psoriasis. –– Rash described as salmon-colored macular
• Prevalence is approximately 6–10% of chil- or papular that appears during fever spikes
dren with JIA. and usually involves the trunk, neck, and
• Classic findings: proximal extremities. Rash is typically
–– Psoriasis, nail pitting, nail ridging, or non-pruritic, and stroking of the skin elicits
onycholysis. Koebner phenomenon.
–– Psoriasis does not have to be present if –– In addition to arthritis, arthralgias, myal-
there is a family history in at least one first- gias, and tenosynovitis may be present.
degree relative. Arthritis may not be present at diagnosis,
–– Joint involvement pattern: but most children will develop arthritis
◦◦ Arthritis is usually pauciarticular (< 5 within 3 months of disease onset.
joints involved). –– Joint involvement may be oligoarticular or
◦◦ Distal interphalangeal joints (DIP) are polyarticular and if left untreated often
commonly affected. leads to bony erosions and joint
◦◦ Dactylitis, “sausage digit.” destruction.
◦◦ Arthritis may precede the psoriasis by –– Lymphadenopathy is present in over one-
many years. quarter of patients.
• Exclusion criteria: –– Serositis may manifest as pericarditis, peri-
–– HLA-B27+ male older than age 6 years, cardial effusion, pleuritis, or pleural
ankylosing spondylitis/ERA/sacroiliitis effusions.
with IBD/reactive arthritis or acute anterior • Rare manifestations:
uveitis in a first-degree relative –– Septic meningitis and interstitial lung
–– RF positive in two assessments 3 months disease
apart • Approximately 10% of children will present
–– Systemic-onset JIA in a child with macrophage activation syndrome
(MAS). Mortality rate for MAS is approxi-
mately 8%.
Systemic-Onset JIA • Exclusion criteria:
–– Psoriasis in a child or first-degree rela-
• Disease characterized by fevers, arthritis, and tive, HLA-B27+ male older than age
one of the following: generalized lymphade- 6 years
nopathy, hepato- or splenomegaly, and/or –– Ankylosing spondylitis/ERA/sacroiliitis
serositis. with IBD/reactive arthritis or acute anterior
• Accounts for 10–20% of children with JIA. uveitis in a first-degree relative, RF posi-
• Peak age of onset is 1–5 years of age, although tive in two assessments 3 months apart
the disease may present at anytime during
childhood.
• Infections and malignancy must be ruled out M acrophage Activation Syndrome
first as cause of fevers. Bone marrow biopsy (MAS)
is recommended to rule out malignancy.
• Classic findings: Background
–– Classic fever pattern is a quotidian fever. • Most commonly a complication of systemic-
Children are often well appearing between onset JIA.
fever spikes. • May be seen with other rheumatic diseases.
15 Rheumatology 529
• ANA is present in ~50% of children with JIA cam, celecoxib, and indomethacin. All come
but is not helpful for making diagnosis. ANA in liquid form except celecoxib, which can be
status is helpful for outlining risk of uveitis sprinkled.
(see below). Positive ANA may be detected in • NSAIDs usually insufficient to control most
10–30% of healthy pediatric population or forms of arthritis.
after infection. Immunofluorescence method • Adverse effects:
is the gold standard test method. –– Abdominal pain.
• Only 10% of children with JIA are RF –– Hematologic, renal, hepatic, and neuro-
positive. logic adverse effects may occur.
–– Naproxen can cause pseudoporphyria, a
bullous rash in fair-skinned children that
Imaging occurs after sun exposure.
Background Diagnosis
• Adult classification criteria include Raynaud • Antibodies: anti-Ro (SS-A) and/or anti-La
phenomenon and high-titer RNP antibody (SS-B)
and at least one sign from at least two of the
following diseases: SLE, systemic sclerosis, Associated Diseases
or polymyositis. • SLE
• More common in girls. • Rheumatoid arthritis
• Scleroderma
Clinical Presentation • Biliary cirrhosis
• Raynaud phenomenon
• Arthritis and joint abnormalities Management
• Fever and fatigue • Artificial tears
• Dorsal hand edema • Pilocarpine tablets
• Rash • Hydroxychloroquine for skin rash
• Myositis • Methotrexate or NSAIDs for arthritis
• Acute pericarditis
• Pericardial effusion Prognosis
• Mitral valve prolapse • These children do very well but are at risk of
• Dysphagia developing lymphomas in adulthood.
• Restrictive lung disease
• Renal disease
INFLAMMATORY MYOPATHIES
Diagnosis
• Positive anti-RNP antibodies, ANA, RF, and J uvenile Dermatomyositis (JDM)
hypergammaglobulinemia
Background
Treatment • A systemic autoimmune disorder involving
• Similar to SLE cutaneous findings, myositis, and vasculopa-
thy affecting children younger than 18
• Peaks between 5 and 14 years
Sjögren Syndrome • 2:1 female predominance
• Rare disease—approximately 1 in a million
Background
• A slowly progressive inflammatory disorder Clinical Presentation
that involves the exocrine glands: rare in • Systemic features:
pediatric patients –– Fever
538 A. G. Brown et al.
–– Malaise Treatment
–– Fatigue • Depends on the organ involved and severity
–– Anorexia of disease.
–– Weight loss • Most begin with steroids, hydroxychloro-
• Musculoskeletal manifestations: quine, IVIG, and methotrexate.
–– Muscle weakness is symmetric and proxi-
mal and can be associated with muscle Prognosis
pain or stiffness. • Most patients fall into one of three categories:
–– Arthritis. –– Monocyclic disease 25%
• Cutaneous findings: –– Polycyclic disease 25%
–– Gottron papules –– Chronic continuous 50%
–– Heliotrope rash • 65% to 80% will end up with a normal to
–– Periungual erythema good functional outcome.
–– Malar rash
–– “Shawl sign” rash
–– Photosensitivity Polymyositis
–– Skin ulceration
Background
–– Calcinosis
• Uncommon in pediatrics
–– Lipodystrophy
• 2:1 female to male
–– Generalized, pruritic, scaly rash
• Median age of onset: 12.1 years
• Vasculopathy:
–– Gastrointestinal disease Clinical Presentation
–– Gingivitis • Does not have any cutaneous features
–– Raynaud phenomenon • Often has a more severe illness onset
• Pulmonary/airway: • Tends to have higher creatine kinase (CK)
–– Interstitial lung disease levels than in JDM patients
–– Dysphonia due to muscle weakness • Can have both proximal and distal weakness
and more associated falls
Diagnosis
• Diagnosis is based on the 1975 Bohan and Diagnosis
Peter classification criteria [5]: • Diagnosis is also based on the 1975 Bohan
–– Symmetric proximal muscle weakness and Peter classification criteria [5] as listed
–– Elevation of skeletal muscle enzymes before, with no requirement for skin findings.
–– Abnormal electromyography (EMG) results • Need to confirm with muscle biopsy.
–– Abnormal muscle biopsy
–– Typical skin rash of JDM (must have for Treatment
diagnosis) • Depends on the organ involved and severity
• 3/5, probable JDM diagnosis; 4/5, definite of disease.
JDM diagnosis • Most begin with steroids, hydroxychloro-
• Many modern experts accept abnormal MRI quine, IVIG, and methotrexate.
findings in place of muscle biopsy.
• Consider age-appropriate malignancy screen- Prognosis
ing in atypical cases, as this rarely can be • 50% have a chronic disease course.
linked with JDM (up to 40% in adults). • 30% end up using a wheelchair.
15 Rheumatology 539
Background Background
• A rare autoinflammatory bone disorder • A multisystem autoinflammatory granuloma-
• Two to four times more likely in females tous disease.
• Peak onset between 7 and 12 years old • There are two primary forms of pediatric
sarcoidosis:
Clinical Presentation –– Childhood-onset sarcoidosis, also known
• Localized bone pain with or without fever. as Blau syndrome
• Can also have adjacent soft tissue swelling –– Pediatric-onset adult sarcoidosis
above lesions. • This is a rare diagnosis in childhood.
• Despite the name, it can be multifocal or uni- • Blau syndrome is associated with a mutation
focal and is not always recurrent. in NOD2/CARD15.
• Can affect any bone in the body, but most
commonly the following: Clinical Presentation
–– Metaphyseal region of long bones • Blau syndrome:
–– Clavicles –– Presents in early childhood with a triad of
–– Vertebral bodies granulomatous polyarthritis, uveitis, and
–– Pelvis dermatitis.
• 25% of patients will have extra-skeletal fea- – – Mean age of onset is 26 months.
tures such as a palmar-plantar rash. • Pediatric-onset adult sarcoidosis:
–– Presents in the adolescent years with vari-
Diagnosis ous systemic features:
• Radiographic imaging may show early osteo- ◦◦ Fever
penia or more chronic erosive changes. ◦◦ Pulmonary involvement
15 Rheumatology 541
• Supportive measures, typically does not • Use of supportive footwear, insoles, and neo-
require any further investigations prene sleeves
• Heat, massage, or mild analgesics, e.g., acet-
aminophen or ibuprofen Prognosis
• Good prognosis overall; hypermobility gen-
Prognosis erally decreases with age.
• The condition is generally regarded as benign. • Some patients have a higher risk of condition
• Most of these cases will self-resolve. evolving into a chronic pain syndrome.
–– Recurrent disease often occurs in new arte- • Biologic use has greatly improved outcomes
rial territories, with the coexistence of in comparison to nonbiologic therapies.
active and inactive lesions. • Mortality related to complications, including
–– The late, chronic phase (the “pulseless” arterial dissection, aortic rupture, uncontrollable
stage) is characterized by ischemia hypertension, cardiomyopathy, myocardial
and symptoms secondary to arterial infarction, renal failure, and infection.
occlusion. • High rate of relapse is common.
• Coexistence of IBD, pyoderma gangrenosum,
ankylosing spondylitis, and JIA has been
reported. Henoch-Schönlein Purpura (HSP)
Diagnosis Background
• No specific laboratory tests or biomarkers. • The most common systemic vasculitis of
• WBC, platelet, ESR, and CRP levels are often childhood.
elevated at presentation or during disease • Characterized by palpable purpura, abdomi-
flare. nal pain, arthritis, and occasional kidney
• Fibrinogen may be elevated. involvement.
• Normocytic, normochromic anemia may be • HSP is a small-vessel leukocytoclastic vascu-
present. litis, also known as immunoglobulin A (IgA)
• Imaging helps confirm the diagnosis: vasculitis.
–– Conventional angiography, CT, MR angio- • IgA deposition is found in the vascular walls
grams, and Doppler ultrasound. in histologic studies.
–– Positron emission tomography (PET) scans • Annual incidence of approximately 20 per
are helpful for early assessment of 100,000 children.
inflammation. • Peak age of onset is between 4 and 6 years of
age.
Treatment • More common in boys than girls and more
• Corticosteroids. severe in adults than children.
• Induction and maintenance therapy, includ- • Seasonal variation has been noted in winter
ing methotrexate, azathioprine, and myco- and spring.
phenolate mofetil. • Possible infectious triggers have been impli-
• Cyclophosphamide has been utilized for life- cated including group A β-hemolytic strepto-
threatening or organ-threatening disease. coccus, Staphylococcus aureus, influenza,
• Biologic therapies have been used: etaner- parainfluenza, Epstein- Barr virus, adenovi-
cept, adalimumab, infliximab, tocilizumab, rus, parvovirus, and mycoplasma.
and rituximab.
• Blood pressure control is often necessary. Clinical Presentation
• Vascular surgery is needed for severe vessel • Purpura (Fig. 15.2):
damage. –– Palpable non-thrombocytopenic, purpuric
• Aortic valve replacement is necessary with rash is observed in 100% of cases and is
severe aortic regurgitation. generally the presenting symptom.
–– Rash involves gravity and pressure-depen-
Prognosis dent areas such as the buttocks and lower
• Early diagnosis and treatment improve mor- extremities. Less commonly, the face, ears,
bidity and mortality. and arms may also be involved.
546 A. G. Brown et al.
• Studies confirm that chronic renal insuffi- –– Vulvar ulcers often develop during the pre-
ciency and hypertension may develop up to menstrual stage of the cycle.
10 years after the initial onset of • Ocular involvement:
symptoms. –– Ocular lesions seen in 70–90%
• Typically, renal failure occurs in patients who –– Usually at presentation or within the first
present with acute glomerulonephritis and 2–3 years, rare after 5 years
have persistent nephrotic syndrome. –– Panuveitis (non-granulomatous)
• Overall, progression to end-stage renal fail- –– Conjunctivitis
ure is seen in a very small number of children –– Corneal ulceration
(1–5%) who have HSP. –– Papillitis
–– Retinal vasculitis
–– Hypopyon (up to 20%)
Behçet Disease • Arthritis
–– Seen in 40–50%.
Background –– Usually migratory, mono- or oligoarticu-
• A mixed vessel vasculitis that can affect any lar, and asymmetric.
size or type of vessel, predominantly the –– Most commonly affects the knees, ankles,
venous system elbows, and wrists.
• Characterized by painful recurrent orogenital –– Enthesopathy is common also, especially
ulcers, inflammatory eye disease, and joint in patients with acneiform lesions
and GI involvement –– Rare to have involvement of axial spine or
• Occurs equally in males and females small joints.
• Mean age of 30 years; rare in childhood, but –– Erosive changes are rare.
does occur –– Arthralgias are more common.
• Highest prevalence in Turkey and Japan • CNS involvement:
–– Frequency of 4–10%.
Clinical Presentation
–– CNS involvement has two distinct forms,
• Aphthous ulcers:
which rarely co-exist:
–– Present in 97–100% of patients.
◦◦ Parenchymal disease (80%, poor
–– Initial manifestation in 25–75%.
prognosis)
–– Most come in crops (three-plus lesions),
◦◦ Dural sinus thrombosis (20%, favorable
< 1 cm, heal without scarring within
prognosis)
1–3 weeks, and are recurrent.
• Cutaneous lesions:
–– Ulcers preferentially appear on mucous
–– Papulopustular (acne) lesions (85%):
membranes of the lips, gingiva, buccal
◦◦ Indistinguishable from acne vulgaris
mucosa, and tongue and rarely on the pal-
◦◦ May occur in atypical locations
ate, tonsils, or posterior pharynx.
–– Nodular lesions (60%):
• Genital ulcers:
◦◦ Erythema nodosum-like lesions (more
–– Present in 80–90% of patients.
common in women), 50%
–– They are similar to those in the mouth and
◦◦ Superficial thrombophlebitis (associated
tend to be deeper, and 66% will leave scars
with major vessel involvement), 50%
after healing.
–– Pseudofolliculitis
–– Commonly appear on the scrotum or vulva.
–– Erythema multiforme
–– Less common on the penis and perianal
–– Pyoderma gangrenosum
and vaginal mucosa.
–– Nailfold capillary changes
548 A. G. Brown et al.
5. Bohan A, Peter JB. Polymyositis and derma- vational cohort: PEDBD. Ann Rheum Dis.
tomyositis (first of two parts). N Engl J Med. 2016;75(6):958–64.
1975;292(7):344–7. Review. Koné-Paut I. Behçet's disease in children,
6. Ozen S, Pistorio A, Iusan SM, Bakkaloglu A, an overview. Pediatr Rheumatol Online J.
Herlin T, Brik R, Paediatric Rheumatology 2016;14(1):10.
International Trials Organisation (PRINTO), Lee JY, Schneider R. Systemic juvenile
et al. EULAR/PRINTO/PRES criteria for idiopathic arthritis. Pediatr Clin N Am.
Henoch-Schönlein purpura, childhood polyar- 2018;65(4):691–709.
teritis nodosa, childhood Wegener granuloma- Ozen S, Pistorio A, Iusan SM, Bakkaloglu A,
tosis and childhood Takayasu arteritis: Ankara Herlin T, Brik R, Paediatric Rheumatology
2008. Part II: final classification criteria. Ann International Trials Organisation (PRINTO),
Rheum Dis. 2010;69(5):798–806. et al. EULAR/PRINTO/PRES criteria for
7. International Study Group for Behçet’s Disease. Henoch-Schönlein purpura, childhood polyar-
Criteria for diagnosis of Behçet’s disease. teritis nodosa, childhood Wegener granuloma-
Lancet. 1990;335(8697):1078–80. tosis and childhood Takayasu arteritis: Ankara
2008. Part II: final classification criteria. Ann
Rheum Dis. 2010;69(5):798–806.
Suggested Reading Petty RE, Laxer RM, Lindsley CB, Wedderburn L,
editors. Textbook of pediatric rheumatology. 7th
Amplified musculoskeletal pain syndrome. Center ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier; 2016.
for Amplified Musculoskeletal Pain Syndrome. Russo RAG, Katsicas MM. Takayasu arteritis.
Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia. https:// Front Pediatr. 2018;6:265.
www.chop.edu/conditions-diseases/ampli- Shenoi S. Juvenile idiopathic arthritis—changing
fied-musculoskeletal-pain-syndrome-amps. times, changing terms, changing treatments.
Accessed 14 Mar 2019. Pediatr Rev. 2017;38(5):221–32.
Bohan A, Peter JB. Polymyositis and dermato- Stanton BF. Pediatric rheumatology: a field of great
myositis (second of two parts). N Engl J Med. progress. Pediatr Clin N Am. 2018;65(4):xiii–xiv.
1975;292(8):403–7. Review. Tarvin SE, O'Neil K. Systemic lupus erythema-
Crayne CB, Beukelman T. Juvenile idiopathic tosus, Sjögren syndrome, and mixed connec-
arthritis oligoarthritis and polyarthritis. Pediatr tive tissue disease in children and adolescents.
Clin North Am. 2018;65(4):657–74. Pediatr Clin N Am. 2018;65(4):711–37.
Hashkes PJ, Toker O. Autoinflammatory Vehe RK, Riskalla MM. Collagen vascular dis-
syndromes. Pediatr Clin N Am. eases: SLE, dermatomyositis, scleroderma, and
2012;59(2):447–70. MCTD. Pediatr Rev. 2018;39(10):501–15.
Herman MJ, Martinek M. The limping child. Weiss PF. Pediatric vasculitis. Pediatr Clin N Am.
Pediatr Rev. 2015;36(5):184–97. 2012;59(2):407–23.
Higgins GC. Complications of treatments for pedi- Weiss PF, Colbert RA. Juvenile spondyloarthritis
atric rheumatic diseases. Pediatr Clin N Am. a distinct form of juvenile arthritis. Pediatr Clin
2018;65(4):827–54. North Am. 2018;65(4):675–90.
Koné-Paut I, Shahram F, Darce-Bello M, Cantarini West SG. Behçet disease and Cogan’s syndrome.
L, Cimaz R, Gattorno M, et al. PEDBD group. In: West SG, editor. Rheumatology secrets.
Consensus classification criteria for paediat- 3rd ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier Mosby; 2015.
ric Behçet's disease from a prospective obser- p. 248–52.
Neurology
16
Ivet Hartonian, Jong W. Yoo, and Jason T. Lerner
Prognosis Prognosis
• Approximately 1 in 3 patients will have recur- • The consequence of neonatal seizures is in
rence after experiencing first febrile seizure part dependent on the underlying etiology,
• Approximately 2–10% will likely be diag- response to treatment, and gestational age
nosed with epilepsy after experiencing a • There is higher mortality rate
febrile seizure • Depending on etiology, there can also be
increased risk of developing motor and cog-
nitive delays
Neonatal Seizures • “Fifth day fits” is a subset of benign familial
neonatal convulsions with seizures occurring
Background on the 5th or 6th day of life; self-limited
• Incidence of neonatal seizures in term infants
is 1–3.5 per 1000 births in the USA
• The incidence is much higher in preterm Infantile Spasms
infants
Background
Causes • Typical age of onset is between 4 and
• Hypoxic ischemic encephalopathy 7 months
• Intracranial hemorrhage (intraventricular, • Typically involve rapid flexion of the trunk,
subdural, subarachnoid) neck, and extremities, followed by a tonic phase
• Ischemic stroke • Often occur in clusters, and in between the
• Infections (meningitis) spasms, the child may cry
• Hypoglycemia • More common after an arousal, including
• Hypo or hypernatremia after a nap
• Hypocalcemia • West syndrome: Triad of infantile spasms,
• Hypomagnesemia hypsarrhythmia on EEG, and developmental
• Related to underlying inborn error of regression
metabolism
• Certain genetic disorders EEG—hypsarrhythmia
• Triad of: High amplitude, disorganized back-
Clinical presentation ground, multifocal discharges
• Often not obvious
• Subtle tonic or clonic movements of one limb Treatment
• Automatisms also possible (lip-smacking) • Adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH)
• Vigabatrin if the spasms are symptomatic in a
Diagnosis patient with tuberous sclerosis complex
• Laboratory evaluation to look for metabolic
abnormalities, hypoglycemia, or infection Prognosis
• EEG • If not treated early or effectively → increased
• Neuroimaging to look for underlying struc- risk of developmental delay and intellectual
tural abnormality disability
• Jitteriness can sometimes be associated with
hypoglycemia
Childhood Absence Epilepsy
Treatment
• Try to treat the underlying etiology such as Background
electrolyte abnormality or hypoglycemia • Typical onset between 4 and 10 years of age
• Phenobarbital • Staring and behavioral arrest
16 Neurology 553
Fig. 16.1 Generalized 3 Hz spike-wave discharges seen in childhood absence epilepsy
554 I. Hartonian et al.
Treatment EEG
• Valproic acid • Spikes, sharps, and spike-and-wave discharges
• Risk of neural tube defects typically seen over bilateral temporal areas
• May consider lamotrigine or levetiracetam • Presence of electrical status epilepticus dur-
ing slow-wave sleep (ESES)
Prognosis • Continuous spike-wave discharges during
• Lifelong risk of seizures 85% of slow-wave sleep
16 Neurology 555
• Most commonly occur in the first one-third of • Distinctive bony lesion (sphenoid dysplasia,
the night thinning of long bone cortex)
• Clinically can see facial flushing and agitation • Optic nerve glioma
• Child will have amnesia for the event • First-degree relative with NF1
• Night terrors can occur throughout first
decade of life and usually will spontaneously Common associations
remit • Learning disabilities
• Migraines
Movement disorders • Seizures
• The movements associated with various move- • Skeletal abnormalities: Scoliosis, short
ment disorders can be perceived as epileptic in stature
nature
• Examples include tic disorder, sleep myoclo- Increased risk
nus, and paroxysmal dyskinesia • Pilocytic astrocytoma
• Meningioma
• Leukemia
NEUROCUTANEOUS
Treatment
DISORDERS • Genetic counseling
• Early detection of malignancies
Neurofibromatosis Type 1 • Prevention of future complications
Genetics
• Autosomal dominant
Neurofibromatosis Type II
• Chromosome 17
• Most common with incidence of 1/3000 Genetics
• Childhood onset • Autosomal dominant
• Chromosome 22
Diagnosis made by 2 or more of the following:
• Incidence of 1/40,000
(Table 16.4)
• Onset in adolescence
• > 6 café au lait spots: 5 mm prepubertal and
15 mm in pubertal children (hallmark of NF1) Diagnosis with one of the following:
• Axillary or inguinal freckling • Bilateral vestibular schwannomas (cranial
• 2 neurofibromas or > 1 plexiform nerve [CN] VIII)
neurofibroma • First-degree relative with NF2 and unilateral
vestibular schwannoma
Table 16.4 Age of onset of major clinical manifestations of • Any 2 of the following: meningioma, schwan-
neurofibromatosis 1 noma, neurofibroma, glioma, or subcapsular
Clinical finding in NF1 Age of onset cataracts
Café au lait spots Birth to 12 years
Axillary or inguinal 3 years to adolescence Common associations
freckling • Hearing loss
Lisch nodules > 3 years
• Tinnitus
Optic glioma Birth to 7 years (up to
30 years) • Gait abnormalities
Cutaneous neurofibromas > 7 years (usually late
adolescence) Increased risk
Plexiform neurofibromas Birth to 18 years • Multiple inherited schwannomas
560 I. Hartonian et al.
a b
Fig. 16.3 (a) Typical ash leaf macules: Hypomelanotic (adenoma sebaceum): Multiple papular lesions varying in
macules round and oval in shape and vary in size from a few size clustered on and around the nose and cheeks
mm to as much as few cm in length. (b) Facial angiofibromas
16 Neurology 561
Migraine Headache
Chronic Nonprogressive Headache
Clinical presentation
• Acute intermittent headache • Also called new daily persistent headache
• Duration of pain can be 30–60 min but up to 72 h • Definition: Headache present for ≥ 4 months
for ≥ 15 days/month
562 I. Hartonian et al.
Microcephaly Diagnosis
• Ask about family history
Definition
• Check for evidence of increased ICP
• Head circumference > 2 standard deviations
• If concern for elevated ICP → neuroimaging
below the mean for age and gender
Treatment
Etiology
• Treat underlying etiology
• Primary—genetic syndromes, chromosomal
• Monitor development and refer to appropriate
abnormalities (trisomy 13, 18, 21)
services if indicated
• Secondary (acquired)
–– Intrauterine infection—TORCH which
includes Toxoplasmosis, Other (syphilis,
varicella-zoster, parvovirus B19), Rubella, H
ydrocephalus
Cytomegalovirus (CMV), and Herpes
infections Definition
–– Postnatal infections—meningitis, enceph- • Disturbance of formation, flow, or absorption
alitis of CSF that leads to an increase in volume
–– Hypoxic ischemic encephalopathy within the cerebral ventricles and an elevation
–– Stroke in ICP
–– Traumatic brain injury
–– Malnutrition
Ventricular system (CSF flow)
Diagnosis • Unilateral flow
• Ask about family history • CSF is mostly made in choroid plexus within
• Obtain TORCH titers ventricles (total volume produced is about
• Consider karyotype 400–500 mL/day)
• Neuroimaging • CSF flows from lateral ventricles → foramina
of Monro → third ventricle → cerebral aque-
Treatment duct → fourth ventricle → foramina of
• Genetic counseling Luschka and foramen of Magendie → cis-
• Monitor for developmental delays (refer for terna magna → reabsorbed in the arachnoid
appropriate interventions such as physical, granulations
occupational, and speech therapy)
16 Neurology 567
Cerebral Venous Thrombosis • As the child grows, the distal part of the spinal
cord is stretched and can become ischemic
Background
• Incidence of about 1 in 100,000 children Clinical features
annually • Cutaneous lesion in lower back (tuft of hair,
• Highest risk is in the neonatal period dimple, hemangioma, lipoma)
• Lower extremity weakness, spasticity, or
Causes numbness
• Infection, especially involving head and neck • Scoliosis
(sinusitis, mastoiditis, meningitis) • Low back pain
• Dehydration
• Perinatal events Diagnosis
• Prothrombotic disorders • Lumbosacral MRI
• Head trauma
• Malignancy Treatment
• Cardiac disease • Transection of filum terminale
• Chronic systemic disease
Prognosis
Clinical presentation • Neurologic deficits are often irreversible
• Diffuse neurologic deficits but can also have
focal deficits
pina Bifida Occulta
S
• Seizures
• Headache • Mildest form of spina bifida
• Lethargy • Spinal film will show incomplete closure of
• Nausea/vomiting some vertebrae
• Signs of increased ICP • May see midline sacral tuft of hair or dimple
on exam
Diagnosis
• No neurological symptoms
• Need venous imaging
• Often no need for intervention
• Imaging goal should be to assess blood flow
and filling defects within the venous system
• MRI/magnetic resonance venography is often Meningocele
the modality of choice in children because of
lack of radiation exposure • Protrusion of meninges from the back
• Does not contain nervous tissue
Treatment
• Typically will not have neurological
• Anticoagulation
symptoms
• Treat underlying etiology
• Treatment is surgical closure of the back
Clinical presentation
• Weakness ereditary Motor Sensory
H
–– Refusal to walk, walking on a wide base, or Neuropathy (HMSN) (Charcot–
difficulty with running or climbing stairs Marie–Tooth Disease)
–– Usually begins distally in the legs and
ascends • Most common inherited peripheral neuropa-
• Symmetric diminished or absent reflexes thy. Group of disorders characterized by
early in the course defective peripheral nerve myelination. Deep
• Cranial nerve abnormalities are frequent; tendon reflexes are markedly diminished or
facial nerve is the most commonly affected absent; vibration sense and proprioception
cranial nerve, and the weakness is often are significantly decreased. Pain and temper-
bilateral ature sense intact
• Paresthesias • HMSN I: Charcot–Marie–Tooth type 1
• Autonomic instability: Arrhythmia, ortho- –– Autosomal dominant: Demyelinating con-
static hypotension, hypertension, bladder dition. Asymptomatic until late childhood
dysfunction or adolescence. Palpable enlargement of
• Acute illness usually peaks in severity nerves
2 weeks after onset; recovery may take weeks • HMSN II: Charcot–Marie–Tooth type 2
to months –– Autosomal dominant or recessive: Axonal
condition. Onset in childhood and associ-
Diagnosis ated with severe wasting of calf muscles
• Primarily on basis of clinical appearance. with pes cavus and wasting of dorsal inter-
CSF shows elevated protein without an ele- ossei of hands, foot drop; ankle–foot ortho-
vated cell count (albuminocytologic dissocia- sis to help with the foot drop
tion); EMG can take weeks to show positive • HMSN III: Dejerine–Sottas disease
findings, and first abnormality is the F wave; –– Autosomal dominant or recessive: Onset
nerve conduction studies are slow with evi- early in infancy; delayed milestones.
dence of conduction block Peripheral nerves thicken due to myelin
loss, followed by remyelination in layers.
Treatment Cross section looks like onion bulb
• IVIG and plasmapheresis—treatment should • HMSN IV: Refsum disease
begin as soon as clinical diagnosis is –– Autosomal recessive: Peroxisomal disor-
determined der. Problem of phytanic acid storage.
• Supportive care and hospitalization until Retinitis pigmentosa, hearing loss
patient is stabilized and ICU care if there are
symptoms of bulbar palsy, vital capacity is Diagnosis
compromised, and/or autonomic instability • Genetic testing, EMG/NCS
574 I. Hartonian et al.
Spinal Muscular Atrophy (SMA) Table 16.8 Difference between upper and lower motor
neuron lesion in facial nerve palsy
• Autosomal recessive condition affecting the Upper motor neuron facial Lower motor neuron facial
anterior horn cell. Characterized by three dif- nerve palsy nerve palsy
Causes: Stroke Causes: Idiopathic, viral
ferent types ranging in severity: SMA type 1
infection
(Werdnig–Hoffmann), SMA type 2 (no The angle of the mouth falls The angle of the mouth
eponym), and SMA type 3 (Kugelberg– falls
Welander) Eye closure and blinking are Weak or absent eye closure
not affected and blinking
Clinical presentation
• Severe hypotonia; SMA type 1 presents prior
to 6 months of age amsay Hunt Syndrome
R
• Frog-leg position
• Difficulty feeding • Infectious neuropathy caused by herpes zos-
• Tongue fasciculations, atrophy with progres- ter oticus infection in the geniculate ganglion
sion of disease leading to peripheral CN VII paresis and/or
• No sphincter loss, sensory loss, or cognitive other cranial nerve involvement
loss
Clinical presentation
Diagnosis • Peripheral facial nerve paresis
• Gene mutation screening • Deafness
• Vertigo
Management • Nausea
• Respiratory, nutritional, orthopedic support • Pain
• Gene therapy [1]
Diagnostic criteria
• Herpes zoster oticus lesions present in the ear
Familial Dysautonomia (Riley–Day and on the face
Syndrome) • Peripheral facial nerve paresis with taste dis-
turbance and reduction of tear secretion
• Inherited neuropathy affecting sensory and • Sensitivity disturbances in the innervation
autonomic nerves area of CN V
• Symptoms • Sensitivity disturbance in the cervical derma-
–– Insensitivity to pain, temperature dysregu- tomes (usually C2–C4)
lation, difficulty feeding, blood pressure • Lesion of CN VIII (impaired hearing)
instability, vomiting, sweating spells
Treatment
• Acyclovir
Bell’s Palsy (Table 16.8) • Corticosteroid
• Gabapentin (pain control)
• Idiopathic facial nerve (CN VII) paralysis. • Earlier treatment (within 3 days) associated
Can occur after viral upper respiratory infec- with improved outcomes
tion. Usually unilateral and self-limiting
16 Neurology 575
Treatment Prognosis
• Removal of tick (usually found on scalp) • Usually self-limiting
leads to rapid improvement • May take several weeks or months for com-
• Provide respiratory support if required plete resolution of symptoms
• Increased risk of mortality with missed diag-
nosis due to respiratory failure
Ataxia Telangiectasia
• Signs of upper motor neuron involvement on • Signs of upper motor neuron involvement—
affected side—hyperreflexia, ankle clonus, hyperreflexia in upper and lower extremities,
and extensor plantar response ankle clonus, and extensor plantar responses
• Seizures • Spasticity of hip muscles may lead to femur
subluxation
• Flexion contractures of elbows and wrists
Spastic Diplegia • Visual and hearing impairment more com-
mon in spastic quadriplegic children
Causes • Learning and intellectual disabilities also
• Most commonly seen in preterm infants more common
• Often associated with periventricular • Seizures
leukomalacia
• Bilateral leg involvement and commonly may
have some degree of arm impairment Dyskinetic Cerebral Palsy
Clinical presentation
• May have asymmetric impairment Causes
• Scissoring of legs when held in vertical • Presence of extrapyramidal signs; choreoath-
position etoid or dystonic
• Toe walking in older children • Problems with posture and involuntary
• Spasticity of hip muscles may lead to femur movements
subluxation • Usually caused by damage or malformation
• Signs of upper motor neuron involvement in of basal ganglia or cerebellum
the legs—hyperreflexia, ankle clonus, and • Often associated with hypoxic–ischemic
extensor plantar responses brain injury or kernicterus
Clinical Presentation
Spastic Quadriplegia • Choreoathetoid
–– Large-amplitude, involuntary movements
Causes –– Athetosis usually involves the distal limbs
• White matter damage (periventricular –– Chorea may involve the face, limbs, and
leukomalacia) possibly the trunk
• Abnormal brain development –– Difficulty with speech
• Intracranial hemorrhage –– Upper motor neuron involvement
• Hypoxic–ischemic encephalopathy or –– Seizure and intellectual disability can also
asphyxia be present
• Kernicterus • Dystonic
• Perinatal CNS infections –– Trunk muscles and proximal limbs more
involved
Clinical presentation –– Uncommon form of cerebral palsy
• Generalized increase in muscle tone
• Legs involved more than the arms
• Decreased limb movements Rett Syndrome
• Difficulties in swallowing—predisposing to
aspiration pneumonia • X-linked
• Spasticity • Mutation in MECP2 gene
16 Neurology 581
• Affects approximately 1 in 10,000 live female Table 16.11 Primitive reflexes
births Age at
• Males with the mutation typically die before Reflex Response disappearance
or soon after birth. Sucking Sucking response when 3–4 months
something touches the
roof of the mouth
Clinical Features
Rooting Turning the head toward 3–4 months
• Neurologic regression starting between 1.5 the cheek being stroked
and 3 years of age with loss of acquired hand Stepping Stepping movements 6–8 weeks
skills and spoken language when soles of feet touch
• Can also have autistic features with social a flat surface
Palmar grasp Finger flexion 6 months
withdrawal, decreased eye contact, and Plantar grasp Toe flexion 15 months
decreased response to visual and auditory Asymmetric Extension of extremities3–4 months
stimuli tonic neck on side of head turn and
• Extreme irritability and anxiety (fencer flexion of extremities on
• After regression, there is stabilization of skills posture) the opposite side
Moro Abduction of upper 4–6 months
• Severe intellectual disability (although with extremities followed by
the severe communication impairment, accu- flexion
rate assessment is difficult) Parachute Extension of arms as Appears ≈
• Movement abnormalities—repetitive hand infant is projected 8–9 months;
stereotypies, gait (ataxia and apraxia), dysto- toward the floor permanent
nia, axial hypotonia (initially), increased tone
with rigidity (later) rimitive Reflexes (Table 16.11)
P
• Seizures are common
• Acquired microcephaly
• Gastrointestinal abnormalities (GERD,
constipation) PEARLS AND PITFALLS
• Scoliosis
• Sleep disorders • Complex febrile seizures are focal and pro-
• Bruxism longed (> 15 min) or occur multiple times in
24 h.
Diagnostics • 1 Hz spike-wave discharges are seen in
• Specific genetic testing Lennox–Gastaut syndrome, 3 Hz spike-wave
• Abnormal EEG discharges are seen in childhood absence epi-
• MRI initially normal but will later show gen- lepsy, and 4 Hz spike-wave discharges are
eralized atrophy of the cerebral hemispheres seen in juvenile myoclonic epilepsy.
• Guillain–Barré syndrome should be recog-
Treatment
nized as a neurologic emergency, because
• No curative treatment available
patients are at risk for respiratory failure dur-
• Symptomatic treatments only (i.e., anticon-
ing the course of illness.
vulsants for seizures, reflux medications for
GERD)
582 I. Hartonian et al.
• Gene therapy is now available for patients • Tics can be suppressed for a period of time
with spinal muscular atrophy that has led to and do not occur during sleep.
improvement in motor milestones [1]. • For a diagnosis of Tourette syndrome, patients
• Consider possible underlying immunodefi- must have had both motor and vocal tics, and
ciency with a new diagnosis of Ramsay–Hunt the tics have to be present for > 1 year.
syndrome. • Early hand preference (< 1 year) is a red flag
• Patients with NF1 are at risk for hypertension for possible hemiplegia and cerebral palsy.
secondary to renal artery stenosis and • Kernicterus (damage to the brain from sig-
pheochromocytoma. nificantly elevated bilirubin) is associated
• NF1 patients should be monitored for preco- with dyskinetic cerebral palsy.
cious puberty, because optic pathway gliomas
can extend into the hypothalamus. Acknowledgments The authors gratefully
• Vigabatrin is the treatment of choice for acknowledge the contributions of Rujuta Bhatt
infantile spasms secondary to tuberous Wilson, MD, Semel Institute for Neuroscience and
sclerosis. Human Behavior, UCLA, Los Angeles, California,
• Tuberous sclerosis patients should be mon- to the first edition of this chapter, many of which
itored for symptoms of increased intracra- have been incorporated into this edition as well.
nial pressure, because subependymal giant
cell astrocytomas can lead to obstructive
hydrocephalus. References
• Sturge–Weber syndrome can be a cause of
epilepsia partialis continua or simple motor 1. Finkel RS, Mercuri E, Darras BT, Connolly
status epilepticus. AM, Kuntz NL, Kirschner J, ENDEAR Study
• Patients with lissencephaly can present with Group, et al. Nusinersin versus sham control in
seizures in the neonatal period but can also infantile-onset spinal muscular atrophy. N Engl
present with infantile spasms later during J Med. 2017;377(18):1723–32.
infancy. 2. Swaiman KF, Ashwal S, Ferriero DM, Schor
• Be sure to account for parents’ head circum- NF, Finkel RS, Gropman AL, et al. Swaiman’s
ference because familial macrocephaly is one pediatric neurology: principles and practice. 6th
of the most common causes of macrocephaly. ed. Edinburgh: Elsevier; 2018.
• Microcephaly in a female 6–18 months of age
should lead to evaluation of Rett syndrome.
• Acquired microcephaly associated with Rett Suggested Reading
syndrome is when an infant initially has a
normal head circumference at birth, but the Abend N, Loddenkemper T. Management of
head circumference does not grow appropri- pediatric status epilepticus. Curr Treat Options
ately on a typical growth curve. Neurol. 2014;16(7):1–16.
• The presence of Cushing’s triad (hyperten- Armangue T, Petit-Pedrol M, Dalmau
sion, bradycardia, irregular respiration) J. Autoimmune encephalitis in children. J Child
should prompt urgent management of Neurol. 2012;27(11):1460–9.
increased intracranial pressure. Beslow LA, Jordan LC. Pediatric stroke: the
• Overdrainage of VP shunts can also be a importance of cerebral arteriopathy and vas-
cause of headaches that worsen upon sitting cular malformations. Childs Nerv Syst.
or standing. 2010;26(10):1263–73.
16 Neurology 583
Chadehumbe MA, Greydanus DE, Feucht C, Patel Jacobs H, Gladstein J. Pediatric headache: a clini-
DR. Psychopharmacology of tic disorders in cal review. Headache. 2012;52(2):333–9.
children and adolescents. Pediatr Clin N Am. Katz DM, Berger-Sweeney JE, Eubanks JH, Justice
2011;58(1):259–72. MJ, Neul JL, Pozzo-Miller L, et al. Preclinical
Choe MC, Blume HK. Pediatric posttrau- research in Rett syndrome: setting the founda-
matic headache: a review. J Child Neurol. tion for translational success. Dis Models Mech.
2015;31(1):76–85. 2012;5(6):733–45.
Delatycki MB, Corben LA. Clinical fea- Knoch J, Kamenisch Y, Kubisch C, Berneburg
ture of Friedreich ataxia. J Child Neurol. M. Rare hereditary diseases with defects in DNA-
2012;27(9):1133–7. repair. Eur J Dermatol. 2012;22(4):443–55.
Dodge NN. Cerebral palsy: medical aspects. Lerner JT, Matsumoto JH, Wu JY. Infantile spasms.
Pediatr Clin N Am. 2008;55(5):1189–207. In: Sirven J, Stern J, editors. Atlas of video-EEG
Finkel RS, Mercuri E, Darras BT, Connolly AM, monitoring. New York: McGraw Hill; 2010.
Kuntz NL, Kirschner J, ENDEAR Study Group, p. 329–40.
et al. Nusinersin versus sham control in infan- Matsumoto JH, Lerner JT. First steps to epilepsy
tile-onset spinal muscular atrophy. N Engl J syndrome diagnosis. In: Auvin S, Sankar R, edi-
Med. 2017;377(18):1723–32. tors. Acute seizures in children in the emergency
Forsyth R, Newton R. Paediatric neurology, setting. Montrouge: John Libbey Eurotext;
Oxford specialist handbooks in paediatrics. 3rd 2013. p. 175–85.
ed. Oxford: Oxford University Press; 2018. Menkes JH, Sarnat HB, Maria BL, editors. Child
Ghanem I, El Hage S, Rachkidi R, Kharrat K, neurology. 7th ed. Philadelphia: Lippincott
Dagher F, Kreichati G. Pediatric cervical spine Williams & Wilkins; 2005.
instability. J Child Orthop. 2008;2(2):71–84. Nussinovitch M, Prais D, Volovitz B, Shapiro R,
Gothe R, Kunze K, Hoogstraal H. The mecha- Amir J. Post-infectious acute cerebellar ataxia
nisms of pathogenicity in the tick paralyses. J in children. Clin Pediatr. 2003;42(7):581–4.
Medical Entomol. 1979;16(5):357–69. Review. Pearl PL. Epilepsy syndromes in childhood.
Guerrini R, Pellacani S. Benign childhood focal Continuum (Minneap Minn). 2018;24(1, Child
epilepsies. Epilepsia. 2012;53(Suppl 4):9–18. Neurology):186–209.
Hirtz D, Ashwal S, Berg A, Bettis D, Camfield C, Roser T, Bonfert M, Ebinger F, Blankenburg
Camfield P, et al. Practice parameter: evaluat- M, Ertl-Wagner B. Primary versus secondary
ing a first nonfebrile seizure in children: report headache in children: a frequent diagnostic
of the quality standards subcommittee of the challenge in clinical routine. Neuropediatrics.
American Academy of Neurology, The Child 2013;44(1):34–9.
Neurology Society, and The American Epilepsy Sarnat HB. Disorders of segmentation of the neural
Society. Neurology. 2000;55(5):616–23. tube: Chiari malformations. Handb Clin Neurol.
Hirtz D, Berg A, Bettis D, Camfield C, Camfield 2008;87:89–103.
P, Crumrine P, Quality Standards Subcommittee Schlaggar BL, Mink JW. Movement disorders in
of the American Academy of Neurology, children. Pediatr Rev. 2003;24(2):39–51.
Practice Committee of the Child Neurology Sheehan JP, Jane JA, Ray DK, Goodkin
Society, et al. Practice parameter: treatment of HP. Brain abscess in children. Neurosurg
the child with a first unprovoked seizure: report Focus. 2008;24(6):E6. https://doi.org/10.3171/
of the quality standards subcommittee of the FOC/2008/24/6/E6. Review.
American Academy of Neurology and the prac- Singer HS, Mink JW, Gilbert DL, Jankovic J, edi-
tice committee of the Child Neurology Society. tors. Movement disorders in childhood. 2nd ed.
Neurology. 2003;60(2):166–75. London: Elsevier; 2016.
584 I. Hartonian et al.
Solmaz I, Izci Y, Albayrak B, Cetinalp E, Kural C, Wagner G, Klinge H, Sachse M. Ramsay Hunt syn-
Sengul G, et al. Tethered cord syndrome in child- drome. J Dtsch Dermatol Ges. 2012;10(4):238–
hood: special emphasis on the surgical technique 44. [Article in English and German].
and review of the literature with our experience. Waterhouse E. Status epilepticus. Continuum
Turk Neurosurg. 2011;21(4):516–21. (Minneap Minn). 2010;16(3 Epilepsy):199–227.
Subcommittee on Febrile Seizures. Clinical Williams VC, Lucas J, Babcock MA, Gutmann
practice guidelines – febrile seizures: guide- DH, Korf B, Maria BL. Neurofibromatosis type
line for the neurodiagnostic evaluation of the 1 revisited. Pediatrics. 2009;123(1):124–33.
child with a simple febrile seizure. Pediatrics. Wirrell E, Nickels KC. Pediatric epilepsy syn-
2011;127(2):389–94. dromes. Continuum (Minneap Minn). 2010;16(3
Swaiman KF, Ashwal S, Ferriero DM, Schor Epilepsy):57–85.
NF, Finkel RS, Gropman AL, et al., editors. Zamora C, Castillo M. Neuroradiology companion:
Swaiman’s pediatric neurology: principles and methods, guidelines, and imaging fundamentals.
practice. 6th ed. Edinburgh: Elsevier; 2018. 5th ed. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer; 2017.
Ophthalmology
17
Kyle E. Miller and Shira L. Robbins
Diagnosis Management
• Culture and Gram stain of eye discharge will • Oral erythromycin for a minimum of 14 days
reveal Gram-negative intracellular diplococci • No effective prophylaxis is currently available
Neisseria gonorrhoeae • Ensure source of infection (i.e., mother and
• Sepsis workup and evaluation for dissemi- her sexual partners) are treated as well
nated systemic infections are critical
• Infants should be tested also for HIV, chla-
mydia, and syphilis Ophthalmia Neonatorum due
to Herpes Simplex
Treatment of gonococcal conjunctivitis
• Parenteral ceftriaxone 25–50 mg/kg, not to Background
exceed 125 mg, must be given immediately • Onset usually around 2nd week of life, typi-
• Delay in treatment can cause corneal perfora- cally later than chlamydia or gonorrhea
tion and permanent vision loss • Most frequently associated with maternal
• Frequent lavage of the fornices with normal herpes simplex virus (HSV)-2 infection with
saline is recommended increased risk with active lesions in vaginal
• Topical antibiotics may be indicated if there delivery in the neonatal setting
is corneal involvement
Clinical presentation
Prophylaxis • Watery discharge
• Erythromycin topical ointment is effective • Eyelid lesions (usually vesicles), conjunctivi-
prophylaxis after birth tis, keratitis, and cataracts are all possible
• Silver nitrate is rarely used today and can
cause a chemical conjunctivitis Diagnosis
• Clinical presentation +/− viral cultures
Management
phthalmia Neonatorum due
O • Systemic workup necessary to rule out cen-
to Chlamydia tral nervous system involvement
• Systemic acyclovir for 14 days. Topical anti-
Background viral eye drops may be added in some cases
• Onset occurs around 1 week of age
• Associated with infantile pneumonitis
Acute Bacterial Conjunctivitis
Clinical presentation
• Minimal-to-moderate mucopurulent discharge Background
• Eyelid edema • Acute bacterial nongonococcal conjunctivitis
• Papillary conjunctivitis is usually benign and self-limited; however,
• Pseudomembrane formation in tarsal antibiotics can expedite the return to normal
conjunctiva activities
Diagnosis Bacterial causes
• Culture of conjunctival scrapings, direct fluo- • Staphylococcus aureus, S. epidermidis,
rescent antibody test, and enzyme immunoas- Streptococcus pneumoniae, Moraxella catarrh-
says are also available alis, and Pseudomonas are common causes
17 Ophthalmology 587
Management
• Treatment of the cause
Clinical presentation
Parinaud Oculoglandular Syndrome • Fever
• Pharyngitis
Background • Follicular conjunctivitis
• Most frequently by Bartonella henselae (cat- • Regional lymphoid hyperplasia with tender,
scratch disease) enlarged preauricular adenopathy
• Many other causes, e.g., Chlamydia trachoma- • May cause punctate lesions in the corneal
tis, Francisella tularensis, and Mycobacterium epithelium (best seen with fluorescein stain-
tuberculosis ing) that warrant an ophthalmologic
referral
Clinical presentation
• Unilateral granulomatous conjunctivitis Treatment
• Swollen ipsilateral preauricular lymph node • Supportive care
• Submandibular lymphadenopathy • The conjunctivitis is self-limited, usually
lasting no more than 10 days
588 K. E. Miller and S. L. Robbins
Molluscum Contagiosum
Conjunctivitis
Background
• Common viral infection in children
• Lesions may be anywhere on the body, includ-
ing the eyelid
• Classic dome-shaped, umbilicated lesions
• Lesions shed viral particles into eyes, causing
irritation
Clinical Presentation
• Red, irritated eye with follicular conjunctival
reaction Fig. 17.2 Fluorescein staining. (Photo courtesy of Kyle Miller,
• Molluscum lesions around lid M.D., Naval Medical Center Portsmouth, Portsmouth, VA) of
• May present as a recurrent red eye initially corneal herpetic dendrite. Can be seen with Woods lamp
treated as viral or bacterial conjunctivitis
• Corneal epithelial dendrites (linear branching
Treatment lesions with terminal bulbs) can be seen with
• Conservative monitoring may be appropriate fluorescein stain (Fig. 17.2)
• Surgical excision, cryotherapy, and curettage
may be therapeutic but require general anes- Diagnosis
thesia in the pediatric population • Based on the clinical findings
• HSV corneal disease will usually have sig-
nificant pain
Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV) • In atypical cases, culture, ELISA, or poly-
merase chain reaction (PCR) testing can be
Conjunctivitis
used to confirm the diagnosis
Causes
Treatment
• HSV type 1 or 2
• If HSV conjunctivitis or corneal involvement
• Most cases of primary eye involvement are
is suspected, immediate referral to an oph-
caused by HSV-1 and are associated with gin-
thalmologist is recommended
givostomatitis or recurrent orolabial infection
• Oral antivirals (e.g., acyclovir)
(cold sores)
• Topical antiviral therapy (e.g., trifluridine 1 %
• HSV-2 is associated with genital infection
drops, ganciclovir ophthalmic gel) is less fre-
and is a more common cause of neonatal HSV
quently used due to toxicity
eye infections transmitted via direct contact
• NOTE: The use of steroids alone in herpetic
in the vaginal canal during birth
infections is contraindicated
• Children with a history of HSV-related eye
Clinical presentation disease should always seek care for any future
• Concurrent herpetic skin vesicular eruption, cases of “pink eye,” as the rate of recurrence
usually somewhere on the face is high
• Unilateral follicular conjunctivitis • Given the higher than adult recurrence rate
• Palpable preauricular lymph node for corneal herpetic infections, oral prophy-
• Ocular infection can affect the eyelids, con- laxis for 1 year after the initial infection
junctiva, or cornea should be considered
17 Ophthalmology 589
Parasitic Conjunctivitis
Background
• Pediculosis may cause a follicular conjuncti-
vitis in adults with pubic lice
Clinical presentation
• Intense itching of the eyelids
• Conjunctival and lid margin injection
• Know that pubic lice (Pthirus pubis) and nits
in the cilia (eyelashes) in children are due to
sexual abuse unless proven otherwise
Management
• Referral to an ophthalmologist
• Ophthalmic ointment (e.g., erythromycin) to Fig. 17.3 Allergic conjunctivitis. Multiple giant papillae in
the superior tarsus. (Courtesy of Violeta Radenovich MD,
smother the lice MPH, Children’s Eye Center; Department of Ophthalmology,
• Pediculicide lotions and shampoos should Texas Tech University, El Paso, Texas)
also be applied
590 K. E. Miller and S. L. Robbins
Causes • Fever
• Staphylococcus and streptococcus have
become the two most common (75%) patho- Diagnosis
gens responsible for pediatric orbital cellulitis • CT scan with intravenous (IV) contrast is
the most important diagnostic test distin-
Clinical presentation guishing preseptal from postseptal (orbital)
• Erythema cellulitis
• Eyelid swelling
• No limitation of eye movement Management
• The globe should be white and essentially • IV antibiotic therapy should have empiric
unaffected coverage against staphylococcal and strepto-
• Eyelids can be severely swollen, causing dif- coccal species
ficulty in spontaneous opening • Vancomycin or clindamycin (MRSA) plus a
second- or third-generation cephalosporin is
Diagnosis a reasonable initial regimen
• Clinical • Orbital cellulitis requires antibiotic therapy
• No imaging studies are necessary for a total of 10–14 days
• Mucormycosis can occur in patients with dia-
Management betic ketoacidosis or severe immunosuppres-
• Choice of antibiotic depends on the source of sion and is often fatal
infection, e.g., –– The treatment should include debridement
–– Dental abscess: Cover for anaerobes, e.g., of necrotic and infected tissue plus ampho-
clindamycin or amoxicillin–clavulanate tericin B
–– Insect bite or stye: Cover for staph, e.g., • Urgent consult to ophthalmology and
first-generation cephalosporin otorhinolaryngology
–– Sinusitis: Cover for S. pneumoniae, e.g.,
high-dose amoxicillin–clavulanate, oral Complications
second- or third-generation cephalosporins • Cavernous sinus thrombosis is the most
• Admit to hospital children who do not respond serious complication
to oral antibiotics • Loss of vision and meningismus or meningi-
tis may be late complications
Orbital Cellulitis
Hordeolum (Stye) and Chalazion
Background
• Infection of orbital soft tissue posterior to HORDEOLUM
orbital septum • Acute focal infection (usually staphylococ-
• The most common association is ethmoid cal) involving the glands of Zeis or the hair
sinusitis follicle
Management
• Digital massage of the lacrimal sac
Fig. 17.4 A 5-year-old with tender erythematous subcuta- • Topical antibiotics if conjunctivitis, e.g., ery-
neous nodule near the eyelid margin thema and exudates
• Duct probing in persistent cases
• Most cases (> 90%) will self-resolve by
1 year of age
• Early probing reduces the duration of bother-
some symptoms and the potential of chronic
infections
When to refer
• If persists to 1 year of age; however, in some
areas, the ophthalmologist may prefer to per-
Fig. 17.5 Chalazion in the right lower eyelid. (Courtesy of form early in-office probing at an earlier age
Violeta Radenovich MD, MPH, Children’s Eye Center; • If develops dacryocystitis, will require IV
Department of Ophthalmology, Texas Tech University, El antibiotics
Paso, Texas)
17 Ophthalmology 593
Clinical findings
• Timing of incomplete closure determines the
extent of involvement
• Early failure of closure leads to more poste-
rior involvement with the retina or optic nerve
being involved or possibly complete
microphthalmia
• Late failure may result in an isolated iris col-
oboma (keyhole appearance)
• Effect on visual acuity can be none to severe,
depending on structures involved
Management
• Referral to an ophthalmologist for complete
Fig. 17.7 Skin appearance of Sturge–Weber syndrome
ocular examination to determine extent of
coloboma and evaluation of visual function Conditions associated with glaucoma
• Treatment will be aimed toward minimizing • Sturge–Weber syndrome (Fig. 17.7)
amblyopia; however, those with more exten- • Intraocular hemorrhage (hyphema)
sive colobomas will likely continue to have • Inflammation or tumor
profound vision loss • Aniridia (WAGR syndrome—Wilms tumor
• No current therapies are available to repair (a tumour of the kidneys), aniridia (absence
posterior eye colobomas of the colored part of the eye, the iris), genito-
• If unilateral involvement, protection of the urinary anomalies, and mental retardation
good eye is important • Lowe syndrome
• Aphakia
• Marfan syndrome
Congenital Glaucoma • Homocystinuria
• Neurofibromatosis
Definition
• Steroid treatment: Any steroid use can affect
• A progressive optic neuropathy usually
the intraocular pressure
related to intraocular pressure
Clinical presentation
• Corneal cloudiness ongenital Cataract
C
• Increased corneal diameter/large-appearing
Background
eye
• Cataracts may occur at any age
• Conjunctival injection (late finding)
• Excessive tearing, photophobia, and blepha- Causes
rospasm (eye squeezing) should alert you to • Approximately 50% of congenital cataracts
the development of glaucoma are idiopathic
• Myopia may develop as the eye elongates • Hereditary: Autosomal dominant are always
bilateral. X-linked and autosomal recessive
Management
can also occur
• Referral to ophthalmologist
• Prematurity is sometimes a cause of a cata-
• Congenital glaucoma often requires surgical
ract-like condition from remnants of the fetal
intervention as the first-line treatment
vasculature and may resolve spontaneously
17 Ophthalmology 595
Papilledema
Background
• Papilledema is a swelling of optic discs sec-
Fig. 17.8 Central cataract in a 4-month-old child ondary to increased intracranial pressure
596 K. E. Miller and S. L. Robbins
a b
Fig. 17.9 (a) Retina photo showing large retinoblastoma cov- Radenovich MD, MPH, Children’s Eye Center; Department of
ering part of the optic nerve. (b) Retinoblastoma after systemic Ophthalmology, Texas Tech University, El Paso, Texas)
chemotherapy and laser therapy. (Courtesy of Violeta
a b
Fig. 17.10 (a) Normal optic disc with sharp margins and (Courtesy of Violeta Radenovich MD, MPH, Children’s Eye
pink rim. (b) Fundus photograph showing optic nerve edema Center; Department of Ophthalmology, Texas Tech
due to elevated intracranial pressure in the right eye, periph- University, El Paso, Texas)
eral elevation of nerve, and blurred disc margins (arrow).
Causes
• First epidemic
–– 1940s and 1950s
–– Primary cause: oxygen unmonitored
–– Few small (750–1000 g) infants survived
(< 8 %)
• Second epidemic
–– 1970s to present
–– Oxygen closely monitored
–– Primary cause: Many small (500–1000 g)
infants survived (> 80 %)
• Third epidemic
–– 2000s to present
Fig. 17.11 Boat-shaped retinal hemorrhage secondary to
regressed fetal vasculature • Primary cause: Oxygen unmonitored
a b
Fig. 17.12 (a, b) Diffuse retinal hemorrhages in various layers of the retina. Some hemorrhages have white central dot
17 Ophthalmology 599
a b
Fig. 17.13 Retinopathy of prematurity (ROP). (a) Retina early stage 3, posterior to the ridge. (Courtesy of Violeta
photo showing stage 2 ROP or ridge. (b) Retina photo show- Radenovich MD, MPH, Children’s Eye Center; Department
ing popcorn disease, small extravascular fibroproliferation or of Ophthalmology, Texas Tech University, El Paso, Texas)
Risk factors
• Low birth weight
• Low gestational age
• Hypoxia
• Hyperoxia
• Oxygen fluctuations
• Blood transfusions
• Intraventricular hemorrhage Fig. 17.14 Retina photo showing sectorial plus disease,
• Bronchopulmonary dysplasia mild dilation, and tortuosity of central retina vessels.
• Sepsis (Courtesy of Violeta Radenovich MD, MPH, Children’s Eye
• Necrotizing enterocolitis Center; Department of Ophthalmology, Texas Tech
University, El Paso, Texas)
• Infant of a diabetic mother
a b
Fig. 17.15 Retinal photo showing aggressive posterior reti- tion at the terminal ends of the vessels. (b) Same patient
nopathy of prematurity. (a) Note extensive vessel dilation 1 week after treatment with bevacizumab injection into the
and tortuosity in the posterior pole with flat neovasculariza- vitreous
total retinal detachment (best ➔ worst visual anesthesia; however, the medication does
prognosis) become systemic. Early data suggest that
• Plus disease: An additional descriptor relat- there are no systemic or neurologic deficits
ing to presence of central retinal venule dila- due to this systemic absorption; however,
tion and arteriolar tortuosity studies are ongoing
• Aggressive posterior ROP (AP-ROP). An • Blindness due to ROP can often be prevented
aggressive form of ROP that is seen in the with adequate nutrition, oxygenation, and
most posterior zone and portends a poor out- timely treatment
come even if treated (Fig. 17.15) • Despite being vision-saving, the treatment for
ROP, as well as the disease itself, will often
Treatment programs lead to high myopia, strabismus, and other
• Goal of treatment is to downregulate release ocular conditions throughout life
of VEGF to reduce neovascularization
• Laser surgery has overtaken cryotherapy as
the mainstay of treatment EYE TRAUMA [10]
• Anti-VEGF therapy
• Retinal surgery for those infants with retinal Background
detachments • Eye trauma can lead to permanent vision loss
• 840,000 cases of pediatric ocular trauma
Early treatment occur yearly in the USA
• Laser ablation to peripheral avascular retina • Can be broadly defined as open-globe or
to prevent retinal detachment by pediatric closed-globe injury
ophthalmologist or retina specialist • Prevention saves vision. Encourage protec-
• Anti-VEGF therapy (bevacizumab) is becom- tive eyewear
ing more widespread and has shown to have
good outcomes, especially for those children Evaluation
with very posterior disease (zone 1) • Visual acuity: Presenting visual acuity is a
• The injection of anti-VEGF medications fre- key factor in predicting final visual outcome
quently does not require sedation or general • Pupil size, shape, and reactivity
17 Ophthalmology 601
a b
Fig. 17.16 (a) External photo showing right eye esotropia or crossing. (b) External photo showing recentration of corneal
light reflex through the use of prism to measure amount of esotropia, in this case 35 prism diopters (Krimsky test)
Vertical misalignment
• Congenital fourth nerve palsy is the most
common nontraumatic cause in children
• May be cause of torticollis that is not respon-
sive to physical therapy
Fig. 17.17 External photo showing right eye exotropia, out- • Orbital floor fracture can cause hypotropia,
ward deviation. (Courtesy of Violeta Radenovich MD, MPH, worse on attempted upgaze
Children’s Eye Center; Department of Ophthalmology,
Texas Tech University, El Paso, Texas)
Pseudostrabismus
Accommodative esotropia • An appearance of esotropia when one does
• Onset usually between 3 and 5 years of age not actually exist
• Directly related to hypermetropia (i.e., • Frequently seen in children with wide nasal
farsightedness) bridges or large epicanthal folds
• Attempt to accommodate to see clearly causes • Diagnosis: Central corneal light reflex. No
the eyes to cross misalignment on cover testing
• Typical crossing at near is greater than at
distance Diagnosis
• Treatment: Full-time wear of eyeglass • Visual acuity test, cover test, light reflex test
correction • Corneal light reflex (Hirschberg) is a good
• Some subtypes require bifocals or surgery in initial testing
addition to the eyeglasses • An asymmetric red reflex may indicate stra-
bismus with the brighter eye having
Intermittent exotropia misalignment
• Most commonly occurring between ages 2 • The best test to differentiate heterophoria
and 8 years from heterotropia is cover–uncover test
• Patient may squint one eye
• Treatment is to correct any refractive error Remember
with eyeglasses, and some may require stra- • Occasional eye deviation in newborns can be
bismus surgery observed; if it persists beyond 4 months, should
• Patching therapy may help in some cases be referred to pediatric ophthalmologist
17 Ophthalmology 605
• Refer to pediatric ophthalmologist all patients • Vision screenings in children under five are
with strabismus very important
• Occlusion therapy is more effective under the
Critical to know age of 8 but can still be done in older children
• New-onset strabismus can be a manifestation • Studies in older children with amblyopia have
of eye or brain tumor and should be investi- shown that treatment can still be beneficial
gated immediately beyond the first decade of life, especially if
• Amblyopia is a common complication in never treated previously
untreated cases • Compliance can be a problem with children
• Strabismus is treated by the ophthalmologist
with eyeglasses, patching, or surgery
VISION DEVELOPMENT
Amblyopia AND VISUAL ACUITY [11, 12]
• Visual pathways begin to develop around the
Background
day 23 of gestation
• A unilateral or bilateral reduction of best-cor-
• Ocular lens placode develops by day 27
rected visual acuity that cannot be attributed
• Embryonic fissure of the optic stalk closes by
directly to the effect of any structural abnor-
day 33 (important for colobomas)
mality of the eye or the posterior visual
• The fovea (retinal anatomy responsible for
pathways
best vision) starts to differentiate at around
• It is a consequence of diminished visual input
15–17 weeks and continues through 32 weeks
into the visual cortex, which leads to impair-
• Myelination of optic nerve starts at approxi-
ment of neuro-ophthalmologic pathways
mately 7 months and continues after term
Causes birth
• Strabismus (the most common cause) • Visual acuity matures somewhere between
• Anisometropia (unequal refractive errors) or ages 5 and 15
high refractive errors • Eye alignment should be consistently straight
• Stimulus deprivation: Cataracts, corneal opac- after 3–4 months of age
ities, vitreous hemorrhage, lid hemangiomas • Infants can differentiate shape and size by
4.5 months and contours/edges by 6 months
Diagnosis of age
• Vision screening
• Uncorrected refractive errors can cause –– Anomalous head position often leads to a
permanent vision loss through amblyopia if slowing of the eye movements (null point)
not diagnosed and referred in early –– Surgery is indicated to correct the head
childhood position and slow the eye movements
• Screening visual acuity should occur at yearly
well-child visits beginning at age 3 [1] Congenital sensory nystagmus
• Referral criteria is based on age of child: • Horizontal nystagmus, sometimes pendular
–– Age 3–4: 20/50 or worse • Begins in the first 3 months of life
–– Age 4–5: 20/40 or worse • Associated with ocular abnormalities that
–– Over 5: 20/32 or worse may affect visual development: Bilateral cat-
–– Any age: Asymmetry between the two eyes aracts, glaucoma, corneal opacities, aniridia,
retinal dystrophy, optic nerve hypoplasia,
Contact lens-related problems foveal hypoplasia
• Sleeping in contact lenses exponentially
raises risk of infection Acquired nystagmus
• A red eye with a lesion on the cornea (seen • Brain imaging is necessary to rule out any
best with fluorescein and magnification) in a intracranial lesions
patient with contact lens use needs immediate
Spasmus nutans
referral to an ophthalmologist
• Bilateral nystagmus, horizontal, vertical, or
• Broad-spectrum ophthalmic antibiotics (e.g.,
rotary
topical moxifloxacin) is a commonly used
• Abnormal head movement (nodding or bob-
option for contact lens-related ulcers/
bing) or torticollis
keratitis
• Rarely starts before 4 months of age
• MRI to rule out chiasmal or suprachiasmatic
tumors (glioma)
Nystagmus
Management
Background • Children with nystagmus need to be referred
• Nystagmus is involuntary rhythmic eye to a pediatric ophthalmologist
movement
• May signify important eye or central system
pathology ORBITAL MASSES
• Can be hereditary
• Any internal eye problem can cause sensory P eriorbital Tumor or Hemangioma
nystagmus, e.g., cataract, optic atrophy or
aniridia, corneal opacities, retinal dystro- Background
phies, optic nerve hypoplasia, etc. • Periorbital masses may cause vision loss
through ptosis or compressive mechanisms
Clinical presentation • May be isolated or a harbinger of systemic
• Infantile nystagmus syndrome usually before disease
2 months • Many causes: Neurofibroma, hemangioma,
–– Horizontal, jerky oscillations, bilateral dermoid cyst, neuroblastoma, tumor
–– Visual function is highly variable from
normal to significantly impacted Clinical presentation
–– It is not associated with other central ner- • Ptosis—usually unilateral
vous system abnormalities • Proptosis
17 Ophthalmology 607
Radenovich MD, MPH, Children’s Eye Center of 6. World Health Organization. Preterm birth.
El Paso, El Paso, Texas, to the 1st edition of this http://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/
chapter, many of which have been incorporated detail/preterm-birth. Accessed 21 Sep 2018.
into this edition as well. 7. Gilbert C. Retinopathy of prematurity: a global
SLR was supported by an unrestricted grant from perspective of the epidemics, population of
Research to Support Blindness (New York, NY). babies at risk and implications for control.
Early Hum Dev. 2008;84(2):77–82.
Disclaimer The views expressed in this chapter 8. Fierson WM, American Academy of Pediatrics
are those of the authors and do not necessarily Section on Ophthalmology; American
reflect the official policy or position of the Academy of Ophthalmology; American
Department of the Navy, Department of Defense, Association for Pediatric Ophthalmology and
or the United States Government. CDR Miller is a Strabismus; American Association of Certified
military service member. This work was prepared Orthoptists. Screening examination of pre-
as part of his official duties. Title 17 U.S.C. 105 mature infants for retinopathy of prematurity.
provides that “Copyright protection under this title Pediatrics. 2013;131(1):189–95.
is not available for any work of the United States 9. International Committee for the Classification
Government.” Title 17 U.S.C. 101 defines a United of Retinopathy of Prematurity. The inter-
States Government work as a work prepared by a national classification of retinopathy of
military service member as part of that person’s prematurity revisited. Arch Ophthalmol.
official duties. 2005;123(7):991–9.
10.
Miller KE. Pediatric ocular trauma: An
update. Current Ophthalmology Reports.
References 2017;5(2):107–13.
11.
American Academy of Ophthalmology.
1. Committee on Practice and Ambulatory
Growth and development of the eye. In: AAO
Medicine, Section On Ophthalmology,American
basic and clinical science course. Pediatric
Association of Certified Orthoptists; American
ophthalmology and strabismus. San Francisco:
Association For Pediatric Ophthalmology
American Academy of Ophthalmology; 2011.
and Strabismus; American Academy of
p. 167–71.
Ophthalmology. Visual system assessment in
12. Siu CR, Murphy KM. The development of
infants, children, and young adults by pediatri-
human visual cortex and clinical implications.
cians. Pediatrics. 2016;137(1):28–30.
Eye Brain. 2018;10:25–36.
2. Azari AA, Barney NP. Conjunctivitis: a sys-
13. Shields JA, Shields CL. Rhabdomyosarcoma:
tematic review of diagnosis and treatment.
review for the ophthalmologist. Surv
JAMA. 2013;310(16):1721–9.
Ophthalmol. 2003;48(1):39–57.
3. Cassidy J, Kivlin J, Lindsley C, Nocton
J, Section on Rheumatology; Section on
Ophthalmology. Ophthalmologic examina-
Suggested Reading
tions in children with juvenile rheumatoid
arthritis. Pediatrics. 2006;117(5):1843–5. American Academy of Ophthalmology Pediatric
4. Davenport KM, Patel AA. Cataracts. Pediatr Ophthalmology/Strabismus Panel. Preferred
Rev. 2011;32(2):82–3. Review. practice pattern guidelines: pediatric eye evalu-
5. Hartong DT, Berson EL, Dryja TP. Retinitis ations. San Francisco: American Academy of
pigmentosa. Lancet. 2006;368:1795–809. Ophthalmology; 2017. p. 189–227.
17 Ophthalmology 609
Management Management
• Urgent aspiration of hematoma to prevent • 2013 American Academy of Pediatrics guide-
pinna deformity (i.e., wrestler’s ear or cauli- lines [3]:
flower ear) –– Immediate antibiotic treatment for the
• Pressure dressing applied after evacuation following:
• Close follow-up to monitor for reaccumulation ◦◦ Children < 6 months of age
◦◦ Children with moderate to severe
otalgia
Acute Otitis Media (AOM) ◦◦ Otalgia lasting longer than 48 h
◦◦ Temperature > 39 °C (102.2 °F)
Background ◦◦ Bilateral AOM and less than 24 months
• Signs of an acute infection associated with of age
middle effusion and inflammation (bulging –– Antibiotic treatment or observation with
tympanic membrane) pain control:
• 80% of children have at least one AOM before ◦◦ 6 to 24 months of age with unilateral
1 year of age; 90% of children have at least non-severe AOM.
two AOM by the age of 3 ◦◦ > 24 months of age with unilateral or
bilateral non-severe AOM.
Risk Factors
◦◦ When observation is chosen, child must
• Age (6–18 months), positive family history of
be followed up. Initiate antibiotics
otitis media, daycare attendance, lack of breast-
within 48–72 h should the child worsen
feeding, exposure to tobacco smoke, pacifier
or fail to improve
use/bottle propping, race/ethnicity (native
Americans and the Inuit are at higher risk) [2] Antimicrobial Therapy
• First line: amoxicillin (90 mg/kg/day divided
Common Pathogen
twice a day) × 10 days
• Bacterial: Streptococcus pneumoniae, non-
• Second line, amoxicillin-clavulanate:
typeable Haemophilus influenzae, Moraxella
–– Children who failed first-line therapy
catarrhalis, and Streptococcus pyogenes
–– Children with increased risk of beta-lactam
(group A Streptococcus) are the most com-
resistance
mon causes.
–– Beta-lactam use within the past 30 days
• Viral: respiratory syncytial virus (RSV),
–– Concomitant purulent conjunctivitis (likely
picornavirus, coronavirus, influenza,
H. influenzae)
adenovirus
–– Recurrent AOM unresponsive to amoxicillin
Clinical Presentation • For patients with hypersensitivity to penicillin:
• Fever, irritability, apathy, anorexia, vomiting, –– Macrolides
diarrhea, otalgia, otorrhea, hearing loss –– Cefdinir, cefuroxime, ceftriaxone
• Frequent nighttime awakening
Complications
Diagnosis • Intratemporal: conductive hearing loss
• Pneumatic otoscopy showing decreased tym- (CHL), tympanic membrane perforation,
panic membrane mobility remains the best ossicular erosion, labyrinthitis, facial nerve
method for diagnosing the presence of middle paralysis, mastoiditis, subperiosteal abscess,
ear fluid petrous apicitis, sigmoid sinus thrombosis
614 K. D. Meister and A. H. Messner
Investigations
• Hearing evaluation:
Fig. 18.2 Right tympanic membrane demonstrating –– Children with OME > 3 months
tympanosclerosis
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat 615
Treatment Treatment
• Immediate otolaryngology consultation • Otolaryngology consultation is mandatory.
• Systemic antibiotics (usually requires intra- • Requires surgery (tympanomastoidectomy,
venous antibiotics) possible ossicular chain reconstruction)
• Possible myringotomy (tympanocentesis/cul- • Long-term follow-up required by
ture) and ventilation tube (use topical antimi- otolaryngology
crobial if the tube is present)
• Cortical mastoidectomy for cortical erosion
of the mastoid or intracranial complications Labyrinthitis
• Extremely rare in children
Cholesteatoma • Bacterial or viral invasion into the inner ear/
cochlear labyrinth; may be associated with
Definition permanent hearing loss, vestibular dysfunc-
• Squamous epithelium in the middle ear and tion, or meningitis
mastoid cavities (misnomer as there’s no
cholesterol) Clinical Presentation
• Risk of leading to recurrent infections, as • Vertigo, hearing loss, tinnitus, possible mid-
well as bone and soft tissue erosion dle ear infection:
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat 617
Treatment Treatment
• Treat underlying infectious process: • Varies based on etiology.
–– Bacterial (S. pneumoniae, H. influenzae, • Refer to an otolaryngologist if suspicious of
M. catarrhalis): systemic antibiotics peripheral cause of vertigo; consider neurol-
–– Viral (cytomegalovirus [CMV], mumps, ogy referral if suspicious of central cause of
varicella-
zoster virus, rubeola, influenza, vertigo
parainfluenza, etc.): bed rest and hydration
–– +/− Myringotomy/ventilation tube if acute
otitis media is present Benign Paroxysmal Vertigo
of Childhood
Vertigo Definition
• Most common peripheral vestibular disorder,
Definition typically self-limiting, can be recurrent
• Illusion of rotational, linear, or tilting move- • Distinctly different from benign paroxysmal
ment (i.e., “spinning,” “turning”) of the positional vertigo (BPPV), which is common
patient or their surroundings in adults but not in children
Types of Vertigo Causes
• Central/systemic: • Spontaneous, posttraumatic, post-viral
–– Vascular (i.e., migraines, autoimmune dis- • Thought to be a migraine equivalent
orders, stroke); anemia; brain tumor; medi-
cations, toxin, and chemotherapy; Clinical Presentation
neurologic disorders (i.e., seizures, multiple • Brief recurrent episodes of vertigo lasting
sclerosis); metabolic disorders (i.e., thyroid seconds to less than 1 min
disease, diabetes); anxiety and panic attack • Can be pale and sweaty, vomits during an epi-
• Peripheral (related to the ear): sode and then appears back to normal
–– Benign positional vertigo of childhood • No hearing loss or tinnitus
(most common), vestibular neuritis due to
viral infections (Epstein-Barr virus [EBV] Diagnosis
most common), perilymph fistula (abnor- • Clinical history essential; physical exam and
mal connection between the inner ear and vestibular testing usually normal:
middle ear), trauma to the vestibular sys- –– Rule out other more sinister causes of ver-
tem/concussion, Ménière disease, cerebel- tigo as directed by history and exam.
lopontine angle tumors/acoustic neuroma – – Often a family history of migraines.
618 K. D. Meister and A. H. Messner
Treatment
• Usually self-limiting
• Counsel on risk of typical migraine head-
aches later in life
Meniere Disease
Background
• Rare in children, but the prevalence ranges
from 1.5% to 4% among children diagnosed
with vertigo
Diagnosis
• Clinical.
• Obtain an audiogram at time when patient
reports hearing loss.
Management
• Refer to an otolaryngologist if suspicious of
Meniere disease
HEARING LOSS
AND AUDIOLOGY
Fig. 18.4 Audiogram of moderate to moderate to severe
sensorineural hearing loss
Three Main Types of Hearing Loss
• Conductive hearing loss (CHL): neural hearing loss (e.g., damage to
–– Normal bone conduction threshold with cochlear, neural pathways and others)
abnormal air conduction thresholds –– No ABG (Fig. 18.4)
–– Presence of an air-bone gap (ABG) • Mixed hearing loss (CHL + SNHL):
–– Indicative of a middle ear issue, for exam- –– Presence of conductive hearing loss and
ple, abnormalities with the tympanic mem- sensorineural hearing loss at the same time
brane, ossicles, or middle ear space (i.e., (Fig. 18.5)
effusion; Fig. 18.3)
• Sensorineural hearing loss (SNHL):
–– When the air conduction is the same as the C ongenital Hearing Loss
bone conduction with both showing abnor-
• Congenital hearing loss can be divided into two
mal hearing thresholds, this is suggestive
main categories, environmental and genetic.
of an inner ear issue resulting in sensori-
This is further described in Table 18.1 [6]
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat 619
Table 18.1 Causes of congenital hearing loss [6] Autosomal Recessive (mnemonic “PUJ”)
50% Cytomegalovirus (CMV) • Usher syndrome:
environmental Neonatal icterus –– Leading cause of deafness and blindness
Meningitis –– SNHL, blindness (retinitis pigmentosa),
Rubella vestibular dysfunction
Prematurity
• Pendred syndrome: SNHL, goiter, enlarged
Ototoxicity
Other infections vestibular aqueducts
50% genetic 30% Autosomal recessive: • Jervell and Lange-Nielsen syndrome: SNHL,
syndromic Usher syndrome cardiac defects (prolonged QT), syncope,
Pendred syndrome sudden death
Jervell and Lange-
Nielsen syndrome
Alport syndrome
X-Linked
(sometimes X-linked) • Alport syndrome: X-linked, hearing loss, pro-
Autosomal dominant: gressive nephritis, occasional ocular lesions
Waardenburg syndrome
Stickler syndrome
Branchio-oto-renal
syndrome
Genetic Nonsyndromic Hearing Loss
Treacher Collins
syndrome Connexin Mutations
70% Connexin mutations • Most common cause of hereditary nonsyn-
nonsyndromic most common dromic hearing loss.
• Connexin 26 mutations (GJB2 gene) account
Genetic Syndromic Hearing Loss for ~80%
• Testing done as part of the workup for bilat-
• More than 500 syndromes are associated with eral SNHL.
hearing loss. The most common are listed as
follows: Universal Newborn Hearing Screening
• Implemented across all states in the USA and
Autosomal Dominant provinces in Canada.
• Waardenburg syndrome: SNHL, hyper- • Tests hearing with otoacoustic emission (OAE)
telorism, pigmentary abnormalities screening or with an automated auditory
620 K. D. Meister and A. H. Messner
b rainstem response (ABR) shortly after birth • Sound presented via speakers. Skilled exam-
(usually before the neonate leaves the iner observes for patient response (i.e., star-
hospital) tling or head turning toward sound)
• Any infant who fails the initial screen should • Grossly assessed auditory thresholds of “bet-
be referred to an audiologist for a full evalua- ter” ear (tests both ears at the same time)
tion no later than 3 months of age.
• For all children in whom hearing loss is estab- Visual Response Audiometry (VRA)
lished by full audiologic evaluation, interven- • Six months to 3 years of age.
tion must begin as soon as possible and no • Toddler encouraged to look for auditory stim-
later than 6 months of age ulus (i.e., lights, toys, motion for
reinforcement)
Clues to Hearing Loss in a Child Visit • Each ear may be tested individually—poten-
• Speech delay tial to provide complete audiogram
• Social and behavioral challenges
• A child asking people to repeat themselves, Play Audiometry
not hearing instructions • 3 to 5 years of age.
• Listening to loud television or music • Child performs tasks in response to auditory
• Clumsiness—may be a clue to middle ear stimulus (e.g., “Pick up a block and place it in
fluid the bucket when you hear the beep”)
• Each ear is tested individually, frequency
specific
Pediatric Audiometric Testing
Conventional Audiometry
Evoked Otoacoustic Emission (OAE) • 4 to 6 years of age and older
• OAE detects the sound coming from the • Child instructed to push a button or raise a
cochlea in response to clicks or tones. hand when a tone is heard
• OAE affected by external or middle ear debris • Complete audiogram, ear specific, frequency
(high false-positive rate) specific
• Used for all ages
• No infant cooperation is required. Hearing Loss Classification
• Classified by hearing threshold levels (may
Auditory Brainstem Response (ABR) vary slightly based on sources):
• ABR measures the electroencephalographic –– Normal: < 19 dB
waveform response from the vestibuloco- –– Mild: 20–40 dB
chlear nerve to higher central nervous system –– Moderate: 41–55 dB
auditory centers. –– Moderate to severe: 56–70 dB
• ABR minimally affected by external or mid- –– Severe: 71–90 dB
dle ear debris. –– Profound: 91 dB
• Can be used at any age. Tympanometry
• Patient must be asleep or very still—may • Age: all ages except newborn.
require sedation. • Detects the mobility of TM and external audi-
• Often used to confirm abnormal OAE results. tory canal volumes.
• Normal canal volumes range between 0.2 and
Testing Methods 1.5 ml:
–– Type A
Behavioral Observation Audiometry (BOA) ◦◦ Normal peak between − 150 and + 50
• Birth—6 months of age deka pascals
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat 621
–– Type B
◦◦ Flat, no peak
◦◦ Suggestive of:
▪▪ Middle ear effusion (normal to low
volumes)
▪▪ Tympanic membrane perforation
(high canal volumes)
▪▪ Patent ventilation tube (high canal
volumes)
–– Type C
◦◦ Peak negatively shifted (< −150)
◦◦ Suggestive of a retracted tympanic mem-
brane or Eustachian tube dysfunction
Interpreting an Audiogram
• Y-axis = hearing level in decibels (dBs) or the
“loudness” of sound
• X-axis = frequency of sound presented mea-
sured in Hertz (low pitch to high pitch)
• “x” = responses from the left air conduction
line
• “>” = responses from the left bone conduc-
tion line
• ABG = difference between air conduction
and bone conduction lines
Management
Peritonsillar Abscess (PTA) • Surgical incision and drainage.
• Antibiotic therapy (penicillin or
Definition clindamycin)
• Peritonsillar space defined: • Two or more PTAs may require a future ton-
–– Space between the palatine tonsil, superior sillectomy (bilateral) once infection resolves.
constrictors, and tonsillar pillars • “Quinsy tonsillectomy”—tonsillectomy at
the time of infection may be considered in
Etiology younger children but is rare in practice sec-
• More common in adolescents ondary to acute inflammation of the tonsils.
• Spread of infection from the tonsil
• Pathogens: aerobes (Streptococcus pyogenes,
Staphylococcus aureus, Haemophilus influ- Retropharyngeal Abscess
enzae, and Neisseria species) and anaerobes
Definition
Clinical Presentation • Space between pharyngeal constrictors and the
• Sore throat, painful swallowing, uvular devi- alar fascia (skull base to the mediastinum)
ation to the contralateral side (medialization),
trismus, asymmetrical swelling on the soft Etiology
palate, “hot potato” voice, fevers, referred • Presents most commonly in children
otalgia. • Spread of infection from the tonsils, sinuses,
• Symptoms are typically present for at least and/or nasopharynx
3 days before abscess is formed; double wors- • Polymicrobial flora (most commonly
ening phenomenon is common. Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus spe-
cies, and anaerobes)
Diagnosis
• History and physical examination. Clinical Presentation
• CT for atypical cases or if there are concerns • Fevers, “hot potato voice,” painful swallow-
for retropharyngeal/parapharyngeal space ing, drooling, decreased neck range of motion
involvement. (typically limited neck extension), trismus
628 K. D. Meister and A. H. Messner
Indication for Tonsillectomy
(+/– Adenoidectomy) [11, 12]
Absolute Indications
• Moderate to severe obstructive sleep apnea
• Suspicions of tonsillar malignancy, including
posttransplant lymphoid proliferative disor-
der (PTLD)
Relative Indications
• Mild obstructive sleep apnea
• Recurrent tonsillitis—must meet criteria:
–– Frequency:
◦◦ Seven or more episodes in 1 year
◦◦ Five or more episodes per year for
2 years
◦◦ Three or more episodes per year for
3 years
• Associated with one or more of the
Fig. 18.10 Concurrent peritonsillar abscess on the right and
retropharyngeal abscess in a 10-year-old boy as seen on axial
following:
computed tomography scan –– Temperature > 38.3 ° C (101 °F)
–– Cervical lymphadenopathy
possible if there’s pterygoid inflammation, –– Tonsillar exudate
possible airway compromise/stridor if severe –– Positive test for GABHS
• Chronic tonsillitis unresponsive to antimicro-
Diagnosis bial therapy
• Lateral neck radiograph: abnormally • Severe halitosis
increased thickness of the prevertebral soft • PTA (greater than one episode)
tissue (greater than half thickness of the adja- • PFAPA syndrome (periodic fever, aphthous
cent vertebral body) ulcers, pharyngitis, cervical adenitis)
• CT scan with contrast useful for localization, • PANS/PANDAS syndrome: a controversial
extension, phlegmon, or abscess (Fig. 18.10) indication (pediatric acute-onset neuropsy-
chiatric syndrome/pediatric autoimmune
Treatment neuropsychiatric disorders associated with
• Airway management if required and/or ongo- streptococcal infection)
ing airway monitoring
• Hydration and analgesia Indication for Adenoidectomy Alone
• Antibiotics (may consider third-generation • Moderate to severe nasal obstruction with
cephalosporin, clindamycin, or ampicillin/ persistent symptoms
sulbactam for first line) • Refractory chronic sinusitis
• Surgical drainage indicated for failed medical • Recurrent acute otitis media or otitis media
management, well-defined rim-enhancing with effusion in a child who had prior tym-
abscess, systemic illness, and/or airway panostomy tubes that have now extruded
compromise (e.g., repeat surgery when indicated would
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat 629
consist of adenoidectomy plus myringotomy or hypoventilation (CO2 > 50 mmHg for
± insertion of ventilation tube) and is over > 25% total sleep time) as determined on
4 years of age polysomnogram (PSG)
Treatment Treatment
• Tonsillectomy and adenoidectomy—other- • Observation (self-limiting course)
wise healthy children with OSA and adeno- • May also consider analgesia, anti-inflamma-
tonsillar hypertrophy: tories, antibiotics if superinfected, and
–– Consideration of clinical symptoms, OSA antivirals
severity, comorbidities.
–– Obese children may experience weight
gain after surgery. Bifid Uvula
• Supportive care with watchful waiting—mild
• 2% of population (up to 10% in some ethnic
OSA, mild symptoms, and reevaluation in
groups)
6 months:
• Clinical presentation ranges from split to
–– Data based on Childhood Adenotonsillec-
duplication.
tomy Trial (CHAT) [13]
• May be a marker of submucous cleft palate:
• Positive airway pressure therapy: minimal
–– Lucency of the midline soft palate, palpa-
anatomic reason for obstruction, poor surgi-
ble notch of the midline hard palate
cal candidate, need to stabilize/optimize the
–– Associated with speech problems, VPI,
patient prior to surgery, persistent OSA after
dysphagia
tonsillectomy/adenoidectomy
• Rarely, may be associated with genetic
• Rapid maxillary expansion
syndromes:
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat 631
Cold Panniculitis
• Lobular, erythematous, acute eruption in adi-
pose tissue following exposure to cold and
subsequent inflammation.
• Cheeks and forehead often affected in infants.
• Differential: adiponecrosis subcutanea (sub-
cutaneous fat necrosis of the newborn, cold
panniculitis of the newborn), sclerema neona-
torum (often fatal, needle-shaped crystals),
post-steroid panniculitis, frostbite, and group
A streptococcal bacteremia.
• Diagnosis is clinical; biopsy if needed will
show lobular panniculitis with occasional
deposition of mucin.
• Treatment is symptomatic, with slow
rewarming.
–– Typically resolves spontaneously • Cleft lips (+/− cleft palate) and isolated cleft
–– No antibiotic therapy needed unless there’s palate occur in distinct genetic lines.
presence of systemic symptoms • Higher prevalence in Asians and Native
Americans.
Symptoms • Cleft lip (CL): Males > females.
• Tender, red, warm parotid gland • Isolated cleft palate: Females > males.
• Purulence at Stensen’s duct with “milking” of
gland Risk Factors
• Teratogens (ethanol, thalidomide)
Diagnosis • Maternal diabetes
• History and physical exam • Amniotic band syndrome
• Cultures of purulent discharge to help guide
antibiotic therapy Genetic Evaluation
• 8% of isolated cleft palates are associated
Treatment with a syndrome.
• Conservative: rehydration, warm compresses, • Over 200 syndromes are associated with CL/
parotid massage, sialogogues. CLP, which most commonly include:
• Antibiotics (based on cultures) –– Stickler syndrome: CP, retinal detachment,
• If there’s no improvement with above treat- cataracts
ment, consider parotid imaging (CT or ultra- –– Treacher Collins syndrome: CP, midface
sound) for evaluation of abscess, stone, or hypoplasia, eyelid colobomas, ossicular
obstructing lesion. abnormalities
–– Apert syndrome: CP, acrocephaly, fused
digits, stapes fixation
Cleft Lip and Palate (CLP)
Feeding Difficulties
Epidemiology • Infants experience difficulty with “seal”—
• Second most common malformation (after often requires specialized nipple (i.e., Mead
clubfoot) Johnson crosscut, McGovern’s nipples)
• Cleft lip and palate (CLP): 1/1000 births. • Often require feeding in more upright posi-
• Cleft palate (CP): 1/2000 births (Fig. 18.12) tion with frequent rests and burping.
Otologic Disease
• Increased risk of developing Eustachian tube
dysfunction resulting in OME with CP/CLP
• Often requires myringotomy/ventilation tubes
For Follow-Up
• Difficulty in feeding and growth
Fig. 18.12 Young patient with cleft palate • Recurrent ear infections/possible hearing loss
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat 633
Risk Factors
Etiology
• Bottle propping (affects predominantly cen-
• Caries are typically the primary cause of
tral incisors)
odontogenic infections.
634 K. D. Meister and A. H. Messner
Management Treatment
• If positive for lymphoma, refer to oncology. • Treat infection with antibiotics (avoid inci-
sion and drainage)
• Surgical removal when not infected (Sistrunk
Thyroglossal Cyst procedure)
Definition
• Failed obliteration of the thyroglossal duct B
ranchial Cleft Cyst
(embryologic tract from the foramen cecum
of the tongue to the thyroid) • Alterations of the branchial apparatus result-
ing in cysts, sinuses, or fistula
Clinical Presentation
• Midline neck mass (often cystic, may be Presentation
solid, mixed, or inflamed)—surrounding the • Unilateral (most common)
hyoid bone and superior to the thyroid • Anterior, lateral neck mass (typically anterior
(Fig. 18.14) to sternocleidomastoid muscle), sinus, or
fistula
• May become infected with drainage (associ-
ated with URI)
Treatment
• Treat infection with antibiotics (avoid inci-
sion and drainage)
• Complete surgical excision of cyst, sinus, and
fistula tract once infection resolves.
Lymphatic Malformation
• Also known as cystic hygroma and lymphan-
gioma (outdated terms)
• Etiology: abnormal lymphatic development
Presentation
• May occur anywhere in the body
• Soft, painless, multiloculated, compressible
mass that transilluminates:
Fig. 18.14 Typical appearance of a neck mass associated –– In the cervical region, posterior triangle is
with underlying thyroglossal duct cyst. It is important to most common.
obtain an ultrasound of the neck to confirm the presence of a • Present at birth or shortly thereafter:
normal thyroid gland prior to removal of the thyroglossal
duct cyst in order to avoid inadvertent removal of the only –– Often enlarges after URI
thyroid tissue
638 K. D. Meister and A. H. Messner
• Associated symptoms related to mass com- nearby structures (hoarseness) are very rare
pression of nearby structures in children.
Workup
Imaging: MRI preferred • Ultrasound of the thyroid and neck preferred
Management as initial imaging, often with fine needle aspi-
• Observation if small and with no associated ration (plus molecular studies) of thyroid mass
complications • Thyroid function tests and thyroid antibody
• Sclerosing agents studies (in consultation with endocrinology)
• Surgical excision • Complete metabolic panel (including
calcium)
• Chest radiograph (lung metastasis, most com-
Thyroid Carcinoma
mon site of distant disease)
Presentation
Pathology
• Midline anterior mass, may have associated
• Papillary (most common), follicular, medul-
lateral neck masses (lymph nodes):
lary, anaplastic
–– Painless, solid, fixed, asymptomatic mass.
Management
–– Thyroid nodules in children reportedly
• Multidisciplinary care team referral (endocri-
have a ~25% incidence of malignancy.
nology, genetics, otolaryngology/pediatric
–– Neck metastasis is frequently the present-
surgery)
ing symptom.
• Treatment is surgical, with additional therapy
• More common in females (2 to 3 times), ado-
pending the pathology results and patient
lescents, and those with personal history of
factors.
autoimmune thyroid disease.
• History should include radiation exposure
and family history. Acute Laryngitis
• May be associated with genetic syndromes:
–– Multiple endocrine neoplasia type 2 Etiology
(MEN2) syndromes: medullary thyroid • Infectious (most commonly viral, may have
carcinoma (MTC): secondary bacterial infection)
◦◦ MEN2A: MTC, pheochromocytoma, • Fungal infection (immunocompromised
parathyroid adenoma, or hyperplasia child, steroid inhaler use)
◦◦ MEN2B: MTC, pheochromocytoma, • Vocal strain (secondary to screaming/
Marfanoid habitus, mucosal neuromas yelling)
◦◦ Familial medullary thyroid cancer: MTC Management
only, affects 5–35% of MEN2 families • Generally self-limiting.
–– Familial adenomatous polyposis: papillary • Optimize hydration.
form, may be in younger age • Humidification.
–– Cowden syndrome (PTEN hamartoma • Saltwater gargles.
tumor syndrome): papillary or follicular • Treat with antibiotics or antifungals if bacte-
form rial or fungal infection is suspected.
• Associated symptoms related to mass com- • Referral to otolaryngology if it persists
pression (dysphagia, dyspnea) or invasion of > 4 weeks.
18 Ear, Nose, and Throat 639
Background
• One of the most common laryngeal abnor- Stridor
malities in childhood
• Unilateral or bilateral paralysis of the vocal • Noisy breathing, which often implies turbu-
fold lent airflow through an extrathoracic airway
• Congenital or acquired obstruction
640 K. D. Meister and A. H. Messner
Etiology
• Inspiratory: most often above the level of the
vocal folds
• Expiratory: most often in the trachea
• Biphasic: most often at the level of the vocal
folds (glottis) or the subglottis
Differential Diagnosis
Fig. 19.1 13-year-old child with sinus arrhythmia. Arrows show the acceleration and deceleration of heart rate
Fig. 19.2 Newborn with irregular heart rate. Diagnosis: atrial flutter with 4:1 conduction
19 Cardiology 647
Fig. 19.3 15-year-old child with atrial septal defect. Diagnosis: atrial fibrillation (irregularly irregular with no clear P-wave)
Fig. 19.4 12-year-old child with palpitations. Diagnosis: supraventricular tachycardia (regular narrow complex
tachycardia)
648 G. Kung et al.
Fig. 19.5 8-year-old boy with palpitation. Diagnosis: Wolff-Parkinson-White syndrome (short PR with delta wave)
19 Cardiology 649
Fig. 19.6 11-year-old with long QT syndrome. Brackets point out the RR and QT intervals used to calculate the prolonged
QTc
Fig. 19.7 6-year-old child presented with difficulty in breathing. Diagnosis: ventricular tachycardia (wide complex) in the
setting of myocarditis
650 G. Kung et al.
Fig. 19.8 Rhythm strips demonstrating (a) first-degree prolongation prior to dropped QRS) with arrows pointing to
atrioventricular (AV) block (prolonged PR interval shown the P-waves, (c) complete heart block (complete AV disso-
with a bracket), (b) Wenckebach conduction (progressive PR ciation) with arrows pointing to the P-waves
Fig. 19.9 14-year-old child with chest pain. Diagnosis: Diffuse ST elevation, perimyocarditis
19 Cardiology 651
Fig. 19.10 17-year-old child with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (LVH with abnormal T-waves shown by an arrow in lead
V6)
Fig. 19.11 16-year-old patient with tetralogy of Fallot repaired in infancy. Diagnosis: normal sinus rhythm with right
bundle branch block
652 G. Kung et al.
Fig. 19.12 5-month-old infant with atrioventricular canal (northwest axis shown in leads I and aVF with arrows)
◦◦ Abrupt onset and termination are sug- Sinus Rhythm and Sinus Arrhythmia
gestive of an arrhythmia.
◦◦ Gradual onset and termination are sug- Background
gestive of normal variation. • Sinus arrhythmia is a normal finding in
–– Symptoms: syncope, dizziness, fatigue, healthy children.
shortness of breath, chest discomfort • Decrease in SA node firing subsequent to
–– Arrhythmia triggers: exercise, startle/loud activation of the vagus nerve by exhalation.
noises, swimming
–– History of heart disease Clinical Presentation
–– Medication history • Asymptomatic.
–– Family history: sudden death, pacemaker, • The heart rate varies with respiration.
deafness, seizures • ECG shows sinus rhythm with a prolongation
• ECGs—the key to interpretation is system- of the RR interval during exhalation.
atic review:
–– Rate
–– Rhythm (P-wave axis, atrioventricular Premature Atrial Contractions (PACs)
[AV] synchrony, premature beats,
Background
irregularity)
• Premature atrial contractions (PACs) are very
–– QRS axis
common in pediatric patients and are benign
–– Presence of atrial enlargement
when isolated (i.e., only single beats with no
–– Intervals: PR, QRS, and QT corrected
consecutive or sustained tachycardia).
–– Presence of left ventricular hypertrophy
(LVH) or right ventricular hypertrophy Causes
(RVH) • Idiopathic (most common)
–– ST and T-wave abnormalities • Electrolyte imbalances
19 Cardiology 653
• Intracardiac lines (peripherally inserted cen- • Can be difficult to see when the AV node is
tral catheter [PICC] or central lines with the conducting 1:1 (i.e., with ventricular rates of
tip in the right atrium [RA]) > 200) or 2:1 (i.e., with ventricular rates of
150–200 bpm).
Clinical Presentation • Adenosine will not terminate the atrial flutter
• Asymptomatic or feeling a “skipped beat” or but can aid in diagnosis by temporarily block-
“pause,” often followed by a strong beat ing the AV node and unveiling the sawtooth
pattern on ECG.
ECG
• Premature, inverted, or oddly shaped P-waves Management
• Urgent cardiac evaluation and treatment.
Management • If the patient is unstable, initiate synchro-
• No additional evaluation is necessary. nized cardioversion.
• If the patient is bothered by PACs, reassure • If the patient is stable, evaluate for thrombus
and avoid triggers. by echo (depending on suspected duration of
flutter).
• Synchronized electrical cardioversion if no
Atrial Flutter thrombus is present.
Background • Antiarrhythmic drugs can be used to control
• Atrial rates usually 300–400 beats/min (can the ventricular rate during a course of antico-
be slower in older children or those with atrial agulation if a thrombus is present.
scars from cardiac surgery) with variable • Radiofrequency catheter ablation can be cura-
conduction so that the ventricular rate is tive for recurrent episodes of atrial flutter.
slower than the atrial rate.
• Atrial flutter is caused by a reentrant circuit in
Atrial Fibrillation (AF)
the atrium.
Background
Clinical Presentation
• AF is uncommon in young children.
• Infants may present with congestive heart
failure. Causes
• Older children may have palpitations, dizzi- • Other types of supraventricular tachycardia
ness, syncope, chest pain, and shortness of (SVT) can degenerate into AF.
breath. • Hyperthyroidism.
• The major clinical clue is usually a fixed rapid • Electrolyte disturbance such as
heartbeat that is between 150 and 200 bpm hypomagnesemia.
(flutter with 2:1 conduction). • Substance abuse.
• Prolonged atrial flutter or fibrillation (usually • Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy.
> 24 h) can result in thrombus formation • Inherited arrhythmias (long QT/Brugada/
within the left atrium. short QT syndromes).
• Can be seen in certain types of inherited
arrhythmias (Brugada syndrome). Clinical Presentation
• AF generally is not life-threatening except if
Diagnosis the patient has a rapidly conducting acces-
• Classic inverted “sawtooth” pattern on ECG, sory bypass tract (i.e., Wolff-Parkinson-White
best seen in leads II, III, and aVF. [WPW] syndrome on baseline ECG).
654 G. Kung et al.
Wolff-Parkinson-White (WPW)
Syndrome Sick Sinus Syndrome (SSS)
Background Background
• WPW is a pattern seen on ECG due to an • This rhythm is a result of sinus node
aberrant accessory pathway that allows elec- dysfunction.
tricity to pass to the ventricles prior to going • Most often in patients who had prior cardiac
through the AV node. (especially extensive atrial) surgery or
• Associated conditions: cardiomyopathy cardiomyopathy.
(hypertrophic and LV noncompaction), • Can be seen in patients with inherited arrhyth-
Ebstein anomaly, corrected transposition of mias (long QT syndrome, Brugada
the great arteries (TGA). syndrome).
• Presentation is an incidental finding on an
Clinical Presentation
ECG or with suspected or documented SVT.
• Asymptomatic (most common)
• If the accessory pathway can conduct elec-
• Exercise intolerance/fatigue
tricity in a bidirectional fashion (both from
• Syncope/seizure
the atrium to the ventricle and from the ven-
tricle to the atrium), then patients can have ECG
episodes of SVT. • Sinus or junctional bradycardia ± sinus
• If the accessory pathway is robust (i.e., can pauses.
conduct electricity from the atrium to the • Long periods of inactivity in the atrium (i.e.,
ventricle at very fast atrial rates), then patients sinus bradycardia or sinus pauses) can cause
are at risk of sudden death (via rapidly con- disorganization of rhythm and induce
ducted atrial fibrillation leading to ventricular tachyarrhythmias such as atrial fibrillation/
fibrillation). flutter.
ECG Management
• Shortened PR interval • Patients suspected of having SSS should be
• Slurring and slow rise of the initial upstroke referred to a cardiologist for evaluation and
of the QRS complex (delta wave) assessment of need for pacemaker
656 G. Kung et al.
Superior
vena cava LA
Foramen ovale
Coronary
sinus RA
LV
RV
Saturated
to
Left hepatic vein Unsaturated
Right
hepatic
vein Ductus venosus
Left portal
Right vein
portal
vein
Descending aorta
Liver
Placenta
Main
portal
Inferior vein
vena
cava Umbilical artery
Umbilical
vein
Fetal circulation, showing blood flow patterns throughout the central blood vessels, and cardiac chambers. Poorly oxygenated blood streams through the
right ventricle to the placenta and lower body, and well-oxygenated blood streams through the left ventricle to the heart and brain.
Fig. 19.13 Fetal physiology (From Artman et al. [1], ©McGraw Hill Education, with permission)
• Majority of blood flow out the RV is directed delivering the highly saturated blood to the
R->L across the patent ductus arteriosus brain
(PDA) into the descending aorta • With initiation of ventilation at birth, the PVR
• The patent foramen ovale (PFO) directs the drops
umbilical vein (UV) flow from the ductus • PFO shunts (left to right) L->R with the
venosus, which is highly saturated from increased pulmonary venous return to
the placenta, R->L to flow out the aorta, the LA
660 G. Kung et al.
CXR
• Minimal cardiomegaly and increased pulmo-
Common Atrioventricular Canal
nary vasculature with small shunts Defects (AVCDs)
• Cardiomegaly with prominence of the left
Anatomy
atrium and left ventricle with large shunts
• Failure of development of the endocardial
ECG cushions resulting in a common AV valve,
• LV or biventricular hypertrophy due to LV ostium primum ASD, and inlet VSD
dilation
Physiology
• Left atrial enlargement
• Essentially that of a combined ASD and VSD
• T-wave inversions in the left lateral leads due
with left-to-right shunting as the PVR falls
to LV dilation
• Left superior QRS axis with inlet VSD (simi- Description
lar to CAVC) • Common in trisomy 21, can sometimes be
seen in combination with tetralogy of
Course Fallot.
• Small defects can close spontaneously up to • Does not resolve spontaneously, requires sur-
30–50% gical closure
• Small muscular type more likely to close up • The AV valve tissue may be malformed,
to 80% vs. membranous type, which is up to resulting in valvar regurgitation
35%
• Patients with outlet (conoseptal, supracristal, Clinical Presentation
subpulmonic) are at higher risk to develop • Shunting increases as PVR drops overtime,
aortic valve regurgitation and usually undergo which partially determines age of
surgical closure despite small shunt presentation
• Heart failure and pulmonary overcirculation
Treatment develop if there is a large left-to-right shunt
• Diuretics and results in LV volume overload, tachy-
• Digoxin pnea, and difficulty in feeding
• Afterload reduction with ACE inhibitor to
promote more systemic flow and less pulmo- Physical Examination
nary flow • Active precordium if large shunt
• Nutritional supplementation (higher-calorie • VSD is not pressure restrictive, so murmur
formula, nasogastric feedings) will be of low frequency
19 Cardiology 665
Physiology Treatment
• Depending on size, may be a significant • Indocin (more effective in premature infants)
left-to-right shunt with left-sided volume
promotes closure
load and diastolic runoff into the pulmonary • Diuretics
666 G. Kung et al.
Physiology CXR
• All the pulmonary venous return eventually • Obstructed veins: small heart with ground-
returns to and mixes with the blood in the glass appearance to lung markings
RA. • Supracardiac veins: large supracardiac
• Obligate right-to-left shunt across ASD for shadow (snowman appearance) due to dilated
systemic perfusion. SVC
• If obstruction is noted, symptoms will vary
depending on degree of obstruction. ECG
• If there’s severe obstruction, this results in • RVH
severe hypoxemia and decreased cardiac out- • Peaked T-waves
put due to pulmonary venous congestion and
lack of egress from the lungs to the body. Treatment
• Obstructed TAPVR is a surgical emergency,
Description with PGE usually ineffective.
• Types of TAPVR connections: • Other forms require surgical correction in
–– Supracardiac 50%: infancy.
◦◦ Vertical vein to the left SVC
◦◦ Right SVC
–– Coronary sinus or directly to the right OBSTRUCTIVE LESIONS
atrium 25%
–– Infracardiac 20%, obstruction of the veins Pulmonary Valve Stenosis (PS)
presenting 90–100% of these cases
–– Mixed 5% Anatomy
• Abnormal pulmonary valve leaflets, may be
Clinical Presentation fused and dysplastic
• Cyanosis
• No pulmonary venous obstruction: Physiology
–– No pulmonary hypertension and cyanosis • Limits pulmonary blood flow, can be critical
absent or mild or minor
–– Murmur of pulmonary stenosis
• Mild-to-moderate obstruction: Description
–– Infants can be severely ill because of pul- • Critical pulmonary stenosis of the newborn:
monary hypertension. –– Inadequate antegrade pulmonary blood
–– Tachypnea due to pulmonary edema from flow because of severe stenosis.
pulmonary venous congestion. –– PDA supplies pulmonary blood flow.
–– Cyanosis is mild. –– Right-to-left shunt through the atrial septal
• Severe obstruction: defect, which may result in cyanosis.
–– Cyanosis and tachypnea may be promi- • Valvar pulmonary stenosis:
nent without murmur if there’s severe –– Often asymptomatic
obstruction, especially in the infracardiac • Associated syndromes:
group. –– Noonan syndrome
–– Severe hypoxemia with decreased cardiac –– Williams syndrome
output in the immediate neonatal period. • If gradient < 30 mmHg, not likely to progress
19 Cardiology 671
ECG Treatment
• Right axis deviation • Benign PPS of the newborn resolves sponta-
• RVH neously usually by 1 year of life.
• May occur unilaterally on the left side once
Treatment PDA closes due to constriction from ductal
• Relief of obstruction by transcatheter balloon tissue around the left pulmonary artery.
dilation or surgical valvotomy. • Syndromic patient may require balloon val-
• Pulmonary insufficiency following treatment vuloplasty or stenting if there’s evidence of
may require intervention later in life. RV hypertension.
Indication for Intervention
• Cyanosis and inadequate antegrade pulmo-
nary blood flow ortic Stenosis
A
• Significant RVH or compromised function
Anatomy
• Estimated RV to PA gradient > 50 mmHg
• Abnormal formation of aortic valve cusps,
can be trileaflet with fusion of two cusps,
bicuspid, or unicuspid/dysplastic
Peripheral Pulmonary Stenosis (PPS)
Anatomy Physiology
• Single or multiple stenosis anywhere along • Varying degrees of stenosis, the most severe
the major branches of the pulmonary artery resulting in decreased cardiac output.
• Sudden death is significant in severe obstruc-
Physiology tion, during or immediately after exercise due
• Depending on severity of stenosis, may result to poor cardiac output.
in increased RV pressures
Description
Description • Types of aortic stenosis:
• PPS associated with syndrome or presenting –– Valvar aortic stenosis occurs due to fusion
later in life may require balloon angioplasty of the valve commissures or malformation
or surgical intervention. of the valve leaflets and is more common in
• Mild PPS is a normal finding in newborns and patients with a bicuspid or unicuspid aortic
resolves spontaneously. valve.
672 G. Kung et al.
Prognosis of KD
• Incidence of coronary artery involvement in
treated children has fallen to less than 5%,
and only 1% of children develop giant coro-
nary aneurysms.
• Long-term prognosis is unclear. Increased
risk of atherosclerotic heart disease in adult-
hood is possible.
Management
• Identify and, if possible, treat the underlying
cause.
• Pericardiocentesis if there is evidence of
tamponade.
• Symptoms tend to resolve within days for
most patients.
• Ibuprofen is the preferred first-line agent
because it has the lowest incidence of adverse
Fig. 19.15 8-year-old boy presenting with chest pain, effects.
tachycardia, and shortness of breath; chest radiography
shows moderate cardiomegaly suggestive of pericardial effu-
sion. Nonspecific increased central interstitial lung mark-
Complications
ings, presumably viral pneumonitis • Recurrence (most likely with autoimmune
causes)
Diagnosis • Constrictive pericarditis
• Labs may show elevations of the WBC, ESR,
and CRP.
• If there’s myocardial involvement, the C ardiac Tamponade
plasma troponin concentration also may be
increased. Background
• Pericardial effusion rapidly exceeds the peri-
CXR cardial reserve volume:
• Usually appears normal in patients who have –– Effusion can be serous, hemorrhagic, chy-
acute pericarditis. lous, or infectious.
• When a significant pericardial effusion is • Rapidity of accumulation rather than volume
present, the heart may have a triangular shape more likely affects hemodynamics.
with a smooth border, known as a “water bot- • Increases intrapericardial pressure, impairs
tle heart” (Fig. 19.15). cardiac filling, and results in decreased car-
diac output.
ECG
• Diffuse ST segment elevation and PR seg- Clinical Presentation
ment depression • Sudden onset of acute dyspnea/orthopnea
• If associated pericardial effusion: • Tachycardia
–– Low-voltage QRS complex on ECG. • Distant heart sounds
–– Amplitude of the QRS complex returns to • Pulsus paradoxus (PP): > 10-mmHg drop in
normal after the pericardial effusion systolic blood pressure during nonmechani-
resolved or is drained. cal inspiration
• Echocardiography: • If PP is significant, can be palpated on physi-
–– Pericardial effusion cal exam
19 Cardiology 681
CXR Causes
• Water bottle heart • Viral: most common, especially enteroviruses
• New cardiomegaly such as coxsackie B virus
• Bacterial: Streptococcus pyogenes,
ECG Staphylococcus aureus, Mycobacterium
• Electrical alternans: cyclic variation in QRS tuberculosis
caused by excessive motion of the heart • May also be caused by fungi, protozoa, auto-
within a fluid-filled pericardial sac immune diseases
• Decreased voltages
Clinical Presentation
Echocardiogram • Symptoms frequently may follow history of
• Effusion noted in the pericardial space, size flu-like illness (fever, fatigue, malaise).
itself not diagnostic, clinical diagnosis • Symptoms may range from mild to severe
• > 30% variation of mitral valve “E” Doppler and may include the following:
with inspiration, correlates with PP –– Lethargy
• RV/atrial collapse –– Respiratory distress
–– Chest pain
Management –– Gastrointestinal symptoms
• Maintain adequate preload to maintain car- –– Other symptoms of heart failure
diac filling. –– Shock
• Requires an emergent pericardiocentesis, can • Physical exam is variable according to sever-
be done with echo guidance. ity and may include the following:
–– Resting tachycardia (sinus)
–– Tachypnea
Constrictive Pericarditis –– Rales
Background –– Muffled heart sounds or gallop rhythm
• Obliteration of the pericardial space second- –– Hepatomegaly
ary to inflammation. –– Lower extremity edema
• Tuberculosis is the most common cause –– Poor perfusion
worldwide.
CXR
Clinical Presentation • Pulmonary edema.
• Signs and symptoms of right-sided heart • Cardiomegaly may or may not be present.
failure
ECG
• Physical Examination
• Low voltage.
–– Faint friction rub
• ST segment and T-wave abnormalities.
–– Diastolic knock
• Dysrhythmias may be present.
–– Jugular venous distention
• Ischemic changes.
–– Hepatomegaly
Echocardiogram
• Decreased ejection fraction.
Myocarditis • Ventricular dilation may or may not be
present.
Definition
• Pericardial effusion.
• Inflammation of the myocardium
682 G. Kung et al.
Dilated Cardiomyopathy
Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
Description
• Disease of the myocardium characterized by Description
ventricular dilation and decreased ejection • Disease of the myocardium characterized by
fraction elevated diastolic filling pressures, dilated
right and left atrium, and normal ventricular
Causes size and function
• Idiopathic
Causes
• Familial with different genetic inheritance
• Idiopathic
• Cardiotoxic drugs, e.g., anthracyclines
• Sarcoidosis
• Neuromuscular diseases
• Amyloidosis
• Metabolic/nutritional
• Mucopolysaccharidoses
• Autoimmune disease
• Radiation
• Severe anemia
• Malignancy
• Thyrotoxicosis
• Tachyarrhythmia (supraventricular tachycar- Clinical Presentation
dia, ectopic atrial tachycardia) • Heart failure
• Pulmonary hypertension
Clinical Presentation • Atrial arrhythmias
• Heart failure • Thromboembolism
19 Cardiology 685
CXR • Dizziness
• Mild to moderate atrial enlargement • Physical examination:
–– Double apical impulse
ECG –– S4 gallop
• Biatrial enlargement –– Systolic ejection crescendo-decrescendo
• Nonspecific T-wave abnormalities murmur (best heard at the apex and left
sternal border):
Echocardiography ◦◦ Valsalva maneuver or standing increases
• Atrial enlargement the murmur (due to decrease in the
• Normal LV and RV size and function preload).
◦◦ Murmur decreases with hand grip (due
Management
to increase in afterload) or squatting
• Treatment of heart failure and arrhythmia
(due to increase in the preload).
• Heart transplantation
–– Murmur of mitral insufficiency (holosys-
tolic murmur)
Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy CXR
(HCM) • Mild cardiac enlargement
• LV and left atrial hypertrophy
Description
• Disease of the myocardium characterized by ECG
increased ventricular wall thickness and mass • LVH
with normal or hyperdynamic ventricular • Inverted T-waves in left leads
function. • Nonspecific T-wave abnormality
• HCM is the most common cardiac cause of
sudden death in adolescents and young adults. Echocardiography
• HCM occurs in 1 out of 500 people (0.2% of • Shows the pattern of hypertrophy
the population). • Shows the flow gradient across the left and
right ventricular outflow tracts
Causes • Diastolic dysfunction
• Genetic disorder:
–– Familial hypertrophic cardiomyopathy is Management
autosomal dominant in 50% of cases. • In symptomatic patients, beta-blocker or cal-
• Idiopathic cium channel blocker may decrease the out-
• Metabolic flow obstruction and improve the symptoms.
• Implantable defibrillator if:
Clinical Presentation –– Aborted cardiac arrest
• Sudden death (the most devastating –– History of ventricular tachycardia
presentation) –– Family history of sudden cardiac death
• Dyspnea (the most common presenting symp- –– Massive hypertrophy (LV wall thickness
tom in adults) ≥ 30 mm)
• Syncope or presyncope • Myomectomy.
• Angina • Heart transplant.
• Palpitation
686 G. Kung et al.
MISCELLANEOUS Diagnoses
• Doppler ultrasound may show occluded
Sudden Cardiac Death SVC and other systemic veins; may be lim-
ited by acoustic windows and location of
• Incidence is ~0.6 to 6/100,000 children in the obstruction.
United States. • Angiography will show occlusion and forma-
• 20 to 25% of sudden cardiac deaths occur tion of collaterals; could have intervention in
during sports. the cardiac catheterization lab for dilation,
• Causes: stenting, and recanalization.
–– Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy (most com-
mon cause)
–– Coronary artery abnormalities Dyslipidemia
–– Marfan syndrome
–– Congenital heart disease Background
–– Myocarditis • Dyslipidemia refers to a pathologic imbal-
–– Inherited arrhythmias (long QT syndrome, ance in the levels of low-density lipoprotein
catecholaminergic polymorphic ventricu- (LDL) cholesterol (LDL-C), high-density
lar tachycardia, Brugada syndrome, etc.) lipoprotein (HDL) cholesterol, and
–– WPW syndrome triglycerides.
–– Ischemic heart disease • It is recognized as a risk factor for adult car-
–– Other cardiomyopathies (dilated, arrhyth- diovascular disease (CVD).
mogenic RV dysplasia) • Elevated cholesterol levels continue into
–– Commotio cordis adulthood.
• Treating childhood dyslipidemia may help
prevent or reduce the risk of adult CVD and
Superior Vena Cava Syndrome reduce the atherosclerotic burden later in life.
Table 19.2 Risk stratification and management of children with conditions predisposing to accelerated atherosclerosis and
early cardiovascular disorders
Risk level Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4
High 1. DM I and 2 CVD risk factors High-risk cutoffs Intensive lifestyle
management
2. CKD/end-stage renal 1. Family history of early 1. BMI ≤ 85th percentile CHILD 1
disease/post-kidney CVD (♂ ≤ 55 years; ♀ Activity Rx
transplant ≤ 65 years) Weight loss as
needed
3. Post-heart transplant 2. Fasting lipid profile 2. BP < 90th percentile for Condition-specific
4. Kawasaki disease with 3. Smoking history age, sex, and height management
current coronary artery percentile
aneurysms 4. BP (3 separate 3. LDL-C < 120, TG < 90
occasions) for age/sex/ Non-HDL-C < 120
height (percentile)
5. Height, weight, BMI 4. FG < 100, HBA1c < 7%
Moderate 1. Kawasaki disease with 6. Diet, physical activity/ Moderate-risk cutoffs Intensive lifestyle
regressed coronary exercise history management
aneurysms 1. BMI < 90th percentile CHILD 1
2. BP ≤ 95th percentile for Activity Rx
2. Chronic inflammatory age, sex, and height Weight loss as
disease percentile needed
3. HIV 3. LDL-C < 130, TG < 130
4. Nephrotic syndrome Non-HDL-C < 140
4. FG < 100, HbA1c < 7%
ATP Adenosine triphosphate, BMI Body mass index, BP Blood pressure, CHILD 1 Cardiovascular Health Integrated Lifestyle
Diet from the Expert Panel on Integrated Guidelines for Cardiovascular Health and Risk Reduction in Children and
Adolescents, CKD Chronic kidney disease, CVD Cardiovascular disorder, DM Diabetes mellitus, FG Fibrinogen, HbA
Glycated hemoglobin, HDL-C High-density lipoprotein cholesterol, LDL-C Low-density lipoprotein cholesterol, Rx pre-
scription, TG Triglyceride
–– Step 2: Access CVD risk factors (≥ 2 risk –– LDL > 160 mg/dL with positive family
factors move to high risk) history or one high-risk factor or two mod-
–– Step 3: Risk-specific cutoff points and erate-risk factors
treatment goals –– LDL > 130 mg/dL with two high-risk fac-
–– Step 4: Lifestyle change tors, one high- and two moderate-risk fac-
–– Step 5: Drug therapy tors, or clinical CVD
• Statins:
–– Are the recommended initial medication
Management therapy for dyslipidemia in children and
• Drug treatment: adolescents
–– LDL > 190 mg/dL if there’s no risk factor –– Adverse effects of statins
despite the diet therapy
688 G. Kung et al.
Table 20.1 Arterial blood gases: values associated with various conditions
Acid-base abnormality pH pCO2 HCO3 Possible causes
Normal range 7.35–7.45 35–45 21–27
Respiratory acidosis Hypoventilation, neuromuscular
disorders, severe asthma exacerbation,
airway obstruction, intrinsic lung disease,
pneumonia
Acute ↓ ↑ N
Compensated N↓ ↑ ↑
Respiratory alkalosis Pain, hyperventilation, pulmonary
embolism, high altitude
Acute ↑ ↓ N
Compensated N↑ ↓ ↓
Metabolic acidosis Methanol, diabetic ketoacidosis, inborn
error of metabolism, lactic acidosis,
salicylates, diarrhea, shock
Acute ↓ N ↓
Compensated N↓ ↓ ↓
Metabolic alkalosis Vomiting, diuretics, primary
aldosteronism
Acute ↑ N ↑
Compensated N↑ ↑ ↑
N Normal
694 T. Martínez-Fernández et al.
• Spasmodic croup or acute spasmodic • Flexible laryngoscopy can confirm the diag-
laryngitis nosis but may miss tracheal abnormalities
–– Children 6 months to 5 years that can be identified with bronchoscopy
–– No viral etiology but symptoms similar to • If moderate to severe obstruction, difficulty
viral croup with feeding and breathing, or unable to gain
–– May be triggered by gastrointestinal (GI) weight, flexible or rigid bronchoscopy to rule
reflux out other associated airway anomalies
• Retropharyngeal abscess
–– Preschool age group Management
–– Abrupt onset of high fevers, difficulty • Usually benign and self-limiting and improves
swallowing, refusal to feed, sore throat, as the child reaches 1–2 years of age
hyperextension of the neck or torticollis, • Careful observation and growth monitoring
and respiratory distress for most patients
• Peritonsillar abscess • Surgical correction may be considered in
–– Preadolescents and adolescents severe cases
–– Severe throat pain, trismus, muffled voice, • Resolution of symptoms for most patients
trouble swallowing or speaking without therapy in early childhood
• Allergic reaction or anaphylaxis
–– Associated with itchiness or hives Choanal Atresia
–– History of allergy • 50% associated with congenital anomalies
(i.e., CHARGE association, mnemonic for
Coloboma, Heart defects, Choanal atresia,
Differential Diagnosis of Chronic Retarded growth and development, Genital
Stridor abnormalities, and Ear anomalies)
• Bilateral—medical emergency during neona-
Laryngomalacia tal period, intermittent respiratory distress
• Most common cause of stridor in infants relieved by crying
• Accounts for up to 75% of all causes of • Unilateral—chronic mucoid nasal discharge
stridor on affected side in older infants/young
children
Clinical presentation • Diagnosis: Inability to pass a 6F catheter into
• Onset shortly after birth, minimal respiratory oropharynx through nose
distress, positional effects, and marked reduc- • Management: Surgical
tion of noise when infant is at rest
• May present with apnea and feeding Vocal Cord Paralysis (VCP)
difficulties • Second most common cause of stridor in
• Stridor improves in prone position with head infants
elevated and worsens in supine position • May result from local trauma
• Associated with normal voice quality and • Left side VCP may result from trauma to the
pitch recurrent laryngeal nerve at birth or surgical
trauma
Diagnosis • Unilateral—congenital or secondary to birth
• Diagnosis cannot be established on the basis or surgical trauma such as cardiothoracic
of standard radiograph of the neck surgery
696 T. Martínez-Fernández et al.
–– Other causes of apnea during infancy usu- • Hematologic causes include methemoglobin-
ally more severe and include: emia and polycythemia
◦◦ Infection (e.g., sepsis, pneumonia, men- • Can be caused by high altitude and
ingitis, pertussis, bronchiolitis, botulism) hypothermia
◦◦ Head trauma, intraventricular hemor-
rhage, seizure, medications Evaluation
◦◦ GER, necrotizing enterocolitis • Assessment of respiratory status—wheezing,
◦◦ Metabolic derangements such as hypo- distress
glycemia and acidosis, inborn errors of • Cardiac assessment to include echo, and if
metabolism concern for intrapulmonary shunt, consider
◦◦ Hyper- or hypothermia contrast (bubble) echo
◦◦ Heart failure • ABG
◦◦ Anemia • Methemoglobin assessment
◦◦ Congenital central hypoventilation
syndrome
• Older children Chronic Hypoxia
–– Causes: Cerebral hemorrhage or infarc-
Causes
tion, brain tumor, seizures, hypoxic injury,
• Pulmonary venous desaturation
spinal cord injury, drugs, medications
–– Lung disease with diffusion impairment
Evaluation
(interstitial lung disease)
• Guided by history (see amplified discussion
–– Intrapulmonary right-to-left shunting (pul-
for ALTE/BRUE)
monary arteriovenous malformations)
• If severe presentation, young infant or older
• Extrapulmonary/intracardiac right-to-left
child, consider:
shunting
–– CBC, serum glucose, electrolytes
–– Cyanotic CHD (tetralogy of Fallot, pulmo-
–– Sepsis workup
nary atresia)
–– Electrocardiogram (ECG)
–– Pulmonary hypertension can present with
–– Neuroimaging, electroencephalogram if
intracardiac right-to-left shunting
clinically indicated
• Hemoglobin disorders with decreased oxy-
–– Consult pertinent specialists
gen affinity
–– OSA (see amplified discussion for OSA)
–– Methemoglobinemia (see expanded
discussion)
Cyanosis
Diagnosis
Background • Hyperoxia test
• Bluish tint of the skin, either centrally or –– Give 100% oxygen and obtain a preductal
peripherally, related to respiratory causes, blood gas (i.e., right upper extremity)
central nervous system causes, or hemato- –– Normal PaO2 > 500 mmHg
logic causes –– Pulmonary disease PaO2 > 150 mmHg, but
• Pulmonary causes are a result of poor oxygen < 500 mmHg
delivery –– Right-to-left shunting PaO2 < 150 mm Hg
• Cardiac causes include CHD and heart • CXR to evaluate for pulmonary pathology
failure • CBC—If chronic, will show polycythemia
20 Pulmonology 701
Prognosis
• Course of viral croup in infants younger than B
acterial Tracheitis
1 year of age is prolonged
Background
• Symptoms often improve during the day with
• Most common organisms are Staphylococcus
recurrence of symptoms in the early hours of
aureus, Moraxella catarrhalis, and
the morning
Streptococcus
704 T. Martínez-Fernández et al.
• Mean age is 4 years (range 4 weeks to May be associated with diaphragmatic hernia
13 years, typically about 2 years) and colonic duplication
• Intralobar: Typical in the lower lobe, sys-
Clinical presentation temic arterial supply, variable venous drain-
• Brassy and barky cough, but the patient has age, and airway connections
high fever and appears very toxic with respi-
ratory distress and stridor Clinical presentation
• Patient may lay flat and does not have drool- • Dullness on percussion, decreased breath
ing or dysphagia associated with epiglottitis sounds over the lesion, continuous murmur
• Rapid progression and purulent secretions may be heard on the back, and crackles if
may mandate early endotracheal intubation infected
• Does not respond to racemic epinephrine or
corticosteroids Evaluation
• Fetal ultrasound or ultrasound following birth
Diagnosis may detect pulmonary mass
• CXR not needed but may show the classic • CT scan with contrast confirms diagnosis
findings of pseudomembrane detachment in
the trachea Management
• High fever, purulent airway secretions, • Surgical removal because retained sequestra-
absence of findings of epiglottitis tions have a small possibility of becoming
malignant
Management • Consultations: Pulmonology and surgery
• Intubation, especially for younger patients;
50–60% do not require intubation Bronchogenic Cyst
• Humidification and careful suctioning of the
ETT are important Background
• Antistaphylococcal treatment (i.e., nafcillin • Arise from abnormal budding of the tracheal
or vancomycin) diverticulum
• Prognosis is good • Patient may become symptomatic if the cyst
• Complications can include ARDS, toxic enlarges or becomes infected
shock, septic shock, pulmonary edema, and • May be asymptomatic and found incidentally
subglottic stenosis
Clinical presentation
• Fever, chest pain, and productive cough are
RESPIRATORY CONDITIONS the most common presenting symptoms
• Dysphagia, if causing pressure on the sur-
OF THE LOWER AIRWAY rounding structures
AND PARENCHYMA • CXR can show the cyst, but CT or MRI demon-
strates anatomy (usually medial mediastinum)
ongenital Airway and Pulmonary
C
Malformations Management
• Surgical removal
Pulmonary Sequestration
Vascular Ring/Sling
Background
• Extralobar: More common in males; 65% in Background
the left lung, covered by pleura, fed by sys- • Congenital anomalies of the large vessels
temic artery, and drained via systemic vein. (such as aortic arch)
20 Pulmonology 705
Management Evaluation
• Surgical intervention • Can be identified by prenatal ultrasound
• CT scan is diagnostic
Tracheal Stenosis
Management
Background • Resection if respiratory distress, markedly
• Narrowing of tracheal lumen frequently asso- symptomatic
ciated with complete tracheal rings • If asymptomatic, can observe, but eventually
• Can vary from short- to long-segment most are surgically removed
stenosis –– Even if asymptomatic, there is increased
• Condition is rare future risk for infections and small risk for
malignancy
Clinical presentation
• Varies depending on degree of obstruction
• If severe, presents during neonatal period or Congenital Lobar Emphysema
infancy with respiratory distress, cyanosis,
stridor, cough, and dysphagia Background
• Congenital bronchial obstruction leads to air
Diagnosis trapping and distention of involved lung
• Direct visualization via rigid bronchoscope • Rare
• CT scan could be used to reconstruct via “vir- • Prevalence: Left upper lobe > right middle
tual bronchoscopy” lobe/right lower lobe
• Echocardiogram to evaluate associated CHD
Clinical presentation
Management • Usual presentation in infancy with respira-
• Surgical intervention tory distress, tachypnea, hypoxemia
• Refer to pediatric ENT or airway surgical
specialist Diagnosis
• CXR
706 T. Martínez-Fernández et al.
–– Initially may present in neonate with opaci- • A lack of radiographic findings does not
fication due to fluid exclude an airway FB; many objects are
–– Subsequently, there is hyperinflation with organic and likely to be radiolucent
shift to contralateral side • Positive radiographic findings include hyper-
• Confirmation with CT scan inflation, atelectasis, or infiltrate
• Soft tissue film of the neck can be of benefit
Management to detect objects in the upper airway
• Surgical resection/lobectomy • Patients with tracheostomy are at a higher
risk
Clinical presentation
• Initial event: Violent, paroxysmal coughing, PULMONARY HEMOSIDEROSIS
choking, gagging, possible airway obstruc-
tion if the FB is large Background
• Asymptomatic interval: FB becomes lodged, • Repeated episodes of intra-alveolar bleeding
reflexes fatigue, immediate irritation sub- that leads to abnormal accumulation of iron
sides. This stage is most dangerous and (hemosiderin) in the alveolar macrophages
accounts for delayed diagnosis • Subsequent development of pulmonary fibro-
–– In this stage, FB might be missed, as physi- sis and severe anemia
cian is reassured by the absence of
symptoms Causes and associated conditions
• A positive history must never be ignored, and • Idiopathic pulmonary hemosiderosis (IPH)
negative history can be misleading • Secondary pulmonary hemosiderosis
• Coughing or choking episode accompanied –– Cardiovascular:
by wheezing is highly suggestive of FB in the ◦◦ Congestive heart failure
airway. ◦◦ Pulmonary hypertension
• Must question about nuts, small toys, other ◦◦ Mitral valve stenosis
small items – – Inflammatory/autoimmune
• 58% lodge in the right bronchus ◦◦ Goodpasture syndrome
◦◦ Rheumatoid arthritis
Diagnosis ◦◦ Wegener granulomatosis
• CXR is negative in 10–30% of cases ◦◦ Henoch-Schönlein purpura
• If there is suspicion for FB, patient should – – Allergic
undergo inspiratory and expiratory CXRs; in –– Heiner syndrome (cow’s milk
the uncooperative patient, consider doing hypersensitivity)
bilateral decubitus films
20 Pulmonology 707
Clinical presentation
• Nonspecific signs and symptoms
• Cough and fever—hallmark symptoms
• Tachypnea is the most sensitive and specific
sign of pneumonia
• Most children with cough and fever do not
have pneumonia
• Tachypnea, retractions, wheezing, nasal flar-
ing, grunting, apnea, and abdominal pain may
be presenting or associated symptoms
• Grunting may be a sign of impending respira- Fig. 20.3 A 9-year-old female presents with cough and
tory failure in younger patients/infants fever. Chest radiograph shows right upper lobe infiltrate.
716 T. Martínez-Fernández et al.
–– A CXR will not change clinical manage- ◦◦ Consider empyema, bacterial resistance,
ment for patients being treated as and nonbacterial pneumonia (FB, CF,
outpatient pulmonary sequestration, bronchiolitis
–– Afebrile children do not need a CXR obliterans, aspiration, and hypersensitiv-
–– CXR always lags behind clinical response. ity pneumonitis)
No need to obtain to confirm response to
antibiotics
–– Obtain a CXR if: BRONCHIECTASIS
◦◦ Complicated pneumonia is being
considered Background
◦◦ Clinical deterioration • Destruction of the airway wall (bronchi and
◦◦ Prolonged fever with no obvious source bronchioles) leads to loss of integrity of the
of infection muscular and elastic layers of the bronchial
◦◦ Abdominal pain with normal appendix wall, results leading to dilated and collapsible
airway
Management
• National guideline for antibiotic initiation Clinical presentation
with community-acquired pneumonia: • Productive cough is most common symptom
–– High-dose amoxicillin (80–90 mg/kg/day) • Dyspnea, rhinosinusitis, and hemoptysis are
for uncomplicated cases being treated as less common
outpatient • Crackles, wheezing, and rhonchi are often
–– Augmentin or cefuroxime as outpatient, if heard; digital clubbing may be present
resistant
–– School age or > 5 years of age azithromycin Differential diagnosis
to cover for Mycoplasma • CF is the most common cause of bronchiecta-
• Indication for hospitalization: Suspected sep- sis in pediatric patients in the USA.
sis, severe dehydration, toxic appearance, • Impaired mucociliary clearance (CF and cili-
hypoxemia (SpO2 < 90%), unresponsive to ary dyskinesia)
outpatient therapy, inability to drink • Infections (Mycobacterium tuberculosis,
–– Intravenous fluids and O2, if needed, and Pseudomonas, adenovirus)
antibiotics • Immunodeficiency syndromes
–– Consider blood culture, CXR, chemistry • Immune-mediated (connective tissue dis-
profiles, and CBC eases), allergic bronchopulmonary aspergil-
–– If inpatient: Cefuroxime, ceftriaxone, or losis (ABPA), inflammatory bowel disease
cefotaxime are the antibiotics of choice (IBD)
–– Adolescents: Fluoroquinolones (levofloxa- • Airway injury (chronic aspiration, inhalation
cin, gatifloxacin, moxifloxacin) may be of toxic fumes, hot gases)
used for atypical pneumonia • Congenital or connective tissue abnormalities
–– If Staphylococcus is considered, add (yellow nail, Marfan syndrome, alpha-1 anti-
clindamycin or vancomycin trypsin deficiency, airway cartilage defi-
–– Uncomplicated pneumonia responds to ciency, tracheobronchomegaly, Young
antibiotics in 48–96 h syndrome)
–– If no response or persistent pneumonia • Obstructed airways (retained FB, intralumi-
◦◦ Repeat CXR nal masses, extraluminal compression)
20 Pulmonology 717
Background
• > 10 mL fluid in the thoracic cavity
• Due to excessive filtration or defective
absorption
• Normal fluid balance
–– 0.1–0.2 mL/kg of sterile colorless fluid
–– Ninety percent filters from arterial capillar-
ies, reabsorbed at venous capillaries
–– About 10% returned via lymphatic
–– Normal pleural fluid (0.3 mL/kg)
• Etiologies
–– Pneumonia is the most common
–– Neonatal period: Chylous effusion most
common
–– Others: Malignancy, renal disease, trauma,
congestive heart failure, and systemic
diseases
Clinical presentation
• Suspect in any child with worsening
pneumonia
• Respiratory distress, tachypnea, cough, chest
Fig. 20.4 Chest radiograph of a 2-year-old child with left
pain with pleural inflammation pleural effusion
722 T. Martínez-Fernández et al.
• Ultrasound helpful to evaluate for • Point of maximal impulse shifts due to displace-
loculations ment of intrathoracic organs to the opposite side
• CT scan for complicated effusions/empy-
ema to define pulmonary and fluid Diagnosis
characteristics • CXR
• Thoracentesis –– Upright, if possible
–– Routine thoracentesis not recommended –– Expiratory films accentuate the contrast
–– Perform thoracentesis to relieve dyspnea between lung markings and the clear area
for large effusions, worsening symptoms, of the pneumothorax
sepsis, or a lack of improvement in symp- • Recurrence rate is high after primary sponta-
toms despite administration of broad-spec- neous pneumothorax
trum antibiotics for diagnostic purposes
• Oxygen for hypoxemia Management
• Consultation with experts as needed • Small pneumothorax < 5% may resolve
spontaneously
• If > 5% of pneumothorax or collapse, or if
Pneumothorax recurrent or under tension, a chest tube for
drainage is necessary
Causes • Pneumothoraces complicating CF frequently
• Primary spontaneous pneumothorax recur, and definitive treatment may be justi-
–– Occurs without trauma or underlying cause fied with the first episode
–– More frequently in tall, thin males, likely • One means of definitive therapy is sclerosing
related to subpleural blebs with doxycycline (chemical pleurodesis)
–– Family history is positive in many • Video-assisted thoracic surgery is preferred
patients therapy for blebectomy, pleural stripping,
–– Usually occurs at rest, but can be precipi- pleural brushing, and instillation of scleros-
tated by air travel in an unpressurized cabin, ing agents over open thoracotomy
weight lifting, and Valsalva maneuver • Extensive pleural adhesion and aggressive
• Secondary pneumothorax pleural stripping may interfere with lung
–– Related to an underlying lung issue transplant potential in the future, an issue that
(asthma, CF, necrotizing pneumonia, inter- must be discussed with the family
stitial lung disease)
–– Trauma (blunt trauma)
–– Loud music (air pressure) Pneumomediastinum
–– Catamenial pneumothorax (unusual condi-
tion associated with menses due to passage Background
of intra-abdominal air through a diaphrag- • Can be traumatic or spontaneous
matic defect) • Spontaneous pneumomediastinum occurs
when air leaks through small alveolar rupture
Clinical presentation to the surrounding bronchovascular sheath
• Onset is abrupt, and the severity depends on • Less commonly, occurs with air escaping
degree of lung collapse from the upper respiratory tract, intrathoracic
• In simple pneumothorax, the lung collapses airways, or esophageal rupture
up to 30% • Triggers: (Most common) asthma exacerba-
• In a tension pneumothorax, patient will be tion and lower respiratory infection; (less
hypoxemic, dyspneic, and possibly common) Valsalva/strenuous lifting and
cyanotic vomiting
20 Pulmonology 723
Management
• Based on severity of deformity and physio-
logic compromise
• Mild: Observation and physical therapy to
maintain posture
• Corrective surgery if significant physiologic
Fig. 20.5 Pectus excavatum. A 12-year-old healthy boy
with funnel-shaped chest compromise (Nuss or Ravitch procedure)
724 T. Martínez-Fernández et al.
Cor pulmonale
Scoliosis • Right ventricular (RV) hypertrophy leading
to RV failure caused by increased afterload
Background caused by pulmonary hypertension
• Cobb angle = angle from most tilted verte- • Can be caused by chronic lung disease, bron-
brae above and below the apex of the curve chopulmonary dysplasia, cystic fibrosis, arte-
• Scoliosis defined as lateral curvature of the rial hypertension, neuromuscular disease
spine with Cobb angle > 10°
• Curvatures > 50° more likely to be
progressive OBSTRUCTIVE SLEEP APNEA
• Extreme curvatures can lead to respiratory
compromise due to restrictive chest wall
(OSA)
disease Background
• OSA and primary snoring are part of a spec-
Management
trum of sleep-disordered breathing
• Observe for progression
–– Primary snoring = Incidence 12–20%; no
• Bracing
discrete obstructive events or gas exchange
• Spinal fusion for curves > 40°–45°
abnormalities
–– OSA = Prevalence 2–4% in healthy chil-
dren; obstructive apnea and hypopneas
PULMONARY HYPERTENSION often seen with arousals, disturbed sleep,
Background and gas exchange abnormalities
• Mean pulmonary artery pressure of 25 mm • The disorder can occur at any age but is most
Hg or more at rest common in the preschool age group
• Can be caused by left heart disease, lung dis- (2–6 years) and adolescents
ease (including BPD), thromboembolic dis- • A higher prevalence has been reported in
ease, autoimmune disease, variety of other African American and obese children
disease or idiopathic
20 Pulmonology 725
PEARLS AND PITFALLS
UDDEN INFANT DEATH
S
SYNDROME (SIDS) Diagnostic Testing for Respiratory Conditions
Bronchiectasis/cystic fibrosis
• CF is the most common cause of bronchiecta- References
sis in pediatric patients in the USA.
1. Global Initiative for Asthma (2018). Global
• CFTR dysfunction/absence leads to thick
strategy for asthma management and prevention.
secretions, impaired mucociliary clearance,
www.ginasthma.org. Accessed 3 Sept 2018.
recurrent inflammation, and infection, lead-
ing to development of bronchiectasis.
• All US states have newborn screening, but
results are not 100% sensitive. Suggested Reading
• Diagnostic tests include sweat testing and
DNA testing. Alario AJ, McCarthy PL, Markowitz R, Kornguth
• Patients should be managed by a multidisci- P, Rosenfield N, Leventhal JM. Usefulness
plinary team at a CF care center. of chest radiographs in children with acute
• Pneumothorax/pneumomediastinum lower respiratory tract disease. J Pediatr.
–– Pneumothorax > 5% hemithorax will 1987;111(2):187–93.
require chest tube drainage, but pneumo- Al-Qadi MO. Disorders of the chest wall:
mediastinum usually resolves clinical manifestations. Clin Chest Med.
spontaneously. 2018;39(2):361–75.
20 Pulmonology 729
ogy. 1st ed. Itasca, IL: American Academy of recurrent or persistent wheezing. Am J Respir
Pediatrics; 2011. p. 309–45. Crit Care Med. 2016b;194(3):356–73.
McBride W. Congenital lesions of the lung. Rosenberg J. Scoliosis. Pediatr Rev.
NeoReviews. Itasca, IL: 2016;17(5):3263–70. 2011;32(9):397–8.
Mindell JA, Owens JA. A clinical guide to pedi- Sahn SA, Heffner JE. Spontaneous pneumothorax.
atric sleep: diagnosis and management of sleep N Engl J Med. 2000;342(12):868–74. Review.
problems. Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams & Schechter M, O’Sullivan B. Cystic fibrosis. In:
Wilkins; 2003. Light MJ, editor. Pediatric pulmonology. 1st ed.
Mueller G, Eigen H. Pulmonary function test- Itasca, IL: American Academy of Pediatrics;
ing in pediatric practice. Pediatr Rev. 2011. p. 717–43.
1994;15(10):403–11. Sharma G, Conrad C. Croup, epiglottitis and bac-
National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. National terial tracheitis. In: Light MJ, editor. Pediatric
asthma education program Expert Panel Report pulmonology. 1st ed. Itasca, IL: American
3 (EPR-3). Guidelines for the diagnosis and Academy of Pediatrics; 2011. p. 348–63.
management of asthma. Bethesda: National Shields MD, Bush A, Everard ML, McKenzie S,
Institutes of Health; 2007. (NIH Publication No. Primhak R, British Thoracic Society Cough
08-5846) Guideline Group. BTS guidelines: recommen-
Nevin MA. Pulmonary hemosiderosis. In: dations for the assessment and management
Kliegman RM, Stanton BF, St. Geme III JW, of cough in children. Thorax. 2008;63(Suppl
Schor NF, Behrman RE, editors. Nelson text- 3):iii1–iii15.
book of pediatrics. 19th ed. Philadelphia: Stillwell P. Bronchiectasis. In: Light MJ, edi-
Saunders Elsevier; 2011. p. 1498–500. tor. Pediatric pulmonology. 1st ed. Itasca,
Rajagopal H, Karnik R, Sahulee R. Pediatric IL: American Academy of Pediatrics; 2011.
hypertension. Pediatr Rev. 2016;37(3):129–31. p. 346–75.
Ren CL, Esther CR Jr, Debley JS, Sockrider M, Tieder JS, Bonkowsky JL, Etzel RA, Franklin
Yilmaz O, Amin N, ATS Ad Hoc Committee on WH, Gremse DA, Herman B, Subcommittee on
Infants with Recurrent or Persistent Wheezing, Apparent Life Threatening Events, et al. Brief
et al. Official American Thoracic Society clini- resolved unexplained events (formerly apparent
cal practice guidelines: diagnostic evaluation of life-threatening events) and evaluation of lower-
infants with recurrent or persistent wheezing. Am risk infants. Pediatrics. 2016;137(5):e20160590.
J Respir Crit Care Med. 2016a;194(3):356–73. Weinberger M. Bronchiolitis. In: Light MJ, edi-
Ren CL, Esther CR Jr, Debley JS, Sockrider tor. Pediatric pulmonology. 1st ed. Itasca,
M, Yimaz O, Bazzy-Asaad A, et al. Official IL: American Academy of Pediatrics; 2011.
American Thoracic Society clinical practice p. 377–90.
guidelines: diagnostic evaluation of infants with
Nutrition
21
Susan S. Baker
sium. The USDA lists 14 essential minerals • May need additional salt in very hot climates,
(excluded in the following are manganese and during unaccustomed strenuous physical
molybdenum). activity, during diarrhea, if an ileostomy is
present, especially in young children, and if
suffering from cystic fibrosis
Calcium
• 99% found in teeth and bone hromium
C
• 1% in extracellular fluid, blood, muscle, and
other tissues • Functions in carbohydrate and fat metabo-
• Functions in as follows: lism and to potentiate the action of insulin.
–– Blood clotting • Deficiency is rare; described in 3 patients on
–– Mediating vascular contraction and total parenteral nutrition (TPN) with no chro-
vasodilatation mium content.
–– Muscle contraction • Food sources include as follows:
–– Nerve transmission –– Broccoli, fruits and fruit juice, meats, gar-
–– Glandular secretions lic, basil, whole grains
• Sources:
–– Best sources are dairy, canned fish with
bones (salmon, sardines), and fortified C opper
cereals.
• Deficiency caused by inadequate intake or • Functions as a component of metalloenzymes
malabsorption: that act as oxidases:
–– Reduced bone mass and bone fragility –– Reduce molecular oxygen
–– Often seen in children with developmental –– Activate histamine during allergic
disorders and malabsorption reactions
–– Hypocalcemia – – Regulate serotonin degradation
–– Neuromuscular hyperexcitability, positive –– Oxidize ferrous iron
Chvostek and Trousseau signs, carpal-pedal –– Important for bone formation and collagen
spasm and connective tissue formation
• Food sources include as follows:
–– Chocolate and cocoa, crustaceans and
Chloride shellfish, lentils, nuts and seeds, organ
meats, and whole grains
• Chloride, along with sodium, maintains extra- • Deficiency is rare but can occur in special
cellular fluid volume, pH, and plasma conditions:
osmolality. –– Infants recovering from malnutrition with
• In addition, chloride in the form of hydro- chronic diarrhea fed cow milk
chloric acid is an important component of –– Patients on unsupplemented TPN
gastric juice. –– Young children fed on a milk-only diet
• Added salt (sodium chloride) is the main • Menkes kinky hair syndrome:
dietary source in the USA but is unnecessary –– X-linked recessive mutation in the ATP7A
to maintain health. gene.
• Good food sources include as follows: –– Gene codes for the copper-transporting
–– Dairy, celery, olives, seaweed, tomatoes: polypeptide that regulates copper levels.
21 Nutrition 733
• Exclusively breastfed infants need iron sup- –– Regulation of the redox status of vitamin C
plementation at 4 months, as human milk has and other molecules, important for immune
insufficient iron to meet requirements. function and reproduction
• Increased needs for pregnant women and • Food sources include as follows:
young children. –– Eggs, whole grains, meats, nuts and seeds,
garlic, and seafood
• Only deficiency disease is Keshan disease; car-
Magnesium diomyopathy is seen in certain areas of China.
• Deficiency symptoms can be subtle and hard • Acrodermatitis enteropathica is a fatal auto-
to define: somal recessive disease if untreated that
–– Growth retardation affects the uptake of zinc through the bowel:
–– Alopecia –– Characterized by periorificial inflamma-
–– Diarrhea tion of tips of fingers and toes, hair loss,
–– Delayed sexual maturation and diarrhea.
–– Impotence –– It is treated with zinc supplementation.
–– Eye and skin lesions
–– Impaired appetite
• Supplement with 1 mg/kg/day as an oral solu- VITAMINS (TABLES 21.1
tion of zinc acetate (30 mg in 5 mL) if sus- AND 21.2)
pecting deficiency.
• Use serum zinc levels to assess as clinically • Vitamins are organic molecules that cannot
available, but serum zinc levels are not an be synthesized by the body and are required
accurate estimate of nutritional zinc status. in small amounts for normal function.
• Vitamins can be supplied in food, as a supple- • Supplementation with biotin can reverse the
ment, and—in the case of vitamin D—from progression if congenital biotinidase defi-
ultraviolet (UV) light. ciency is recognized early.
• Toxicity is seen with the fat-soluble vitamins • Food sources include as follows:
A, D, and E. –– Eggs (cooked), meats, liver, salmon, fruits,
cruciferous vegetables, whole grains, and
The following are considered essential vitamins by avocados
the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA).
Folate/Folic Acid
Biotin
• Functions as a coenzyme in single-carbon
• Functions as a coenzyme in bicarbonate- transfers in the synthesis of DNA, purine syn-
dependent carboxylation for 4 enzymes, 3 of thesis, generation of folate, and amino acid
which are mitochondrial: interconversions.
• Deficiency: • Closely related to vitamin B12.
–– Dermatitis. • Deficiency:
–– Conjunctivitis. –– Low serum folate level
–– Alopecia. –– Megaloblastic anemia
–– Central nervous system abnormalities. –– Neutrophil hypersegmentation
–– Deficiency can be induced by consuming • Risk of neural tube defects (NTD) associated
raw egg white over long periods of time. with low folate in the periconception time. Any
–– Congenital deficiency occurs in the autoso- woman capable of becoming pregnant is at risk.
mal recessive metabolic disorder; biotini- • Food sources include as follows:
dase deficiency, in which biotin is not –– Enriched grains, beans and peas, green leafy
released from proteins in the diet (also see vegetables, avocado, asparagus, orange
Chap. 5 Metabolic Disorders).
21 Nutrition 737
Table 21.3 Difference between colostrum and mature and other macromolecules so they cannot
breast milka bind to intestinal cells; inhibits pro-
Mature breast inflammatory responses to oral agents.
Constituent (per liter) Colostrum milk –– Provides protection against enteric and
Appearance Creamy, Thin, white
other diseases in naturally immunized
yellow
Volume (mL/24 hour)b ~100 750–1050 mothers.
Energy (Kcal) 571 ± 80 650–700
Total protein (g) 14–65 9–13
Nitrogen (g)—food 3.0 1.9 Transition Milk
protein 3.8 3.5
Casein (g) 11–15 5–6 • Gradual change from colostrum to mature
Whey (g) 2.0 0.5–1.0
IgA (g) 0.12 0.2 milk.
IgM (g) 3.5 1–3 • Protein, immunoglobulin, and fat-soluble
Lactoferrin (g) 0.1–0.2 0.1 vitamin content decreases; lactose, water-sol-
Lysozyme (g) uble vitamins, fat, and total caloric content
Total carbohydrate (g) 26–76 50–83
increases.
Lactose (g) 20–30 67–70
Oligosaccharides (g) 22–24 5–15 • 90% of women whose milk contained 20 g or
Glucose (g) 0.2–1.0 0.2–0.3 more of fat/feeding on the seventh day of lac-
Total fat (g) 10–27 28–49 tation successfully breastfed for at least
Triglycerides (g) 14.5–19.5 34–47 3 months. 80% of women with 5–10 g fat/
Fatty acids (g) 13–17 30–42
feeding are not breastfeeding at 3 months.
Cholesterol (g) 0.2–0.3 0.1–0.2
Vitamins 5.35 1.8–3.0
Total carotenoids 1510 750
(umol) 19 140 Mature Breast Milk
A (ug) 300 400
B1 (ug) – 120–150 • Transition milk produced from about 7 to
B2 (ug) – 0.5–1.0
10 days after birth:
B6 (ug) 750 1600
B12 (ug) 1830 2460 –– Gradual change from colostrum to mature
Nicotinic acid (ug) 0.6 6 milk.
Pantothenic acid (ug) 0.5 1.4 –– Protein, immunoglobulin, and fat-soluble
Biotin (ug) 0.1–0.3 0.33 vitamin content decreases; lactose, water-
Folic acid (ug) 15 2.5
soluble vitamins, fat, and total caloric con-
D (ug) 59 50
E (ug) 2–5 2–3 tent increases.
C (ug) • Mature milk produced 7–10 days after birth
K (ug) recommended as exclusive food for infants
a
Human milk is highly variable in content from woman to until 4–6 months:
woman, day to day, fore- vs. hind milk –– Reliable source of all nutrients for healthy
b
Volume is highly variable
term infants except the following while
exclusively breastfeeding for the first
• Low fat content.
4–6 months:
• Contains immunoglobulins, especially immu-
◦◦ Vitamin D—supplement with 400 IU daily.
nologically active secretory IgA, which
◦◦ Iron—supplement with 1 mg elemental
decrease overtime:
iron/kg/day, starting at 4 months.
–– IgA offers protection of the intestinal epi-
◦◦ B12 for babies of vegan mothers.
thelial barrier by binding bacteria, toxins,
21 Nutrition 743
–– Preferable to continue breastfeeding and Table 21.4 Difference between breast milk and formula
remove dairy products from mother’s diet; Mature
supplement her with calcium. Constituent/L human milka Formula
Energy (kcal) 650–700 680
Total protein (g) 8–21 14
Casein:whey 3:7 Variable
FORMULA FEEDING (approximate)
(TABLE 21.4) Fat (g) 28–49 36
Carbohydrates + + or lactose
Formula Feeding for Term Infants Lactose free available
Vitamins Inadequate Adequate
• No cow’s milk before 1 year of age, associ- Vitamin D
ated with GI blood loss. Minerals Inadequate Adequate
• Feed formula only until 1 year of age. Iron Inadequate Adequate
• Formula types are grouped according to pro- Zinc
tein, fat, or carbohydrate content. DHA/ARA ✓ ✓
Oligosaccharides ✓
Enzymes ✓
Protein Amylase ✓
• Cow milk based: Lipase ✓
–– Standard iron-fortified formula of choice Protease ✓
when not breastfeeding or breastfeeding Antiproteases ✓
stopped before 1 year. Arylsulfatase ✓
Catalase ✓
–– No vitamin or mineral supplementation is Lysozyme ✓
necessary. Histaminase ✓
• Soy protein based: Peroxidases ✓
–– Support growth and development equiva- Ribonuclease ✓
lent to that of breast milk or cow milk- Platelet activating acetyl ✓
hydrolase factor ✓
based formula. Growth factors/hormones ✓
–– Recommended for galactosemia, heredi- Erythropoietin ✓
tary lactose intolerance, documented IgE- Insulin ✓
associated cow milk allergy, parents who Insulin-like growth ✓
want a vegetarian diet for children. factors I and II ✓
Lactoferrin ✓
–– Not recommended for the following: Nerve growth factor ✓
◦◦ Preterm infants with birth weights Relaxin ✓
< 1800 g Transforming growth ✓
◦◦ Infants with cow milk protein-induced factor α
enterocolitis or enteropathy Anti-infective/ ✓
immunological ✓
◦◦ Prevention of colic Opsonins ✓
◦◦ Prevention of allergy Enzymes ✓
◦◦ Infants who have sucrose-isomaltose Immunoglobulins ✓
deficiency Cytokines ✓
Live cells ✓
• Hydrolyzed cow milk:
–– Developed for infants who cannot digest or
a
Human milk is highly variable in volume and content from
woman to woman, day to day and fore- vs. hind milk. There
are intolerant of intact cow milk protein. are a plethora of infant formulas that are constantly being
–– Protein is first heat treated and then enzy designed, changed, and marketed. This table provides infor-
matically treated to give peptide chains. mation on a “typical” term infant formula.
21 Nutrition 745
–– Lactose free; contains sucrose, tapioca sometimes fish oils; lecithin- emulsifying
starch, corn syrup solids, cornstarch as agent.
carbohydrates. • Rarely contain lipids from dairy source in
–– Contains varying amounts of medium- USA.
chain triglycerides (MCTs), polyunsatu-
rated vegetable oil to supply essential fatty Stooling Pattern in Formula-Fed Infants
acids • Meconium passes by 3–4 days.
–– Indications: • Stooling is about once a day after meconium
◦◦ Cow milk protein-induced enterocolitis passage.
◦◦ Malabsorption due to GI or hepatobili- • Hydrolyzed formula-fed infants can stool up
ary diseases such as cystic fibrosis, short to 12 times a day.
gut, biliary atresia, cholestasis, or pro-
longed diarrhea Colitis in Formula-Fed Infants or Blood in Stool
• Chemically defined: • Most likely cause is milk protein
–– Single amino acids are formulated specifi- intolerance.
cally for infants with extreme protein • Change formula to hydrolyzed protein and
hypersensitivity whose symptoms persist reassess. If blood in stools resolves, continue
on hydrolyzed formulas. hydrolyzed formula for the first year.
• In the unlikely event blood in stool does not
Carbohydrate resolve, use a chemically defined formula;
• Lactose, major carbohydrate in human milk reassess. If blood resolves, continue chemi-
and in most cow milk formula: cally defined formula for the first year.
–– Lactose is a disaccharide hydrolyzed in the • If blood does not resolve, refer to GI to assess
small intestine to produce galactose and for very early-onset inflammatory bowel dis-
glucose. ease (VEO-IBD)
–– Some reaches the colon where it is fer- • For term infants who are failing to thrive on
mented, producing acid that helps to main- infant formulas, after establishing there is no
tain an environment that fosters acidophilic medical reason, formula can be concentrated
bacteria that suppress the growth of patho- to 26 kcal/oz. by increments of 2 kcal/oz.
genic organisms. over the usual 20 kcal/oz.
–– Soy, hydrolyzed protein, and chemically
defined formulas do not contain lactose.
–– Other carbohydrates included in some INTRODUCTION OF SOLIDS
formulas:
◦◦ Prebiotics—diverse group of complex • Exclusive breastfeeding recommended for
nondigested carbohydrates fermented about 4–6 months. After addition of solids
by gut bacteria and thought to promote (complementary foods), breastfeeding should
growth of advantageous bacteria continue for as long as the mother and infant
◦◦ Some examples: oligosaccharides, fruc- wish.
tooligosaccharides, inulin • For breastfed infants, complementary foods
are introduced at 4–6 months because human
Fat milk becomes limiting in calories, iron, and
• Formulas can include medium-chain triglyc- zinc.
erides (6–12-carbon length), long-chain tri- • Thus, it is best to start with meats or iron-for-
glycerides, vegetable oil blends, egg, and tified cereals.
746 S. S. Baker
• For formula-fed infants, introduce comple- • Toddlers require about 3 meals and 2 to 3
mentary foods at 4–6 months. snacks a day:
• Delaying the introduction of solid foods –– Diet in transition.
beyond 4–6 months of age may increase the –– About 1000–1400 kcal/day.
risk of allergy. –– Whole (full fat—3% fat) milk until age
• The texture of complementary foods should 2 years; then change to low-fat or fat-free
be advanced based on the oral motor skills of milk.
the infant. • At risk of iron deficiency, especially if breast-
• Introduce only one new food at a time every fed and not supplemented with iron in the
3–5 days. first year of life.
• No salt or sugar to be added to the infant’s • Frequently exhibit food “neophobia”—reluc-
diet. tance to try new foods; offer new foods at
• Delay introduction of cow milk or other ani- least 10 times.
mal milks until 12 months of age to prevent • May exhibit “food jags”—will only eat a cer-
GI blood loss. tain food or limited variety of foods for a
period of time; generally passes with time.
Home-Prepared Baby Foods (www.foodsafety. • Caution parents about small, hard foods, as
gov) they present a choking hazard.
• Foods can safely be prepared from whole • Many prepared foods for toddlers are high in
foods with the following precautions: salt and added sugars—help parents read
–– Best to begin with fresh foods. If using labels and make good choices.
processed fruits and vegetables, use prod-
ucts without added sugar or salt. Children
–– No unpasteurized dairy products. • Develop healthy behaviors around eating.
–– No honey. • Avoid food fights—parents never win.
–– No juice in the first year. • Avoid foods with added sugars and salt for
–– Wash hands and equipment. meals and snacks.
–– Use separate cutting boards for meat, poul- • Calories depend on size and activity level, in
try, and fish, i.e., do not cut fresh vegeta- general about 1200–1400 kcal/day.
bles on a cutting board used for meats/fish. • Provide fresh fruits and vegetables; if canned
–– Wash fruits and vegetables, even if they or frozen, choose those without added sugar
will be peeled. and salt.
–– Cook meats, poultry, and fish well—meat • Make half of the meal plate fruits and/or
to internal temperature of 160°, fish to at vegetables.
least 145°, white meat poultry to 165°. • Lean meat, nuts, eggs as protein source.
–– OK to freeze for about 1 month. • Serve whole-grain breads and cereals.
• Reduce refined grains in the diet.
Toddlers • Avoid frying: broil, grill, or steam.
• Generally defined as children from 12 to • Limit fast food and junk food.
36 months of age. • Offer water or milk instead of sugary fruit
• Most studies show a consistency of toddler drinks and sodas.
intake supporting the observation that if they
are presented with a good-quality diet, they Adolescents
will self-regulate their intake. • Healthy diet:
• Snacking is important—about 24% of con- –– Includes the following:
sumed calories.
21 Nutrition 747
◦◦ A variety of vegetables from all sub- –– Use 12.5% solution to avoid venous
groups—dark green, red, orange, irritation.
legumes, starch • Fat:
◦◦ Whole fruits –– Plan for lipid to provide 25–40% of
◦◦ At least half of grains as whole grains calories.
◦◦ Fat-free or low-fat dairy products –– Use 20% fat emulsion.
◦◦ Protein from seafood, lean meats, eggs, –– Infants require a minimum of 0.5 g/kg/day
beans and peas, nuts, seeds, soy fat to protect against essential fatty acid
products deficiency.
◦◦ Oils • Minerals:
◦◦ Less than 10% of calories from saturated –– Metabolic bone disease is common.
fats –– Calcium to phosphorus ratio 2:1 for opti-
◦◦ Less than 2300 mg sodium mal utilization.
◦◦ Less than 10% of calories from added –– Lower pH of TPN solution, more soluble
sugars calcium and phosphorus:
◦◦ No, or as little as possible, trans-fats ◦◦ Can add cysteine to lower pH and permit
–– Caloric requirement depends on size and more calcium and phosphorus to solubi-
activity and especially high for those lize—talk with pharmacist.
engaging in aerobic sports (1500– ◦◦ If using TPN for 2 weeks or less, the
3000 kcal/day). only trace element needed is zinc.
–– Girls at risk of iron deficiency. • Vitamins—use commercially available pre-
• Exercise. term vitamin mixture.
• Sleep 7–9 hours a night.
Complications of TPN
• Growth failure caused by inadequate calories
PREMATURE INFANTS or an imbalance of nutrients.
• Hyperglycemia—check rate of glucose
• No DRI or RDA for premature infants, but administration; reduce rate of administration;
consensus recommendations exist that depend consider insulin.
on weight and whether enteral or parenteral • Hyperlipidemia—triglycerides to 250–300 mg/
feeding is prescribed. dl are acceptable. Reduce lipid infusion.
• Goal is to mimic fetal growth rate, but rarely • Sepsis caused by line contamination—careful
achieved in the neonatal ICU. handling of the line.
• Liver toxicity—reduce reliance on TPN as
Parenteral Nutrition (Total Parenteral Nutrition much as possible; if possible, some enteral
or TPN) feeds.
• Fluid: • Consider intravenous fat blends designed for
–– > 1000 g birth weight—60–80 mL/kg/day infants such as Omegaven or Smoflipid.
for the first day; then increase by 20 mL/ • Aluminum toxicity—reduce TPN as much as
kg/day to a maximum of 120–140 mL/kg/ possible, as this is a contaminant that is diffi-
day. cult to avoid.
–– < 1000 birth weight—higher rates.
• Proteins: Enteral Feeding
–– Provide minimum of 2–3 g/kg/day amino • Human milk is enteral feeding of choice for
acids. premature infants but is nutritionally
• Glucose: inadequate.
748 S. S. Baker
• Oral rehydration solution is the treatment of Heart failure is caused by structural or functional
choice for children with dehydration caused disorders, of which there are many:
by acute viral gastroenteritis.
• Early refeeding is associated with a shorter • At risk of the following:
duration of diarrhea. Studies have not shown –– Protein energy malnutrition
an increase in vomiting or diarrhea following –– Acidosis—correct
early refeeding. –– Iron deficiency with or without anemia
• The banana, rice, applesauce, and toast • Monitor:
(BRAT) diet has not been studied and is not –– Weight
currently recommended. –– CBC
• Lactose reduction has shown some benefit in –– Electrolytes
reducing the duration of diarrhea in hospital- –– Minerals
ized patients; however, there are no data to –– Albumin
support lactose reduction in children in the –– Vitamins, especially B vitamins
outpatient setting. • Supplement:
754 S. S. Baker
Allergies • Supplement:
–– If unable to feed, needs gastrostomy tube
Nutrition must prevent reactions to foods and sup- –– If able to feed, may need pureed foods
port optimal growth and development:
Table 22.3 Causes of acute abdominal pain in preschool Table 22.5 Causes of acute abdominal pain in adolescents
children (2–5 years) (12–18 years)
Serious Less serious Serious Less serious
Common Appendicitis Constipation Common Adhesions Constipation
Foreign body ingestion Viral illness Appendicitis Viral illness
Intussusception Gastroenteritis Diabetic ketoacidosis Gastroenteritis
Trauma Pharyngitis Inflammatory bowel Pharyngitis
Urinary tract disease Urinary tract
infection Hemolytic uremic infection
Pneumonia syndrome Pneumonia
Uncommon Adhesions Henoch-Schönlein Pelvic inflammatory Ruptured ovarian
Hemolytic uremic purpura disease cyst
syndrome Hepatitis Trauma
Intra-abdominal Uncommon Hemolytic uremic Abdominal
abscess syndrome migraine
Diabetic ketoacidosis Perforated ulcer Cholecystitis
Ovarian torsion Primary bacterial Henoch-Schönlein
Sickle cell crisis peritonitis purpura
Tumor Intra-abdominal Hepatitis
abscess Familial
Myocarditis/ Mediterranean fever
Table 22.4 Causes of acute abdominal pain in children pericarditis Urolithiasis
(6–11 years) Pancreatitis
Serious Less serious Sickle cell crisis
Common Adhesions Constipation Ovarian/testicular
Appendicitis Viral illness torsion
Diabetic ketoacidosis Gastroenteritis Ectopic pregnancy
Inflammatory bowel Pharyngitis Tumor
disease Urinary tract
Trauma infection
Dysmenorrhea Functional Dyspepsia (H2a)
Pneumonia
Uncommon Hemolytic uremic Abdominal migraine
syndrome Cholecystitis
• Postprandial fullness, early satiety, epigastric
Perforated ulcer Henoch-Schönlein pain, or burning not associated with defeca-
Primary bacterial purpura tion, no other medical reason for symptoms
peritonitis Hepatitis • Postprandial distress syndrome: Postprandial
Hemolytic uremic Familial nausea, excessive belching, and upper abdom-
syndrome Mediterranean fever
Intra-abdominal inal bloating
abscess • Epigastric pain syndrome: Epigastric pain or
Myocarditis/ burning that interferes with normal activity
pericarditis
Pancreatitis
Ovarian/testicular
torsion
Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS) (H2b)
Sickle cell crisis
Tumor • Abdominal pain at least 4 days a month for at
least 2 months
–– Related to defecation: Change in fre-
Foundation (non-profit), Raleigh, NC (https:// quency, change in form
theromefoundation.org/). In the following –– Diarrhea dominant, constipation dominant,
outline, Rome IV criteria are referenced and and mixed types. There is also an unspeci-
denoted in parentheses. fied type
22 Gastroenterology 759
Prevention
Abdominal Migraine (H2c) • Cyproheptadine or amitriptyline
• Not sufficient criteria for IBS protein, albumin, glucose, celiac panel,
• Not explained by other medical conditions thyroid panel
Management Diagnosis
• Urgent surgical consultation • Early diagnosis via ultrasound (close to 100%
• Fluid resuscitation, evacuation of the stom- accurate) means that triad seldom encoun-
ach, and proceed to surgery quickly tered anymore
• Other types of volvulus
–– Stomach, organo-axial, and Management
mesentero-axial • Air enema (most often reduced with air
–– Sigmoid, “coffee bean” on plain film enema); infrequently, surgery
• If air enema fails, a surgery must be per-
formed to reduce intussusception
Intussusception
Background cute Pancreatitis
A
• Invagination of proximal segment of bowel
into distal segment Clinical and laboratory features associated
• Occurs at any age but most common pancreatitis
6–36 months • Abdominal pain (older child), bloating
• Usually ileocolic but can have other lead (younger child)
points • Amylase and/or lipase 3 times the upper limit
• Outside this age group, suspect unusual etiol- –– Amylase can be from salivary glands,
ogy, e.g.: gonads, or from intestinal obstruction;
–– Meckel diverticulum while lipase is more specific to the
–– Enlarged mesenteric lymph node pancreas
–– Benign or malignant tumors of the mesen- • Ultrasound for stones and ducts, CT for com-
tery or of the intestine, including lym- plications, necrosis, hemorrhage, pseudocyst
phoma, polyps, ganglioneuroma, • Endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatog-
hamartomas associated with Peutz-Jeghers raphy (ERCP) for stone removal
syndrome • ERCP and magnetic resonance cholangio-
–– Mesenteric or duplication cysts pancreatography (MRCP) to delineate
–– Submucosal hematomas, which can occur anatomy
in patients with Henoch-Schönlein purpura
(HSP) and coagulation dyscrasias Management
–– Ectopic pancreatic and gastric rests • Pain control
• Nutrition enteral feeds
• Fluid therapy (if adequate kidney function,
Clinical presentation give at least 2 times maintenance fluids)
• Classic triad • In most cases, no total parenteral nutrition
–– Severe intermittent abdominal pain (TPN), no antibiotics
–– Sausage-shaped abdominal mass
–– Currant jelly stools (late presentation sug-
gest vascular compromise) Recurrent Pancreatitis
• Vomiting (can be bilious)
• Lethargy (out of proportion of abdominal • No underlying etiology found in one-third of
pain) cases
764 R. D. Baker
Complications
• Perforation of the gallbladder, with peritoni- Acalculous Cholecystitis
tis or abscess formation
• Typically occurs during a significant systemic
illness such as sepsis
Choledocholithiasis (Common Bile • Illness requiring a stay in the intensive care
Duct Stone) unit
Esophageal Stenosis
PEPTIC ULCER DISEASES
• 3 types: Webs (thin), fibromuscular (thicker),
cartilaginous (distal, more extensive) Acid-peptic disorder refers to acid-related disease
• Frequently presents at 6 months of age when of the esophagus, stomach, and duodenum
solid foods introduced
• Consider achalasia and gastroesophageal
reflux disease Gastritis and Peptic Ulcers
• Can be associated with other anomalies:
Tracheoesophageal fistula, cardiac defects, Peptic ulcers are rare in children, but can be
intestinal atresias, chromosomal abnormalities encountered in extreme cases
772 R. D. Baker
Causes –– PPI+amoxicillin+clarithromycin
• The common causes of peptic ulcers include –– PPI+amoxicillin for 5 days then
H. pylori PPI+clarithromycin +metronidazole for
• NSAIDs, e.g., ibuprofen 5 days
• Stress-related gastric injury –– Other treatment regimens depending on
• Less common causes include ingestion of resistance and treatment failure
corrosive substances, hypersecretory states
(Zollinger-Ellison syndrome), IBD, systemic
mastocytosis, chronic renal failure, and Duodenitis
hyperparathyroidism
• Chronic abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting
Clinical presentation • Causes similar to gastritis, plus celiac dis-
• Poor growth indicates the presence of chronic ease, Crohn’s disease
disease or poor nutrition • Treatment: H. pylori eradication, empiric
• There are no focal findings specific for acid acid suppression, NSAID avoidance, lifestyle
peptic disease changes. Gluten-free diet for celiac disease,
• Dental caries and eroded enamel may indi- immune suppression for Crohn’s disease
cate frequent vomiting or reflux • Diagnosis by upper endoscopy with biopsies
• Pale conjunctiva, tachycardia, or flow mur-
mur may indicate anemia associated with
chronic disease or blood loss Zollinger-Ellison Syndrome (ZES)
• Halitosis with regurgitation or dysphagia may (Rare)
indicate achalasia
• Epigastric tenderness • Caused by gastrin-secreting tumor
• Wheezing or bronchospasm can be associ- • Usually in pancreas, but can be in other areas
ated with chronic reflux • Very high serum gastrin levels
Diagnosis Presentation
• Upper endoscopy with biopsies • Multiple ulcers, usually in the stomach, but
• “Test and treat” strategy for pediatric H. other GI locations
pylori infection is not recommended • Diarrhea, weight loss, GI bleed
• Testing for H. pylori should be performed in
children with gastric or duodenal ulcers. If H. Treatment
pylori infection is identified, then treatment • High-dose proton pump inhibitor
should be advised, and eradication be • Surgical resection if possible
confirmed
• Wait at least 2 weeks after stopping proton
pump inhibitor and 4 weeks after stopping
GASTROINTESTINAL ATRESIA,
antibiotics before testing for H. pylori STENOSIS, AND OBSTRUCTION
Treatment Atresia is congenital absence or closure of tubular
• H. pylori eradication, empiric acid suppres- structure. Obstruction is “luminal discontinuity”
sion, NSAID avoidance, lifestyle changes of any portion of the GI tract. Stenosis is partial
• H. pylori eradication: obstruction.
22 Gastroenterology 773
look for complicating features. During sur- • Definition for children 4 or older same as
gery check for additional GI atresias before but must exclude IBS
• Constipation is very common, as many as
40% of all children
Jejunal Atresia
Constipation and withholding
Animal models show that vascular incidents that • When a child does not recognize or respond
cause ischemia result in necrosis and subsequent to the urge to defecate, stool is retained in the
atresia rectum, the urge to defecate subsides, and the
rectal wall stretches to accommodate the fecal
Atresia types load
• Type I: Intraluminal web with continuity of • Repeated withholding or avoidance of defe-
muscular layers cation leads to larger stool load in the rectum,
• Type II: Complete atresia with fibrous cord causing further stretching and potential thin-
connecting segments ning of the rectal wall
• Type IIIa: Complete atresia with V-shaped • The retained stool becomes larger, harder,
defect in the associated mesentery drier, and more difficult to pass the next time
• Type IIIb: Extensive mesenteric defect with the urge arises
distal small bowel spiraling around vascula-
ture forming “apple-peel” Clinical presentation
• Type IV: Multiple atresias along a segment • Abdominal pain (pain can be severe enough
of bowel to mimic an acute abdomen)
• Usually atresias are accompanied by “micro- • Rectal bleeding and anal fissure
colon,” but this finding is nonspecific • Abdominal distension, tenderness to palpa-
tion, and presence of fecal mass
• External anal inspection can assess for anal
Colonic Atresias atresia and displacement and may identify
anal fissures, skin tags, or external hemor-
• Follow similar pattern but must be clearly rhoids. Digital rectal examination (DRE) is
distinguished from Hirschsprung disease not always necessary to make the diagnosis in
classic cases
–– Palpation of a firm or large rectal stool
FUNCTIONAL CONSTIPATION mass on rectal examination often confirms
(ROME IV, H3A) clinical suspicions; abnormalities in
sphincteric tone may indicate anal
Definition stenosis
• Must have at least 2 of the following: –– Empty rectal vault with expulsion of stool
–– Less than 2 defecations per week on finger withdrawal is a classic but infre-
–– At least one accident per week after toilet quently seen finding in Hirschsprung
training is complete disease
–– History of stool retention
–– Painful bowel movements Abdominal radiograph (KUB)
–– Fecal mass in rectum • Abdominal radiograph is not required to
–– Large diameter stool—obstruct the toilet make the diagnosis in classic cases of func-
–– Other symptoms: Irritable, decreased tional constipation
appetite
22 Gastroenterology 775
onfunctional Causes of
N
Constipation (Compared to functional
constipation, these are much less
common)
• Anatomic
–– Imperforate anus
–– Anal stenosis
–– Abnormal musculature, prune belly, gas-
troschisis, Down syndrome
• Dysmotility
–– Hirschsprung disease
–– Hypothyroidism (hypopituitarism)
–– Diabetes mellitus
–– Colonic inertia
–– Anal achalasia
–– Visceral myopathies
• Drug-, toxin-induced
–– Heavy metals (lead)
–– Opiates
–– Chemotherapy
–– Antidepressants
Fig. 22.3 5-year-old with encopresis for 2 years and fecal –– Vitamin D intoxication
impaction. The radiograph shows large amount of stool in • Associated with other diseases
colon and rectum –– Celiac disease
–– Cystic fibrosis
• Fecal burden and impaction usually seen on –– Multiple endocrine neoplasia 2B
KUB (Fig. 22.3) • Spinal cord anomalies
–– Tethered cord
Treatment
–– Trauma
• Demystification—explain what is happening
and why
–– Incontinence is “constipation with over- E ncopresis
flow” and is involuntary
–– Younger child likely to “withhold” rather • Encopresis is the repeated passage of feces
than “attempt to expel” into inappropriate places (usually the
• Cleanout underpants)
–– High-dose osmotic laxatives to rid the • It is also called fecal incontinence
colon of formed stool, e.g., polyethylene
glycol (PEG 3350), lactulose, and magne- Pathophysiology
sium products such as magnesium hydrox- • Prolonged and repetitive stool withholding
ide and magnesium citrate and avoidance of defecation lead to large
–– Daily dose osmotic laxative to maintain amounts of retained stool in the rectum
regular defecations • The large fecal mass becomes impacted and
–– Toilet sitting to establish bowel habits extremely difficult to evacuate. Peristaltic
–– Maintaining adequate hydration is a safe movement of the colon pushes semiformed
recommendation and liquid stool lower in the colon, resulting
776 R. D. Baker
INFLAMMATORY BOWEL
DISEASE (IBD)
Chronic unchecked inflammation
• Genetic component
• Immune and microbial components
• Involves the GI tract but extraintestinal mani-
festations are common
• Incidence peaks between 15 and 30 years of age
–– Very-early-onset IBD (VEOIBD) less than
5 years may have uncommon immune defi-
ciency—refer to immunologist
Fig. 22.5 Histologic
features of inflammatory
bowel disease showing
crypt atrophy and basal
plasmacytosis
Fig. 22.6 Histologic
features of celiac disease
with marked villous
blunting and crypt
hyperplasia, an increase
in intraepithelial
lymphocytes
780 R. D. Baker
Associated condition
• Turner syndrome
Bacterial Overgrowth Syndrome
• Noonan syndrome
• Klippel-Trenaunay syndrome Background
• Weber syndrome • Overgrowth of aerobic and anaerobic bacteria
• Heart failure in the small bowel
• The normal small intestine has relatively few
Clinical presentation
bacteria residing inside
• Varies in severity from asymptomatic to
life-threatening Mechanism of development of diarrhea
• Protein-losing enteropathy is the main cause • Bile acids are deconjugated and fatty acids
of the clinical manifestations of this disease hydroxylated by bacteria
• These processes lead to an osmotic diarrhea
Diagnosis
• Presence of alpha-1 antitrypsin in stool Conditions may result in bacterial overgrowth
• Direct measurement of alpha-1 antitrypsin • Short bowel syndrome
clearance from plasma • Pseudo-obstruction
• Bowel strictures
Management
• Malnutrition
• Replace long-chain fat with medium-chain
• Previous GI surgery
triglycerides in diet or formula and treatment
of the cause Clinical presentation
• Diarrhea
• Bloating
Short Bowel Syndrome • Abdominal distension
• Abdominal pain or discomfort
Background
• Fatigue
• Loss > 50% of small intestine with or without
• Weakness or lethargy
portion of large intestine can result in gener-
• Ataxia
alized malabsorption
22 Gastroenterology 783
• Zinc deficiency increases the risk of mortality –– If no response, the second line is vancomy-
from diarrhea, pneumonia, and malaria cin (oral)
• Persistent diarrhea lasts at least 14 days; nutri- • Entameba histolytica
tional supplementation is very important –– Metronidazole followed by iodoquinol or
• Ondansetron is an effective and less toxic paromomycin
antiemetic (if diarrhea associated with persis- • Campylobacter jejuni
tent vomiting) and may limit dehydration and –– Erythromycin or azithromycin
hospitalizations
Management of lactose intolerance, taking into • Red blood: Upper stomach, esophagus, extra-
consideration the mechanisms causing the GI, or brisk bleed
disorder • Esophageal erosion
• Primary alactasia—lifelong avoidance of • Mallory-Weiss gastropathy
milk and dairy products. Use of Lactaid –– Forceful vomiting/retching forces cardia of
treated products can be attempted stomach through diaphragmatic opening,
• Primary hypolactasia—small to moderate resulting in tearing of mucosa
amounts of lactose-containing foods may be –– Treat the cause of vomiting—short course
tolerated. Lactase-treated products may be used of acid suppression
• Secondary hypolactasia—if lactose intoler- • Gastritis
ance is due to acute infectious gastroenteritis, –– H. pylori—triple therapy—2 antibiotics
no treatment may be required or decrease and acid suppression
dairy products for a short time. If injury is • Ulcer, gastric, and duodenal—most due to H.
more long-lasting (celiac disease, Crohn’s pylori infections
disease) low-lactose diet combined with –– Cobblestone appearance of antral mucosa
lactase-treated dairy may be required. When on endoscopy
gastrointestinal injury has resolved, dairy • Extra-GI
products can be resumed –– Nosebleed
–– Hemoptysis
• Esophageal varices
GASTROINTESTINAL BLEEDING
Esophageal Varices
• Occult bleeding—detected by testing for
blood in stool Background
–– Source can be upper/lower GI tract or • Cavernous or portal vein thrombosis is the
extra-GI in origin (e.g., nosebleed) most common type
• Melena is black, tarry stool suggestive of • Umbilical vein thrombosis in neonates
bleeding from the proximal GI tract
–– Black stool can be due to medication and Causes
foods—test for blood • Portal hypertension
• Hematochezia bright red blood per rectum • Mediastinal tumor
suggestive of lower GI bleed or very brisk • Superior vena cava (SVC) thrombosis
upper GI bleed • Chronic liver disease resulting in portal
• Hematemesis is vomiting blood—can be dark hypertension
(coffee grounds) or red
Clinical presentation
• Hematemesis
Upper GI Bleeding • Splenomegaly
–– Coagulopathy
–– Eosinophilic gastroenteritis
–– Very-early-onset IBD
• Preschool
–– Infection colitis
◦◦ Salmonella, Shigella, E. coli, Yersinia,
Campylobacter, C. difficile
–– Hemolytic uremic syndrome—E. coli
O157: H7
–– Henoch-Schönlein purpura—IgA vasculitis
–– Juvenile polyps
–– Solitary rectal ulcer
• School age and adolescent
–– IBD
Fig. 22.7 Endoscopic picture of esophageal varices
(arrows). (Courtesy of Sherif Elhanafi, MD, Department of
Gastroenterology and Hepatology, Mayo Clinic, Scottsdale, Meckel Diverticulum
Arizona)
Background
Lower GI Bleeding • Congenital anomaly: Remnant of the yolk sac
that remains attached to the intestine and
• Infant develops lining epithelium similar to that of
–– Swallowed maternal blood—Apt test the stomach
–– Anorectal fissure—examination • Rule of two: 2% of population, 2:1 male to
–– Necrotizing enterocolitis—imaging for female ratio, 2 ft from ileocecal valve, 2 in.
pneumatosis intestinalis long, 2% of individuals develop complica-
–– Malrotation/midgut volvulus imaging, tions, usually before the age of 2
upper GI series • May occur in the first decade of life
–– Hirschsprung-associated enterocolitis— • Ulceration of adjacent ileal mucosa from acid
antibiotics and fluid resuscitation, then un- of ectopic stomach mucosa can cause inter-
prepped contrast enema mittent painless bleeding
–– Coagulopathy (e.g., vitamin K deficiency),
coagulation studies (prothrombin time Clinical presentation
[PT], partial thromboplastin time [PTT)] • Significant painless rectal bleeding is Meckel
and international normalized ratio [INR]. diverticulum until proven otherwise
Gastric or duodenal ulcer with brisk • Stool is brick- or currant jelly-colored, bleed-
bleed—upper endoscopy ing can be less dramatic melanotic stools
–– Duplication cyst—imaging • Anemia and hypovolemia (the bleeding is
• Infant and toddler usually self-limited due to contraction of
–– Anal fissure splanchnic vessels)
–– Milk- or soy-induced colitis—remove sus- • Obstruction because Meckel diverticulum
pected allergens from child’s diet may act as a leading point for
–– Intussusception—ultrasound imaging intussusceptions
–– Meckel diverticulum • Meckel diverticulitis with a presentation sim-
–– Duplication cyst ilar to appendicitis
788 R. D. Baker
Diagnosis
• The most sensitive test is Meckel diverticu-
lum scan, 99m technetium pertechnetate
• The uptake can be enhanced by cimetidine,
glucagon, and gastrin
Treatment
• Surgical
POLYPS
ingle Hamartomatous Polyp
S
(Juvenile Polyp) (Fig. 22.8)
Fig. 22.8 Histologic features of a juvenile polyp showing
• Common spherical, eroded and granular surface, stromal compartment
expanded, low crypt density, and flattened reactive
• 0.5–5.0 cm in diameter epithelium
• Painless, bright red rectal bleeding
• Sometimes seen protruding from rectum or in
diaper after auto-amputation • Indications for genetic testing:
• There can be up to 5 polyps –– Children with 5 or more juvenile polyps
• 70% in rectosigmoid area but can be in proxi- –– Any number of adenomatous intestinal
mal colon polyps
–– No malignant potential
• Should be removed with pan-colonoscopy J uvenile Polyposis Syndrome (JPS)
and polypectomy
–– Rule out polyposis syndrome • Sometimes associated with mutation in
–– Can perform repeat polypectomy SMAD4 gene—presents in 3 forms:
–– Juvenile polyposis of infancy with rectal
prolapse, diarrhea, bleeding, and protein-
Intestinal Polyposis Syndromes losing enteropathy—death before 2 years
despite colectomy
• Multiple hamartomatous polyps with –– Juvenile polyposis coli—only the colon
increased malignant potential involved
• Autosomal dominant –– Generalized juvenile polyposis syndrome
• Includes 4 separate types: occurs throughout the GI tract and can
–– Juvenile polyposis syndrome (JPS) affect nutrition and growth
–– Peutz-Jeghers syndrome (P-JS)
–– Cowden syndrome (CS)—a PTEN Peutz-Jeghers Syndrome (P-JS)
mutation • Rare—autosomal dominant
–– Bannayan-Riley-Ruvalcaba syndrome • Mucocutaneous freckling
(BRRS)—a PTEN mutation
22 Gastroenterology 789
Neonatal Cholestasis Table 22.12 Diagnostic screening tests for infants with
direct hyperbilirubinemia
• Accumulation of substances that should be Name of test
excreted in the bile (essentially equivalent to Abdominal ultrasound
Adenovirus
direct hyperbilirubinemia)
Alpha-1-antitrypsin phenotype
• Biliary atresia, idiopathic neonatal hepatitis, Alpha-1-antitrypsin level
and alpha- 1-
antitrypsin deficiency account Blood for organic acids
for over 80% of cases Cytomegalovirus (IgM) urine
• Causes of neonatal indirect Epstein-Barr virus titers
Ferritin
hyperbilirubinemia
Galactose-1-uridyl transferase
–– Anatomic Gamma-glutamyl transferase
–– Infectious Hepatitis B virus by PCR
–– Metabolic Hepatitis C virus by PCR
–– Genetic Herpes (IgM)
HIDA scan (pretreated with phenobarbital)
–– Toxic Lactate
–– Miscellaneous Parvovirus
Percutaneous liver biopsy
Pyruvate
Biliary Atresia Rubella (IgM)
Serologic test for syphilis (IgM and IgG)
Serum alkaline phosphatase
• The result of an idiopathic inflammatory pro-
Serum iron and total iron binding capacity
cess damaging intra- and extrahepatic ducts. Skull radiograph
End result of fibrosis and oblation of biliary Sweat test or stool elastase
tract, cirrhosis, and liver failure Thyroid screen
• Syndromic forms associated with other Toxoplasmosis (IgM)
Urine for amino acids
anomalies: Polysplenism, asplenism, portal Urine for bile acid analysis
vein malformations, malrotation, duodenal Urine for organic acids
and esophageal atresia, polycystic kidneys, N.B. Start phenobarbital treatment immediately
renal agenesis Rule out potentially treatable viral infections first
• Non-syndromic form without other anoma- IgM Immunoglobulin M, PCR Polymerase chain reaction, HIDA
lies more frequent Hepatobiliary iminodiacetic acid, IgG Immunoglobulin G
• Clustering in time and place points to an envi-
ronmental/infectious etiology, but none has Diagnosis (Table 22.12)
been identified • Ultrasound may show a small or absent
gallbladder
Clinical features
• Hepatobiliary iminodiacetic acid (HIDA)
• Jaundice (predominantly direct hyperbiliru-
scan shows absent excretion—but this is not
binemia) and acholic stools—child born at
specific
term and does well for 1st month
• Liver biopsy early shows bile duct prolifera-
• Splenomegaly, hepatomegaly
tion and bile canalicular stasis. Later increased
• Later ascites, wasting, and failure to thrive
fibrosis and bile duct drop out
22 Gastroenterology 791
Surgery Diagnosis
• Kasai procedure—hepatoportoenterostomy • Ceruloplasmin less than 20 mg/dL
• Intraoperative cholangiogram may precede • Hepatic copper greater than 250 μg/g dry
surgical procedure weight
• Attempt to establish bile duct drainage. More • Urine copper greater than 100 μg/24 h
successful if done early, i.e., before 8 weeks • Presence of Kayser-Fleischer rings
of age • Genotyping identification of 2 disease-caus-
• Results are variable—improvement seen in ing mutations in ATP7B
weeks or years
• A bridge to liver transplant—can be 1 year to Treatment
20 years of age—usually about 3 years • Copper chelators—D-penicillamine and tri-
• Primary transplant can be an option—size entine used in initial therapy and
limits to organs available maintenance
• Zinc acetate—inhibits copper absorption—
useful for maintenance and during
Wilson Disease pregnancy
• Treatment is lifelong
• Hepatolenticular degeneration—autosomal
recessive copper storage disease due to a
defect in incorporation of copper into cerulo- Gilbert Syndrome
plasmin → buildup of copper in body tissues
• Defect in ATP7B gene—no defect in cerulo- Background
plasmin gene, but rapid excretion of cerulo- • Common—heterogeneous group—all have
plasmin because of lack of copper an at least 50% reduction in UGT1A1 gene
incorporation (aceruloplasminemia) coding for UDP- glucuronosyltransferase
• Presents in the second to fourth decade but enzyme, the enzyme responsible for conju-
has been diagnosed in the elderly gating bilirubin. Complete absence of this
enzyme causes severe Crigler-Najjar syn-
Hepatic presentation drome (Table 22.13)
• Acute hepatitis, acute liver failure, chronic
hepatitis, steatohepatitis, portal hypertension, Presentation
cirrhosis, elevations of serum aminotransfer- • Causes mild unconjugated hyperbilirubine-
ase, gallstones, hepatocellular carcinoma mia, up to 4 mg/dL and minimally elevated
transaminases
Neuropsychiatric presentation • Picked up after puberty, routine screening, or
• Tremors, coordination defects, dystonia, conjunctival icterus
ataxic gate, fixed grin, headaches, seizures, • May cause mild fatigue
dementia, neurosis anxiety, depression, bipo-
lar, antisocial behavior Diagnosis
• Can be presumptive in the right setting, but
Other less common presentations rule out Wilson disease
• Renal (damage due to copper buildup) • In the Caucasian, homozygous finding of
• Hematologic (intravascular hemolysis) extra TA repeat in TATA box, (TA)7-TAA
• Cardiac, skeletal abnormalities (bone demin- necessary for Gilbert syndrome
eralization due renal tubular dysfunction)
• Hormonal imbalance
792 R. D. Baker
Table 22.13 Differences between Gilbert syndrome and chin, bulbous nose tip (dysmorphologists
Crigler-Najjar syndrome types I and type II (milder) correctly identified Alagille’s facies 79%
Crigler-Najjar Crigler-Najjar of the time—casting doubt on specificity)
Gilbert syndrome syndrome type II syndrome type I
Defect in Partial activity of Complete absence
bilirubin UDP-GT of UDP-GT Outcomes
UDP-GT
• Severity of disease varies from life-threaten-
Mild elevation of Indirect bilirubin Serum indirect
indirect bilirubin levels ranging bilirubin levels ing to asymptomatic
< 5 mg/dL from 7 to 20 mg/ ranging from 20 to • About half will require liver transplant
dL 50 mg/dL • Complex heart disease and vascular anoma-
Asymptomatic Asymptomatic Jaundice develops lies account for further complications and
Jaundice Jaundice in the first few days
of life kernicterus
mortality
Fasting, febrile – Hypotonia, • About a 75% 10-year survival
illness, exercise deafness,
can exacerbate oculomotor palsy,
jaundice lethargy, and, Hepatitis A Virus (HAV)
ultimately, death
No treatment No treatment Phototherapy
Background and epidemiology
Liver
transplantation• HAV is the most common cause of viral hepa-
UDP-GT Uridine diphosphate-glucuronosyltransferase titis worldwide
• No known animal reservoir
• Mode of transmission is fecal-oral route
Implications
• Risk factors include international travel to
• Essentially no life-altering or life-shortening
areas with poor hygiene, personal contacts,
complications
and foodborne outbreaks
• May decrease metabolism of irinotecan (a
• Incubation period is 15–50 days
chemotherapeutic agent)
• Highest period of communicability is 1 week
before and after the onset of symptoms
Alagille Syndrome • CD8 + T cells are responsible for the destruc-
tion of infected liver cells
• Autosomal dominant disorder with mutation
in JAG1 gene or the NOTCH2 gene. Liver Clinical presentation
histology can be confused with biliary • In children younger than 5 years may be
atresia asymptomatic or with just few symptoms
• Older children and adults may develop symp-
Clinical features toms of acute infection which may last
• Paucity of intrahepatic ducts plus at least 3 of 2 weeks to several months
the following: • Symptoms include malaise, anorexia, fever,
–– Cholestasis nausea, vomiting, and eventually jaundice
–– Cardiac disease (often peripheral pulmonic • Most cases generally resolve without sequelae
stenosis) within a few weeks
–– Skeletal malformations (“butterfly”
vertebrae) Diagnosis
–– Ocular anomalies (posterior embryotoxon) • Anti-hepatitis A virus immunoglobulin M
–– Alagille’s facies—prominent forehead, (IgM) in a single serum sample is a good test
deep-set eyes, mild hypertelorism, pointed for current or recent infection (< 6 months)
22 Gastroenterology 793
Table 22.14 Serologic markers for hepatitis B infection • Test reflecting liver failure
Marker Definition Detection Meaning –– High prothrombin time, despite adminis-
HBsAg Hepatitis B RIA/EIA Active HBV tration of vitamin K
surface antigen infection –– Low-serum albumin concentrations are the
Anti- Antibody to RIA/EIA Resolving or past
HBs HBsAg infection
most useful indicators of impaired syn-
Protective thetic liver function
immunity • HBV perinatal infection
Immunity from –– Nearly all perinatally acquired HBV infec-
vaccination tion are asymptomatic
HBeAg Nucleocapsid RIA/EIA Active infection,
derived Ag active viral –– Maternal screening of all pregnant women
replication for HBV is now standard
Anti- Antibody to RIA/EIA Cessation of –– Prophylaxis for all newborns of HBV-
HBe HBeAg replication or positive women in the first 12 h after birth:
replicating precore
◦◦ Combination of passive (hepatitis B
mutant
HBV- HBV viral PCR Active infection, IgG) and active immunization (first dose
DNA DNA loss means of the vaccine) followed by the complete
resolution HBV vaccine schedule
HBcAg Core antigen Detected only in –– Maternal anti-hepatitis antibody can per-
of HBV liver Sensitive
sist in infant for up to 18 months, which
indicator of
replication complicates testing
Anti- Antibody to RIA/EIA Recent infection –– Breastfeeding does not increase transmis-
HBc- HBcAg sion risk
IgM
Adapted from Wylie et al. [4], with permission
HBV hepatitis B virus, RIA radioimmunoassay, EIA enzyme Treatment
immunoassay • Treatment is mostly supportive, but FDA-
approved therapies exist to prevent progres-
• Both Anti HBs and Anti HBc are detected in a sion to cirrhosis, liver failure, and
person with resolved infection hepatocellular carcinoma
• HBeAg is present in person with active acute • Interferon therapy is approved, but treatment
or chronic infection and marks infectivity is long, filled with complications, and does
• Anti-HBe marks improvement and is the goal not always work
of therapy in chronically infected patients • Nucleotide analogue tenofovir, approved for
• Remember: Alanine transaminase (AST) and children 12 years and older, provides long-
aspartate aminotransferase (ALT) can be term viral suppression. Cure rates not known.
derived from muscle; you should verify that –– Interferon-alpha (Interferon-alpha2b,
serum creatine kinase and aldolase values are pegylated interferon alpha-2a)
within the normal range before assuming that –– Nucleoside analogs (entecavir, lamivudine,
the elevated serum AST and ALT values are and telbivudine)
hepatic in origin –– Nucleotide analogs (tenofovir and adefovir)
• Tests reflecting cholestasis
–– High-serum concentrations of gamma-
Vaccination
glutamyltransferase (GGT)
• Passive (hepatitis B immunoglobulin [HBIG])
–– High-serum alkaline phosphatase
and active (HBsAg) immunization decrease
–– High conjugated bilirubin
perinatal transmission
22 Gastroenterology 795
4. Wylie R, Hyams JS, Kay M, editors. Pediatric Hyams JS, Di Lorenzo C, Saps M, Shulman RJ,
gastrointestinal and liver disease. 5th ed. Staiano A, van Tilburg M. Childhood functional
Philadelphia: Elsevier; 2016. gastrointestinal disorders: child/adolescent.
Gastroenterology. 2016;150(6):1456–68.e2.
Kleinman RE, Goulet O-J, Mieli-Vergani G,
Suggested Reading Sanderson IR, Sherman PM, Shneider BL, edi-
tors. Walker’s pediatric gastrointestinal disease.
Green SS. Ingested and aspirated foreign bodies. 6th ed. Raleigh: People’s Medical Publishing
Pediatr Rev. 2015;36(10):430–6. quiz 437 House–USA; 2018.
Hill ID, Dirks MH, Liptak GS, Colletti RB, Fasano Sierra D, Wood M, Kolli S, Felipez LM. Pediatric
A, Guandalini S, North American Society for gastritis, gastropathy, and peptic ulcer disease.
Pediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Pediatr Rev. 2018;39(11):542–9.
Nutrition, et al. Guideline for the diagnosis and Suchy FJ, Sokol RJ, Balistreri WF, editors. Liver
treatment of celiac disease in children: recom- disease in children. 4th ed. Cambridge, UK:
mendations of the North American Society Cambridge University Press; 2014.
for Pediatric Gastroenterology, Hepatology Wylie R, Hyams JS, Kay M, editors. Pediatric
and Nutrition. J Pediatr Gastroenterol Nutr. gastrointestinal and liver disease. 5th ed.
2005;40(1):1–19. Philadelphia: Elsevier; 2016.
Nephrology
23
Beatrice Goilav
GENERAL Proteinuria
• Dipstick 3 + or greater suggests nephrotic- Causes of Discolored Urine with Negative Urine
range proteinuria. Dipstick and Urine Microscopic Examination
• On 24 h urine collections, protein < 4 mg/ • Medications, e.g., sulfonamides, nitrofuran-
m /h is normal, and nephrotic-range protein-
2
toin, and salicylates.
uria is greater than 40 mg/m /h.
2
• Food coloring, beets, and blackberries.
• In newborns, a red or pink discoloration in
Orthostatic Proteinuria the diaper can be seen when urate crystals
• Significant proteinuria in upright position and precipitate from the urine.
resolved in supine position
• Presence of proteinuria with UPr/UCr greater Clinical Approach to a Child with Gross
than 0.2 on random urine specimen but less Hematuria
than 0.2 on first morning specimen • Confirm the diagnosis by microscopy.
• Benign condition, no further workup or treat-
ment necessary
Glomerular Hematuria
Transient Proteinuria
• Dipstick is > 1 + with a subsequent negative • Discolored urine (tea or cola colored), RBC
test. casts, and dysmorphic RBC morphology
• Common causes: exercise, fever, intercurrent
illness, and stress. Causes
Persistent Proteinuria • Postinfectious glomerulonephritis—2 weeks
• Persistent proteinuria is the signal indicator after infection
of renal disease. • Lupus nephritis (LN)—malar rash, joint pain,
• Positive first voided morning specimen > 1 + anemia
protein on dipstick or UPr/UCr > 0.2—repeat • Alport disease—young men with sensorineu-
with 2-week interval and rule out intercurrent ral hearing loss and ocular abnormalities
illnesses. • Immunoglobulin A (IgA) nephropathy—
gross hematuria with upper respiratory tract
infections or acute gastroenteritis (stimula-
Hematuria tion of IgA production)
Definition • Membranoproliferative glomerulonephritis
• Presence of five or more red blood cells (MPGN)—intermittent gross hematuria, per-
(RBCs) per high-power (400×) field in 3 con- sistent C3 hypocomplementemia (also trig-
secutive fresh, centrifuged specimens gered by infections)
obtained over the span of several weeks. • Henoch-Schönlein purpura
• Microscopic hematuria = urine grossly • Hemolytic uremic syndrome (HUS)—dark
appears normal; gross hematuria = blood is urine, hypertension (HTN), oliguria, pallor,
visible to the naked eye. anemia, history of schistocytes on peripheral
• Confirmation of hematuria is critical, i.e., smear, thrombocytopenia, and history of
presence of RBCs in urine sediment. bloody diarrhea
Laboratory
Causes of False-Positive Urine Dipstick for • Complete blood count (CBC), comprehen-
Hematuria sive metabolic panel (CMP), serum protein,
• Myoglobinuria or hemoglobinuria, negative cholesterol, C3, C4, antistreptolysin O (ASO),
for RBCs on microscopic evaluation
23 Nephrology 801
Table 23.1 Screening of high blood pressure (BP) and hypertension (HTN) in children and adolescents—American
Academy of Pediatrics Clinical Practice Guideline 2017 (Flynn et al. [2])
Age Normal BP (mmHg) Elevated BP (mmHg) Stage 1 HTN (mmHg) Stage 2 HTN (mmHg)
1– < 13 years < 90th percentile ≥ 90th percentile to ≥ 95th percentile to < 95th ≥ 95th percentile + 12
< 95th percentile percentile + 12
or or or
120/80 to < 95th 130/80 to 139/89 ≥ 140/90
percentile
(Whichever is lower) (Whichever is lower) (Whichever is lower)
≥ 13 years < 120/< 80 120/< 80 to 129/< 80 130/80 to 139/89 ≥ 140/90
• Abdominal pain and diarrhea are common; ◦◦ In younger children, oral cyclophospha-
HTN and hematuria are uncommon. mide with 2 mg/kg/day for 3 months
• HTN at presentation should raise the suspi- should be the second- line agent of
cion of an underlying nephritis with nephrotic- choice.
range proteinuria or of FSGS. ◦◦ In older children and adolescents, calci-
neurin inhibitors can be beneficial, but
Diagnosis relapses occur with discontinuation.
• Urinalysis reveals 4 + proteinuria. ◦◦ Mycophenolate mofetil, shows steroid-
• Microscopic hematuria in 20% of cases. sparing effect, but dosing guidelines are
• Spot urine protein /Cr ratio > 2. not evidence based.
• Urinary protein exceeds > 40 mg/m2/h. –– The use of steroid-sparing agents in ste-
• Serum creatinine value is usually normal. roid-resistant nephrotic syndrome can be
• Diminished renal perfusion due to decreased considered, but there is no evidence sug-
effective blood volume. gesting significant outcome improvement.
• Serum albumin < 2.5 g/dl. • Supportive treatment:
• Serum cholesterol and triglycerides are –– Sodium restriction as long as the patient has
elevated. nephrotic-range proteinuria.
• C3 and C4 are normal, and serologies related –– Water restriction, if hyponatremia.
to infections or autoimmune diseases are –– Diuretics.
negative. –– Admit, if hypertensive.
• Renal biopsy is not indicated unless < 1 year –– If fluid restriction and parenteral diuretic
or > 10 years or in any case that is not respon- are not effective, start intravenous (IV)
sive to steroids, i.e., the urine does not become 25% albumin 1 g/kg/dose (max. dose 50 g)
protein-free within 6 weeks of treatment with q 8–12 h followed by furosemide 1–2 mg/
high-dose steroids. kg/dose—monitor electrolytes.
–– If the patient is steroid resistant, antipro-
Treatment teinuric agents such as ACE inhibitors or
• Treating the underlying cause: angiotensin receptor blockers should be
–– First episode: prednisone 60 mg/m2/day added to the therapy.
divided into two doses for 6 consecutive
weeks, followed by 6 weeks of alternate- Complications
day therapy with 40 mg/m2/day. • Children with nephrotic syndrome are
–– Relapse: prednisone 60 mg/m2/day divided immunocompromised from the disease per
into two doses until the patient’s urine is se, because they lose IgG and important
negative for protein on 3 consecutive days, complement cofactors in the urine.
followed by 4 weeks of alternate-day ther- Infections are the most common complica-
apy with 40 mg/m2/day. tion; and among those, spontaneous bacte-
–– Confirm negative purified protein deriva- rial peritonitis (due to Streptococcus
tive (PPD) or Quantiferon test before pneumoniae, Escherichia coli, and group B
starting steroid therapy, if patient at high- Streptococci) needs to be suspected in a
risk for exposure to TB. child who has nephrotic syndrome and
–– If the patient has multiple relapses a year, abdominal pain. This an indication for
displays signs of steroid toxicity, or shows admission even in the absence of fever.
steroid dependence, a second-line agent is Ascitic fluid should be aspirated by a pedi-
to be considered (steroid-sparing agent): atric surgeon.
806 B. Goilav
• Once they are in remission, all children with plants, particularly if the patient presented
a diagnosis of nephrotic syndrome must at young age and progressed rapidly to
receive polyvalent pneumococcal vaccine if ESRD—exact causes of recurrence are not
not previously immunized. known (possible “circulating factor”).
• Varicella vaccine must be given for varicella-
negative children. FSGS may be due to genetic mutations in genes
• Thromboembolic events occur in 2–5% of related to podocyte architecture, but is not protec-
cases due to urinary loss of antithrombin III tive of recurrence after kidney transplantation,
and protein C and S. unless it is a known pathogenetic mutation as the
• Newborns, infants, and small children with underlying cause can still be due to a circulating
nephrotic syndrome may require thyroid hor- factor of idiopathic FSGS.
mone supplementation due to loss of
thyroglobulin-binding protein in the urine.
Membranous Nephropathy (MN)
Prognosis
• Children between the ages of 1 and 8 years Background
are usually steroid responsive, defined as • Most common cause of nephrotic syndrome
complete resolution of proteinuria within in adults
4 weeks of daily high-dose steroids.
Etiology
• 80 to 90% of patients will respond to steroid
• Can be a separate idiopathic renal disease or
therapy within 2 weeks.
associated with systemic lupus erythemato-
• If proteinuria continues after 6 weeks of ther-
sus (SLE) (WHO class V LN), drugs (penicil-
apy, a renal biopsy should be considered,
lamine, gold), toxins, or infections (hepatitis
because then the child, by definition, has ste-
B, malaria, syphilis). In adults, may be due to
roid-resistant nephrotic syndrome, even if there
auto-antibodies to M-type phospholipase A2
is some reduction in proteinuria.
receptor (PLA2r).
• Patients who relapse as soon as steroids are
discontinued or tapered are considered ste- Clinical Presentation
roid dependent. • Generalized edema due to nephrotic-range
• Only 30% of children with nephrotic syn- proteinuria:
drome have only one episode; relapses are –– 80% have concurrent microscopic
common and usually occur 2 to 3 times per hematuria.
year—any intercurrent illness can trigger a • Very rare in children—only 5% of nephrotic
relapse. syndrome in childhood is due to MN.
• Minimal change disease resolves in > 80% • Presence of HTN at presentation is an adverse
(child outgrows the disease), but children prognostic factor.
who presented at a younger age or who have
frequent relapses may continue relapsing into Diagnosis
adulthood. • Renal biopsy—degree of sclerosis also allows
• Steroid-sensitive nephrotic syndrome can prediction of prognosis.
convert to steroid resistant, at which point a • C3 is normal unless it is secondary to SLE.
renal biopsy is indicated. • Diffuse thickening of the glomerular base-
• 30% of FSGS cases respond to steroids ment membrane (GBM) (due to IgG and C3
initially. deposition) without proliferative changes.
• FSGS can progress to end-stage renal dis-
ease (ESRD) and can recur in kidney trans-
23 Nephrology 807
• Biopsy may be nonspecific and shows diffuse • It may also follow S. pneumoniae, gram-
mesangial sclerosis. negative bacteria, bacterial endocarditis, or
viral infections, especially influenza.
Prognosis and Treatment
• Progression to ESRD at varying speeds Clinical Presentation
• No recurrence of disease in kidney • Most common in children between 5 and
transplant 15 years of age.
• 1 to 2 weeks after streptococcal pharyngitis
or 3–6 weeks after streptococcal pyoderma.
Frasier Syndrome • Nephritic presentation; various degrees of
edema, HTN, and oliguria.
Background • Encephalopathy and heart failure may
• Autosomal dominant, but mostly sporadic develop.
• Acute phase resolves in 6–8 weeks.
Clinical Presentation
• Proteinuria and HTN should normalize within
• Male pseudohermaphroditism with normal
4–6 weeks after onset.
female external genitalia, but streak gonads
• Microscopic hematuria may persist for up to
• 46, XY
2 years, and the patient needs to be followed
• Onset of proteinuria at age 2–6 years
until its resolution.
• Steroid-resistant nephrotic syndrome
Diagnosis
Diagnosis
• Urinalysis: dysmorphic RBCs, RBC casts,
• Renal biopsy shows FSGS.
proteinuria, polymorphonuclear leukocytes.
Prognosis and Treatment • Mild normochromic anemia.
• Increased susceptibility to gonadoblastoma, • Low C3 ± normal; low C3 should return to
which requires removal of gonadal streaks normal within 6–8 weeks.
• No increased risk for Wilms tumor • Confirmation of diagnosis with positive throat
• Slow progression to ESRD in adolescence or culture.
early childhood • Positive ASO titer if related to streptococcal
• No recurrence of disease in kidney pharyngitis, but anti-DNase B level positive
transplant if related to skin nephritogenic strains
(impetigo).
• Indication for renal biopsy: rapidly progres-
PERSISTENT HEMATURIA/ sive glomerulonephritis (RPGN), C3 level
not normalizing beyond 8 weeks after the
PROTEINURIA acute illness, or persistent microscopic hema-
turia beyond 2 years’ duration.
Acute Postinfectious
Glomerulonephritis Management
• Early systemic antibiotics do not eliminate the
risk of glomerulonephritis, but family mem-
Etiology bers should be cultured and treated if positive.
• Most commonly caused by nephritogenic • 10-day course of antibiotics is recom-
toxins of group A beta-hemolytic strepto- mended to limit the spread of nephritogenic
cocci—usually presenting as streptococcal strains.
pharyngitis in cold weather and skin pyo- • Salt restriction.
derma in warm weather.
23 Nephrology 809
Diagnosis
amilial Thin Basement Membrane
F • Normal anion gap (AG) metabolic acidosis.
Nephropathy • AG Na−(Cl+ HCO3) if < 12 means absence
of an AG.
Background • > 20 means no RTA.
• Isolated, nonprogressive hematuria with • Urine pH distinguishes proximal from distal
thinning of the glomerular basement types.
membrane • pH < 5.5 in the presence of acidosis suggests
• Autosomal dominant proximal RTA.
• Differential diagnosis—Alport syndrome, • pH > 6.0 in the presence of acidosis suggests
GBM having irregular structure distal RTA.
• Classically, patients present with failure to
Clinical Presentation thrive and repeated episodes of vomiting and
• Persistent microscopic hematuria. dehydration.
• RBC casts. • Patients appear ill; if they look well, yet have
• History may reveal another family member acidosis, they don’t have RTA!
with the same condition. • Workup:
• No family history of renal failure. 1. Determine AG.
• Proteinuria in up to 30% of adults. 2. Measure urinary AG: (UNa + UK)–UCl,
which is an indirect measurement of
Diagnosis ammonium and determines ability of the
• Biopsy reveals thin basement membrane on kidneys to respond to metabolic acidosis:
electron microscopy; light microscopy looks ◦◦ Approach is based on the fact that
normal. unmeasured cations and anions are con-
• Urinalysis and microscopy on affected first- stant and that ammonium would be the
degree family members. primary cation other than sodium or
potassium that would be excreted with
Treatment and Prognosis
chloride.
• No long-term complications, but if signifi-
3. Normal urine AG: zero or positive, with
cant proteinuria, may require ACE
metabolic acidosis. Urine AG: negative (−
inhibitor
20 to − 50), with RTA. Impaired ammo-
nium (excretion with chloride) results in
Na++ K+ > Cl−, so urine AG becomes zero
TUBULAR ABNORMALITIES or positive:
◦◦ Careful: Patients with diarrhea may have
Renal Tubular Acidosis (RTA)
a non-AG metabolic acidosis due to gas-
Background trointestinal (GI) losses of bicarbonate
• Net acid excretion = amount of acid elimi- (pancreatic fluid is bicarbonate rich), but
nated by the kidneys have a negative urine AG.
814 B. Goilav
• Approach to patient with hyperchloremic • Primary function of the distal nephron is acid-
metabolic acidosis: base homeostasis, which is to excrete acid
1. Measure urinary AG. generated from dietary intake.
2. If urinary AG negative—acidosis due to GI • In the growing child, excretion of 1–3 mmol
losses of bicarbonate. of acid per kg per day is needed.
3. If urinary AG positive—acidosis due to • Most pathophysiological consequences of dis-
renal bicarbonate loss or impaired urinary tal RTA are due to accumulation of acid—even
acidification. if the proximal tubule normally reabsorbs
bicarbonate, acid continues to accumulate,
resulting in increased base deficit.
Proximal RTA Type II • Once bicarbonate buffers in the extracellular
fluid are depleted, bones serve as buffer
• Threshold of bicarbonate reabsorption in the (hydroxyapatite is dissolved and hydroxyl
kidney is the main determinant of the serum ions serve to neutralize acid).
bicarbonate concentration. • Results in negative calcium balance and
• Hallmark of type II RTA = lowered threshold hypercalciuria with nephrocalcinosis and/or
for reabsorption of bicarbonate—threshold is nephrolithiasis.
usually 14–18 mEq/L and correlates with • Clinically distinct forms:
serum levels seen in these patients. –– Congenital distal RTA:
• Patients require large amounts of bicarbonate ◦◦ Autosomal dominant
(> 6 mEq/kg/day). ◦◦ Autosomal recessive with hearing loss
• Treatment with bicarbonate will increase uri- ◦◦ Autosomal recessive without hearing
nary pH due to increased excretion. loss
• Distal acid secretion is intact; hence, urine –– Acquired distal RTA:
pH can decrease to < 5. ◦◦ Immunologic destruction of
• Normal calcium excretion, no α-intercalated cells (Sjögren’s syn-
nephrocalcinosis. drome, SLE, Graves disease, medica-
tions [amphotericin B, lithium,
Clinical Symptoms melphalan, foscarnet])
• Polyuria
• Polydipsia
• Growth failure Type IV RTA
Seen in the Following Conditions (Some • Classic etiology: deficiency of or resistance
Examples) to effects of aldosterone on renal tubular
• Idiopathic Fanconi syndrome cells:
• Cystinosis –– Term applied to all forms of hyperkalemic
• Acute tubular necrosis RTA, regardless of serum aldosterone
concentration.
–– Aldosterone has direct effect on α-intercalated
Distal RTA Type I cells to promote proton secretion.
–– Acidosis in type IV RTA is not as severe as
• Hallmark = inability to lower urine pH maxi-
in other forms, but the main problem is
mally in the face of moderate-to-severe sys-
hyperkalemia.
temic acidosis.
–– Hyperkalemia can be life-threatening.
• Urine pH is always > 6.0.
23 Nephrology 815
• Most common inherited form of aldosterone Table 23.2 Difference between Bartter and Gitelman
deficiency is congenital adrenal hyperplasia. syndromes
• Aldosterone resistance is caused either by Features Bartter syndrome Gitelman syndrome
defects in the mineralocorticoid receptor or Age Prenatal, neonatal, and Late childhood,
early infancy adolescence, or
the epithelial sodium channel (ENaC)—both
adulthood
result in type IV RTA. Location of Ascending loop of Distal tubule
• Acquired forms of type IV RTA: defect Henle (mimic effects (mimic effects of
–– Most common—obstruction of the urinary of loop diuretics) thiazides)
tract (mechanisms not clear) Clinical Polyuria, polydipsia, Severe muscle
presentation vomiting, constipation, cramps, numbness,
salt craving, volume fatigue, recurrent
depletion episodes of
Bartter Syndrome dehydration
Blood Usually normal or low Lower than general
• Genetic defect (in this syndrome, multiple pressure if dehydrated populations
gene mutations can result in the same clinical Growth More common Less common
retardation
picture)
Metabolic Hypokalemic Hypokalemic
effect metabolic alkalosis metabolic alkalosis
Clinical Presentation Aldosterone High Usually normal
• History of polyhydramnios. and renin
• Dysmorphic feature. levels
• Hypokalemic metabolic alkalosis. Mg level Low in 30% Always low
Urine Ca Normal or high Low
• Hypercalciuria. (nephrocalcinosis)
• High level of renin, aldosterone, and prosta- Urine PGE High Normal
glandin E. PGE prostaglandin E
• Normal or low BP.
• Low serum Mg.
Treatment
• High level of urine Cl (patients with chronic
• Correction of hypokalemia and
vomiting have low urine Cl).
hypomagnesemia
Treatment • Vitamin K and Mg supplementation
• Prevention of dehydration.
• Correction of hypokalemia.
• Vitamin K supplements.
Cystinosis
• Indomethacin can be effective by inhibiting
Background
prostaglandin E.
• First treatable lysosomal storage disease
Etiology
Gitelman Syndrome (Table 23.2) • Autosomal recessive mutation in the CTNS
gene, which encodes cystinosin = protein that
• Hypokalemic metabolic alkalosis with hypo-
is responsible for transporting cystine out of
calciuria and hypomagnesemia
lysosomes
• Formation of cystine crystals within lyso-
Clinical Presentation somes due to the failure to transport cystine
• Recurrent muscle cramps and spasms out of the lysosomes
• Recurrent episodes of dehydration
816 B. Goilav
• Hypogonadism Prognosis
• Polydactyly • Favorable, normal life expectancy.
• Mental deficiency • Patient needs to avoid contact sports to pre-
• Cystic dysplasia of the kidneys vent injury and trauma to the solitary kidney.
Treatment
• Supportive
RENAL FAILURE
Prognosis
• Progression to ESRD in late adolescence/ A cute Kidney Injury (AKI) [3, 4]
early adulthood, requiring dialysis/kidney
transplantation Definition
• Sudden decline in renal function
• Increase in BUN and serum creatinine
Multicystic Dysplastic Kidney values
Disease • +/− Hyperkalemia
• +/− Metabolic acidosis
Background
• +/− HTN
• Not the same as polycystic kidney disease
• Not a monogenic disorder Prerenal AKI
Clinical Presentation Definition
• Unilateral abdominal mass of the newborn. • Hypoperfusion of the kidneys
• Bilateral multicystic dysplasia results in fetal
demise. Causes (Most Common)
• Effectively, the patient has only one function- • Hypovolemia due to GI diseases
ing kidney. • Congenital heart disease
• Sepsis
Diagnosis
• Usually diagnosed on prenatal ultrasound. Diagnosis
• Need to do voiding cystourethrogram • Clinical history should reveal causes of vol-
(VCUG) to rule out contralateral vesico- ume depletion, such as the following:
ureteral reflux, which is commonly encoun- –– Dehydration due to vomiting or
tered (30–50%). gastroenteritis
• Expectation is that the dysplastic kidney –– Hemorrhage
involutes over time. –– Cardiac failure, or third-space fluid losses
• Stable size is acceptable, but if the dysplastic
kidney grows, referral to urology for nephrec- Laboratory Findings
tomy is indicated because the dysplastic kid- • Decreased urine output.
ney contains immature cells, which may • Normal urinary sediments.
undergo malignant transformation. • Increased urine osmolality (> 400.0 mOsm in
the older child and > 350.0 mOsm in the
Treatment neonate).
• Serial renal ultrasounds to ensure involution • Low urinary sodium (< 10.0 mEq/L
or stable size of the dysplastic kidney [10.0 mmol/L]).
• Parental reassurance that the solitary func- • Low fractional excretion of sodium (< 1% in
tioning kidney is compatible with life the older child and < 2.5% in the newborn).
820 B. Goilav
–– Any organism can trigger the disease. • Meticulous attention to fluids and electro-
–– Usually in younger patients. lytes, control of HTN, and early dialysis.
• Age: • Antibiotics are contraindicated for treatment
–– More common in children 2–5 years of age of diarrhea if E. coli 0157 is suspected.
• Atypical HUS is caused by a defect in the
Clinical Presentation for Typical HUS complement regulatory system and requires
• Onset preceded by acute gastroenteritis or blockade of the complement system with an
pneumonia antibody that binds to C5 (eculizumab),
• Fever thereby inhibiting its activation.
• Vomiting
• Abdominal pain Prognosis
• Watery diarrhea which then becomes bloody • Disease is monophasic; once the patient
• Dehydration recovers, no relapse should occur in typical
• Edema HUS. Any deviation from this clinical course
• Petechiae is suggestive of atypical HUS, and plasma-
• Hepatosplenomegaly pheresis should be initiated immediately
• HTN, pallor, lethargy pending genetic testing.
• Patients recovering from typical HUS require
Clinical Presentation for Atypical HUS long-term follow-up because of complica-
• Patient may be < 6 months. tions such as HTN and chronic kidney
• No GI symptoms. disease.
• Insidious onset with lethargy, pallor, and • Patients with atypical HUS and confirmed
feeding difficulties. genetic defect in the counter-regulatory com-
• Severe HTN. plement system require treatment with an
• Possible family history. inhibitor of the C5 component, which is most
likely lifelong. This treatment leads to inabil-
Diagnosis ity of the patient to clear infections with
• Triad consisting of the following: encapsulated organisms; hence, prior vacci-
–– Microangiopathic hemolytic anemia nation is imperative.
–– Thrombocytopenia
–– AKI
• Peripheral smear: schistocytes, burr cells, or MISCELLANEOUS
helmet cells.
• Hemoglobin level in the 5–9 g/dl range. (Nocturnal) Enuresis [5]
• Leukocytosis may exceed 30,000 (associated
with worse prognosis for renal recovery). Background
• Thrombocytopenia in 90% of cases. • 90 to 95% of children are nearly completely
• Elevated BUN/creatinine with oligoanuria. continent during the day, and 80–85% are
• Microscopic hematuria and proteinuria. continent during the night after the age of
• Prothrombin time (PT) and partial thrombo- 6 years for girls and 8 years for boys.
plastin time (PTT) are usually normal. • More common in boys (60%).
• Family history (50%).
Treatment • If one parent was enuretic, there’s 44% a chance
• Supportive. of enuresis in the child; and if both parents
23 Nephrology 823
were enuretic, 77%; age at resolution in parents • Also, patient may present with microscopic
can guide expectations of resolution in child. hematuria, flank pain, HTN, or oliguria.
• Bilateral RVT results in AKI.
Clinical Presentation
• Primary or secondary enuresis Diagnosis
• History of voiding dysfunction manifested as • Hematuria, flank masses in a patient with pre-
holding urine and often combined with disposing clinical factors.
constipation • Ultrasound shows marked enlargement, and
• Diabetes mellitus and insipidus (urinalysis on Doppler ultrasound will confirm diagnosis.
the first morning urine sample is helpful—if Treatment
SG is < 1.015, it is suspicious for DI; pres- • Supportive, hydration
ence of glucose requires workup for DM).
Treatment
Sickle Cell Nephropathy
• Reassurance of parents.
• Exclude any type of voiding dysfunction dur- Background
ing the daytime, as this may be the cause of • Consequences related to sickling and anemia
the nocturnal enuresis (prolonged withhold- = “renal sickle cell crisis”
ing of urine).
• Fluid restriction in the evening is moderately Clinical Presentation
successful. • Hematuria and renal papillary necrosis:
• Acute treatment should be avoided before the –– Painless gross hematuria
age of 6 years. –– More frequent with sickle cell trait
• Motivational therapy. –– Occurs due to low oxygen tension in the renal
• Conditioning therapy (vibratory alarm) cura- papilla causing local sickling and thrombosis
tive in 30–60%. within the vasa recta of papilla, leading to
• Desmopressin: progressive destruction of the papilla and
–– Well tolerated and has very few reported secondary deposition of calcium—echogenic
adverse effects. papillae on renal ultrasound
–– Severe hyponatremia associated with sei- • Proteinuria with sickle cell glomerulopathy
zures and deaths has been reported and
occurs only due to water intake after drug Diagnosis
is taken at night. • Renal ultrasound
• History of sickle cell disease or trait
• Urinary concentrating defect = low urine SG
Renal Vein Thrombosis (RVT) in the setting of dehydration
Etiology Treatment
• Neonatal asphyxia, dehydration, shock or • Supportive
sepsis, congenital hypercoagulable states, • ACE inhibitors in case of proteinuria
infant born to a mother with DM
Prognosis
Clinical Presentation • Secondary to chronic anemia; patients with
• Sudden onset of gross hematuria and unilat- sickle cell disease may develop FSGS with
eral or bilateral flank masses. progression to ESRD.
824 B. Goilav
Osmotic equilibrium
• Osmotic equilibrium is maintained since cells
B. Steinman
Department of Pediatrics, The Children’s Hospital at SUNY are permeable to water
Downstate, SUNY Downstate Medical Center, • Osmotic equilibrium is further regulated by
Brooklyn, NY, USA
antidiuretic hormone (ADH):
B. Goilav (*)
Pediatric Nephrology, Children’s Hospital at Montefiore,
–– Elevated osmolality causes increased ADH
Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Bronx, NY, USA secretion, which leads to increased water
e-mail: bgoilav@montefiore.org
Hypernatremia
Volume status?
Renal losses:
Central and nephrogenic Extrarenal losses:
Urinary Na > 20mEq Urinary Na< 20mEq Urinary Na > 20mEq
diabetes insipidus Insensible losses
Hypodipsia
Renal losses:
Osmotic diuresis Primary hyperaldosteronism,
Extrarenal Losses:
(glucosuria, mannitol), Cushing syndrome,
Sweating, diarrhea, burns,
loop diuretics, postobstruction, nasogastric secretions hypertonic dialysis,
renal disease (ATN) NaCl tablets
Hypertonic bicarb
Viral gasteoneteritis
Hypertonic formula
Treatment: 1) Maintenance
Fluid + electrolytes 2) Free
water Deficit 3) Solute Deficit +
electrolytes 4) Subtract boluses
and decreased brain volume. This can lead to • Rapid correction can cause cerebral cellular
tearing of bridging blood vessels swelling and seizures since idiogenic osmoles
• Seizures can occur, but they are more com- are produced in the ICF with long-standing
mon during correction hypernatremia. This will cause fluid to shift
24 Fluids and Electrolytes 829
Table 24.3 An example of how to calculate and how to order intravenous fluid (IVF) in cases of hypernatremic
dehydration
A 20 kg child with Na+ 160 and 10% dehydration who received 20 cc/kg 0.9% normal saline bolus × 1
Water requirements Sodium requirements Potassium requirements
Maintenance × 48 h Maintenance fluid requirements × 2 3000 mL/100 mL = 30 3000 mL/100 mL = 30
Weight of 20 kg = 3000 mL 30 × 3 mEq = 90 mEq/24 h 30 × 2 mEq = 60 mEq/24 h
90 × 2 = 180 mEq/48 h 60 × 2 = 120 mEq/48 h
Fluid deficit 20 kg × 0.1 = 2 kg = 2000 mL – –
Free water deficit 160/140 = 1.14 – –
1.14 − 1 = 0.14
0.14 × [0.6 × 20] = 1680 mL
Solute deficit 2000 –1680 mL = 320 mL 320/100 = 3.2 320/100 = 2.86
3.2 × 8 = 25.6 mEq 3.2 × 6 = 19.2
Bolus −400 mL −61.6 mEq –
Total 4600 mL 144 mEq 139.2 mEq
Fluid rate: 4600/48 h = 95 mL/h
Hyponatremia
Assess serum
osmolality
Euvolemic:
Urine Hypervolemic
Na > 20mEq Hypovolemic:
lality and hyponatremia. Type 2 renal tubu- –– Patients will be edematous, with possible
lar acidosis (RTA) (proximal) has salt and ascites, and hypertensive
bicarb wasting, along with other lab abnor- –– Low urine Na+ is expected
malities (see RTA in Chap. 23) • Euvolemic: Caused by fluid gain > sodium
• Hypervolemic hyponatremia: Decreased gain
effective intravascular volume and ADH –– Hypothyroidism, beer potomania, psycho-
release causes increased water retention genic polydipsia, ACTH deficiency
–– Can be seen in congestive heart failure, –– SIADH-retained water increases intravas-
renal failure, and nephrotic syndrome cular volume
24 Fluids and Electrolytes 831
Table 24.5 An example of how to calculate and how to order intravenous fluid (IVF) in cases of hyponatremic
dehydration
A 20 kg child with Na+ 130 and 10% dehydration who received 20 cc/kg 0.9% normal saline bolus × 1
Water requirements Sodium requirements Potassium requirements
Maintenance Weight of 20 kg = 1500 mL 1500 mL/100 mL = 15 1500 mL/100 mL = 15
15 × 3 mEq = 45 mEq/24 h 15 × 2 mEq = 30 mEq/24 h
Deficit 20 kg × 0.1 = 2 kg = 2000 mL 2000 mL/100 = 20 2000 mL/100 = 20
20 × 8 = 160 mEq 20 × 6 = 120 mEq
Additional Na+ deficit [140–130] × 20 kg × 0.6 = 120 mEq 120 mEq –
Bolus −400 mL −61.6 –
Total 3100 mL 263 mEq (rounded) 150 mEq
Fluid rate: 3100/24 h = 129 mL/h
Oral Rehydration for Mild and Moderate • Abnormal serum sodium values
Isonatremic Dehydration • Glucose malabsorption
• Mild-to-moderate isonatremic dehydration
can be treated effectively with oral rehydra- Calculating Replacement in Isonatremic
tion solutions Dehydration (Table 24.7)
• Replace 50–100 mL/kg body weight over • Deficit calculations and fluid therapy in
2–4 h isonatremic dehydration:
• Administer 5 mL with teaspoon, syringe, or –– With this type of dehydration, there is loss
dropper every 5 min as tolerated of both fluid (fluid deficit) and electrolyte
• Ondansetron administration to children (solute deficit) in a proportional manner
with severe vomiting can reduce the need – – Solute deficit: Total amount of electrolytes
for intravenous therapy and hospital lost
admission – – In illness < 3 days, 80% of the losses are
• Nasogastric tube can be used for replacement from ECF and 20% from ICF.
in cases of severe vomiting or painful oral –– In illness > 3 days, there is more intracel-
ulcers (herpangina) lular dehydration; hence, 60% of the losses
are from the ECF compartment and 40%
Fluids for oral replacement: from ICF compartment
• Oral rehydration solution –– Solute Na+ deficit (mEq) = fluid deficit (L)
• Pedialyte × proportion from ECF based on the dura-
tion of illness (0.8 or 0.6) × 140 mEq/L
Inappropriate fluids for replacements (extracellular sodium concentration)
• Water –– Solute K+ deficit = fluid deficit (L) × pro-
• Juices portion from ICF based on duration of ill-
• Sodas ness (0.2 or 0.4) × 160 mEq/L (intracellular
potassium concentration)
Contraindication of oral rehydration –– Replace maintenance and deficit evenly
• Circulatory instability or shock over 24 h.
• Altered mental status –– Remember to both supplement with main-
• Intractable vomiting tenance fluid and electrolyte requirement
• Bloody diarrhea or ileus and to replace ongoing losses
834 B. Steinman and B. Goilav
Table 24.7 An example of how to calculate and how to order intravenous fluid (IVF) in cases of isonatremic dehydration
A 20 kg child with Na+ 135 and 10% dehydration who received normal saline bolus × 1
Water requirements Sodium requirements Potassium requirements
Maintenance Weight of 20 kg = 1500 mL 1500 mL/100 mL = 15 1500 mL/100 mL = 15
15 × 3 mEq = 45 mEq/24 h 15 × 2 mEq = 30 mEq/24 h
Deficit 20 kg × 0.1 = 2 kg = 2000 mL 2000 mL/100 = 20 2000 mL/100 = 20
20 × 8 = 160 2 × 6 = 120
Bolus −400 mL −61.6 –
Total 3100 mL 144 mEq (rounded) 150 mEq
Fluid rate: 3100/24 h =129 mL/h
Hypokalemia Diagnosis
• Urinary K+, K/Cr ratio (< 1.5 likely gastroin-
Definition testinal or transcellular, > 1.5 likely renal)
• K < 3.0 mEq/L • The transtubular potassium gradient (TTKG) =
K urine/K plasma × (plasma osmol/urine osmol)
Etiology > 4 = urinary losses, < 4 =nonrenal losses
• Pseudohypokalemia (extremely elevated
white blood cell count) Treatment
• Transcellular shifts • If symptomatic: Oral K+ preferred, IV K+
–– Alkalosis, decreased insulin, beta-blockers 1 mEq/kg, max 40 mEq/L
–– Occurs during correction of DKA if K+ is –– Use potassium chloride. If acidotic, use
not added potassium acetate or citrate
• Extrarenal • Can use potassium-sparing diuretics if there
–– Vomiting results in hypochloremic hypo- is evidence of renal insufficiency. Replace
kalemic alkalosis. Hypokalemia is further magnesium if low, since hypomagnesemia
exacerbated by increased aldosterone due can cause hypokalemia
to volume losses
–– Diarrhea, laxatives
◦◦ Diarrhea—hyperchloremic hypokalemic CHLORIDE (CL)
▪▪ Acidosis in diarrhea, alkalosis in lax-
ative abuse Hypochloremia
• Renal
–– RTA, diuretics Definition
–– Bartter syndrome (+hypercalciuria), • Cl < 97 mEq/L
Gitelman syndrome (hypomagnesemia)
–– Diuretic: Alkalosis, hypokalemia, high Causes
urine chloride, normal BP • Loss of body fluids (along with Na+) from
• Thyrotoxic periodic paralysis, more common prolonged vomiting, diarrhea, sweating, or
in Asian population high fevers. Seen in CF as hyponatremic
• Liddle syndrome: Gain of function of sodium hypochloremic metabolic alkalosis
receptor in distal tubule; features of hyperal- • Medications: Bicarbonate, corticosteroids,
dosteronism with hypertension diuretics, and laxatives
836 B. Steinman and B. Goilav
tinue glycolysis and prevent ketone synthesis. of the electrolytes shows evidence of
Therefore, no acidosis correction.
• Occurs after prolonged urinary losses, more • Weighing patients with dehydration twice a
dehydrated than DKA, and a high mortality day provides another reliable tool in deter-
mining the success of the fluid balance
Treatment correction.
• Aggressive fluid resuscitation with multiple • Severe dehydration may require a combina-
boluses of NS is the most important tion of both parenteral and enteral fluids via
component nasogastric tube, if the patient is not in shock
• Insulin therapy is not as important, as ketosis or on pressors.
and acidosis are not major features of this • A patient with profuse diarrhea will have
condition. Therefore, ensure adequate fluid metabolic acidosis from loss of alkaline pan-
resuscitation prior to insulin administration creatic fluids. A patient cannot be diagnosed
with renal tubular acidosis for 2 weeks fol-
lowing a diarrheal illness before the enteral
PEARLS AND PITFALLS acid–base balance restores.
International Classification System for VUR the renal pelvis) should be evaluated postna-
(Fig. 25.1) tally, with an ultrasound after 48 h of life
• Grade I—Reflux into non-dilated ureter • Voiding cystourethrography (VCUG)
• Grade II—Reflux into renal pelvis and caly- –– VCUG is the gold standard in the diagnosis
ces without dilation of VUR, providing precise anatomic detail
• Grade III—Reflux into renal pelvis and caly- and allows grading of the reflux
ces with dilation • Radionuclide cystography
• Grade IV—Reflux with moderate ureteral –– Lower radiation doses than with VCUG
tortuosity and dilation of pelvis and –– This study provides less anatomical defini-
calyces tion but has higher sensitivity in detecting
• Grade V—Reflux with gross dilation and tor- reflux compared to VCUG
tuosity of ureter, pelvis, and calyces and loss
of papillary impressions Management
• General principles of management in chil-
dren with known VUR
Clinical presentation –– Spontaneous resolution of VUR is com-
• Children with VUR may present with hydro- mon in young children with low-grade
nephrosis and/or pyelonephritis (febrile reflux
UTI) –– Severe reflux is unlikely to resolve
• Hydronephrosis is often prenatally identified spontaneously
using ultrasonography –– Sterile reflux, in general, does not result in
• Infants can manifest as failure to thrive with reflux nephropathy
or without fever; other features include vom- –– Long-term antibiotic prophylaxis in chil-
iting, anorexia, and lethargy dren has been associated with increased
• Older children may report voiding symptoms antibiotic resistance
or abdominal pain –– Surgery to correct VUR is highly
successful
Diagnosis • Constipation is extremely common and may
• Diagnosis is based on imaging studies be a much more important etiologic factor
• Imaging with ultrasound after the first UTI is than the reflux itself
indicated in children of any age with febrile –– Constipation is a higher risk factor for
UTI infection than reflux; it is extremely impor-
• Children with prenatally identified hydrone- tant that the constipation is addressed
phrosis (> 7 mm anteroposterior diameter of
844 C. J. Chen and M. A. Jacobs
• Time voiding and double voiding may improve Society of Fetal Ultrasound (SFU) grading of
symptoms of dysfunctional voiding and hydronephrosis
reduce the risk of infection in select patients • Grade 1: Normal parenchyma with slight
• Serum chemistries are used to assess for base- splitting of the renal pelvis
line renal function • Grade 2: Normal parenchyma with full renal
• A complete blood count (CBC) report can pelvis and dilation of the major calyces
assist in tracking the response to treatment • Grade 3: Normal parenchyma dilation of the
• Urinalysis helps to determine the presence of minor calyces
proteinuria, which indicates possible renal • Grade 4: Loss of normal parenchyma
impairment
Clinical presentation
Antibiotic prophylaxis • Maternal ultrasound may reveal fetal
• If used, it is started once a child has com- hydronephrosis
pleted treatment of the initial UTI • Palpable renal mass in newborn infants
• There are conflicting studies regarding the • Abdominal flank pain
utility and efficacy of antibiotics in reflux. If • Febrile UTI
used, the duration is based on shared decision- • Hematuria after minimal trauma
making between the parents and physician • More common on the left side
• Discontinue if no VUR is seen on imaging
studies Diagnosis
• Antibiotics are usually administered as sus- • Renal ultrasound
pensions once daily, typically in the evening to • A VCUG is not always necessary in isolated
maximize overnight drug levels in the bladder UPJ obstruction but, to rule out urethral
• In infants younger than 3 months, the agent of obstruction, should be considered in boys
choice is amoxicillin with bilateral hydronephrosis
• For older children, the most common antibi- • A 99mTc-mercaptoacetyltriglycine (MAG3)
otics used are TMP-SMX and nitrofurantoin renal scan can be used once diagnosis is made
to determine renal function and drainage
Accepted indications for surgical treatment
• Breakthrough febrile UTIs despite adequate Management
antibiotic prophylaxis • Ultrasound 48 h after birth
• Severe reflux (grade V or bilateral grade IV) • Urology referral
that is unlikely to spontaneously resolve • Low-grade hydronephrosis may resolve, but
• Renal scarring on DMSA scan referral is appropriate
• Parental choice • If hydronephrosis is high grade (SFU grade 3
• Poor renal growth or function or appearance or 4), spontaneous resolution is less likely
of new scars • Surgical intervention and timing of intervention
for an obstructed UPJ are dependent on imaging
findings, history of UTIs, and shared decision-
Ureteropelvic Junction Obstruction making between the family and physician
Definition
• Ureteropelvic junction (UPJ) obstruction is U reterocele
defined as an obstruction of the flow of urine
from the renal pelvis to the proximal ureter Background
• UPJ obstruction is the most common obstruc- • Ureterocele is a cyst outpouching of the distal
tive lesion ureter into the urinary bladder, typically diag-
25 Urology 845
• Very large bladder oligohydramnios and pul- ◦◦ Medication (i.e., anticholinergics such
monary hypoplasia as oxybutynin, mirabegron)
• Various degrees of renal dysplasia ◦◦ Surgical (Botox injection)
–– Stress incontinence. This is more com-
monly seen in the adult patient; however, it
Urinary Incontinence may be seen in very athletic children (espe-
cially girls)
Background ◦◦ Behavior modification (i.e., timed
• Most children will have control of micturition voiding)
by age 4–5 years ◦◦ Pelvic floor strengthening exercises
(Kegel exercises)
Causes
◦◦ Surgical intervention (i.e., injection of
• UTI
bulking agents, placement of artificial
• Constipation
sphincters or slings). Treatment is tailored
• Child abuse
to each patient and clinical situation
• Psychosocial stressor
• Back or sacral anomalies and underlying spi-
nal cord malformation Bladder Exstrophy
• Labial adhesions resulting in incontinence
from vaginal voiding • Bladder exstrophy is the externalization of
• Female epispadias the bladder plate on the anterior abdominal
• Ectopic ureter wall
• Bladder outlet obstruction • Bladder should be covered with plastic wrap
to keep bladder mucosa moist
Clinical presentation
• Application of gauze or petroleum gauze
• Ectopic ureter: Continuous urinary leakage
should be avoided because significant inflam-
• Detrusor instability: Signs of urinary urgency,
mation will result
such as bouncing up and down
• Consult pediatric urologist
• Stress incontinence: Occurs with Valsalva,
coughing, or sneezing
Diagnosis ypospadias
H
• Depends on history and physical
Background
examination
• The most common congenital anomaly of the
• Urinalysis and urine culture
penis
• Renal ultrasound
• The meatus can be in a ventral position from
• Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) on the
the distal penis to the perineum
back if spinal cord or vertebral malformation
• Some mild forms may not need surgical
is suspected
correction
• Assessment of constipation
• Associated with chordee, which is more
Treatment severe in proximal hypospadias cases
• Depends on the etiology of incontinence
–– Ectopic ureter: Surgical Management
–– Detrusor instability • If there is a complete foreskin, circumcision
◦◦ Behavior modification (i.e., timed void- can be performed
ing, address constipation) • Consult a urologist for surgical decision-
making and counseling
25 Urology 847
Phimosis Treatment
• Topical steroids and topical or oral antibiotics
Background • Eventual circumcision may be indicated,
• Phimosis occurs when foreskin cannot be especially if recurrent
retracted
• Most boys will be able to retract their fore-
skins by age 5 years old; however, some may Circumcision
not be able to until their teen years [1]
AAP Circumcision Policy Statement [2].
• Physiologic phimosis: Seen in all newborn
• “Existing scientific evidence demonstrates
males in normal development of congenital
potential medical benefits of newborn male cir-
adhesions between the foreskin and glans
cumcision; however, these data are not sufficient
• Pathologic phimosis: Nonretractile foreskin
to recommend routine neonatal circumcision.”
secondary to scarring of the prepuce
• “In circumstances in which there are poten-
Treatment tial benefits and risks, yet the procedure is not
• In causes of pathologic phimosis, corticosteroid essential to the child’s current well-being,
cream to foreskin may be tried prior to surgery parents should determine what is in the best
• Indications for circumcision include UTI and interest of the child.”
known anatomical abnormalities such as • “To make an informed choice, parents of all
reflux, balanitis obliterans xerotica (BXO), male infants should be given accurate and
and balanoposthitis unbiased information and be provided the
opportunity to discuss this decision.”
• “If a decision for circumcision is made, pro-
Paraphimosis cedural analgesia should be provided.”
Clinical presentation
ryptorchidism
C
• If the torsion occurred as a prenatal event,
the testicle is likely nontender; however, it Background
can be tender, depending on proximity of • Most common genital problem of newborn
the event to delivery. Scrotum can be males
discolored • Occurs in one-third of premature boys and in
• If the torsion occurred as a postnatal event, there 3–4% of newborn males
is usually acute tenderness, swelling, and over-
lying scrotal skin changes compared to previ- Clinical presentation
ously known normal scrotal physical exam • Diagnosis is made by physical exam
• Imaging is not indicated and should not be
Management performed before evaluation by a pediatric
• Testicular salvage is rarely successful urologist
• Contralateral testis should be fixed as precau- • Undescended testis can be intra-abdominal,
tionary measure in the inguinal canal, ectopic in the perineum,
or in the upper scrotum
• If the testis was down at birth, the diagnosis is
Testicular Appendage Torsion more likely retractile testis
• Retractile testis can be pulled down to the
Background
bottom of the scrotum
• Torsion of testicular appendix, which is a
• Most retractile testes eventually will end up
remnant of mesonephric tubule
in the scrotum
850 C. J. Chen and M. A. Jacobs
Treatment Management
• If the testicle has not descended by 6 months • Urgent same-day referral to a pediatric
of age, refer to a urologist for evaluation urologist or to the emergency department.
• The ideal timing for surgical intervention is Once the diagnosis of a testicular tumor is
between 6 and 18 months of age made, surgical management should not be
delayed
Prognosis • Surgical: Radical orchiectomy
• Undescended testes have increased risk of
cancer even after surgical correction
• Subfertility: Bilateral undescended testes have Varicoceles
been associated with infertility in about half of
cases Definition
• Abnormal dilation and tortuosity of the tes-
ticular vein and pampiniform plexus of sper-
matic cord
Testicular Cancer • Occurs most often on the left side. If present
on the right, consider obtaining an abdominal
Background
ultrasound to evaluate for any renal or retro-
• Accounts for approximately 1–2% of all
peritoneal masses
pediatric solid tumors
–– Typically occurs between ages 2 and 4 and Clinical presentation
then at puberty • Most patients are asymptomatic
• Compared to postpubertal testicular tumors, • Larger varicocele may feel and appear like a
prepubertal testicular tumors are more com- bag of worms
monly benign and, if malignant, then to have • Testicular size must be checked for any
better prognosis asymmetry
–– Teratoma is the most common benign tes- • Can contribute to infertility in some cases
ticular tumor in prepubertal boy • Can cause scrotal pain
• Germ cell tumors are the most common pedi-
atric testicular tumor Management
–– Yolk sac tumor is the most common tes- • Obtain renal ultrasound
ticular tumor in prepubertal boys • Surgery may be indicated if there is reduced
testicular growth, infertility, or pain
Clinical presentation
• Painless testicular mass (most common pre-
sentation). Occasionally detected in the setting Hydroceles
of some other scrotal pathology such as hydro-
cele, epididymitis, and testicular torsion Background
• Hydrocele is due to failure of fusion and
Diagnosis obliteration of the processus vaginalis
• Testicular ultrasound • Noncommunicating hydroceles usually
• Tumor markers (AFP, LDH, β-HCG) resolve by 1 year of age
• Staging imaging: CT abdomen/pelvis
• Pubertal patients should be encouraged to Management
perform regular self-exam • Observation
25 Urology 851
Imaging
Kidney Stones • Renal ultrasonography
• CT scan without contrast. Consider low-dose
Background CT scan
• Urolithiasis is an uncommon disease in chil-
dren, but recent studies have demonstrated an Management
increasing incidence in the pediatric • The greatest risk factors for calcium kidney
population stone formation are low fluid and high sodium
• Types of kidney stones intake
–– Calcium oxalate 40–65% • Decrease the risk of Ca oxalate by limiting
–– Calcium phosphate 14–30% intake to a modest amount of high-oxalate
–– Struvite 10–20% foods such as nuts and chocolates
–– Cystine 5–10% • Recommended dietary allowance (RDA)
–– Uric acid 1–4% should be encouraged
852 C. J. Chen and M. A. Jacobs
Bomalaski MD, Anema JG, Coplen DE, Koo HP, Lannon CM, Bailey AGB, Fleischman
Rozanski T, Bloom DA. Delayed presentation AR. Circumcision policy statement. American
of posterior urethral valves: a not so benign con- Academy of Pediatrics. Task force on circumci-
dition. J Urol. 1999;162(6):2130–2. sion. Pediatrics. 1999;103:686–93.
Bushinsky DA, Coe FS, Moe OW. Nephrolithiasis. Practice parameter: the diagnosis, treatment, and
In: Brenner BM, editor. Brenner & Rector’s the evaluation of the initial urinary tract infection in
kidney, vol. 2. 9th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier febrile infants and young children. Academy of
Saunders; 2012. p. 1455–507. Pediatrics. Committee on quality improvement.
Care of the uncircumcised penis. Elk Grove Subcommittee on UTI. Pediatrics. 1999;103(4
Village: American Academy of Pediatrics. Pt 1):843–52. Erratum in Pediatrics. 1999;103(5
1999. http://www.cirp.org/library/normal/aap- Pt 1):1052; 1999;104(1 Pt 1):118; 2000;105(1
care1999/. Accessed 3 Nov 2018. Pt 1):141.
Hutson J. Undescended testis, torsion, and vari- Weiss R, Duckett J, Spitzer A. Results of a ran-
cocele. In: Grosfeld JL, O’Neill JA, Coran domized clinical trial of medical versus surgi-
AG, Fonkalsrud EW, editors. Pediatric surgery. cal management of infants and children with
Philadelphia: Mosby Elsevier; 2006. p. 1193–214. grades III and IV primary vesicoureteral reflux
Johnson CE, Corey HE, Elder JS. Urinary tract (United States). The International Reflux Study
infections in childhood. Consens Pediatr. in Children. J Urol. 1992;148(5):1667–73.
2003;1:1–28.
Dermatology
26
Megan Craddock and Jennifer Ruth
Management
• Reassurance Miliaria
Background
• Obstruction of the eccrine ducts
Clinical Presentation
• Miliaria crystallina: superficial ductal
obstruction, fragile vesicles resembling water
droplets on the skin (Fig. 26.2)
M. Craddock (*) • Miliaria rubra: non-follicular erythematous
Department of Dermatology and Pediatrics, Texas Children’s
Hospital, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, TX, USA papules or pustules on the forehead, upper
e-mail: mfcraddo@texaschildrens.org trunk, flexural areas, or covered skin
J. Ruth (*)
Department of Dermatology and Pediatrics, Dell Children’s
Medical Group, Austin, TX, USA
e-mail: jennifer.ruth@ascension.org
a b
Fig. 26.1 (a) 5-day-old infant with erythema toxicum of the neck, chest, and abdomen (b) Scattered papules and pustules
with surrounding erythema on the abdomen and suprapubic skin
Clinical Presentation
• Usually present at birth as a solitary, yellow-
Fig. 26.2 Miliaria crystallina: Scattered fragile vesicles on orange, round-to-oval, hairless plaque
the posterior neck of a child
• May become more verrucous during
adolescence
• Miliaria profunda: deepest level of obstruc- • Most common on the scalp (Fig. 26.3)
tion, white papules, can prevent adequate
sweating Management
• Clinical observation vs. surgical excision
Management • Prophylactic excision is controversial but can
• Avoid excessive heat, overdressing, or appli- be considered due to risk of thickening at
cation of thick emollients in hot, humid puberty and small risk of developing benign
climates > malignant neoplasms within the nevus
26 Dermatology 857
ECZEMATOUS DERMATITIS
Atopic Dermatitis
Background
• Chronic, inflammatory pruritic skin disorder
• Pathogenesis is multifactorial: genetic predis-
position, immune dysregulation, epidermal
barrier dysfunction, and environmental
triggers
• Increased risk of developing other compo-
nents of the atopic triad (asthma or allergic
Fig. 26.4 Young male with a diaper dermatitis secondary to
rhinitis)
candida. Note the erythematous satellite papules and pustules
858 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
Clinical Presentation
• Symmetric, scaly, red patches and plaques,
often with overlying crust
• Distribution of rash is dependent upon the
age of the child
• Infants and toddlers: involvement of the face,
trunk, and extensor extremities
• Childhood: flexural areas such as the antecu- Fig. 26.6 Eczema herpeticum affecting the lower extremi-
bital and popliteal fossae (Fig. 26.5) ties of a toddler with known eczema. Note the scattered ery-
• Adolescents: flexural distribution but often thematous papules and punched-out erosions
develop lesions on the face, neck, and hands
soles with sparing of the interdigital spaces;
Complications cracking, fissures, or a “glazed appearance”
• Increased risk of skin infections including can be seen
Staphylococcus aureus, molluscum contagio-
sum, and herpes simplex virus Management
• Herpes simplex virus (“eczema herpeticum”): • Use of thick emollients such as ointments or
sudden onset of grouped vesicles and creams is the cornerstone of therapy
punched-out erosions, particularly within • Apply topical corticosteroids twice daily to
areas of atopic dermatitis (Fig. 26.6) areas of inflammation until resolved
• Topical corticosteroids vary in strength from
class VII (very low potency) to class I (very
Variants high potency). Therapeutic choice varies
• Nummular eczema: coin-shaped, pruritic, based upon severity and anatomic site, for
scaly, or crusted papules or plaques example:
• Dyshidrosis: recurrent or chronic vesicles –– Low-potency corticosteroids such as
that affect the palms, lateral fingers, and soles hydrocortisone 2.5% ointment are pre-
• Juvenile plantar dermatosis: erythematous ferred for delicate areas like the face, inter-
scaly plaques involving the distal toes and triginous skin, and genitals
26 Dermatology 859
Fig. 26.7 Adolescent female with folliculocentric papules Fig. 26.8 Young male child with lip-licker’s dermatitis
on the extensor surface of the right arm consistent with kera-
tosis pilaris
860 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
Nickel Dermatitis
• Form of allergic contact dermatitis that devel-
ops from exposure to jewelry or metal clo-
sures on clothing (Fig. 26.9)
Seborrheic Dermatitis
Background
• Cause unknown, may be an inflammatory
response to Malassezia furfur Fig. 26.10 2-month-old baby with seborrheic dermatitis of
the scalp
Clinical Presentation
• Salmon to pink patches with greasy scale
• Zinc deficiency results in a triad of the
involving the scalp, face, retroauricular
following:
creases, and diaper area
–– Well-demarcated eczematous to eroded
• Seborrheic dermatitis of the scalp (cradle
plaques surrounding the mouth, diaper
cap) is common in infants, which peaks at
area, and distal extremities
3 months of life (Fig. 26.10)
–– Alopecia
Management –– Diarrhea
• Mineral oil, ketoconazole or selenium sulfide
Management
shampoo, topical corticosteroids, or topical
• Zinc supplementation will lead to rapid
antifungals
improvement
Acrodermatitis Enteropathica
ACNE
Background
• An autosomal recessive disorder affecting the Acne Vulgaris
uptake of zinc
Background
Clinical Presentation • Obstruction of the pilosebaceous apparatus is
• Usually presents after being weaned from due to hyperkeratinization and increased
breast milk sebum production
26 Dermatology 861
Fig. 26.11 Teenage male with papules, pustules, and rare Fig. 26.12 Neonatal acne: Scattered erythematous papules
nodules consistent with inflammatory acne vulgaris and pustules on the forehead and cheeks
862 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
Diagnosis
FUNGAL INFECTIONS • Diagnosis is usually made clinically
• Fungal culture can be performed to confirm
Tinea Capitis infection
Background Management
• Trichophyton tonsurans is the most common • Oral antifungal therapy is necessary for clear-
cause in the USA ance due to involvement of the hair follicle
• Most common in prepubertal children and
uncommon in infants and adults
Fig. 26.13 Child with periorificial dermatitis. Note the ery- Fig. 26.14 6-year-old male with tinea capitis of the scalp.
thematous papulopustules surrounding the mouth Skin findings include scalp scaling with associated alopecia
26 Dermatology 863
Management
• Topical antifungal agents are effective
• Topical treatment should be applied twice
daily for at least 2–3 weeks
• Systemic therapy may be used for extensive
tinea corporis, immunocompromised
patients, or those cases refractory to topical
therapy
Tinea Pedis
Background
• Dermatophyte infection of the feet
• Caused by Trichophyton, Epidermophyton, or
Microsporum
• Common in adolescents and adults
Clinical Presentation
• Interdigital: erythema, fissures, scaling, and
maceration in the interdigital spaces of the
toes
• Vesicular: vesicles, bullae, and erosions on
the instep of the foot
• Moccasin: erythema, fissure, and scaling of
the plantar surface of the foot with extension
to the lateral surfaces Fig. 26.16 Tinea versicolor: Hyperpigmented, thin scaly
papules and plaques on the posterior neck of an adolescent
26 Dermatology 865
Background Diagnosis
• Fungal infection of the nail, usually due to • Clinical diagnosis
dermatophytes such as Trichophyton, • Confirmatory test: skin scraping with mineral
Epidermophyton, or Microsporum oil and use of a microscope to identify the
• Toenails are more affected than fingernails mites, eggs, or feces
• Common in adolescents and adults
Management
Clinical Presentation • All contacts and family members of a child
• Commonly seen with tinea pedis or tinea man- with scabies will require treatment even if
uum (dermatophyte infection of the hands) asymptomatic
• One or multiple nails may be involved • Permethrin 5% cream is first-line treatment;
• Subungual onychomycosis: thickening of the perform two treatment applications spaced
nail with yellow discoloration 1 week apart
• Superficial white onychomycosis: white dis- • Thorough cleansing of all dirty clothing, tow-
coloration with fine powdery scale els, bedding, and car seat covers
Management
• Oral therapy is required for definitive treat- P
ediculosis
ment (see Table 26.2)
• Recurrence is common Background
• Pediculosis capitis (head lice) is caused by
infestation of the human head with Pediculus
humanus capitis (head louse)
INFESTATIONS • Head lice are transmitted via head-to-head
contact or fomites
Scabies • Crab lice, an infestation of the pubic region,
caused by Phthirus pubis (pubic louse), is
Background often sexually transmitted
• Common skin infestation by Sarcoptes scabiei • Louse life cycle
• The microscopic scabies mite burrows into –– Eggs/nits hatch after ~7 days
the upper layer of the skin where it lives and –– A louse reaches adulthood after ~16 days
lays eggs –– An individual louse lives ~30 days
866 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
Psoriasis
Bedbugs
Background
Background • Papulosquamous (elevated lesions with scale)
• Cimex lectularius, the common bedbug, is a condition with tendency to persist or recur for
nocturnal ectoparasite years
• Bite reactions are caused by an immune reac- • An immune-mediated disorder that is likely
tion to the bug’s saliva influenced by both genetics and environment
Clinical Presentation Clinical Presentation
• Erythematous, edematous, pruritic papules • Well-defined papules and plaques that are
on exposed areas of the body pink to deep red with adherent white to silver
• Classically occurs in clusters of three (“break- scale
fast, lunch, and dinner”) • Removal of scale produces pinpoint bleeding
(Auspitz sign)
Management
• Commonly located on the scalp, elbows,
• Topical corticosteroids and antihistamines for
knees, umbilicus, and gluteal cleft
pruritic papules/bites
• Infants may present with involvement of the
• In-home bug treatment by a professional
diaper area
exterminator
• Lesions appear in areas of trauma (Koebner
phenomenon)
Papular Urticaria • Nail pitting, thickening, and discoloration
may be seen
Background
• Common hypersensitivity reaction to insect Management
bites • Topical corticosteroids (first-line of
treatment)
Clinical Presentation
• Pruritic, erythematous, urticarial papules
26 Dermatology 867
Management
• Spontaneous resolution with time, may take
months to years
• No curative therapy
Lichen Sclerosus
Background
• Predominantly occurs in prepubertal females,
uncommon in males
Clinical Presentation
• Well-demarcated, pink to ivory white, flat-
Fig. 26.17 Pityriasis rosea: Erythematous, scaly, and oval topped papules and plaques that become atro-
papules and plaques follow skin cleavage lines on the neck phic with time
and chest of an adolescent
868 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
• The anogenital region is most often affected • IHs slowly improve over years with the
–– Females: Involvement of the vulva and majority of regression occuring by school age
perianal region results in the classic figure- • After resolution, scarring, discoloration, or
of-8 pattern fibrofatty tissue may be left behind
–– Males: Involvement of the glans penis is • Classified as superficial, deep, or mixed
referred to as balanitis xerotica obliterans, IHs
which can be a cause of acquired –– Superficial: bright-red, dome-shaped pap-
phimosis ules, plaques, or tumors; coined “straw-
–– May see purpura within lesions berry hemangioma” (Fig. 26.18)
–– Involvement commonly causes pain, pruri- –– Deep: blue- to purple-hued subcutaneous
tus, and bleeding with urination or nodule or tumor; may appear later and have
defecation a longer growth phase
• Extragenital involvement is often –– Mixed: bright-red papule or plaque with an
asymptomatic underlying subcutaneous component
• Most common complication is ulceration
Management
• Treatment is important as atrophy, and scar- Management
ring can lead to alteration of normal anogeni- • Reassurance for most IHs
tal anatomy • Factors that influence decision to treat: size,
• Ultrapotent topical corticosteroids are first- location, functional impairment (e.g. obstruc-
line treatment tion of vision), and cosmetic impact
• If phimosis is present, circumcision may be • Most effective treatment is oral beta-blockers
required • Other treatment options: topical beta-block-
• May improve at the time of puberty ers, topical/intralesional/oral corticosteroids,
or surgical excision
VASCULAR TUMORS
Infantile Hemangioma (IH)
Background
• Most common benign soft tissue tumor in
childhood
• Unclear etiology
• Risk factors for development of IH include
prematurity, female gender, multiple gesta-
tion, advanced maternal age, preeclampsia,
and placenta previa
Clinical Presentation
• Commonly located on the head and neck
• Most become evident at 2–3 weeks of age
with predominant growth during the first Fig. 26.18 6-month-old female with a superficial infantile
5 months of life hemangioma on the right abdomen
26 Dermatology 869
a b
Fig. 26.19 Nevus simplex in an infant (a) Erythematous patches on the forehead, glabella, upper eyelids, and upper cutane-
ous lip (b) Erythematous patch on the occipital scalp and neck
Arteriovenous Malformation
Background
Fig. 26.20 9-month-old female with Sturge-Weber syn-
• Rare, dangerous vascular malformation with
drome with associated glaucoma and seizures (Courtesy of arterial and venous components and arterio-
Sitratullah O. Kukoyi-
Maiyegun, MD, Department of venous shunting
Pediatrics, Paul L. Foster School of Medicine, Texas Tech
University Health Sciences Center, El Paso, Texas) Clinical Presentation
• Cephalic location is most common
–– Sturge-Weber syndrome: association of a • May present with a red patch simulating a
facial port wine stain (usually involving the PWS, a pulsating mass with thrill, or necrosis
distribution of the first branch of the tri- and ulceration
geminal nerve (V1) +/− other trigeminal • Occasional association with cardiac
dermatomes), leptomeningeal angiomato- compromise
sis (usually causing seizures), and
glaucoma (Fig. 26.20) Management
• Ultrasound, MRI, and arteriography can help
Management to confirm the diagnosis
• Pulsed-dye laser can be used to lighten the • Treatment is challenging, but may include
PWS embolization and excision
26 Dermatology 871
HYPERSENSITIVITY REACTIONS
Urticaria
Background
• Type I hypersensitivity reaction with skin
manifestations
• Activation of mast cells leads to degranula-
tion and release of vasoactive mediators such
as histamine, leukotrienes, and
prostaglandins
• Acute urticaria lasts < 6 weeks; chronic urti-
caria lasts > 6 weeks
• The majority of acute urticaria in children is Fig. 26.22 Urticaria multiforme: Erythematous annular
secondary to infection, usually a virus wheals with a dusky center scattered on the back of an infant
Clinical Presentation
• Acute CLE: malar or generalized photodis-
tributed rash, often associated with systemic
disease
–– Erythematous, scaly papules or plaques
involving the nasal bridge and cheeks
(“butterfly rash”); when present on the dor-
Fig. 26.21 2-year-old female with urticaria secondary to a sal hands, the rash typically spares the skin
recent viral infection overlying the joints
872 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
• Subacute CLE: uncommon in pediatric • Mild symptoms may be present such as fever,
patients, annular or polycyclic erythematous malaise, myalgia, and arthralgia
plaques involving the upper trunk and upper
extremities, mild systemic manifestations if Management
present • Resolution within 1–4 weeks
• Chronic CLE: can be classified as discoid • If recurrent, may consider prophylactic treat-
lupus or lupus panniculitis; these are rare in ment with acyclovir
children
–– Discoid lupus: well-circumscribed ery-
thematous indurated plaques most com- tevens-Johnson Syndrome (SJS)
S
mon on the face and ears, if untreated can and Toxic Epidermal Necrolysis (TEN)
lead to dyspigmentation and atrophy, may (Table 26.3)
be associated with systemic disease
–– Lupus panniculitis: well-circumscribed • Variants of the same hypersensitivity syn-
indurated subcutaneous papules or nodules drome categorized by the extent of epidermal
most common on the face, upper arms, detachment
thighs, or buttocks; may lead to significant
disfigurement Table 26.3 Differences between Stevens-Johnson syn-
drome and toxic epidermal necrolysis
Management
Stevens-Johnson Toxic epidermal
• Evaluation for underlying systemic disease syndrome necrolysis
especially if other symptoms are present Medications or
• Strict sun protection, topical anti-inflamma- Cause infection Medications
tory agents such as topical corticosteroids, Pattern of Erythematous Erythematous
and occasionally anti- malarials (hydroxy- skin lesions macules or papules, macules and papules,
target-like lesions, target-like lesions,
chloroquine) or oral corticosteroids
vesicles and erosions and diffuse
epidermal
detachment
Erythema Multiforme (EM) Mucous Severe mucosal Severe mucosal
membrane involvement of ≥ 2 involvement
Background involvement sites such as the
• Self-limited hypersensitivity reaction with ocular, oral, or
genital mucosa
the majority of cases secondary to herpes Body surface Less than 10% More than 30%
simplex virus area with
• Commonly lasts 1–4 weeks and can be epidermal
recurrent detachment
(%)
• May involve both the skin and mucous
Management Removal of Admission to ICU or
membranes offending agent, burn center, removal
supportive care; of offending drug;
Clinical Presentation systemic treatment is treatment is
• Symmetric, fixed, erythematous targetoid (3 controversial but controversial but
zones of color/concentric circles) papules or may include may include
systemic systemic
plaques often on the distal extremities
corticosteroids, corticosteroids,
• Up to 50% of patients may have mucous IVIG, and TNF-α IVIG, and TNF-α
membrane involvement inhibitors inhibitors
IVIG Intravenous immunoglobulin
26 Dermatology 873
Management
• Treatment is not necessary as spontaneous
resolution occurs in several months to years
• Potential therapeutic options: watchful waiting,
Fig. 26.23 Toxic epidermal necrolysis intralesional candida antigen injections, topical
a b
Fig. 26.24 Molluscum contagiosum (a) School-age child extremity. There are two erythematous, indurated mollus-
with molluscum contagiosum on the anterior neck (b) cum lesions secondary to immune reaction
Toddler with molluscum contagiosum of the lateral lower
874 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
therapies (cantharidin, imiquimod), or destruc- • Can spread via sexual transmission or benign
tive modalities (liquid nitrogen, curettage) transmission (autoinoculation, vertical trans-
• If pruritic, the molluscum dermatitis can be mission, fomites)
treated with twice-daily application of a low-
potency topical corticosteroid Clinical Presentation
• Skin-colored, soft, verrucous papules in the
anogenital region
Verruca Vulgaris
Management
Background • Be mindful of potential for sexual transmis-
• Common viral infection caused by the human sion/screen when appropriate
papillomavirus (HPV) • Potential therapeutic options: watchful waiting,
topical therapies (podophyllin, trichloroacetic
Clinical Presentation acid, imiquimod), and destructive modalities
• Single or multiple, skin-colored, verrucous (cryotherapy, electrodesiccation, curettage)
papules
• Often located on the hands, but may be pres-
ent on any skin surface (Fig. 26.25) BACTERIAL INFECTIONS
Management
OF THE SKIN
• No specific antiviral therapy
I mpetigo
• Potential therapeutic options: watchful waiting
(often spontaneously resolve), topical salicylic Background
acid, liquid nitrogen, immunotherapy (imiqui- • Primarily caused by S. aureus and sometimes
mod, candida antigen injections, oral by group A beta-hemolytic streptococci
cimetidine) (GABHS)
• Two forms: bullous and non-bullous
• Non-bullous impetigo is more common
Condyloma Acuminatum
Clinical Presentation
Background
• Non-bullous form often presents with honey-
• Manifestation of HPV infection in the ano-
colored scabs formed from dried serum
genital region
Management
• Hospitalization for systemic anti-staphylo-
coccal antibiotic, wound care, pain control,
fluid and electrolyte management
Cellulitis
Background
• Acute infection of the skin and subcutane-
ous tissues most often due to S. aureus or
GABHS
• Usually caused by trauma to the skin
Clinical Presentation
Fig. 26.26 Young female child with impetigo on the back
• Local pain, tenderness, swelling, and ery-
secondary to Staphylococcus aureus
thema that progresses rapidly and may involve
• Bullous form is characterized by flaccid bul- large areas of the skin
lae and shallow erosions surrounded by resid- • Systemic manifestations include fever, chills,
ual blister roof (Fig. 26.26) malaise, lymphangitis, and bacteremia
• Erysipelas is a superficial form of cellulitis,
Management classically caused by GABHS, that has prom-
• Topical anti-staphylococcal antibiotic for mild inent lymphatic involvement
cases
• More extensive cases warrant wound culture Management
and systemic antibiotics • Targeted systemic antibiotics that cover for
both S. aureus and GABHS
• Hospitalization may be required for seriously
Staphylococcal Scalded Skin ill patients or those not responding to oral
Syndrome (SSSS) antibiotics
Background
• Blistering skin disease caused by an exfolia- I ntertrigo
tive toxin produced by S. aureus
Background
• Most common in neonates or young children
• Rubbing and occlusion of skin surfaces
Clinical Presentation results in erosions and skin irritation
• Prominent erythema, fragile blisters, and sub- • May become secondarily infected with bacte-
sequently denuded skin; skin is painful ria or Candida species
876 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
Post-inflammatory Hypo-/
Hyperpigmentation
Background
• Self-limited dyspigmentation preceded by
inflammatory dermatoses
• Pathogenesis of both is unclear
Clinical Presentation
• Post-inflammatory hypopigmentation: ill-
defined hypopigmented macules and
patches
• Post-inflammatory hyperpigmentation: ill-
defined hyperpigmented macules and patches
Management
• Provide reassurance
• Sun protection as this becomes more cosmet-
ically apparent with sun exposure
• Self-limited and will resolve over months to
years
• Treatment of preceding inflammatory derma-
Fig. 26.27 Vitiligo: Depigmented patches on the lower tosis if appropriate
extremity of a child
878 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
Nevus of Ota
• Unilateral, irregular brown to blue-gray pigmen-
tation of the face in the distribution of the first
and second divisions of the trigeminal nerve
• Two-thirds of patients have associated dyspig-
mentation of the sclera of the ipsilateral eye
• May darken at puberty and have a speckled
appearance
• Associated with glaucoma (10% of patients)
and melanoma of the eye, skin, and brain
(rare)
• Monitoring by dermatology and ophthalmol-
ogy; if there is a cosmetic concern, may treat Fig. 26.28 Dermal melanocytosis: Blue-gray patch on the
with laser therapy lumbosacral area of an infant
Nevus of Ito
• Unilateral, irregular brown to blue-gray pig-
mentation of the neck, shoulder, supracla-
vicular and deltoid areas, and/or upper arm
skin
• May darken at puberty
• If a cosmetic concern, may treat with laser
therapy
Dermal Melanocytosis
• Commonly referred to as Mongolian spots Fig. 26.29 Café-au-lait spots. Scattered tan macules and
• Ill-defined brown to blue-gray pigmentation patches on the abdomen of a child
commonly on the lumbosacral skin and but-
tocks (Fig. 26.28) • If more than 5 CALMs are present, consider
• Present at birth and fades with time, occa- an underlying genetic condition such as
sionally present in adulthood neurofibromatosis or Legius syndrome
• Most common in dark-skinned persons • Consider McCune-Albright syndrome if a
• If extensive and numerous, consider underly- large, unilateral CALM is present in a derma-
ing lysosomal storage disorders tomal distribution
Clinical Presentation
• May develop from a preexisting mole or may
be a new growth
• Features that should raise concern for mela-
noma include the following:
–– Asymmetry, irregular borders, multiple
colors, large or enlarging diameter, and
evolution (ABCDE)
–– An enlarging pink +/− bleeding papule
–– Any “ugly duckling” nevus (a nevus that
differs significantly in clinical appearance
from a child’s other nevi)
Management
Fig. 26.30 Congenital melanocytic nevus: Homogenous
dark-brown nevoid plaque on the trunk of a child • Early detection and prompt referral to a
dermatologist
• Education regarding the risks of sun expo-
• Classification is based upon the projected sure and discussion of sun protective
largest diameter in adulthood: measures
–– Small: < 1.5 cm • Short-term effects of sun exposure: visible
–– Medium: 1.5–19.9 cm damage to the skin including sunburn, tan-
–– Large: > 20 cm ning, and freckles
• Exact risk of melanoma is debatable, how- • Long-term effects of sun exposure: wrinkles,
ever, large CMN carry a greater risk than age/sun spots, and skin cancer
small or medium CMN • Protective measures: sun avoidance, sun-pro-
• Large CMN of the head, neck, or back, espe- tective clothing (including wide-brimmed
cially those with multiple “satellite” nevi, are hats), and broad-spectrum, SPF30+
risk factors for neurocutaneous melanosis sunscreen
(proliferation of melanocytes in the central • Lifetime practice of sun avoidance and sun-
nervous system that has the potential to cause screen use decreases the lifetime risk of UV
neurologic symptoms or develop melanoma) light-induced skin cancers by ~80%
• Treatment must be individualized based on
CMN site, size, and evolution
• All need clinical monitoring and education
regarding sun protection DERMAL TUMORS
Granuloma Annulare (GA)
Melanoma
• Common in school-age children
Background • Pathogenesis of GA is unknown
• Potentially a fatal form of skin cancer • Skin-colored, non-scaly papules or plaques
• Rare in children, especially prior to puberty in a ring-like distribution on the dorsal
• Risk factors include sun exposure, family his- wrists, hands, ankles, and feet (Fig. 26.31)
tory of melanoma, numerous nevi (> 50–100), • May be mistaken for tinea corporis
large CMN, immunosuppression, and fair skin • No effective treatment spontaneous resolu-
tion within months to years
880 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
Dermoid Cyst
• Nontender, mobile, subcutaneous nodule
most common along the orbital ridge
Fig. 26.31 4-year-old boy with granuloma annulare • Small percent of dermoid cysts or sinuses are
(Courtesy of Sitratullah O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun, MD, located in the midline and require imaging to
Department of Pediatrics, Paul L. Foster School of Medicine, rule out extension to the CNS
Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El Paso,
Texas)
• Treatment includes surgical excision
HAIR DISORDERS
Alopecia Areata
Background
• Autoimmune, nonscarring hair loss disorder
in children and adults
Clinical Presentation
Fig. 26.32 Mastocytosis: Scattered yellow-brown plaques, • Sudden appearance of circular areas of hair
some with associated erythema on the trunk of an infant loss, most common on the scalp (Fig. 26.33)
26 Dermatology 881
Telogen Effluvium
• Most common form of hair loss in children
• Diffuse thinning of hair secondary to a
stressful event; examples include an illness,
surgery, childbirth, or medication change
• Hair loss is seen ~6 to 16 weeks following
stressor
• Reassurance; hair regrowth occurs over
months
Incontinentia Pigmenti
Ectodermal Dysplasia
Background
• X-linked dominant disorder that affects the Background
eyes, teeth, CNS, and skin • ~150 inherited disorders characterized by
• Approximately 65% of cases are sporadic abnormalities of ectoderm-derived tissues
mutations (such as the skin, hair, teeth, and nails)
26 Dermatology 883
• Select disorders within this group include the • Moisturization is key; emollients containing lac-
following: tic acid or urea are helpful for reducing scaling
–– Hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia
–– Hidrotic ectodermal dysplasia
–– Ectrodactyly-ectodermal dysplasia-cleft MISCELLANEOUS
lip/palate (EEC) syndrome
–– Ankyloblepharon-ectodermal defects-cleft L angerhans Cell Histiocytosis (LCH)
lip/palate (AEC) syndrome
Background
Clinical Presentation • Infiltration of Langerhans cells, bone mar-
• Hypohidrotic ectodermal dysplasia: reduced row-derived antigen-presenting cells, into
or absent sweating, conical teeth, characteris- various organs
tic facies (frontal bossing, saddle nose, thick/ • Unknown pathogenesis
everted lips), sparse hair, often associated • Skin and bones are the most commonly
atopy involved organs; skin changes are usually the
• Hidrotic ectodermal dysplasia: nail changes, presenting complaint
thin hair, thickening of the palms and soles; • Involvement may be unifocal, multifocal, or
teeth and sweating are normal disseminated; extensive disease has a poor
• EEC: ectrodactyly (split hand/foot deformi- prognosis
ties), ectodermal dysplasia (sparse hair, teeth
abnormalities), clefting, abnormalities of the Clinical Presentation
lacrimal tract • Skin:
• AEC: ankyloblepharon (strands of tissue –– Classically a red, scaly dermatitis of the
between the eyelids), ectodermal defects scalp, axillae, and diaper area that can
(erosions of the scalp, sparse/fine hair, nail mimic seborrheic dermatitis; resistant to
changes, hypohidrosis), clefting standard treatments for seborrheic dermati-
tis (distinguishing feature)
Management –– Red to brown papules that may have over-
• No curative therapy lying hemorrhage, erosion, or crust
• Multidisciplinary support required • Bone: pain and swelling caused by lytic
• Supportive measures such as artificial sweat lesions, usually affects the skull or long bones
for patients with hypohidrotic ectodermal • CNS: diabetes insipidus, hyperreflexia, cra-
dysplasia and wound care for scalp erosions nial nerve defects
of patients with AEC • Other organ systems that may be involved
include the lungs (pulmonary dysfunction),
spleen (splenomegaly), bone marrow (cyto-
Ichthyosis Vulgaris penias), lymph nodes (lymphadenopathy),
etc
• Most common form of ichthyosis, shows
autosomal semi-dominant inheritance Management
• Characterized by gray, polygonal scales com- • Patients with suspected LCH require an
monly involving the lower extremities extensive workup that often includes imag-
• Groin and flexural areas are usually spared ing, laboratory studies, and biopsy; referral
• Hyperlinear palms and associated atopy often to hematology and dermatology is
seen important
884 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
• Degree of therapy is driven by extent of • Mode of injury to the skin can vary: scratch-
involvement ing, cutting, picking, burning, etc
• Skin-limited disease does not require therapy, • Face, upper trunk, and upper extremities are
but can be treated with topical corticosteroids most often involved; pay attention to the
• Vital organ dysfunction may warrant aggres- handedness of the patient; linear, geometric,
sive systemic therapy with corticosteroids and well-demarcated areas of skin injury are
and chemotherapy seen
• Long-term monitoring • Treatment can be difficult; strong physician,
patient, and parent relationship is important;
behavior modifications; psychiatric therapy if
Acanthosis Nigricans appropriate
• Alopecia areata causes complete hair loss • Granuloma annulare is red and annular but
(hair falls out by the roots) with underlying lacks scale, thus distinguishing it from tinea
smooth skin corporis
• The first sign of NF is usually CALMs; the • LCH can mimic seborrheic dermatitis (con-
first sign of TS is usually hypomelanotic sider LCH in cases of treatment-resistant seb-
macules orrheic dermatitis)
• Ectodermal dysplasias commonly involve the
skin, hair, teeth, and nails Acknowledgement The authors gratefully
acknowledge the contributions of Sitratullah
Olawunmi Kukoyi-Maiyegun, MD, Department of
Pitfalls Pediatrics, Paul L. Foster School of Medicine,
Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El
• Atopic dermatitis in the diaper area is uncom- Paso, Texas, to the first edition of this chapter,
mon; rashes in the diaper area should prompt some images from which have been incorporated
consideration of irritant diaper dermatitis, into this edition as well.
seborrheic dermatitis, psoriasis, acrodermati-
tis enteropathica, LCH, and skin infections
(such as candida)
• Facial angiofibromas of TS can be mistaken Suggested Reading
for acne vulgaris
• Periorificial dermatitis is made worse by use Browning JC. An update on Pityriasis rosea and
of topical or inhaled corticosteroids other similar childhood exanthems. Curr Opin
• Topical antifungal therapy is inadequate for Pediatr. 2009;2(4):481–5.
onychomycosis and tinea capitis; oral anti- Crespo-Erchiga V, Florencio VD. Malassezia
fungal therapy is necessary for clearance yeasts and pityriasis versicolor. Curr Opin Infect
• Scabies is not adequately treated unless all Dis. 2006;19(2):139–47.
household family members are treated at Eichenfeld LF, Frieden IJ. Neonatal and infant
the same time (even if they are dermatology. 3rd ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier
asymptomatic) Saunders; 2015.
• The herald patch of pityriasis rosea can mimic Johr RH, Schachner LA. Neonatal dermatologic
an isolated patch of tinea corporis challenges. Pediatr Rev. 1997;18(3):86–94.
• Not all infantile hemangiomas occur in iso- Krowchuk DP, Mancini AJ, editors. Tinea versi-
lation; 5+ infantile hemangiomas, segmen- color. In: Pediatric dermatology a quick refer-
tal facial hemangiomas, or large ence guide. 2nd ed. Elk Grove Village: American
hemangiomas of the lower body or lower Academy of Pediatrics; 2012. p. 255–60.
face/neck can have important associations Maverakis E, Fung MA, Lynch PJ,
(liver hemangiomas, PHACE syndrome, Draznin M, Michael DJ, Ruben B, Fazel
spinal abnormalities, and airway hemangio- N. Acrodermatitis enteropathica and an
mas, respectively) overview of zinc metabolism. J Am Acad
• Urticaria can have a dusky center (“urticaria Dermatol. 2007;56(1):116–24.
multiforme”); this is different from erythema Morelli JG. The skin: diseases of the neo-
multiforme where lesions are targetoid with 3 nate. In: Kliegman RM, Stanton BF, St.
zones of color Geme III JW, Schor NF, Behrman RE, edi-
• Molluscum contagiosum can trigger a sur- tors. Nelson textbook of pediatrics. 19th ed.
rounding dermatitis that mimics atopic Philadelphia: Elsevier/Saunders Elsevier;
dermatitis 2011a. p. 2218–20.
886 M. Craddock and J. Ruth
Morelli JG. The skin: disorders of the hair. In: Paller AS, Mancini AJ. Hurwitz clinical pediat-
Kliegman RM, Stanton BF, St. Geme III JW, ric dermatology. 5th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier
Schor NF, Behrman RE, editors. Nelson text- Saunders; 2016.
book of pediatrics. 19th ed. Philadelphia:
Elsevier/Saunders Elsevier; 2011b. p. 2289–93.
Psychosocial Issues and Child Abuse
27
Sitratullah O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun
FAMILY AND ENVIRONMENTAL Table 27.1 Usual and unusual grief reaction at different
ages
ISSUES Unusual grief
Age Usual grief reaction reaction
Death Preschool Separation anxiety, Persistence of
decreased appetite, symptoms
• Understanding of death and expression of grief irritability, and regression > 6 months
are determined by chronological age and lev- < 6 months
School-age Poor academic
Persistence of
els of cognitive development. These are cou-
performance, school
symptoms
pled with circumstances of death as well as the phobia, and physical
> 3 months
family’s cultural and religious background. complaint < 3 months
• Levels of cognitive and behavioral develop- Adolescent Somatic complaint
Increased high-
ment differ by age: < 3 months
risk behavior,
withdrawal from
–– Children < 2 years: sensorimotor stage. peer interaction
–– Children 2–6 years: preoperational stage.
–– Children 6–10 years: concrete operational
stage. The Concept of the Stages of Grief Introduced
–– Adolescents: formal operational stage. by Kubler-Ross
• Grief reactions occur in different domains
that include the emotional, cognitive, physi- • Denial
cal, and social domains (Table 27.1): • Anger
–– Usual expressions of grief include repeated • Bargaining
questioning, somatic complaints, regres- • Depression
sive behaviors, separation anxiety, school • Acceptance
phobia, or academic difficulty.
Management
–– Adolescents may present with increased
• When death is anticipated, information about
high-risk behavior with drugs, alcohol,
expectations and effective counseling will
delinquency, or precocious sexual activity.
help family bereavement.
• A dying child benefits from open communi-
cation about death.
S. O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun (*)
Department of Pediatrics, Paul L. Foster School of Medicine,
Texas Tech University Health Science Center, El Paso, TX, USA
e-mail: sitratullah.maiyegun@ttuhsc.edu
• In planned ignoring, the parents gradually • The ideal time to prepare for supportive rela-
ignore the child’s behavior; this method tends tionships between siblings is during the
to take longer but does not lead to an increased months prior to the new baby’s arrival.
undesirable behavior. • Referral to a therapist may be considered if
• Family chip system (ages 3–7 years): the behavior continues to be challenging and
–– Fake coin currency can be used as a chip. unresponsive to initial parental interventions.
–– A child earns chips for desired behavior,
e.g., brushing teeth or going to school
without a tantrum. eparation Anxiety and School
S
–– The child can watch television (TV) or Refusal
play a video game in exchange for chips.
–– A child loses chips for undesired behavior, General Considerations
e.g., fighting with a sibling, yelling, etc. • Separation anxiety disorder is one of the most
The child may not play video games or common causes of school refusal.
watch TV. • Separation anxiety is developmentally appro-
priate in the preschool child and during the
first few months of school in kindergarten or
Sibling Rivalry first grade.
• School refusal related to anxiety differs from
• Sibling rivalry and jealousy are common. conduct problems and subsequent truancy.
• Youth who exhibit truancy generally do not
Causes report other symptoms of anxiety or issues of
• Unequal amounts of parents’ attention, disci- separation from parents.
pline, and responsiveness
• Family stress Treatment
• Birth order • In school refusal due to separation anxiety
• Birth of a new sibling disorder, the child needs to go back to the
• Personality school environment as soon as possible.
• Children very close in age and of the same • Decrease in stress, proper sleep hygiene,
gender healthy eating, regular exercise, predictable
• 1 or both children intellectually gifted routine, and social supports.
• Cognitive behavioral therapy.
Management • Pharmacotherapy: selective serotonin reup-
• Children should initially be allowed to resolve take inhibitors (SSRIs).
their differences on their own.
• Parents need to intervene in the case of
physical or verbal abuse; the fighting sib- Media
lings should be separated and told violence
is not allowed. Impact of Mass Media
• Parents should focus on the individual needs • Pediatricians should routinely ask about the
of each child, giving each the time and atten- amount of recreational screen time.
tion necessary to feel loved and secure. • Children younger than 2 years of age should
• Parents should be vigilant to favoritism. not watch television (TV).
890 S. O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun
Immigrants and Internationally
Foster Care Adopted Children
Background General Considerations
• Foster care is a system in which a minor is • Depending on their country of origin, interna-
placed into a ward, a group home, or the pri- tional adoptees may be at risk of certain infec-
vate home of a state-certified caregiver who is tious diseases, particularly parasitic infections.
compensated for expenses. • Children adopted from institutional or
• Parental neglect is the main reason children orphanage care settings are more at risk of
are placed in foster care. medical and developmental problems than
• Approximately 1 in 5 children in foster care their counterparts who have resided in foster
has been a victim of physical abuse. care.
• Foster care is intended to be a short-term • The pediatrician should closely review any
solution until a permanent placement or adop- information about the child’s medical history
tion can be made. (if available) before and after adoption.
27 Psychosocial Issues and Child Abuse 891
• Giftedness should be part of the differential educational needs; advancement also effec-
diagnosis for academic failure in school. tively accelerates and shortens childhood.
• Can be associated with social and emotional • Homeschooling may impair interpersonal
effects on the child, family functioning, and experiences and socialization.
family dynamics.
• Use of home medical equipment (e.g., oxy- c hronically ill or handicapped child to adult
gen monitors, physical therapy, transporta- behavior, including separation from parents
tion, hygiene) may have psychosocial effects and emerging sexuality in spite of chronic
on family dynamics. illness.
Psychosocial Factors
• Disease-specific parental stress regarding a C hronic Pain Syndrome
child’s chronic medical condition is likely to
improve the management of the disorder, as • It is a constellation of syndromes that usually
long as that stress is not overwhelming. do not respond to the medical model of care.
• Excessive parental stress about their child’s • Chronic pain syndrome is a diagnosis of
chronic medical condition can impair their exclusion. Other conditions must be ruled out
ability to manage the disorder. before diagnosis.
• Chronic medical conditions in children often • Chronic pain syndrome often occurs concur-
have an overall negative impact on parental rently with irritable bowel syndrome, chronic
psychological functioning. fatigue syndrome, interstitial cystitis, chronic
headache, functional abdominal pain, or con-
Management version disorders.
• As a medical home, the pediatrician’s office • Pain is subjective, and repeated painful expe-
should coordinate specialist referrals for dis- riences can result in altered pain sensitivity
ease management. and behavioral disturbances.
• Any child with a chronic medical condition • Dealing with and tolerance to pain vary with
can qualify for a 504 educational plan a child’s developmental stage.
designed to prevent the condition from hav-
ing a significant impact on the child’s aca- Management of Chronic Pain Syndrome
demic career. • Open communication, reassurance, and
• Early intervention programs provide educa- parental presence.
tion-related services to infants and toddlers • The treatment should focus on restoration of
with a developmental delay up to 3 years of normal function (minimal disability), better
age. quality of life, reduction of use of medication,
• Individualized education plans (IEPs) address and prevention of relapse of chronic
the needs of children who qualify for special symptoms.
education by authorizing appropriate educa- • Physical and occupational therapies.
tion-related services • Exercise, desensitization, stress management,
• 504 modification plans provide education- and counseling.
related services to children with chronic or • Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT).
disabling conditions who do not qualify for • Rule out all organic causes.
special education.
• Supportive and nonthreatening discussion
with parents whose children have chronic
diseases. Transplantation
• Appropriate ethical decisions relating to chil-
• Growth impairment is common after all solid
dren with chronic and handicapping
organ transplants.
diseases.
• Etiologies of growth impairment may be
• A pediatrician can help the family in the
multifactorial.
facilitation of a normal progression of a
27 Psychosocial Issues and Child Abuse 895
a b • Fractures:
–– Osteogenesis imperfecta
–– Hypophosphatasia
–– Infantile cortical hyperostosis
–– Osteoid osteoma
Diagnosis
• Suggestive history and physical examination.
• The skeletal survey is mandatory in suspected
child abuse or a child with a subdural
hematoma.
• Radionuclide bone scan can reveal subtle
areas of skeletal trauma that may not be seen
on plain-film radiographic studies of bones.
Fig. 27.3 5-month-old boy brought to the emergency
• The absence of neurologic symptoms in
department with swelling and deformity of the left arm. (a)
Radiograph shows a midshaft humeral fracture. (b) Bone infants with intracranial injuries should not
survey showing metaphyseal corner fracture in the left distal exclude the need for imaging.
femur (arrow)
Management
–– Chip fracture of metaphysis is commonly • Report to a state child protective service.
due to wrenching or pulling injuries. • Team approach needed in the management of
–– Dislocated elbow, clavicular fracture, and child abuse.
toddler fracture of the tibia are infrequently • An ophthalmology consultation is needed to
indicative of physical abuse. identify retinal hemorrhages in suspected
head trauma due to shaking.
Clinical Features Commonly Mistaken for
Child Abuse Report Child Abuse
• Normal bruises occur over a bony promi- • Child abuse must be reported to a state child
nence—forehead, knees, elbows, and shins: protection agency.
–– Facial scratches on infants from their • Under state laws, physicians are legally obli-
fingernails gated to report suspected abuse or neglect as
–– Bruises that appear in the same stage of soon as possible.
healing • Physicians are protected by law from liability
• Mongolian spot, coining, cupping, and urti- when they make a report or provide informa-
caria pigmentosa. tion in good faith to CPS or law enforcement
• Accidental burn injuries usually involve the agents.
upper part of the body due to exploration and • Unsubstantiated report/finding by a child pro-
are usually asymmetric: tection agency does not necessarily mean that
–– Spill or splash injury is characterized by abuse or neglect did not occur.
irregular margins and nonuniform depth. • Failure to substantiate child abuse may be
• Contact burns will show branding type and due to failure to locate the child, failure to
mirror the object used. locate the parents, parents’ refusal to speak to
• Differential diagnosis of inflicted burns investigators, duplicate reports, child’s refusal
includes staphylococcal impetigo, herpes, to repeat history, and non-English-speaking
contact dermatitis, and toxic epidermal family.
necrolysis.
898 S. O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun
• The use of anatomically correct dolls for • HIV, Chlamydia trachomatis, gonorrhea, and
interviewing has advantages in a child who is syphilis are diagnostic of sexual abuse unless
nonverbal but who can point; there may be a otherwise proven.
risk of overinterpretation.
Investigations
Examination
• Explanations to parents and the child before, Chlamydia trachomatis and Neisseria gonor-
during, and after the examination can ease rhoeae Infection
stress. • Infection may be acquired from the mother at
• Supportive, non-offending caretakers can birth.
also be comforting to the child. • Specimens from the rectum, male urethra,
• Older patients can indicate if they prefer to vagina, and urine can be tested for Chlamydia
undergo the examination with or without their trachomatis and Neisseria gonorrhoeae.
caretaker in the examination room. • Throat specimens can also be tested for
• The use of chaperones is essential during the gonorrhea.
examination of pediatric patients. • Nucleic acid amplification tests (NAATs) for
• Examination positions include supine lithot- chlamydia and gonorrhea infections in urine.
omy, supine frog-leg, and knee-chest position. • Repeat chlamydia and gonorrhea testing
• Patients who refuse should not be forced to within 2 weeks after the last contact is indi-
undergo an examination. cated in cases in which prophylactic treat-
• A normal physical examination does not ment was not given.
exclude the possibility of sexual abuse or
prior penetration. Trichomonas vaginalis
• Most sexual abuse victims have normal ano- • Wet mounts and other studies of vaginal dis-
genital examinations. charge can identify Trichomonas vaginalis
• Findings indicative of trauma include lacera- and bacterial vaginosis.
tion or bruising of the hymen, genital or peri- • Bacterial vaginosis can be unrelated to sexual
anal bruising, and hymenal transection. abuse.
• Labial adhesions, vulvar erythema, and anal
Herpes Simplex Virus
tags are not signs of abuse.
• Polymerase chain reaction testing or culture
Legal Issues of genital lesions can test for herpes simplex
• STD in a prepubertal child is presumptive virus.
evidence of sexual abuse.
Others
• Gold standard tests to diagnose sexually
• Send serologic studies for HIV, syphilis, and
transmitted infections in children should be
hepatitis B.
used.
• Laboratory testing at the time of initial pre-
• Evidence of seminal fluid is infrequently
sentation and convalescent testing for syphi-
found in sexually abused children.
lis and HIV are indicated at 6, 12, and
• Seminal fluid is unlikely to be found/persist
24 weeks post-assault.
beyond 72 h in a sexually abused child.
• Anogenital warts (condyloma acuminata) and
• Sexual abuse can recur even when families
genital herpes simplex are suspicious but not
are receiving treatment.
diagnostic of abuse.
900 S. O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun
• Pregnancy testing should be performed where • Caregiver may cause recurrent sepsis from
indicated based on the patient’s pubertal injecting fluids; chronic diarrhea from laxa-
stage. tives; false renal stones from pebbles; fever
from heated thermometer; or rashes from
Management trauma, sugar, or blood in the urine.
• Sexual abuse must be reported to a state child • Mothers have been identified as the sole per-
protection agency as soon as possible. petrators in the majority of cases.
• Treatment plans address physical health,
mental health, child safety, and psychosocial
concerns. Clues to Caregiver-Fabricated Illness
• Gonorrhea, chlamydia infection, trichomonas • The patient has bizarre symptoms.
infection, and bacterial vaginosis: • History, physical examination findings, and
–– Prophylactic antibiotics for patients who appearance of health are inconsistent.
present within 72 h of an assault. • The caregiver is not satisfied with normal or
–– These prophylactic antibiotics are gener- reassuring test results.
ally not prescribed for prepubertal patients • A sibling of the patient has an unexplained
because the incidence of sexually transmit- illness.
ted infection is low. • The caregiver uses social media to solicit
–– There is a low risk of spread to the upper donations based on the child’s illness.
genital tract. • The caregiver has a history of somatization
• HIV postexposure prophylaxis: disorder.
–– A 28-day course of a 2- to 3-drug regimen • Parents and children with this condition may
initiated as soon as possible within 72 h of exhibit significant ongoing psychological
potential exposure and careful follow-up problems.
• Pregnancy prevention:
–– Emergency contraception should be offered Management
when female pubertal patients present • Requires a multidisciplinary child protection
within 72 h till 120 h. team that includes the state social service
• Mental health issues need to be addressed; agencies.
urgent psychiatric referral if there are suicidal • Consult child protection agents, communi-
ideations. cate with the patient’s specialists, and/or sub-
• It is very important not to assign blame to the mit a detailed report to the state child welfare
victim in helping families cope with sexual agency upon suspecting the diagnosis rather
abuse. than waiting until the evaluation or unneces-
sary treatment is complete.
• Family therapy to address ongoing family
Caregiver-Fabricated Illness issues.
(Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy)
• Caregiver falsely claims that the child has a PEARLS AND PITFALLS
physical or psychological signs or symptoms
of illness or causes injury or disease in the • Expression of grief is determined by chrono-
child with the intention of deceiving others. logical age and level of cognitive
• Caregiver-fabricated illness may result in development.
harm to the child through unnecessary proce- • Divorce and/or separation has long-term dev-
dures and treatments. astating effects on all aspects of the life of the
child and family.
27 Psychosocial Issues and Child Abuse 901
• Case managers: Work closely with social • Pediatricians must provide parents or guard-
workers and other clinicians to help coordi- ians with relevant risks and benefits of the
nate outpatient appointments, tests, and available options and provide specific
treatments recommendations
• Child life specialists: Able to explain the cur- • Pediatricians should not offer a list of vague
rent situation and upcoming procedures in choices
terms that the child can understand
• Chaplains: Care for the spiritual needs of the End-of-life planning
patient and family • A multidisciplinary team approach to inform
• Psychologists: Trained to listen to and help the family and provide more time for them to
with the spoken and unspoken concerns of decide in the best interest of the child
the family and/or patient • The discussion about end-of-life care should
• Bereavement specialists: Build rapport and take place early in the course of a chronic
help the patient and family deal with antici- disease
patory grief regarding the diminishment of • Withdrawal of life-sustaining medical thera-
the child’s expected lifespan or the very pies should occur with agreement from those
real possibility of the child’s actual death accountable after they have been allowed
• Palliative care physicians: Can begin therapy adequate time to make a fully informed
while awaiting a referral to the appropriate decision
sub-specialist
• Example: A child with respiratory distress
who is dying: CONSENTS
–– It is ethically acceptable to treat symptoms
of respiratory distress in a dying patient Informed Consent
even if it may hasten death because of the
“doctrine of double effect” • Approval of the legal guardian of the child
–– Narcotics and benzodiazepines at standard and/or of the competent child for medical
doses are effective medications to treat the interventions following appropriate and clear
discomfort of respiratory distress in dying information
patients
–– The medication has 2 effects: Elements of informed consent
◦◦ Positive (treating symptoms) • Provision of information about the nature of
◦◦ Negative (hastening death) the illness or condition; proposed diagnos-
–– The intent of the positive effect can be tic steps and/or treatments; the probability
honored of their success, the potential risks, and
benefits make up the elements of informed
General rules consent
• Pediatricians are not obligated to provide • Information about the uncertainties of the
futile care, which includes prolonged or inva- proposed treatment and alternative treat-
sive therapies on patients who are not likely ments, including the option of no treatment or
to derive benefit from them comfort measures only
906 M. Abdou
• Assessment of patient and surrogate under- in a way that they can understand and to give
standing and medical decision-making capac- their assent
ity should be made • This consent/assent process must promote
• Ensure that there is a voluntary agreement and protect the dignity, privacy, and confiden-
with the plan tiality of the child and his or her family
• Consent or assent is required for all aspects of
medical care—for preventive, diagnostic, or
Assent by Pediatric Patients therapeutic measures, and for research
Informed assent
• A child's agreement to medical procedures in R efusal of Treatment or Procedure
circumstances where he or she is not legally by a Child
authorized or lacks enough understanding for
giving consent competently • A child may refuse a treatment or procedure
• Doctors should carefully listen to the opinion that is not necessary to save life or prevent
and wishes of children who are not able to serious harm
give full consent and should strive to obtain • Children should generally be allowed to par-
their assent ticipate in their own medical decision-making
• Assent from children even as young as 7 years when possible
can foster the moral growth and development • Mature and emancipated minors may be able
of autonomy in young patients to make their own decisions
–– The pediatrician has the duty to act in the • Pediatricians should protect adolescent confi-
best interest of the child dentiality unless there is abuse or serious risk
• If not life-threatening or there is no immedi- of harm
ate harm, but the risks and complications are
evident without treatment: Examples:
–– Consult the institutional ethics committee Parents requesting drug testing of their adoles-
or refer to the court cent without his or her knowledge (surrepti-
–– May call the state child protection agencies tious drug testing) → The best approach:
for medical negligence • Building a trusting relationship with the
–– May terminate the physician-patient-par- adolescent and parents is the best next step
ent relationship • Interview the adolescent alone; the conversa-
• Low risk or no imminent danger to the child, tion may lead to a discussion about drugs and
e.g., refusing hepatitis B, or vitamin K in the other potentially risky activities
hospital after birth: • Do not test the child without his or her knowl-
–– Explore the reason why parents are refus- edge, as that will inevitably seriously impair
ing the vaccine or vitamin K the physician-patient relationship
–– Explain why physicians strongly recom- • Try to convince the parents that this is the
mend vitamin K or hepatitis B vaccinations best approach, because even if the child is
for all newborns indeed a drug addict, he or she may resist
–– Inform the parents of the medical indica- intervention efforts
tions and the risks, and the pediatrician
should try to convince the parents to con- Adolescent requesting birth control pills → The
sent, e.g., the hemorrhagic disease in the best approach:
newborn is a life-threatening illness that is • Maintain confidentiality and trust
easily preventable by giving vitamin K; • Oral contraceptives are much safer for ado-
should the disease process begin, it is dif- lescents than is pregnancy
ficult to treat • An adolescent who seeks contraception is
–– May ask the parents to sign a declination acting responsibly and maturely, and this is
form, indicating that the vitamin K or hep- an opportunity for an open conversation
atitis B has been recommended and the • Ask if she has a boyfriend? What is his age?
risks have been explained If he is much older, there may be a possibility
• Parents may refuse non-emergent treatment that this is an abusive relationship
or procedures, e.g., treatment of acne, sutur- • Report abusive relationships to appropriate
ing lacerations, etc. authorities. The age of consent may differ
from state to state
• Convince the adolescent to inform her par-
Adolescent Consent in Special ents or another trusted adult
Situations • Inform the adolescent that her parents may
know about the prescription if she is under
• Adolescents have the right to consent to the their insurance health plan
investigation and treatment of sexually trans- • Counsel about the risk of sexually transmitted
mitted diseases, contraceptive services, and diseases
prenatal care
• Adolescents can access mental health and A 16-year-old female who is the mother of a
substance abuse prevention and treatment 2-month-old infant and who requires surgery to
services remove her gallbladder
908 M. Abdou
• She can provide informed consent for herself • Pediatricians should be very cautious about
(emancipated minor) ordering predictive genetic testing for minors
without parental consent, as this testing can
Emancipated minors can give informed consent have serious psychological, social, and medi-
for medical care if: cal ramifications for the minor and other fam-
• He/she is married ily members
• In the military • The anticipated outcomes of a condition can
• A parent change based on the social support, health-
• Self-supporting while not living with parents care, and services available to individuals
• A high school graduate with different conditions, e.g.,
––
Positive cases of Huntington’s disease,
which usually manifest during adulthood
ETHICS IN GENETICS
se of Technology for Genetic
U THICS IN COCHLEAR
E
Studies in Genetic Counseling IMPLANTS
• Families can find out earlier about possible Background (see Chap. 18 Ear, Nose, and Throat
genetic variations that could affect their chil- (ENT) for more information)
dren by using genetic testing for example: • Traditional methods used for deaf education
–– Whole exome sequencing include: American Sign Language, which is
––
Maternal noninvasive prenatal screening very successful if started early in life, and oral-
(NIPS)/cell free placental DNA testing ism, which is speechreading with some limita-
tions as some words have same lip movements
Duties of pediatricians
• Providing accurate, up-to-date, and balanced Variable outcome
information following a prenatal or postnatal • Some children who receive implants are able
diagnosis of a genetic condition will help in a to function well in the hearing world
smooth and positive transition • Others continue to require special assistance
• Not to focus exclusively on the genomic out- or to use sign language along with spoken
comes and medical issues to avoid the risk of language
leaving parents feeling anxious and
frightened Duty of pediatricians
• Even with a full spectrum of information, • Pediatricians need to understand the options
patients are still likely to undergo an adjust- and be prepared to help parents sort through
ment process and some degree of grief the complex data and multiple options to
arrive at a decision that is best for themselves
and their children
Predictive Genetic Testing
• Predictive genetic testing of children for IMPERILED NEWBORN INFANTS
adult-onset genetic disorders is not recom-
mended until the child reaches adulthood or Newborns between 23 and 24 weeks of
adolescence. If the child has a mature deci- gestation
sion-making capacity, genetic counseling can • Such neonates are at a high rate of mortality
be considered, with informed consent and high risk of diminished quality of life
28 Ethics 909
• Ongoing discussions about care at the time of Action when a child is declared dead
birth should be made jointly with the family • If consent for organ donation is declined by
before delivery the family, breathing and circulatory support
• Parental wishes regarding resuscitation should should be discontinued
be respected • No recommendation or consent is required
Viability
• Viability is a reasonable chance of survival ORGAN DONATION/
with advanced medical support TRANSPLANTATION
• No uniform agreement exists as to the exact
timing of fetal viability Time of approach
• The family should not be approached by any-
Non-initiation of resuscitation may be appro-
one about organ donation before the declara-
priate in the following cases:
tion of death
• Confirmed gestation less than 23 weeks
• Birth weight less than 400 g Appropriate steps in approaching the family
• Anencephaly about organ donation
• Confirmed lethal genetic disorder or • Confirmation and declaration of death
malformation • Obtaining consent from the family for organ
recovery
• Inform local organ procurement organization
DEATH AND DYING CHILDREN (OPO)
• The family should be approached by the OPO
Death representative regarding organ donation
• Irreversible cessation of circulatory or respi-
ratory functions or irreversible cessation of
all functions of the entire brain, including the RESEARCH INVOLVING
brainstem
CHILDREN
Determination of death by either of the follow-
ing criteria Critical Criteria Required to Conduct
• Neurologic a Clinical or Drug Trial in Children
• Circulatory
• Consent of guardians and the child (7 years
Brain death declaration requires that the fol- and older)
lowing examinations be done twice • The informed consent should be written in a
• Physical examination language that can be easily understood, at a
• Apnea testing sixth to eighth grade reading level for adult
participants
Death is declared after the second examination • Trial design appropriate to the research
confirms brain death question
• Cerebral blood flow scanning and electroen- –– Targeted to help understand, prevent, or
cephalography should be performed only if alleviate a serious condition that specifi-
any component of the physical examination cally affects the pediatric population
or apnea testing cannot be performed (for –– Congruent with all local, regional, and
more details, see Chap. 8 Critical Care) national regulatory guidelines and laws
910 M. Abdou
CONFLICT OF INTEREST
Suggested Reading
Definition American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on
• Any situation that creates a risk that profes- Fetus and Newborn, Bell EF. Noninitiation or
sional judgment or actions regarding a pri- withdrawal of intensive care for high-risk new-
mary interest will be excessively influenced borns. Pediatrics. 2007;119:401–3.
by a secondary interest
912 M. Abdou
Committee on Pediatric Research. Policy state- Nakagawa TA, Ashwal S, Mathur M, Mysore MR,
ment: promoting education, mentorship, and Bruce D, Conway EE Jr, Society of Critical
support for pediatric research. Pediatrics. Care Medicine; Section on Critical Care
2014;133:943–9. and Section on Neurology of the American
De Lourdes Levy M, Larcher V, Kurz R, Ethics Academy of Pediatrics; Child Neurology
Working Group of the Confederation of European Society, et al. Guidelines for the determina-
Specialists in Paediatrics (CESP). Informed tion of brain death in infants and children: an
consent/assent in children. Statement of the update of the 1987 task force recommendations.
Ethics Working Group of the Confederation of Pediatrics. 2011;128:e720–40. Crit Care Med.
European Specialists in Paediatrics (CESP). Eur 2011;39:2139–55.
J Pediatr. 2003;162:629–33. Opel DJ, Olson ME. Bioethics education and
Fanaroff JM. Medical malpractice/expert tes- resources. Pediatr Rev. 2012;33:370–3.
timony/disclosure of errors. Pediatr Rev. Opel DJ, Feemster KA, Omer SB, Orenstein
2010;31:e24–7. WA, Richter M, Lantos JD. A 6-month-old
Karkazis K, Rossi WC. Ethics for the pediatrician: with vaccine-hesitant parents. Pediatrics.
disorders of sex development: optimizing care. 2014;133:526–30.
Pediatr Rev. 2010;31:e82–5. Saul RA, Meredith SH. Beyond the genetic diag-
Lantos J. The patient-parent-pediatrician relation- nosis: providing parents what they want to
ship: everyday ethics in the office. Pediatr Rev. know. Pediatr Rev. 2016;37:269–78.
2015;36(1):22–9; quiz 30.
Research and Statistics
29
Sitratullah O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun
–– A tool that allows the determination of post- • Internal consistency reliability is a measure
test probability given the pretest probability of the consistency of the items within a test
of disease and the LR for the diagnostic test • Interrater reliability is the degree to which 2
–– The pretest probability of disease can be raters independently score an observation
estimated based on disease prevalence similarly
Sample size
DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS • Increasing sample size improves the ability to
detect adverse events
alidity (Accuracy) vs. Reliability
V • For studies in which the difference in mea-
(Precision) sured effect is small, a larger sample size is
required to detect a statistically significant
Validity (accuracy) difference
• Addresses whether an instrument or test actu- • Power is the statistical probability that a study
ally measures what it is intended to measure will not mistakenly accept a null hypothesis
• Validity assesses how accurate and how true and conclude that there was no effect when
the test measurements are there actually was one
• Criterion validity is the degree to which the • Having a larger sample size increases the
measurement correlates with an external cri- power of the study
terion or another instrument or test that is • A larger sample size reduces the likelihood of
considered valid making a type I or type II error
–– Convergent validity is the degree to which
independent measures of the same con-
struct are highly correlated dds Ratio and Risk Types
O
–– Predictive validity is the ability of an (Table 29.1)
instrument or test to predict some future
criterion Odds ratio
–– Discriminant validity requires that an • Defined as the odds of having a disease in the
instrument or test shows little or no corre- exposed group divided by the odds of having
lation with measures from which it differs the disease in the unexposed group
• Content validity refers to the extent to which • Odds ratio calculates the relative risk (RR) if
aspects of items that make up an instrument the prevalence of the disease is low. It can be
or test are representative of a particular calculated for case-control study (retrospec-
construct tive study)
–– Face validity is a judgment about whether
Odds ratio formula = A × D/B × C
elements of an instrument make intuitive
Interpretation
sense
• OR > 1—Exposure is associated with a
–– Sampling validity refers to whether the
higher odds of an outcome
instrument incorporates all of the aspects
under study
Table 29.1 Calculating the odds ratio
Reliability (Precision)
Disease present Disease absent
• The consistency or repeatability of scores (+) (−)
• Test–retest reliability assesses whether an Risk factor/exposure A B
instrument or test yields the same results each (+)
time it is used with the same study sample Risk factor/exposure C D
under the same study conditions (−)
918 S. O. Kukoyi-Maiyegun
• The larger the sample size, the higher the sta- –– P ≤ 0.01: Very strong presumption against
tistical power null hypothesis
• Power = 1 minus the probability of a type II –– P ≤ 0.05: Strong presumption against null
error (beta) hypothesis
–– 0.05 < P ≤ 0.1: Low presumption against
Standard deviation (SD) null hypothesis
• A measure of the variability of individual val- –– P > 0.1: No presumption against the null
ues around the mean or average value hypothesis
• When data are grouped closely together, the
SD is small. When data are highly variable, Confidence intervals
the SD is large • A confidence interval is a range of values
• One standard deviation—68% of the num- with a specified probability that a given
bers fall within the mean (average) parameter falls in that range
• 2 standard deviations—95% of the numbers • Often 95% (P value of 0.05) or 99% (P value
fall within the mean of 0.01)
• 3 standard deviations—99.7% of the numbers • If the confidence interval includes a 0 or a 1,
fall within the mean then the null hypothesis cannot be rejected
Prevention
Root Cause Analysis (RCA) Process • Avoid abbreviations of drug names (e.g.,
“MS” may mean “morphine sulfate” or “mag-
• A process for identifying the primary or nesium sulfate”).
causal factors that underlie variation in per- • Confirm that the patient’s weight is correct
formance, including the occurrence or possi- for weight-based dosages.
ble occurrence of a sentinel event. • Ensure that the weight-based dose does not
• Once a sentinel event has been identified, exceed the recommended adult dose
investigation must be immediately under- • Identify drug allergies in patients.
taken to determine the root causes that have • Write out instructions rather than using abbre-
led to the event as well as to implement an viations, e.g., “Take 1 tablet twice a day”
action plan to monitor for and to minimize rather than “bid.” Avoid vague instructions
any future risk that this event will recur. such as “Take as directed.”
• The concentration of the medication and the
frequency of administration should be clearly
Diagnostic Errors noted on prescriptions.
• Avoid use of a terminal zero to the right of the
• Diagnostic errors in the form of missed or decimal point (e.g., use 5 rather than 5.0) to
incorrect diagnosis account for most pediatric minimize 10-fold dosing errors.
malpractice cases. • Use a zero to the left of a dose less than 1
• The most common diseases associated with (e.g., use 0.1 rather than 0.1) to avoid 10-fold
diagnostic errors: pneumonia, meningitis, dosing errors.
appendicitis, and testicular torsion. • Spell out dosage units rather than using abbre-
• Most pediatricians have at least 1 diagnostic viations (e.g., milligram or microgram rather
error per month, e.g., misdiagnosis of viral than mg or μg; units rather than “u”).
pharyngitis as acute streptococcal pharyngitis— • The pharmacist and nurse must verify all
a viral illness diagnosed as a bacterial illness. medication orders.
• When giving a verbal order, request that the
name of the medication and directions for use
Treatment Errors be read back.
Fig. 30.1 A fishbone diagram as used in root cause analysis can help brainstorming by team members to identify the root
cause of long wait times in a busy pediatric practice
• Patients desire and deserve disclosure of • Root cause analysis to identify problems and
errors that have caused them harm. their solutions.
• Disclosure of medical errors by physicians • For each cause found, the team should con-
helps build trust in the clinician. tinue to “drill down” by repeatedly asking
• Frank disclosure of medical errors by physi- “Why is that?” until the root causes are
cians decreases the likelihood of parents identified.
seeking legal action. • The fishbone diagram as used in root cause
analysis can help brainstorming by team
Recommendations members to identify the root causes of prob-
• Ensure that patient and family remain at the lems, leading to improvement in the quality
center of communication. of care (Fig. 30.1).
• Communicate clearly about how the medical
error occurred and what will be done to pre-
vent its recurring in the future.
• Support personnel to answer the family’s PATIENT SAFETY
questions.
• Promptly share with the family any new H andoffs
information obtained from investigation.
• Address all patient and family concerns as • A handoff takes place when a patient or a
soon as possible. patient’s medical information is transferred
from one provider to another and/or from one
healthcare venue to another.
• The resident duty hour restrictions imple-
QUALITY IMPROVEMENT (QI) mented several years ago have increased the
frequency of patient handoffs.
• To cultivate an effective team, encourage • The use of a mnemonic is recommended to
transparency, collaboration, teamwork, and structure patient handoffs. This will decrease
learning from mistakes. the risk of miscommunication and help
30 Patient Safety and Quality Improvement 925
• Near miss: If the potential harm from a medi- Haig KM, Sutton S, Whittington J. National patient
cal error does not reach the patient. safety goals. SBAR: a shared mental model for
• Sentinel event: Medical error leading to a improving communication between clinicians.
patient’s unexpected death or serious physi- Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2006;32(3):167–75.
cal or psychological injury. Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Quality
of Health Care in America. Crossing the quality
chasm: a new health system for the 21st century.
Suggested Reading Washington, DC: National Academies Press
(US); 2001. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
Bartman T, McClead RE. Principles of quality books/NBK222274/. Accessed 20 Dec 2018.
improvement and patient safety. Pediatr Rev. McClead RE, Brady M. Sentinel events/patient
2016;37(10):407–17. safety events. Pediatr Rev. 2016;37(10):448–50.
Crowley E, Williams R, Cousins D. Medication Pereira-Argenziano L, Levy FH. Patient safety and
errors in children: a descriptive summary quality improvement: terminology. Pediatr Rev.
of medication error reports submitted to the 2015;36(9):403–11.
United States Pharmacopeia. Curr Ther Res.
2001;62(9):627–40.
Pharmacology and Pain Management
31
Osama I. Naga
O. I. Naga (*)
Department of Pediatrics, Paul L. Foster School of Medicine,
Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El Paso, TX, USA
e-mail: osama.naga@ttuhsc.edu
Table 31.2 Cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme inhibitors • Patients with lower muscle mass (e.g., neo-
and inducers and potential interactions nates, females, malnourished patients).
Cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme Potential interactions • Patients with vomiting and diarrhea, or dehy-
inhibitors drated, and at the same time using diuretics
Amiodarone, cimetidine, May increase the risk
fluconazole, fluoxetine, of toxicity when
may develop increased serum drug concen-
metronidazole, trimethoprim/ combined with certain trations with routine dosing and potential
sulfamethoxazole, drugs, e.g., attainment of a toxic level.
diphenhydramine, clarithromycin, methotrexate, • The dosing interval of renally eliminated
itraconazole, erythromycin tacrolimus drugs, e.g., gentamicin or vancomycin, may
Cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme Potential interactions
inducers need to be prolonged when coadministered
Carbamazepine, phenobarbital, Decrease the activity with ibuprofen or indomethacin or in neo-
rifampin, glucocorticoids of certain drugs, e.g., nates with a history of birth hypoxia/asphyxia
warfarin, digoxin, and or cyanotic congenital heart disease.
oral contraceptives
• A postoperative cardiac patient who has poor
renal perfusion and who requires antibiotics
Drug-Drug Interactions for concerns of sepsis may require a less fre-
quent dosing interval for vancomycin, an
• Pediatricians should screen routinely for antibiotic that is cleared renally.
potential drug-drug, drug-herbal product, or
drug-food interactions before prescribing a Methods of dose adjustment clinically
new medication, e.g.: • Trough level (Fig. 31.1)
–– Beta-blocker prescribed for hypertension –– The lowest concentration reached by a
or migraines inhibits the activity of a beta drug before the next dose is administered.
agonist given to treat an asthma –– Trough routinely used for certain drug mon-
exacerbation itoring, e.g., gentamicin, or vancomycin.
–– The effect of a broad-spectrum antibiotic –– Trough concentrations are obtained at the
on warfarin by eradicating the gut flora end of a dosing interval just before the next
needed to metabolize the anticoagulant dose is administered to verify that the
–– Increased potential toxicity of phenytoin drug’s concentration is still in the thera-
when combined with sulfa drugs, e.g., tri- peutic range and to prevent drug toxicity.
methoprim/sulfamethoxazole –– If the first trough level obtained is accept-
able, repeat the trough levels at 4–6 days
into therapy to ensure nontoxic level.
Renal Elimination –– If the trough level is higher than accept-
able, the drug should not be given, and
Examples of drugs predominantly eliminated another level checked 6 h later. This should
by the kidneys: be repeated as needed until a safe level is
• NSAIDs, angiotensin-converting enzyme obtained.
inhibitors, angiotensin II receptor blockers, • Peak level (see Fig. 31.1)
aminoglycosides, sulfamethoxazole/trime- –– The highest concentration reached by a
thoprim, vancomycin, ciprofloxacin, antivi- drug after the dose is administered
rals, amphotericin B –– Peak level should be obtained 30 min after
the infusion of gentamicin or vancomycin
Dose adjustment of renally eliminated medica-
–– Peak levels are not necessary for cases
tions, e.g.:
being treated with a course of antibiotics
• Patients with primary pathologic kidney
without a positive culture
disease.
31 Pharmacology and Pain Management 929
–– If a blood culture is positive and an organ- Table 31.3 Examples of t½ and drug dosing intervals
ism and sensitivities are identified, both Drug Half-life (t½) Drug-dosing intervals
peak and trough levels should be obtained Adenosine < 10 s Give all doses with a
to ensure adequate dosing rapid IV push
Morphine 2–3 h Doses every 3–4 h as
• Creatinine and glomerular filtration rate
needed
–– Creatinine clearance and glomerular filtra- Propranolol 4–6 h Doses can be divided
tion rate are used for adjustment of dosage every 6–8 h
of renally eliminated medications Fluoxetine 4–6 days Once a day
Levothyroxine 6–7 days Once a day
Amiodarone 60 days Once a day (oral
approximately form)
Half-Life (t½) IV intravenous
• t½ is the time it takes the plasma concentra- –– Gentamicin trough level usually measured
tion of a drug to decrease by half. before second dose when the drug reaches
• 50% of the drug will remain after 1 t½, 25% steady state level (Time to Steady State:
will remain after 2 t½, 12.5% after 3 t½, 20–40 h) in neonates
6.25% after 4 t½, and 3.125 after 5 t½. Thus,
approximately 97% of the drug will have left
the system after 5 t½. ractical advice when Prescribing
P
• The t½ can vary from hours to days and even Medications
months among different medications.
• Half-life informs our decisions related to • When prescribing for children, it is appropri-
drug-dosing intervals to maximize efficacy ate to use a pediatric reference source
and limit toxicity (Table 31.3). • An incorrect dose, particularly in infants,
• To achieve a steady state with drug concen- could have catastrophic adverse effects
tration greater than 97% requires 5 t½; drug • It is good practice for two people to double
must be administered at constant intervals. check dose calculations, such as the pre-
• When measuring drug levels, proper timing is scriber and dispensing pharmacist
essential for accurate therapeutic monitoring, • Usually, the calculated dose should not
e.g.: (see Fig. 31.1): exceed the adult dose
–– Vancomycin trough level usually measured • The recommended dose may not be the opti-
before third or fourth dose when the drug mum dose for some children. It may then be
reaches steady state level (Time to Steady necessary to adjust the dose according to the
State: 18–39 h) in infants and children clinical response
930 O. I. Naga
Ampicillin
ANTIBIOTICS
Bacterial coverage
minoglycosides, e.g., Gentamicin,
A • Similar to penicillin, but its spectrum extends
Tobramycin, and Amikacin to some Gram-negative bacteria
Adverse effects
arbapenems, e.g., Imipenem/
C
• Diarrhea, including C. difficile enterocolitis
Cilastatin, Meropenem,
and Ertapenem
acrolides, e.g., Azithromycin
M
• Imipenem is a very broad-spectrum carbape- and Clarithromycin
nem antibiotic.
• Very active against Bacteroides fragilis. Mechanism of action
• Kills most Enterobacteriaceae, Pseudomonas, • Inhibits bacterial protein synthesis by binding
and Gram-positive bacteria and is inhibitory to 50S ribosomes
for Listeria and Enterococcus faecalis. • Azithromycin does not inhibit cytochrome
• Imipenem can lower the seizure threshold P-450 as erythromycin or clarithromycin do
and should not be used in patients with sei-
zures or renal insufficiency. Bacterial coverage
• Meropenem is a carbapenem with a longer • Azithromycin is the drug of choice for pertus-
half-life, less likely than imipenem to cause sis, Mycoplasma, and Chlamydia
seizures.
• Ertapenem has limited activity against Adverse effects
Enterococcus sp. and P. aeruginosa. • Gastrointestinal (GI) irritation
31 Pharmacology and Pain Management 933
Indication
Valacyclovir • HIV infection
Malathion
Protease Inhibitors
• The most effective drug in the treatment of
Mechanism of action pediculosis or head lice
• Inhibit the HIV protease enzyme that is • Ovicidal activity
involved with processing the completed virus • Single topical application is effective in
resistant cases
Indication
• HIV infection
Table 31.8 Indications, monitoring of toxicity and adverse effects of common antifungal drugs
Antifungal Indications Monitoring and adverse effects
Amphotericin B Mucocutaneous candidiasis, systemic Hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia
candida, Aspergillus and Cryptococcus Monitor electrolytes, hematologic, renal, and liver
species function
Terbinafine Tinea capitis, tinea corporis, tinea pedis, AST, ALT; do not use if liver dysfunction
tinea cruris, onychomycosis
Griseofulvin Tinea capitis, tinea corporis, tinea pedis, No monitoring is required
tinea cruris
Fluconazole Tinea capitis, tinea corporis, tinea pedis, Liver function test; exercise caution if liver dysfunction
tinea cruris, mucocutaneous candidiasis
Nystatin suspension Mucocutaneous candidiasis Nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, diarrhea
AST aspartate aminotransferase, ALT alanine aminotransferase
938 O. I. Naga
Acetazolamide Teething
• Carbonic anhydrase inhibitor that decreases Benzocaine
the rate of aqueous humor formation, in that • Benzocaine gels and liquids for mouth and
way decreasing intraocular pressure gum pain have been linked to methemoglo-
• Inhibits hydrogen ion excretion in renal binemia, which causes a reduction in blood
tubule, increasing sodium, potassium, bicar- oxygen and can be fatal.
bonate, and water excretion and producing • All other oral health products with benzo-
alkaline diuresis caine are contraindicated for children less
than 2 years for teething relief.
• Instead of teething gels or tablets, the American
Mannitol Academy of Pediatrics recommends gently rub-
bing or massaging the child’s gums with a fin-
• Osmotic diuretic causes diuresis ger and giving the child a cool (not cold) teething
• Reduces the intracranial pressure and intra- ring or a clean, wet, cool washcloth to chew on.
ocular pressure
ANTIHYPERTENSIVE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MEDICATIONS (TABLE 31.11)
MEDICATIONS
Propranolol, Atenolol, Metoprolol
ough and Cold Products
C
(Table 31.10) Common Uses
• Hypertension
• Nonprescription (over-the-counter [OTC]) • Supraventricular tachycardia (SVT)
and prescription cough and cold prepara-
tions have not been adequately studied in Propranolol for treatment of infantile
children younger than 6 years of age, and hemangioma
thus they are not recommended for treating • Starting dose at 1 mg/kg/day divided q 8 h
the common cold symptoms in young and check heart rate and blood pressure 1and
children 2 h after the first dose
Table 31.10 Side effects of over the counter common cold and allergy medications
Cough and cold remedies Brand name Adverse effects
Diphenhydramine Benadryl (J&J) Hypertension, tachycardia, confusion, constipation, diarrhea,
paresthesia
Brompheniramine/ Bromfed DM Sedation, potential abuse, palpitations, anxiety, hypotension,
dextromethorphan/ (Morton Grove urticaria, diplopia
pseudoephedrine Pharmaceuticals)
Dextromethorphan Robitussin (Pfizer) Hallucinations, stupor, nystagmus, dystonia, seizures,
(Delsym) tachycardia, respiratory depression, coma, potential abuse
Guaifenesin Mucinex (Reckitt Nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, abdominal pain, kidney stones
Benckiser)
Phenylephrine Sudafed PE (J&J) Hypertension, chest pain, bradycardia, peripheral
vasoconstriction, arrhythmias, respiratory depression,
hallucinations
Pseudoephedrine Children’s Sudafed Palpitations, tachycardia, bradycardia, nausea, insomnia,
(J&J) dizziness, psychosis, urticaria
940 O. I. Naga
• Increase the dose gradually every 3–7 days to • Examples of these medications include raniti-
therapeutic dose 2 mg/kg/day divided q 8 h dine, famotidine, cimetidine, and nizatidine
• Monitor heart rate and blood pressure • Ranitidine reaches a peak plasma concentra-
tion 2.5 h after ingestion in children and has a
Adverse effects half-life of 6 h
• Bradycardia • H2RAs are considered safe for use in chil-
• Hypotension dren and are commonly used as first-line ther-
• Hypoglycemia (hypoglycemia-induced apy in infants
seizures)
• bronchospasm Adverse effects
• Depression • Irritability, head banging, and headaches
• Cimetidine use is associated with
gynecomastia
ANTI-ULCERS • Tachyphylaxis has been observed with
chronic H2RA use
H2-Blocking Drugs
• Histamine-2 receptor antagonists (H2RAs) P roton Pump Inhibitors (PPIs)
decrease acid production by binding to the
histamine-2 receptor on the gastric parietal • PPIs suppress gastric acid production by irre-
cell versibly blocking H+ and K+ ATPase, which is
the final step in parietal cell acid secretion.
31 Pharmacology and Pain Management 941
• PPIs are more effective than H2RAs in block- –– Side effects: dizziness, headache and extra-
ing acid production. pyramidal symptoms to include dystonia
• PPIs must be given daily before meals and and tardive dyskinesia
can take several days for maximal acid sup-
pression effect.
• Examples: omeprazole, lansoprazole, and SEDATION
esomeprazole.
Minimal Sedation (Anxiolysis)
Adverse effects
• Headache, diarrhea, constipation, and nausea • Anxiolysis with the maintenance of
• In neonates, acid suppression is associated consciousness
with a higher carriage rate of candida and a • Example: Intranasal midazolam for short and
higher incidence of necrotizing enterocolitis brief procedures e.g., laceration repair in a
child who is crying and very anxious
ANTIEMETICS
Moderate Sedation (Conscious
• 5-hydroxytryptamine (serotonin) receptor Sedation)
antagonist
–– Example: Ondansetron • Controlled depressed consciousness
–– Routine use of ondansetron does not • Airway reflexes and airway patency are
improve the outcome in children without maintained
dehydration • Patient responds appropriately to age-appro-
–– Side effects: headache, dizziness, and con- priate commands (“Open your mouth”) and
stipation. The most worrisome side effect to touch
is QT-prolongation, it should be avoided in
patients with known prolonged QTc
• Antihistamines Deep Sedation
–– Examples: Diphenhydramine, meclizine,
promethazine • Controlled depressed consciousness
–– H1-antagonist and has limited dopaminer- • Airway reflexes and airway patency may not
gic (D2) effects be maintained
–– Side effect: sedation • Ability to independently maintain ventilatory
• Muscarinic M1 receptor antagonist function may be impaired
–– Example: Hyoscine (also known as • Patient not easily aroused but responds pur-
scopolamine) posefully following repeated or painful
–– Used to treat motion sickness or prophy- stimulation
lactically in the perioperative setting
–– Side effects: dry mouth, vision changes, or
drowsiness General Anesthesia
• Dopamine receptor antagonist (D2)
• Loss of consciousness occurs.
–– Example: Metoclopramide
• Impaired airway reflexes, airway patency,
–– Metoclopramide has significant promotil-
and ventilatory function.
ity effects and can increase gastric
• Children are not arousable.
emptying
• Not responsive to painful stimulation.
942 O. I. Naga
• Repeated doses every four to 6 h based on • Reserve opioids for moderate to severe pain,
additional pain assessment (see Fig. 31.2) e.g., after bone surgeries
• Using appropriate dosing of acetaminophen
after surgery may reduce the requirements for Codeine
morphine or opioids in general • No longer recommended in pediatrics
• Can cause severe nausea and vomiting
Ketorolac IV • 3% to 5% of population over metabolize,
• Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug potentially leading to catastrophic overdose
• Not associated with common opioid side
effects, such as respiratory depression, nau-
sea, vomiting, urinary retention, or sedation PEARLS AND PITFALLS
• Attention must be paid to postoperative bleed-
ing after tonsillectomy • If planning to check the serum level of a drug,
measure the serum level after the steady-state
Acetaminophen (rectal) serum level is achieved, which is about five
• Provides good analgesic and morphine-spar- half-lives.
ing effects, even in neonates and infants, after • Red man syndrome is a common adverse
major surgery drug reaction of vancomycin; it is infusion
rate related. It is not an allergic reaction.
Post-operative pain management with conver- • Red man syndrome symptoms vary from mild
sion to oral agents flushing, urticaria, and pruritus to severe
• Ibuprofen manifestations, which include generalized
• Acetaminophen erythema, intense pruritus, and distributive
• Hydrocodone shock.
• Red man syndrome can be avoided by
Opioids as outpatient infusing the vancomycin over 60 min, and
• Because of side effects such as drowsiness symptoms can be ameliorated by discon-
and constipation, some surgeons avoid using tinuing or slowing the infusion, diphen-
opioids after surgeries, taking pain scale hydramine is not effective is treating these
assessment into consideration symptoms.
• In mild to moderate pain, may alternate ibu- • Trough level is measured before the next dose
profen and acetaminophen instead of a drug, and peak level is measured after the
• Appropriate dosing of acetaminophen and dose is administered.
ibuprofen may reduce postoperative opioid • Peak levels are not necessary for cases being
requirements treated with a course of antibiotics without a
• Substitute codeine with acetaminophen/ibu- positive culture.
profen or oxycodone
31 Pharmacology and Pain Management 945
• Most cases of penicillin allergies are non- administration: a review. Children (Basel).
IgE-mediated; there is a low risk of allergic 2015;2(2):244–71.
reaction to first-generation cephalosporins in Chang WT. Pediatric sedation. Medscape [Internet].
penicillin-allergic patients and much lower Updated 8 May 2018. Medscape. New York:
risk for third-generation cephalosporins. WebMD. https://emedicine.medscape.com/
• Infants receiving acyclovir suppressive ther- article/804045-overview#a8. Accessed 26 Dec
apy after neonatal herpes simplex infection 2018.
should have CBC at 2 and 4 weeks after start- De Sutter AIM, van Driel ML, Kumar AA, Lesslar
ing treatment and then monthly to calculate O, Skrt A. Oral antihistamine- decongestant-
the absolute neutrophil count and monitor for analgesic combinations for the common cold.
the development of neutropenia. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2:CD004976.
• Nonprescription (OTC) and prescription for Drugs.com [Internet]. Common side effects from
cough and cold medications are not recom- antibiotics, and allergies and reactions. n.d.
mended for treating common cold in children Updated 3 Mar 2017. Drugs.com. https://www.
younger than 6 years of age. drugs.com/article/antibiotic-sideeffects-aller-
• Most common side effects of ADHD medica- gies-reactions.html. Accessed 21 Oct 2018.
tions are loss of appetite, abdominal pain, and Ginsburg CM, McCracken GH Jr, Petruska
headaches; these symptoms may be lessened M, Olsen K. Effect of feeding on bioavail-
if the medication is taken with food. ability of griseofulvin in children. J Pediatr.
• Ketorolac used postoperatively is not associ- 1983;102(2):309–11.
ated with common opioid side effects such as Gupta AK, MacLeod MA, Foley KA, Gupta G,
respiratory depression, nausea, vomiting, uri- Friedlander SF. Fungal skin infections. Pediatr
nary retention, or sedation. Rev. 2017;38(1):8–22.
• Appropriate dosing of acetaminophen and Lowry JA, Leeder JS. Over-the-counter medica-
ibuprofen after surgery may reduce postop- tions: update on cough and cold preparations.
erative opioid requirements. Pediatr Rev. 2015;36(7):286–97. quiz 298
Myers AL, Gaedigk A, Dai H, James LP, Jones
BL, Neville KA. Defining risk factors for red
Suggested Reading man syndrome in children and adults. Pediatr
Infect Dis J. 2012;31(5):464–8.
Akdis AC, Sicherer SH. Allergy and the immu- Rakovchik EE, Fein DM. Nonsteroidal anti-
nologic basis of atopic disease. In: Kliegman inflammatory drug and salicylate poisoning.
RM, Stanton BF, St. Geme III JW, Schor NF, Pediatr Rev. 2016;37(1):48–50.
Behrman RE, editors. Nelson textbook of pedi- Sandritter TL, McLaughlin M, Artman M,
atrics. 20th ed. Philadelphia: Elsevier Saunders; Lowry J. The interplay between pharmacoki-
2016. p. 1074–7. netics and pharmacodynamics. Pediatr Rev.
American Academy of Pediatrics, Committee on 2017;38(5):195–206.
Fetus and Newborn, Canadian Paediatric Society, Tom-Revzon C. Drug interactions. Pediatr Rev.
Fetus and Newborn Committee. Prevention and 2006;27(8):315–7.
management of pain in the neonate. An update. Wagner J, Abdel-Rahman SM. Pediatric pharma-
Adv Neonatal Care. 2007;7(3):151–60. cokinetics. Pediatr Rev. 2013;34(6):258–69.
Barnes S, Yaster M, Kudchadkar SR. Pediatric seda- Weaver DJ Jr. Hypertension in children and ado-
tion management. Pediatr Rev. 2016;37(5):203–12. lescents. Pediatr Rev. 2017;38(8):369–82.
Batchelor HK. Influence of food on paediatric
gastrointestinal drug absorption following oral
Radiology Review
32
Wendy G. Kim and Michael George
Fig. 32.1
a b
Fig. 32.2
32 Radiology Review 949
Case 3 Case 4
Post-term infant with history of prolonged delivery Newborn infant with respiratory distress and
and amniotic meconium staining presenting with absent breath sounds on the left
respiratory distress Imaging findings (Fig. 32.4): Frontal chest
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.3): Frontal chest radiograph demonstrates multiple tubular and
radiograph demonstrates coarse, ropy perihilar rounded lucencies in the left hemithorax with con-
opacities, and segmental areas of air trapping tralateral mediastinal shift. The left diaphragm is
(arrowheads). Lung volumes are large. indistinct. Note the nasogastric tube terminating
above the left hemidiaphragm (arrow).
Diagnosis: Meconium aspiration syndrome.
Diagnosis: Congenital diaphragmatic hernia
(Bochdalek hernia), which occurs most commonly
on the left. A right-sided hernia, or any hernia
including the liver, is associated with a worse
prognosis, often due to degree of ipsilateral lung
hypoplasia.
Fig. 32.3
Fig. 32.4
950 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.5
32 Radiology Review 951
a b
Fig. 32.6
952 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.7
32 Radiology Review 953
Case 8 Case 9
Newborn infant presenting with cyanosis, arrhyth- Newborn infant presenting with cyanosis and sys-
mia, and holosystolic murmur tolic murmur
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.8): Frontal chest Imaging findings (Fig. 32.9): Frontal chest
radiograph demonstrates a markedly enlarged car- radiograph demonstrates a “boot-shaped” heart
diac silhouette, often referred to as a “box shaped” with upturned cardiac apex due to right ventricular
due to asymmetric enlargement of the right heart. hypertrophy. Note the decreased pulmonary vas-
cular markings.
Diagnosis: Ebstein’s anomaly.
Diagnosis: Tetralogy of Fallot. The degree of pul-
monary oligemia reflects the severity of pulmo-
nary stenosis and subsequent right to left shunt
across the ventricular septal defect (VSD).
Fig. 32.8
Fig. 32.9
954 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.10
32 Radiology Review 955
a b
Fig. 32.11
956 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.12
32 Radiology Review 957
a b
Fig. 32.13
958 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.14
32 Radiology Review 959
a b
Fig. 32.15
960 W. G. Kim and M. George
Case 16 Case 17
16-year-old male with chronic cough, exercise Previously healthy 14-year-old female admitted to
intolerance, and frequent bulky, greasy stools the hospital with right lower lobe mycoplasma
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.16): Frontal radio- pneumonia, presenting with acute respiratory fail-
graph of the chest demonstrates hyperinflation of ure and clinical deterioration
the lungs, upper lobe predominant cystic bronchi- Imaging findings (Fig. 32.17): Frontal radio-
ectasis and bronchial wall thickening, apical pleu-
graph of the chest demonstrates diffuse coalescent
ral thickening, and small nodular opacities in theairspace opacities. The patient was intubated and
peripheral lungs. cannulated for veno-venous extracorporeal mem-
brane oxygenation. A small pleural effusion is
Diagnosis: Cystic fibrosis. The peripheral nodu- present on the right.
lar opacities typically reflect mucus plugging in
terminal bronchioles. Diagnosis: Acute respiratory distress syndrome
(ARDS).
Fig. 32.17
Fig. 32.16
32 Radiology Review 961
a b
Fig. 32.18
962 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.19
32 Radiology Review 963
a b
Fig. 32.20
964 W. G. Kim and M. George
Fig. 32.21
32 Radiology Review 965
Fig. 32.22
966 W. G. Kim and M. George
Fig. 32.23
32 Radiology Review 967
Fig. 32.24
968 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.25
32 Radiology Review 969
Fig. 32.26
970 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.27
32 Radiology Review 971
Fig. 32.28
972 W. G. Kim and M. George
Anterior
60 %
0
0s 120 s 240 s 6 min 8 min 10 min 47
0
180 s
50
Fig. 32.29
32 Radiology Review 973
%
Anterior
%
30
0
0s 60 s 120 s 180 s 240 s 5 min
30
0
29 min
6 min 7 min 8 min 9 min 10 min 11 min
Fig. 32.30
974 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.31
32 Radiology Review 975
a b
Fig. 32.32
976 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.33
32 Radiology Review 977
Fig. 32.34
978 W. G. Kim and M. George
Diagnosis: Infected patent urachus. Diagnosis: Posterior urethral valve causing blad-
der outlet obstruction.
Fig. 32.35
Fig. 32.36
32 Radiology Review 979
Fig. 32.37
980 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.38
32 Radiology Review 981
Case 39 Case 40
3-year-old male with hemihypertrophy presenting Newborn infant with prenatal diagnosis of a left
with a palpable abdominal mass on examination adrenal mass
and an abnormal abdominal ultrasound which Imaging findings (Fig. 32.40): Ultrasound
prompted further evaluation with contrast- image (a) demonstrates a left suprarenal mass with
enhanced CT complex cystic features and multiple septations
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.39): Coronal con- (arrows). Multiple follow-up ultrasounds were
trast-enhanced CT of the abdomen demonstrates a obtained, which showed sequential decrease in
large, heterogeneous, rounded mass centered at the size. Follow-up imaging at 9 months of age (b)
superior pole of the left kidney (∗). Note the thin demonstrates complete resolution of the mass.
rim of renal parenchyma inferiorly (arrows)
stretching around the mass. Diagnosis: Adrenal hemorrhage.
Fig. 32.39
Fig. 32.40
982 W. G. Kim and M. George
Case 41 Case 42
15-year-old premenarchal female presenting with 15-year-old female presenting with acute-onset
recurrent pelvic pain right-sided pelvic pain and vomiting
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.41): Sagittal ultra- Imaging findings (Fig. 32.42): Transverse
sound image of the pelvis demonstrates a mark- ultrasound image of the pelvis (a) demonstrates an
edly distended endometrial (∗) and cervical asymmetrically enlarged and heterogeneously
(arrowhead) canal with homogeneous echogenic hypoechoic right ovary (arrow). Sagittal image of
material. the right ovary (b) shows peripheralized follicles
(arrows) and lack of color Doppler flow.
Diagnosis: Hematometrocolpos, in this case sec-
ondary to an imperforate hymen. Diagnosis: Right ovarian torsion.
Fig. 32.41
Fig. 32.42
32 Radiology Review 983
Case 43 Case 44
12-year-old male presenting with right-sided tes- 19-month-old male presenting with hematuria
ticular pain for 4 h Imaging findings (Fig. 32.44): Transverse
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.43): Transverse ultrasound image of the bladder (a) demonstrates
ultrasound image of the scrotum (a) demonstrates an intraluminal, exophytic, lobular mass near the
asymmetrically diminished Doppler flow to the base of the bladder. There is color flow within this
right testis (∗). Sagittal ultrasound image of the mass on Doppler ultrasound (b), indicative of
right scrotum (b) demonstrates an abnormal con- vascularity.
tour of the spermatic cord and epididymal head
(arrow), indicative of a bell clapper deformity. Diagnosis: Rhabdomyosarcoma of the bladder.
There is a small associated hydrocele.
a a
Fig. 32.43
Fig. 32.44
984 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.45
32 Radiology Review 985
Fig. 32.46
986 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b c
Fig. 32.47
32 Radiology Review 987
Fig. 32.48
988 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b c
Fig. 32.49
32 Radiology Review 989
Fig. 32.50
990 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.51
32 Radiology Review 991
Fig. 32.52
992 W. G. Kim and M. George
Fig. 32.53
32 Radiology Review 993
a b
Fig. 32.54
994 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.55
32 Radiology Review 995
Case 56 Case 57
8-year-old male with fall on an outstretched hand 11-day-old infant with torticollis to the left
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.56): Lateral radio- Imaging findings (Fig. 32.57): High frequency
graph of the elbow demonstrates linear lucency gray-scale ultrasound of the right and left neck
through the anterior cortex of the distal humerus demonstrates asymmetric enlargement of the right
(arrow). The posterior fat pad is displaced from sternocleidomastoid muscle (∗).
the olecranon fossa (arrowhead), indicative of
joint effusion. Diagnosis: Fibromatosis colli.
Fig. 32.56
Fig. 32.57
996 W. G. Kim and M. George
Case 58 Case 59
9-year-old male with a fall on an outstretched 16-year-old male who complains of right hip pain
hand after sustaining an injury while playing hockey
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.58): Frontal radio- and is unable to flex the right hip on examination
graph of the elbow demonstrates abnormal medial Imaging findings (Fig. 32.59): Frontal radio-
and inferior positioning of the medial epicondyle graph of the pelvis demonstrates a small fragment
(arrow). There is subcutaneous edema over the adjacent to the right anterior superior iliac spine
medial aspect of the elbow (∗). The lateral epicon- (arrow).
dyle (arrowhead) is also abnormally laterally
positioned. Diagnosis: Apophyseal avulsion fracture of the
right anterior superior iliac spine, at the attach-
Diagnosis: Avulsion of the medial and lateral epi- ment of the sartorius tendon.
condyles of the elbow.
Fig. 32.59
Fig. 32.58
32 Radiology Review 997
Fig. 32.60
998 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Spine SAG
Fig. 32.61
32 Radiology Review 999
a b
Fig. 32.62
1000 W. G. Kim and M. George
Fig. 32.63
32 Radiology Review 1001
a b c
Fig. 32.64
1002 W. G. Kim and M. George
Fig. 32.65
32 Radiology Review 1003
a b
Fig. 32.66
1004 W. G. Kim and M. George
a c
Fig. 32.67
32 Radiology Review 1005
a b
Fig. 32.68
1006 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.69
32 Radiology Review 1007
Case 70 Case 71
17-year-old male presenting with headache and 1-day-old infant born via spontaneous vaginal
bitemporal visual field defect delivery presenting with apneic episodes
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.70): Sagittal con- Imaging findings (Fig. 32.71): Axial diffusion-
trast-enhanced MRI of the brain demonstrates a weighted MRI of the brain shows geographic diffu-
mildly enhancing, solid, sellar mass (∗) expanding sion restriction of the entire left middle cerebral
the sella (arrow) and extending into the suprasellar artery (MCA) territory, including the thalamus, len-
cistern, exerting mass effect upon the optic tiform nucleus, and internal capsule.
chiasm.
Diagnosis: Acute left MCA territory infarction.
Diagnosis: Pituitary adenoma.
Fig. 32.70
Fig. 32.71
1008 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.72
32 Radiology Review 1009
Case 73 Case 74
14-year-old female presenting with headache and 2-month-old female with a history of birth trauma
2 months of lower extremity paresthesia and acute- presenting with a hard palpable lump on the head
onset bilateral upper extremity paresthesia and Imaging findings (Fig. 32.74): Radiograph of
facial numbness the skull demonstrates fusiform elevation of the
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.73): Axial T2 fluid- left parietal subperiosteum with a thin rim of calci-
suppressed MRI of the brain demonstrates numer- fication (arrow).
ous ovoid T2 hyperintense lesions within the
juxtacortical and periventricular white matter of Diagnosis: Left parietal calcified
the supratentorial brain, particularly along the cal- cephalohematoma.
losal-septal junction. Additional lesions were pres-
ent in the posterior fossa, upper cervical cord, and
upper thoracic cord.
Fig. 32.74
Fig. 32.73
1010 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.75
32 Radiology Review 1011
a b
Fig. 32.76
1012 W. G. Kim and M. George
Case 77 Case 78
12-year-old patient with a midline anterior neck 9-year-old male presenting with growth arrest and
mass that moves with swallowing and tongue pro- worsening vision
trusion, with an ultrasound initially performed, Imaging findings (Fig. 32.78): Sagittal post-
prompting further evaluation with CT contrast MRI of the brain demonstrates a heteroge-
Imaging findings (Fig. 32.77): Axial (a) and neously enhancing, suprasellar mass (∗) centered
sagittal (b) contrast-enhanced CT of the neck dem- within the pituitary fossa and that extends into the
onstrates a cystic structure along the anterior mid- suprasellar cistern. Punctate areas of hypointensity
line infrahyoid neck (arrows), embedded within within the mass are indicative of calcifications.
the strap muscles. There is a thin enhancing wall
and no adjacent fat stranding to indicate active Diagnosis: Craniopharyngioma.
inflammation.
Fig. 32.78
Fig. 32.77
32 Radiology Review 1013
Fig. 32.79
1014 W. G. Kim and M. George
a b
Fig. 32.80
O. I. Naga (*)
Department of Pediatrics, Paul L. Foster School of Medicine,
Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center, El Paso, TX, USA
e-mail: osama.naga@ttuhsc.edu
GENERAL PEDIATRICS
Osama I. Naga
NEONATOLOGY
Mamta Fuloria
ADOLESCENT MEDICINE
Hina J. Talib
GENETIC DISORDERS
Golder N. Wilson
METABOLIC DISORDERS
Golder N. Wilson
Osama I. Naga
EMERGENCY MEDICINE
CRITICAL CARE
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
Matthew B. Laurens
HEMATOLOGY/ONCOLOGY
ALLERGY AND IMMUNOLOGY
ENDOCRINOLOGY
Amr Morsi
ORTHOPEDICS
Amr Abdelgawad
SPORTS MEDICINE
Daniel Murphy
RHEUMATOLOGY
Dawn M. Wahezi
NEUROLOGY
OPHTHALMOLOGY
Violeta Radenovich
CARDIOLOGY
PULMONOLOGY
Osama I. Naga
NUTRITION
Susan S. Baker
GASTROENTEROLOGY
Robert D. Baker
NEPHROLOGY
Beatrice Goilav
FLUIDS AND ELECTROLYTES
Beatrice Goilav
UROLOGY
Osama I. Naga
DERMATOLOGY
Mohamed Zebda
ETHICS
Mohamed Zebda
RESEARCH AND STATISTICS
Mohamed Zebda
Mohamed Zebda
Mohamed Zebda
spina bifida occulta, 569 Staphylococcal scalded skin syndrome (SSSS), 875
spinal cord trauma, 570 clinical presentation, 292
spinal epidural abscess, 570 diagnosis, 292
tethered cord, 569 treatment, 292
transverse myelitis, 570 Staphylococcus aureus, 268
Spinal cord trauma, 570 Staphylococcus epidermidis, 292
Spinal epidural abscess, 570 Staphylococcus saprophyticus, 292
Spinal muscular atrophy (SMA), 574 Statistical hypothesis, 918–919
Spirometry, 691 alternative hypothesis, 918
Spleen, 50 confidence interval, 919
Splenic rupture, 249 intention-to-treat analysis, 919
Splenic sequestration null hypothesis, 918
clinical presentation, 363 P value, 919
prognosis, 363 power of a study, 918
treatment, 363 standard deviation, 919
Splenomegaly, 272 type I error, 918
Spondylolisthesis, 474 type II error, 918
Spondylolysis, 473–474 Status epilepticus (SE), 556–558
Sporothrix schenckii, 328 anticipatory medication, 219
Sports medicine, 1083–1085 anticonvulsant medication, 218, 219
AC dislocation, 515–516 causes and risk factors, 217, 218
ankle sprain, 517 definitions, 217
anterior shoulder (glenohumeral) dislocation, 515 laboratory studies, 218
deep hematoma of thigh, 516–517 management, 218
female athlete triad, 520–521 Stevens–Johnson syndrome (SJS), 870, 872–873
hydration and rehydration, 520 Stickler syndrome, 619
injury prevention, 512, 513 Strabismus, 46
Little Leaguer’s elbow, 516 amblyopia, 605
Little Leaguer’s shoulder, 516 definition, 603
mild traumatic brain injury, 513–514 esotropia, 603, 604
Osgood–Schlatter syndrome, 517, 518 exotropia, 603, 604
patellofemoral pain, 518–519 hypertropia, 603
performance-enhancing drugs, 521 hypotropia, 603
physical fitness, 521 pseudostrabismus, 604–605
pre-participation evaluation vertical misalignment, 604
cardiac conditions, 509 Streptococcal pharyngitis, 295
cerebral palsy, 510 Streptococcal toxic shock syndrome, 299
chest pain, 508 clinical presentation, 299
clearance, 507 diagnosis, 299
clinical background, 507 risk factors, 299
diabetes mellitus, 509 treatment, 299
Down syndrome, 510 Streptococcus agalactiae, see Group B
eating disorders, 511 streptococcal (GBS) infection
exercise-induced bronchoconstriction, 509 Streptococcus pneumoniae, 294
eyes, 510 Streptococcus pyogenes, 275, 295
fever, 508 Stridor, 639–640
furuncle/carbuncles/folliculitis/impetigo/cellulitis, 510 Stroke, 568
heart murmur, 509 Strongyloides stercoralis, 333
heat illness, 511 Strongyloidiasis, 333
herpes simplex, 510 Study designs
HIV infection, 509 anecdotal evidence, 915
molluscum contagiosum, 510 case reports, 914
obesity, 511 case series, 914
objective, 507 case studies, 914
physical examination, 507 case-control studies, 914
screening tests, 507 cohort studies, 914
seizure disorder, poorly-controlled, 509 cross-sectional studies, 914
seizure disorder, well-controlled, 509 descriptive epidemiologic studies, 915
sickle cell disease and trait, 511 meta-analyses, 914
skin diseases, 510 randomized controlled trials, 913
solitary kidney, 511 statistically significant vs. clinically significant studies, 915
syncope, 508 systematic reviews, 914
tinea corporis, 510 Sturge–Weber syndrome, 560, 561, 594, 1001
pre-patellar bursitis, 519 Stye, 591–592
Sever’s disease, 520 Subacute (de Quervain) thyroiditis, 431
Sinding–Larsen–Johannsen disease, 518 Subarachnoid bleed, 208
Sprengel deformity, 472 Subconjunctival hemorrhage, 46
Standard error of mean (SEM), 919 Subcutaneous fat necrosis of the newborn (SCFN), 44
Staphylococcal, coagulase-negative, 293 Subdural hematoma, 207–208
Staphylococcal infections, 290 Subgaleal hemorrhage, 45
1176 Index
Total anomalous pulmonary venous return (TAPVR), 670 Tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs), 228
Tourette syndrome, 577, 578 Trigonocephaly, 130
Toxic epidermal necrolysis (TEN), 872–873 Triiodothyronine (T3), 429
Toxic shock syndrome (TSS) Trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole (TMP-SMX), 290, 291, 293, 310,
clinical presentation, 291 311, 315, 317, 330, 933
production, 291 Triple X (XXX) syndrome, 121
risk factors, 291 Trisomy 13/Patau syndrome, 116–118
treatment, 291 Trisomy 18/Edwards syndrome, 116, 117
Toxidromes, 223 Trisomy 21, 376
Toxocara canis, 333 Truncus arteriosus, 669
Toxocara cati, 333 Tuberculin skin test (TST), 323
Toxocariasis, 333 Tuberculosis, see Mycobacterium tuberculosis
Toxoplasma gondii Tuberous sclerosis, 384, 560, 1002
clinical presentation, 330 Tubo-ovarian abscess, 984
diagnosis, 330 Tubular abnormalities
mode of transmission, 330 Bartter syndrome, 815
treatment, 330 cystinosis, 815, 816
Toxoplasmosis, 330 distal RTA type I, 814
Tracheal stenosis, 705 Gitelman syndrome, 815
Tracheoesophageal fistula (TEF), 771 proximal RTA type II, 814
Trachoma RTA, 813, 814
clinical presentation, 306 type IV RTA, 814, 815
diagnosis, 306 Tularemia, 636
treatment, 307 Tumor lysis syndrome
etiology, 306 complications, 382
Traction alopecia, 881 laboratory test, 382
Transcutaneous bilirubin (TcB), 61 treatment, 382
Transient erythroblastopenia of childhood Turcot syndrome, 384
clinical findings, 357 Turner syndrome, 49, 448, 672–674, 782
clinical presentation, 358 abnormal karyotype, 120
etiology, 358 abnormalities, 120
laboratory test, 359 distinctive phenotype, 120
treatment, 359 health supervision and preventive care, 120
Transient hypogammaglobulinemia neonatal findings, 120
of infancy (THI) prevalence, 119
clinical presentation, 408 Turricephaly, 130
diagnosis, 408 Tympanic membrane perforation, 621
etiology, 408 Tympanometry, 620
treatment, 408 Type 1 diabetes mellitus
Transient neonatal pustular melanosis, 855 Addison disease, 457
Transient synovitis, 469 celiac screening, 457
Transient tachypnea of newborn (TTN) clinical presentation, 456
clinical presentation, 64 definition, 455
diagnosis, 64 diagnosis, 456
risk factors, 64 dyslipidemia, 457
treatment, 64 nephropathy screening, 458
Transition milk, 742 retinopathy screening, 457
Transplantation, 894 thyroid screening, 457
Transtentorial herniation, 248 treatment, 456, 457
Transverse myelitis, 570 Type 2 diabetes mellitus
Trauma and burns, 209 causes, 458
Traumatic epidural, subdural and subarachnoid clinical presentation, 458
hemorrhage, 45 depression, 460
Traumatic iritis, 601 diagnosis, 458
Treacher-Collins syndrome, 129–130, 619 dyslipidemia, 459
Treatment errors, 922–923 hypertension, 459
Trematodes (platyhelminthes), 333 nephropathy screening, 459
Treponema pallidum neuropathy screening, 459
clinical presentation, 320 non-alcoholic fatty liver disease, 459
diagnosis, 321 obstructive sleep apnea, 459
mode of transmission, 320 PCOS, 459
treatment, 321 retinopathy screening, 459
Treponema-specific tests, 71 screening, 458
Trichinella spiralis, 333 treatment, 458, 459
Trichinellosis, 333 Type IV RTA, 814, 815
Trichomoniasis, 98 Typhoid fever
Trichotillomania, 183, 881 clinical presentation, 315
Trichuriasis, 332 diagnosis, 315
Trichuris trichiura, 332 mode of transmission, 315
Tricuspid atresia, 667 treatment, 315
1178 Index
U vesicoureteral reflux
U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (USPSTF), antibiotic prophylaxis, 844
1020 clinical background, 842
Ulcerative colitis, 778 clinical presentation, 843
Ulnar polydactyly, 467 diagnosis, 843
Ulnar (postaxial) polydactyly, 467 indications, 844
Umbilical cord care, 39 International Classification System, 843
Umbilical granuloma, 51 management, 843
Umbilical hernia, 50 Urticaria, 871
Uncal herniation, 248 causes, 394
Unconjugated hyperbilirubinemia chronic urticaria
causes, 60 causes, 395
Crigler-Najjar syndrome type 1, 60 diagnosis, 395
Crigler-Najjar syndrome type 2, 60 differential diagnosis, 395
Gilbert syndrome, 60 treatment, 395
Unicameral cyst, 502 clinical presentation, 394
Unilateral parotitis, 287 differential diagnosis
Upper airway infection, 199 Erythema multiforme, 394
Upper airway obstruction, 198 Papular urticaria, 394
Upper motor neuron facial nerve palsy, 574 Urticaria pigmentosa, 394
Upper motor neuron lesions (UMNL), 571 incidence, 394
Urachal remnants, 51 treatment, 394, 395
Urea cycle disorders (UCD), 151 Urticaria pigmentosa (UP), 394, 395
Ureterocele, 844, 845 Urticarial vasculitis, 395
Ureteropelvic junction (UPJ) obstruction, 844 Usher syndrome, 619
Urethral injuries, 852 Usual and unusual grief reaction, 887
Urinalysis (UA) screening, 26 Uveitis, 529
Urinary incontinence, 846
Urinary tract infection (UTI)
acute management, 842 V
clinical background, 841 Valacyclovir, 935
clinical presentation, 842 Valganciclovir, 935
definition, 841 Vancomycin, 934–935
imaging, 842 Varicella (VAR) vaccine, 20
recurrent, 842 Varicella zoster immune globulin (VariZIG), 20, 21, 275
risk factor, 841 Varicella-zoster virus (VZV)
Urology, 1120–1122 epidemiology, 274
balanoposthitis, 847 herpes zoster (shingles), 275
bladder exstrophy, 846 prevention, 275, 276
circumcision, 847, 848 treatment, 275
cryptorchidism, 849, 850 Varicoceles, 850
female urethral prolapse, 845 Vascular anomalies
hydroceles, 850 AVMS, 568
hypospadias, 846 cerebral venous thrombosis, 569
inguinal hernia, 851 stroke, 568
kidney stones, 851, 852 vein of Galen, 568
micropenis, 848 Vascular ring/sling, 705
neonatal testicular torsion, 849 Vascular tumors
paraphimosis, 847 infantile hemangiomas, 868–869
phimosis, 847 Kasabach–Merritt phenomenon, 869
posterior urethral valves, 845 Vasculitis
Prune-Belly syndrome, 845–846 AAV, 543
testicular appendage torsion, 849 Behçet disease, 547, 548
testicular cancer, 850 GPA, 543, 544
testicular torsion, 848, 849 HSP, 545–547
ureterocele, 844, 845 MPA, 544
ureteropelvic junction obstruction, 844 TA, 544, 545
urethral injuries, 852 Vasogenic edema, 251
urinary incontinence, 846 Vaso-occlusive crisis
urinary tract infection prevention, 363
acute management, 842 risk factors, 362
clinical background, 841 treatment, 363
clinical presentation, 842 Vegetarian diets, 751
definition, 841 Vein of Galen malformation, 1008
imaging, 842 Velocardiofacial syndrome, 125–126, 696
recurrent, 842 Velopharyngeal insufficiency (VPI), 629
risk factor, 841 Venereal disease research laboratory (VDRL) test, 321
varicoceles, 850 Venom of hymenoptera, 401
Index 1179